ent

package
v0.3.0 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Oct 13, 2023 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 58 Imported by: 0

README

Ent Backend

This contains the RDMS backend powered by Ent.

Developing

Adding new nodes:

go run -mod=mod entgo.io/ent/cmd/ent new --target pkg/assembler/backends/ent/schema <NodeName>

Generating the schema:

go generate pkg/assembler/backends/ent/generate.go

Testing

This package requires a real Postgres db to test against, so it is not included in the normal test suite. To run the tests, you must have a Postgres db running locally and set the ENT_TEST_DATABASE_URL environment variable to the connection string for that db, or use the default: postgresql://localhost/guac_test?sslmode=disable.

For example:

createdb guac_test
go test ./pkg/assembler/backends/ent/backend/

All tests run within a transaction, so they should not leave any data in the db, and each run should start with a clean slate.

Future Work

Supporting other databases

This backend uses Ent, which is compatible with a wide array of SQL database engines, including MySQL/Aurora, Sqlite, Postres, TiDB, etc.

This implementation is currently built against Postgres, but it should be possible to support other databases by adding support for their specific handling of indexes, and compiling in the necessary drivers. https://github.com/ivanvanderbyl/guac/blob/8fcfccf5bc4145a31fac6e8dc50e7e01e006292a/pkg/assembler/backends/ent/backend/backend.go#L12

Bulk Upserting Trees

Both Package and Source trees use multiple tables, which means it would be impossible to upsert using standard upsert semantics.

Here are a few ways we could solve this for performance:

  1. Denormalize the entire tree to single table with nulls for the columns that aren't present, allowing us to upsert all layers of the tree in a single upsert request. This has one limitation that we'd need to know the primary keys which is impossible to return using batch upserts.
  2. Do a presence query first before inserting the nodes that are missing. This isn't strictly an upsert since it's done at the application layer and would require locking other writers.
  3. Generate the primary keys client side using UUIDs (v7 preferrably) and upsert each layer of the tree using BulkCreate() — NOTE: This will break Global Unique IDs unless we prefix everything, which will further complicate DB Indexes. This is only strictly needed to Node/Nodes queries.

Option 3 is probably the easiest to adopt, but we'd need to make that schema change before merging this in, or drop the DB and recreate it with the new schema since there's really no simple way to migrate from ints to uuids.

Documentation

Index

Constants

View Source 
const (
	// Operation types.
	OpCreate    = ent.OpCreate
	OpDelete    = ent.OpDelete
	OpDeleteOne = ent.OpDeleteOne
	OpUpdate    = ent.OpUpdate
	OpUpdateOne = ent.OpUpdateOne

	// Node types.
	TypeArtifact          = "Artifact"
	TypeBillOfMaterials   = "BillOfMaterials"
	TypeBuilder           = "Builder"
	TypeCertification     = "Certification"
	TypeCertifyLegal      = "CertifyLegal"
	TypeCertifyScorecard  = "CertifyScorecard"
	TypeCertifyVex        = "CertifyVex"
	TypeCertifyVuln       = "CertifyVuln"
	TypeDependency        = "Dependency"
	TypeHasMetadata       = "HasMetadata"
	TypeHasSourceAt       = "HasSourceAt"
	TypeHashEqual         = "HashEqual"
	TypeIsVulnerability   = "IsVulnerability"
	TypeLicense           = "License"
	TypeOccurrence        = "Occurrence"
	TypePackageName       = "PackageName"
	TypePackageNamespace  = "PackageNamespace"
	TypePackageType       = "PackageType"
	TypePackageVersion    = "PackageVersion"
	TypePkgEqual          = "PkgEqual"
	TypePointOfContact    = "PointOfContact"
	TypeSLSAAttestation   = "SLSAAttestation"
	TypeScorecard         = "Scorecard"
	TypeSourceName        = "SourceName"
	TypeSourceNamespace   = "SourceNamespace"
	TypeSourceType        = "SourceType"
	TypeVulnEqual         = "VulnEqual"
	TypeVulnerabilityID   = "VulnerabilityID"
	TypeVulnerabilityType = "VulnerabilityType"
)

Variables

View Source 
var DefaultArtifactOrder = &ArtifactOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &ArtifactOrderField{
		Value: func(a *Artifact) (ent.Value, error) {
			return a.ID, nil
		},
		column: artifact.FieldID,
		toTerm: artifact.ByID,
		toCursor: func(a *Artifact) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: a.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultArtifactOrder is the default ordering of Artifact.

View Source 
var DefaultBillOfMaterialsOrder = &BillOfMaterialsOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &BillOfMaterialsOrderField{
		Value: func(bom *BillOfMaterials) (ent.Value, error) {
			return bom.ID, nil
		},
		column: billofmaterials.FieldID,
		toTerm: billofmaterials.ByID,
		toCursor: func(bom *BillOfMaterials) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: bom.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultBillOfMaterialsOrder is the default ordering of BillOfMaterials.

View Source 
var DefaultBuilderOrder = &BuilderOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &BuilderOrderField{
		Value: func(b *Builder) (ent.Value, error) {
			return b.ID, nil
		},
		column: builder.FieldID,
		toTerm: builder.ByID,
		toCursor: func(b *Builder) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: b.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultBuilderOrder is the default ordering of Builder.

View Source 
var DefaultCertificationOrder = &CertificationOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &CertificationOrderField{
		Value: func(c *Certification) (ent.Value, error) {
			return c.ID, nil
		},
		column: certification.FieldID,
		toTerm: certification.ByID,
		toCursor: func(c *Certification) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: c.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultCertificationOrder is the default ordering of Certification.

View Source 
var DefaultCertifyLegalOrder = &CertifyLegalOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &CertifyLegalOrderField{
		Value: func(cl *CertifyLegal) (ent.Value, error) {
			return cl.ID, nil
		},
		column: certifylegal.FieldID,
		toTerm: certifylegal.ByID,
		toCursor: func(cl *CertifyLegal) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: cl.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultCertifyLegalOrder is the default ordering of CertifyLegal.

View Source 
var DefaultCertifyScorecardOrder = &CertifyScorecardOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &CertifyScorecardOrderField{
		Value: func(cs *CertifyScorecard) (ent.Value, error) {
			return cs.ID, nil
		},
		column: certifyscorecard.FieldID,
		toTerm: certifyscorecard.ByID,
		toCursor: func(cs *CertifyScorecard) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: cs.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultCertifyScorecardOrder is the default ordering of CertifyScorecard.

View Source 
var DefaultCertifyVexOrder = &CertifyVexOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &CertifyVexOrderField{
		Value: func(cv *CertifyVex) (ent.Value, error) {
			return cv.ID, nil
		},
		column: certifyvex.FieldID,
		toTerm: certifyvex.ByID,
		toCursor: func(cv *CertifyVex) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: cv.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultCertifyVexOrder is the default ordering of CertifyVex.

View Source 
var DefaultCertifyVulnOrder = &CertifyVulnOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &CertifyVulnOrderField{
		Value: func(cv *CertifyVuln) (ent.Value, error) {
			return cv.ID, nil
		},
		column: certifyvuln.FieldID,
		toTerm: certifyvuln.ByID,
		toCursor: func(cv *CertifyVuln) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: cv.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultCertifyVulnOrder is the default ordering of CertifyVuln.

View Source 
var DefaultDependencyOrder = &DependencyOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &DependencyOrderField{
		Value: func(d *Dependency) (ent.Value, error) {
			return d.ID, nil
		},
		column: dependency.FieldID,
		toTerm: dependency.ByID,
		toCursor: func(d *Dependency) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: d.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultDependencyOrder is the default ordering of Dependency.

View Source 
var DefaultHasMetadataOrder = &HasMetadataOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &HasMetadataOrderField{
		Value: func(hm *HasMetadata) (ent.Value, error) {
			return hm.ID, nil
		},
		column: hasmetadata.FieldID,
		toTerm: hasmetadata.ByID,
		toCursor: func(hm *HasMetadata) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: hm.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultHasMetadataOrder is the default ordering of HasMetadata.

View Source 
var DefaultHasSourceAtOrder = &HasSourceAtOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &HasSourceAtOrderField{
		Value: func(hsa *HasSourceAt) (ent.Value, error) {
			return hsa.ID, nil
		},
		column: hassourceat.FieldID,
		toTerm: hassourceat.ByID,
		toCursor: func(hsa *HasSourceAt) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: hsa.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultHasSourceAtOrder is the default ordering of HasSourceAt.

View Source 
var DefaultHashEqualOrder = &HashEqualOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &HashEqualOrderField{
		Value: func(he *HashEqual) (ent.Value, error) {
			return he.ID, nil
		},
		column: hashequal.FieldID,
		toTerm: hashequal.ByID,
		toCursor: func(he *HashEqual) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: he.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultHashEqualOrder is the default ordering of HashEqual.

View Source 
var DefaultIsVulnerabilityOrder = &IsVulnerabilityOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &IsVulnerabilityOrderField{
		Value: func(iv *IsVulnerability) (ent.Value, error) {
			return iv.ID, nil
		},
		column: isvulnerability.FieldID,
		toTerm: isvulnerability.ByID,
		toCursor: func(iv *IsVulnerability) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: iv.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultIsVulnerabilityOrder is the default ordering of IsVulnerability.

View Source 
var DefaultLicenseOrder = &LicenseOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &LicenseOrderField{
		Value: func(l *License) (ent.Value, error) {
			return l.ID, nil
		},
		column: license.FieldID,
		toTerm: license.ByID,
		toCursor: func(l *License) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: l.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultLicenseOrder is the default ordering of License.

View Source 
var DefaultOccurrenceOrder = &OccurrenceOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &OccurrenceOrderField{
		Value: func(o *Occurrence) (ent.Value, error) {
			return o.ID, nil
		},
		column: occurrence.FieldID,
		toTerm: occurrence.ByID,
		toCursor: func(o *Occurrence) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: o.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultOccurrenceOrder is the default ordering of Occurrence.

View Source 
var DefaultPackageNameOrder = &PackageNameOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &PackageNameOrderField{
		Value: func(pn *PackageName) (ent.Value, error) {
			return pn.ID, nil
		},
		column: packagename.FieldID,
		toTerm: packagename.ByID,
		toCursor: func(pn *PackageName) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: pn.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultPackageNameOrder is the default ordering of PackageName.

View Source 
var DefaultPackageNamespaceOrder = &PackageNamespaceOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &PackageNamespaceOrderField{
		Value: func(pn *PackageNamespace) (ent.Value, error) {
			return pn.ID, nil
		},
		column: packagenamespace.FieldID,
		toTerm: packagenamespace.ByID,
		toCursor: func(pn *PackageNamespace) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: pn.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultPackageNamespaceOrder is the default ordering of PackageNamespace.

View Source 
var DefaultPackageTypeOrder = &PackageTypeOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &PackageTypeOrderField{
		Value: func(pt *PackageType) (ent.Value, error) {
			return pt.ID, nil
		},
		column: packagetype.FieldID,
		toTerm: packagetype.ByID,
		toCursor: func(pt *PackageType) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: pt.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultPackageTypeOrder is the default ordering of PackageType.

View Source 
var DefaultPackageVersionOrder = &PackageVersionOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &PackageVersionOrderField{
		Value: func(pv *PackageVersion) (ent.Value, error) {
			return pv.ID, nil
		},
		column: packageversion.FieldID,
		toTerm: packageversion.ByID,
		toCursor: func(pv *PackageVersion) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: pv.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultPackageVersionOrder is the default ordering of PackageVersion.

View Source 
var DefaultPkgEqualOrder = &PkgEqualOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &PkgEqualOrderField{
		Value: func(pe *PkgEqual) (ent.Value, error) {
			return pe.ID, nil
		},
		column: pkgequal.FieldID,
		toTerm: pkgequal.ByID,
		toCursor: func(pe *PkgEqual) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: pe.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultPkgEqualOrder is the default ordering of PkgEqual.

View Source 
var DefaultPointOfContactOrder = &PointOfContactOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &PointOfContactOrderField{
		Value: func(poc *PointOfContact) (ent.Value, error) {
			return poc.ID, nil
		},
		column: pointofcontact.FieldID,
		toTerm: pointofcontact.ByID,
		toCursor: func(poc *PointOfContact) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: poc.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultPointOfContactOrder is the default ordering of PointOfContact.

View Source 
var DefaultSLSAAttestationOrder = &SLSAAttestationOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &SLSAAttestationOrderField{
		Value: func(sa *SLSAAttestation) (ent.Value, error) {
			return sa.ID, nil
		},
		column: slsaattestation.FieldID,
		toTerm: slsaattestation.ByID,
		toCursor: func(sa *SLSAAttestation) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: sa.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultSLSAAttestationOrder is the default ordering of SLSAAttestation.

View Source 
var DefaultScorecardOrder = &ScorecardOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &ScorecardOrderField{
		Value: func(s *Scorecard) (ent.Value, error) {
			return s.ID, nil
		},
		column: scorecard.FieldID,
		toTerm: scorecard.ByID,
		toCursor: func(s *Scorecard) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: s.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultScorecardOrder is the default ordering of Scorecard.

View Source 
var DefaultSourceNameOrder = &SourceNameOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &SourceNameOrderField{
		Value: func(sn *SourceName) (ent.Value, error) {
			return sn.ID, nil
		},
		column: sourcename.FieldID,
		toTerm: sourcename.ByID,
		toCursor: func(sn *SourceName) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: sn.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultSourceNameOrder is the default ordering of SourceName.

View Source 
var DefaultSourceNamespaceOrder = &SourceNamespaceOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &SourceNamespaceOrderField{
		Value: func(sn *SourceNamespace) (ent.Value, error) {
			return sn.ID, nil
		},
		column: sourcenamespace.FieldID,
		toTerm: sourcenamespace.ByID,
		toCursor: func(sn *SourceNamespace) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: sn.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultSourceNamespaceOrder is the default ordering of SourceNamespace.

View Source 
var DefaultSourceTypeOrder = &SourceTypeOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &SourceTypeOrderField{
		Value: func(st *SourceType) (ent.Value, error) {
			return st.ID, nil
		},
		column: sourcetype.FieldID,
		toTerm: sourcetype.ByID,
		toCursor: func(st *SourceType) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: st.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultSourceTypeOrder is the default ordering of SourceType.

View Source 
var DefaultVulnEqualOrder = &VulnEqualOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &VulnEqualOrderField{
		Value: func(ve *VulnEqual) (ent.Value, error) {
			return ve.ID, nil
		},
		column: vulnequal.FieldID,
		toTerm: vulnequal.ByID,
		toCursor: func(ve *VulnEqual) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: ve.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultVulnEqualOrder is the default ordering of VulnEqual.

View Source 
var DefaultVulnerabilityIDOrder = &VulnerabilityIDOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &VulnerabilityIDOrderField{
		Value: func(vi *VulnerabilityID) (ent.Value, error) {
			return vi.ID, nil
		},
		column: vulnerabilityid.FieldID,
		toTerm: vulnerabilityid.ByID,
		toCursor: func(vi *VulnerabilityID) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: vi.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultVulnerabilityIDOrder is the default ordering of VulnerabilityID.

View Source 
var DefaultVulnerabilityTypeOrder = &VulnerabilityTypeOrder{
	Direction: entgql.OrderDirectionAsc,
	Field: &VulnerabilityTypeOrderField{
		Value: func(vt *VulnerabilityType) (ent.Value, error) {
			return vt.ID, nil
		},
		column: vulnerabilitytype.FieldID,
		toTerm: vulnerabilitytype.ByID,
		toCursor: func(vt *VulnerabilityType) Cursor {
			return Cursor{ID: vt.ID}
		},
	},
}

DefaultVulnerabilityTypeOrder is the default ordering of VulnerabilityType.

View Source 
var ErrTxStarted = errors.New("ent: cannot start a transaction within a transaction")

ErrTxStarted is returned when trying to start a new transaction from a transactional client.

Functions

func Asc 

func Asc(fields ...string) func(*sql.Selector)

Asc applies the given fields in ASC order.

func Desc 

func Desc(fields ...string) func(*sql.Selector)

Desc applies the given fields in DESC order.

func IsConstraintError 

func IsConstraintError(err error) bool

IsConstraintError returns a boolean indicating whether the error is a constraint failure.

func IsNotFound 

func IsNotFound(err error) bool

IsNotFound returns a boolean indicating whether the error is a not found error.

func IsNotLoaded 

func IsNotLoaded(err error) bool

IsNotLoaded returns a boolean indicating whether the error is a not loaded error.

func IsNotSingular 

func IsNotSingular(err error) bool

IsNotSingular returns a boolean indicating whether the error is a not singular error.

func IsValidationError 

func IsValidationError(err error) bool

IsValidationError returns a boolean indicating whether the error is a validation error.

func MaskNotFound 

func MaskNotFound(err error) error

MaskNotFound masks not found error.

func NewContext 

func NewContext(parent context.Context, c *Client) context.Context

NewContext returns a new context with the given Client attached.

func NewTxContext 

func NewTxContext(parent context.Context, tx *Tx) context.Context

NewTxContext returns a new context with the given Tx attached.

func OpenTxFromContext 

func OpenTxFromContext(ctx context.Context) (context.Context, driver.Tx, error)

OpenTxFromContext open transactions from client stored in context.

Types

type AggregateFunc 

type AggregateFunc func(*sql.Selector) string

AggregateFunc applies an aggregation step on the group-by traversal/selector.

func As 

func As(fn AggregateFunc, end string) AggregateFunc

As is a pseudo aggregation function for renaming another other functions with custom names. For example: 

GroupBy(field1, field2).
Aggregate(ent.As(ent.Sum(field1), "sum_field1"), (ent.As(ent.Sum(field2), "sum_field2")).
Scan(ctx, &v)

func Count 

func Count() AggregateFunc

Count applies the "count" aggregation function on each group.

func Max 

func Max(field string) AggregateFunc

Max applies the "max" aggregation function on the given field of each group.

func Mean 

func Mean(field string) AggregateFunc

Mean applies the "mean" aggregation function on the given field of each group.

func Min 

func Min(field string) AggregateFunc

Min applies the "min" aggregation function on the given field of each group.

func Sum 

func Sum(field string) AggregateFunc

Sum applies the "sum" aggregation function on the given field of each group.

type Artifact 

type Artifact struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Algorithm holds the value of the "algorithm" field.
	Algorithm string `json:"algorithm,omitempty"`
	// Digest holds the value of the "digest" field.
	Digest string `json:"digest,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the ArtifactQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges ArtifactEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Artifact is the model entity for the Artifact schema.

func (*Artifact) Attestations 

func (a *Artifact) Attestations(ctx context.Context) (result []*SLSAAttestation, err error)

func (*Artifact) IsNode 

func (n *Artifact) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*Artifact) NamedAttestations 

func (a *Artifact) NamedAttestations(name string) ([]*SLSAAttestation, error)

NamedAttestations returns the Attestations named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*Artifact) NamedOccurrences 

func (a *Artifact) NamedOccurrences(name string) ([]*Occurrence, error)

NamedOccurrences returns the Occurrences named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*Artifact) NamedSame 

func (a *Artifact) NamedSame(name string) ([]*HashEqual, error)

NamedSame returns the Same named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*Artifact) NamedSbom 

func (a *Artifact) NamedSbom(name string) ([]*BillOfMaterials, error)

NamedSbom returns the Sbom named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*Artifact) Occurrences 

func (a *Artifact) Occurrences(ctx context.Context) (result []*Occurrence, err error)

func (*Artifact) QueryAttestations 

func (a *Artifact) QueryAttestations() *SLSAAttestationQuery

QueryAttestations queries the "attestations" edge of the Artifact entity.

func (*Artifact) QueryOccurrences 

func (a *Artifact) QueryOccurrences() *OccurrenceQuery

QueryOccurrences queries the "occurrences" edge of the Artifact entity.

func (*Artifact) QuerySame 

func (a *Artifact) QuerySame() *HashEqualQuery

QuerySame queries the "same" edge of the Artifact entity.

func (*Artifact) QuerySbom 

func (a *Artifact) QuerySbom() *BillOfMaterialsQuery

QuerySbom queries the "sbom" edge of the Artifact entity.

func (*Artifact) Same 

func (a *Artifact) Same(ctx context.Context) (result []*HashEqual, err error)

func (*Artifact) Sbom 

func (a *Artifact) Sbom(ctx context.Context) (result []*BillOfMaterials, err error)

func (*Artifact) String 

func (a *Artifact) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Artifact) ToEdge 

func (a *Artifact) ToEdge(order *ArtifactOrder) *ArtifactEdge

ToEdge converts Artifact into ArtifactEdge.

func (*Artifact) Unwrap 

func (a *Artifact) Unwrap() *Artifact

Unwrap unwraps the Artifact entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Artifact) Update 

func (a *Artifact) Update() *ArtifactUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Artifact. Note that you need to call Artifact.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Artifact was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*Artifact) Value 

func (a *Artifact) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the Artifact. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type ArtifactClient 

type ArtifactClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ArtifactClient is a client for the Artifact schema.

func NewArtifactClient 

func NewArtifactClient(c config) *ArtifactClient

NewArtifactClient returns a client for the Artifact from the given config.

func (*ArtifactClient) Create 

func (c *ArtifactClient) Create() *ArtifactCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Artifact entity.

func (*ArtifactClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *ArtifactClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*ArtifactCreate) *ArtifactCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Artifact entities.

func (*ArtifactClient) Delete 

func (c *ArtifactClient) Delete() *ArtifactDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Artifact.

func (*ArtifactClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *ArtifactClient) DeleteOne(a *Artifact) *ArtifactDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*ArtifactClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *ArtifactClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *ArtifactDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*ArtifactClient) Get 

func (c *ArtifactClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*Artifact, error)

Get returns a Artifact entity by its id.

func (*ArtifactClient) GetX 

func (c *ArtifactClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *Artifact

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactClient) Hooks 

func (c *ArtifactClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*ArtifactClient) Intercept 

func (c *ArtifactClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `artifact.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*ArtifactClient) Interceptors 

func (c *ArtifactClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*ArtifactClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *ArtifactClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*ArtifactCreate, int)) *ArtifactCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*ArtifactClient) Query 

func (c *ArtifactClient) Query() *ArtifactQuery

Query returns a query builder for Artifact.

func (*ArtifactClient) QueryAttestations 

func (c *ArtifactClient) QueryAttestations(a *Artifact) *SLSAAttestationQuery

QueryAttestations queries the attestations edge of a Artifact.

func (*ArtifactClient) QueryOccurrences 

func (c *ArtifactClient) QueryOccurrences(a *Artifact) *OccurrenceQuery

QueryOccurrences queries the occurrences edge of a Artifact.

func (*ArtifactClient) QuerySame 

func (c *ArtifactClient) QuerySame(a *Artifact) *HashEqualQuery

QuerySame queries the same edge of a Artifact.

func (*ArtifactClient) QuerySbom 

func (c *ArtifactClient) QuerySbom(a *Artifact) *BillOfMaterialsQuery

QuerySbom queries the sbom edge of a Artifact.

func (*ArtifactClient) Update 

func (c *ArtifactClient) Update() *ArtifactUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Artifact.

func (*ArtifactClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *ArtifactClient) UpdateOne(a *Artifact) *ArtifactUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*ArtifactClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *ArtifactClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *ArtifactUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*ArtifactClient) Use 

func (c *ArtifactClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `artifact.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type ArtifactConnection 

type ArtifactConnection struct {
	Edges      []*ArtifactEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo        `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int             `json:"totalCount"`
}

ArtifactConnection is the connection containing edges to Artifact.

type ArtifactCreate 

type ArtifactCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ArtifactCreate is the builder for creating a Artifact entity.

func (*ArtifactCreate) AddAttestationIDs 

func (ac *ArtifactCreate) AddAttestationIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactCreate

AddAttestationIDs adds the "attestations" edge to the SLSAAttestation entity by IDs.

func (*ArtifactCreate) AddAttestations 

func (ac *ArtifactCreate) AddAttestations(s ...*SLSAAttestation) *ArtifactCreate

AddAttestations adds the "attestations" edges to the SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*ArtifactCreate) AddOccurrenceIDs 

func (ac *ArtifactCreate) AddOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactCreate

AddOccurrenceIDs adds the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity by IDs.

func (*ArtifactCreate) AddOccurrences 

func (ac *ArtifactCreate) AddOccurrences(o ...*Occurrence) *ArtifactCreate

AddOccurrences adds the "occurrences" edges to the Occurrence entity.

func (*ArtifactCreate) AddSame 

func (ac *ArtifactCreate) AddSame(h ...*HashEqual) *ArtifactCreate

AddSame adds the "same" edges to the HashEqual entity.

func (*ArtifactCreate) AddSameIDs 

func (ac *ArtifactCreate) AddSameIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactCreate

AddSameIDs adds the "same" edge to the HashEqual entity by IDs.

func (*ArtifactCreate) AddSbom 

func (ac *ArtifactCreate) AddSbom(b ...*BillOfMaterials) *ArtifactCreate

AddSbom adds the "sbom" edges to the BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*ArtifactCreate) AddSbomIDs 

func (ac *ArtifactCreate) AddSbomIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactCreate

AddSbomIDs adds the "sbom" edge to the BillOfMaterials entity by IDs.

func (*ArtifactCreate) Exec 

func (ac *ArtifactCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*ArtifactCreate) ExecX 

func (ac *ArtifactCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactCreate) Mutation 

func (ac *ArtifactCreate) Mutation() *ArtifactMutation

Mutation returns the ArtifactMutation object of the builder.

func (*ArtifactCreate) OnConflict 

func (ac *ArtifactCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *ArtifactUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Artifact.Create().
	SetAlgorithm(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.ArtifactUpsert) {
		SetAlgorithm(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*ArtifactCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (ac *ArtifactCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *ArtifactUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Artifact.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*ArtifactCreate) Save 

func (ac *ArtifactCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Artifact, error)

Save creates the Artifact in the database.

func (*ArtifactCreate) SaveX 

func (ac *ArtifactCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Artifact

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*ArtifactCreate) SetAlgorithm 

func (ac *ArtifactCreate) SetAlgorithm(s string) *ArtifactCreate

SetAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field.

func (*ArtifactCreate) SetDigest 

func (ac *ArtifactCreate) SetDigest(s string) *ArtifactCreate

SetDigest sets the "digest" field.

type ArtifactCreateBulk 

type ArtifactCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ArtifactCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Artifact entities in bulk.

func (*ArtifactCreateBulk) Exec 

func (acb *ArtifactCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*ArtifactCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (acb *ArtifactCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (acb *ArtifactCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *ArtifactUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Artifact.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.ArtifactUpsert) {
		SetAlgorithm(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*ArtifactCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (acb *ArtifactCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *ArtifactUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Artifact.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*ArtifactCreateBulk) Save 

func (acb *ArtifactCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Artifact, error)

Save creates the Artifact entities in the database.

func (*ArtifactCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (acb *ArtifactCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Artifact

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type ArtifactDelete 

type ArtifactDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ArtifactDelete is the builder for deleting a Artifact entity.

func (*ArtifactDelete) Exec 

func (ad *ArtifactDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*ArtifactDelete) ExecX 

func (ad *ArtifactDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactDelete) Where 

func (ad *ArtifactDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Artifact) *ArtifactDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the ArtifactDelete builder.

type ArtifactDeleteOne 

type ArtifactDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ArtifactDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Artifact entity.

func (*ArtifactDeleteOne) Exec 

func (ado *ArtifactDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*ArtifactDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (ado *ArtifactDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactDeleteOne) Where 

func (ado *ArtifactDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.Artifact) *ArtifactDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the ArtifactDelete builder.

type ArtifactEdge 

type ArtifactEdge struct {
	Node   *Artifact `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor    `json:"cursor"`
}

ArtifactEdge is the edge representation of Artifact.

type ArtifactEdges 

type ArtifactEdges struct {
	// Occurrences holds the value of the occurrences edge.
	Occurrences []*Occurrence `json:"occurrences,omitempty"`
	// Sbom holds the value of the sbom edge.
	Sbom []*BillOfMaterials `json:"sbom,omitempty"`
	// Attestations holds the value of the attestations edge.
	Attestations []*SLSAAttestation `json:"attestations,omitempty"`
	// Same holds the value of the same edge.
	Same []*HashEqual `json:"same,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ArtifactEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (ArtifactEdges) AttestationsOrErr 

func (e ArtifactEdges) AttestationsOrErr() ([]*SLSAAttestation, error)

AttestationsOrErr returns the Attestations value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (ArtifactEdges) OccurrencesOrErr 

func (e ArtifactEdges) OccurrencesOrErr() ([]*Occurrence, error)

OccurrencesOrErr returns the Occurrences value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (ArtifactEdges) SameOrErr 

func (e ArtifactEdges) SameOrErr() ([]*HashEqual, error)

SameOrErr returns the Same value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (ArtifactEdges) SbomOrErr 

func (e ArtifactEdges) SbomOrErr() ([]*BillOfMaterials, error)

SbomOrErr returns the Sbom value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type ArtifactGroupBy 

type ArtifactGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ArtifactGroupBy is the group-by builder for Artifact entities.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (agb *ArtifactGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *ArtifactGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *ArtifactGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *ArtifactGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *ArtifactGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *ArtifactGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *ArtifactGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *ArtifactGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *ArtifactGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *ArtifactGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) Int 

func (s *ArtifactGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *ArtifactGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *ArtifactGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *ArtifactGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) Scan 

func (agb *ArtifactGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *ArtifactGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) String 

func (s *ArtifactGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *ArtifactGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *ArtifactGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ArtifactGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *ArtifactGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type ArtifactMutation 

type ArtifactMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ArtifactMutation represents an operation that mutates the Artifact nodes in the graph.

func (*ArtifactMutation) AddAttestationIDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) AddAttestationIDs(ids ...int)

AddAttestationIDs adds the "attestations" edge to the SLSAAttestation entity by ids.

func (*ArtifactMutation) AddField 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*ArtifactMutation) AddOccurrenceIDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) AddOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int)

AddOccurrenceIDs adds the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity by ids.

func (*ArtifactMutation) AddSameIDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) AddSameIDs(ids ...int)

AddSameIDs adds the "same" edge to the HashEqual entity by ids.

func (*ArtifactMutation) AddSbomIDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) AddSbomIDs(ids ...int)

AddSbomIDs adds the "sbom" edge to the BillOfMaterials entity by ids.

func (*ArtifactMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*ArtifactMutation) AddedField 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*ArtifactMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*ArtifactMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*ArtifactMutation) Algorithm 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) Algorithm() (r string, exists bool)

Algorithm returns the value of the "algorithm" field in the mutation.

func (*ArtifactMutation) AttestationsCleared 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) AttestationsCleared() bool

AttestationsCleared reports if the "attestations" edge to the SLSAAttestation entity was cleared.

func (*ArtifactMutation) AttestationsIDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) AttestationsIDs() (ids []int)

AttestationsIDs returns the "attestations" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*ArtifactMutation) ClearAttestations 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) ClearAttestations()

ClearAttestations clears the "attestations" edge to the SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*ArtifactMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*ArtifactMutation) ClearField 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*ArtifactMutation) ClearOccurrences 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) ClearOccurrences()

ClearOccurrences clears the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity.

func (*ArtifactMutation) ClearSame 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) ClearSame()

ClearSame clears the "same" edge to the HashEqual entity.

func (*ArtifactMutation) ClearSbom 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) ClearSbom()

ClearSbom clears the "sbom" edge to the BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*ArtifactMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*ArtifactMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (ArtifactMutation) Client 

func (m ArtifactMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*ArtifactMutation) Digest 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) Digest() (r string, exists bool)

Digest returns the value of the "digest" field in the mutation.

func (*ArtifactMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*ArtifactMutation) Field 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*ArtifactMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*ArtifactMutation) Fields 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*ArtifactMutation) ID 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*ArtifactMutation) IDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*ArtifactMutation) OccurrencesCleared 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) OccurrencesCleared() bool

OccurrencesCleared reports if the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity was cleared.

func (*ArtifactMutation) OccurrencesIDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) OccurrencesIDs() (ids []int)

OccurrencesIDs returns the "occurrences" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*ArtifactMutation) OldAlgorithm 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) OldAlgorithm(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldAlgorithm returns the old "algorithm" field's value of the Artifact entity. If the Artifact object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*ArtifactMutation) OldDigest 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) OldDigest(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldDigest returns the old "digest" field's value of the Artifact entity. If the Artifact object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*ArtifactMutation) OldField 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*ArtifactMutation) Op 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*ArtifactMutation) RemoveAttestationIDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) RemoveAttestationIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveAttestationIDs removes the "attestations" edge to the SLSAAttestation entity by IDs.

func (*ArtifactMutation) RemoveOccurrenceIDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) RemoveOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveOccurrenceIDs removes the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity by IDs.

func (*ArtifactMutation) RemoveSameIDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) RemoveSameIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveSameIDs removes the "same" edge to the HashEqual entity by IDs.

func (*ArtifactMutation) RemoveSbomIDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) RemoveSbomIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveSbomIDs removes the "sbom" edge to the BillOfMaterials entity by IDs.

func (*ArtifactMutation) RemovedAttestationsIDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) RemovedAttestationsIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedAttestations returns the removed IDs of the "attestations" edge to the SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*ArtifactMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*ArtifactMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*ArtifactMutation) RemovedOccurrencesIDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) RemovedOccurrencesIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedOccurrences returns the removed IDs of the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity.

func (*ArtifactMutation) RemovedSameIDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) RemovedSameIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedSame returns the removed IDs of the "same" edge to the HashEqual entity.

func (*ArtifactMutation) RemovedSbomIDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) RemovedSbomIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedSbom returns the removed IDs of the "sbom" edge to the BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*ArtifactMutation) ResetAlgorithm 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) ResetAlgorithm()

ResetAlgorithm resets all changes to the "algorithm" field.

func (*ArtifactMutation) ResetAttestations 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) ResetAttestations()

ResetAttestations resets all changes to the "attestations" edge.

func (*ArtifactMutation) ResetDigest 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) ResetDigest()

ResetDigest resets all changes to the "digest" field.

func (*ArtifactMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*ArtifactMutation) ResetField 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*ArtifactMutation) ResetOccurrences 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) ResetOccurrences()

ResetOccurrences resets all changes to the "occurrences" edge.

func (*ArtifactMutation) ResetSame 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) ResetSame()

ResetSame resets all changes to the "same" edge.

func (*ArtifactMutation) ResetSbom 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) ResetSbom()

ResetSbom resets all changes to the "sbom" edge.

func (*ArtifactMutation) SameCleared 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) SameCleared() bool

SameCleared reports if the "same" edge to the HashEqual entity was cleared.

func (*ArtifactMutation) SameIDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) SameIDs() (ids []int)

SameIDs returns the "same" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*ArtifactMutation) SbomCleared 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) SbomCleared() bool

SbomCleared reports if the "sbom" edge to the BillOfMaterials entity was cleared.

func (*ArtifactMutation) SbomIDs 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) SbomIDs() (ids []int)

SbomIDs returns the "sbom" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*ArtifactMutation) SetAlgorithm 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) SetAlgorithm(s string)

SetAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field.

func (*ArtifactMutation) SetDigest 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) SetDigest(s string)

SetDigest sets the "digest" field.

func (*ArtifactMutation) SetField 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*ArtifactMutation) SetOp 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (ArtifactMutation) Tx 

func (m ArtifactMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*ArtifactMutation) Type 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Artifact).

func (*ArtifactMutation) Where 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Artifact)

Where appends a list predicates to the ArtifactMutation builder.

func (*ArtifactMutation) WhereP 

func (m *ArtifactMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the ArtifactMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type ArtifactOrder 

type ArtifactOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection      `json:"direction"`
	Field     *ArtifactOrderField `json:"field"`
}

ArtifactOrder defines the ordering of Artifact.

type ArtifactOrderField 

type ArtifactOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given Artifact.
	Value func(*Artifact) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ArtifactOrderField defines the ordering field of Artifact.

type ArtifactPaginateOption 

type ArtifactPaginateOption func(*artifactPager) error

ArtifactPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithArtifactFilter 

func WithArtifactFilter(filter func(*ArtifactQuery) (*ArtifactQuery, error)) ArtifactPaginateOption

WithArtifactFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithArtifactOrder 

func WithArtifactOrder(order *ArtifactOrder) ArtifactPaginateOption

WithArtifactOrder configures pagination ordering.

type ArtifactQuery 

type ArtifactQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ArtifactQuery is the builder for querying Artifact entities.

func (*ArtifactQuery) Aggregate 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *ArtifactSelect

Aggregate returns a ArtifactSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*ArtifactQuery) All 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Artifact, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Artifacts.

func (*ArtifactQuery) AllX 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Artifact

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactQuery) Clone 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) Clone() *ArtifactQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the ArtifactQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*ArtifactQuery) CollectFields 

func (a *ArtifactQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*ArtifactQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*ArtifactQuery) Count 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*ArtifactQuery) CountX 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactQuery) Exist 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*ArtifactQuery) ExistX 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactQuery) First 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Artifact, error)

First returns the first Artifact entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Artifact was found.

func (*ArtifactQuery) FirstID 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first Artifact ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Artifact ID was found.

func (*ArtifactQuery) FirstIDX 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactQuery) FirstX 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Artifact

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactQuery) GroupBy 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *ArtifactGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Algorithm string `json:"algorithm,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Artifact.Query().
	GroupBy(artifact.FieldAlgorithm).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*ArtifactQuery) IDs 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Artifact IDs.

func (*ArtifactQuery) IDsX 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactQuery) Limit 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) Limit(limit int) *ArtifactQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*ArtifactQuery) Offset 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) Offset(offset int) *ArtifactQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*ArtifactQuery) Only 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Artifact, error)

Only returns a single Artifact entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Artifact entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Artifact entities are found.

func (*ArtifactQuery) OnlyID 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Artifact ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Artifact ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*ArtifactQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactQuery) OnlyX 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Artifact

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactQuery) Order 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) Order(o ...artifact.OrderOption) *ArtifactQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*ArtifactQuery) Paginate 

func (a *ArtifactQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...ArtifactPaginateOption,
) (*ArtifactConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to Artifact.

func (*ArtifactQuery) QueryAttestations 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) QueryAttestations() *SLSAAttestationQuery

QueryAttestations chains the current query on the "attestations" edge.

func (*ArtifactQuery) QueryOccurrences 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) QueryOccurrences() *OccurrenceQuery

QueryOccurrences chains the current query on the "occurrences" edge.

func (*ArtifactQuery) QuerySame 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) QuerySame() *HashEqualQuery

QuerySame chains the current query on the "same" edge.

func (*ArtifactQuery) QuerySbom 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) QuerySbom() *BillOfMaterialsQuery

QuerySbom chains the current query on the "sbom" edge.

func (*ArtifactQuery) Select 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) Select(fields ...string) *ArtifactSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Algorithm string `json:"algorithm,omitempty"`
}

client.Artifact.Query().
	Select(artifact.FieldAlgorithm).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*ArtifactQuery) Unique 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) Unique(unique bool) *ArtifactQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*ArtifactQuery) Where 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Artifact) *ArtifactQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the ArtifactQuery builder.

func (*ArtifactQuery) WithAttestations 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) WithAttestations(opts ...func(*SLSAAttestationQuery)) *ArtifactQuery

WithAttestations tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "attestations" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*ArtifactQuery) WithNamedAttestations 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) WithNamedAttestations(name string, opts ...func(*SLSAAttestationQuery)) *ArtifactQuery

WithNamedAttestations tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "attestations" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*ArtifactQuery) WithNamedOccurrences 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) WithNamedOccurrences(name string, opts ...func(*OccurrenceQuery)) *ArtifactQuery

WithNamedOccurrences tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "occurrences" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*ArtifactQuery) WithNamedSame 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) WithNamedSame(name string, opts ...func(*HashEqualQuery)) *ArtifactQuery

WithNamedSame tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "same" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*ArtifactQuery) WithNamedSbom 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) WithNamedSbom(name string, opts ...func(*BillOfMaterialsQuery)) *ArtifactQuery

WithNamedSbom tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "sbom" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*ArtifactQuery) WithOccurrences 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) WithOccurrences(opts ...func(*OccurrenceQuery)) *ArtifactQuery

WithOccurrences tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "occurrences" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*ArtifactQuery) WithSame 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) WithSame(opts ...func(*HashEqualQuery)) *ArtifactQuery

WithSame tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "same" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*ArtifactQuery) WithSbom 

func (aq *ArtifactQuery) WithSbom(opts ...func(*BillOfMaterialsQuery)) *ArtifactQuery

WithSbom tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "sbom" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type ArtifactSelect 

type ArtifactSelect struct {
	*ArtifactQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ArtifactSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Artifact entities.

func (*ArtifactSelect) Aggregate 

func (as *ArtifactSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *ArtifactSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*ArtifactSelect) Bool 

func (s *ArtifactSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ArtifactSelect) BoolX 

func (s *ArtifactSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactSelect) Bools 

func (s *ArtifactSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ArtifactSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *ArtifactSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactSelect) Float64 

func (s *ArtifactSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ArtifactSelect) Float64X 

func (s *ArtifactSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactSelect) Float64s 

func (s *ArtifactSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ArtifactSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *ArtifactSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactSelect) Int 

func (s *ArtifactSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ArtifactSelect) IntX 

func (s *ArtifactSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactSelect) Ints 

func (s *ArtifactSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ArtifactSelect) IntsX 

func (s *ArtifactSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactSelect) Scan 

func (as *ArtifactSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*ArtifactSelect) ScanX 

func (s *ArtifactSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactSelect) String 

func (s *ArtifactSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ArtifactSelect) StringX 

func (s *ArtifactSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactSelect) Strings 

func (s *ArtifactSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ArtifactSelect) StringsX 

func (s *ArtifactSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type ArtifactUpdate 

type ArtifactUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ArtifactUpdate is the builder for updating Artifact entities.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) AddAttestationIDs 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) AddAttestationIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactUpdate

AddAttestationIDs adds the "attestations" edge to the SLSAAttestation entity by IDs.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) AddAttestations 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) AddAttestations(s ...*SLSAAttestation) *ArtifactUpdate

AddAttestations adds the "attestations" edges to the SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) AddOccurrenceIDs 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) AddOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactUpdate

AddOccurrenceIDs adds the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity by IDs.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) AddOccurrences 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) AddOccurrences(o ...*Occurrence) *ArtifactUpdate

AddOccurrences adds the "occurrences" edges to the Occurrence entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) AddSame 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) AddSame(h ...*HashEqual) *ArtifactUpdate

AddSame adds the "same" edges to the HashEqual entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) AddSameIDs 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) AddSameIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactUpdate

AddSameIDs adds the "same" edge to the HashEqual entity by IDs.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) AddSbom 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) AddSbom(b ...*BillOfMaterials) *ArtifactUpdate

AddSbom adds the "sbom" edges to the BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) AddSbomIDs 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) AddSbomIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactUpdate

AddSbomIDs adds the "sbom" edge to the BillOfMaterials entity by IDs.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) ClearAttestations 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) ClearAttestations() *ArtifactUpdate

ClearAttestations clears all "attestations" edges to the SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) ClearOccurrences 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) ClearOccurrences() *ArtifactUpdate

ClearOccurrences clears all "occurrences" edges to the Occurrence entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) ClearSame 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) ClearSame() *ArtifactUpdate

ClearSame clears all "same" edges to the HashEqual entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) ClearSbom 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) ClearSbom() *ArtifactUpdate

ClearSbom clears all "sbom" edges to the BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) Exec 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) ExecX 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) Mutation 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) Mutation() *ArtifactMutation

Mutation returns the ArtifactMutation object of the builder.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) RemoveAttestationIDs 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) RemoveAttestationIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactUpdate

RemoveAttestationIDs removes the "attestations" edge to SLSAAttestation entities by IDs.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) RemoveAttestations 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) RemoveAttestations(s ...*SLSAAttestation) *ArtifactUpdate

RemoveAttestations removes "attestations" edges to SLSAAttestation entities.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) RemoveOccurrenceIDs 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) RemoveOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactUpdate

RemoveOccurrenceIDs removes the "occurrences" edge to Occurrence entities by IDs.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) RemoveOccurrences 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) RemoveOccurrences(o ...*Occurrence) *ArtifactUpdate

RemoveOccurrences removes "occurrences" edges to Occurrence entities.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) RemoveSame 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) RemoveSame(h ...*HashEqual) *ArtifactUpdate

RemoveSame removes "same" edges to HashEqual entities.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) RemoveSameIDs 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) RemoveSameIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactUpdate

RemoveSameIDs removes the "same" edge to HashEqual entities by IDs.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) RemoveSbom 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) RemoveSbom(b ...*BillOfMaterials) *ArtifactUpdate

RemoveSbom removes "sbom" edges to BillOfMaterials entities.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) RemoveSbomIDs 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) RemoveSbomIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactUpdate

RemoveSbomIDs removes the "sbom" edge to BillOfMaterials entities by IDs.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) Save 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) SaveX 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) SetAlgorithm 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) SetAlgorithm(s string) *ArtifactUpdate

SetAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) SetDigest 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) SetDigest(s string) *ArtifactUpdate

SetDigest sets the "digest" field.

func (*ArtifactUpdate) Where 

func (au *ArtifactUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Artifact) *ArtifactUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the ArtifactUpdate builder.

type ArtifactUpdateOne 

type ArtifactUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ArtifactUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Artifact entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) AddAttestationIDs 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) AddAttestationIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactUpdateOne

AddAttestationIDs adds the "attestations" edge to the SLSAAttestation entity by IDs.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) AddAttestations 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) AddAttestations(s ...*SLSAAttestation) *ArtifactUpdateOne

AddAttestations adds the "attestations" edges to the SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) AddOccurrenceIDs 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) AddOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactUpdateOne

AddOccurrenceIDs adds the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity by IDs.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) AddOccurrences 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) AddOccurrences(o ...*Occurrence) *ArtifactUpdateOne

AddOccurrences adds the "occurrences" edges to the Occurrence entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) AddSame 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) AddSame(h ...*HashEqual) *ArtifactUpdateOne

AddSame adds the "same" edges to the HashEqual entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) AddSameIDs 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) AddSameIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactUpdateOne

AddSameIDs adds the "same" edge to the HashEqual entity by IDs.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) AddSbom 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) AddSbom(b ...*BillOfMaterials) *ArtifactUpdateOne

AddSbom adds the "sbom" edges to the BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) AddSbomIDs 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) AddSbomIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactUpdateOne

AddSbomIDs adds the "sbom" edge to the BillOfMaterials entity by IDs.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) ClearAttestations 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) ClearAttestations() *ArtifactUpdateOne

ClearAttestations clears all "attestations" edges to the SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) ClearOccurrences 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) ClearOccurrences() *ArtifactUpdateOne

ClearOccurrences clears all "occurrences" edges to the Occurrence entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) ClearSame 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) ClearSame() *ArtifactUpdateOne

ClearSame clears all "same" edges to the HashEqual entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) ClearSbom 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) ClearSbom() *ArtifactUpdateOne

ClearSbom clears all "sbom" edges to the BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) Exec 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) Mutation() *ArtifactMutation

Mutation returns the ArtifactMutation object of the builder.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) RemoveAttestationIDs 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) RemoveAttestationIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactUpdateOne

RemoveAttestationIDs removes the "attestations" edge to SLSAAttestation entities by IDs.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) RemoveAttestations 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) RemoveAttestations(s ...*SLSAAttestation) *ArtifactUpdateOne

RemoveAttestations removes "attestations" edges to SLSAAttestation entities.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) RemoveOccurrenceIDs 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) RemoveOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactUpdateOne

RemoveOccurrenceIDs removes the "occurrences" edge to Occurrence entities by IDs.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) RemoveOccurrences 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) RemoveOccurrences(o ...*Occurrence) *ArtifactUpdateOne

RemoveOccurrences removes "occurrences" edges to Occurrence entities.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) RemoveSame 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) RemoveSame(h ...*HashEqual) *ArtifactUpdateOne

RemoveSame removes "same" edges to HashEqual entities.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) RemoveSameIDs 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) RemoveSameIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactUpdateOne

RemoveSameIDs removes the "same" edge to HashEqual entities by IDs.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) RemoveSbom 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) RemoveSbom(b ...*BillOfMaterials) *ArtifactUpdateOne

RemoveSbom removes "sbom" edges to BillOfMaterials entities.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) RemoveSbomIDs 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) RemoveSbomIDs(ids ...int) *ArtifactUpdateOne

RemoveSbomIDs removes the "sbom" edge to BillOfMaterials entities by IDs.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) Save 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Artifact, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Artifact entity.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Artifact

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) Select 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *ArtifactUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) SetAlgorithm 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) SetAlgorithm(s string) *ArtifactUpdateOne

SetAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) SetDigest 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) SetDigest(s string) *ArtifactUpdateOne

SetDigest sets the "digest" field.

func (*ArtifactUpdateOne) Where 

func (auo *ArtifactUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.Artifact) *ArtifactUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the ArtifactUpdate builder.

type ArtifactUpsert 

type ArtifactUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

ArtifactUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*ArtifactUpsert) SetAlgorithm 

func (u *ArtifactUpsert) SetAlgorithm(v string) *ArtifactUpsert

SetAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field.

func (*ArtifactUpsert) SetDigest 

func (u *ArtifactUpsert) SetDigest(v string) *ArtifactUpsert

SetDigest sets the "digest" field.

func (*ArtifactUpsert) UpdateAlgorithm 

func (u *ArtifactUpsert) UpdateAlgorithm() *ArtifactUpsert

UpdateAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ArtifactUpsert) UpdateDigest 

func (u *ArtifactUpsert) UpdateDigest() *ArtifactUpsert

UpdateDigest sets the "digest" field to the value that was provided on create.

type ArtifactUpsertBulk 

type ArtifactUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ArtifactUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Artifact nodes.

func (*ArtifactUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *ArtifactUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*ArtifactUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*ArtifactUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertBulk) Ignore() *ArtifactUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Artifact.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*ArtifactUpsertBulk) SetAlgorithm 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertBulk) SetAlgorithm(v string) *ArtifactUpsertBulk

SetAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field.

func (*ArtifactUpsertBulk) SetDigest 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertBulk) SetDigest(v string) *ArtifactUpsertBulk

SetDigest sets the "digest" field.

func (*ArtifactUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*ArtifactUpsert)) *ArtifactUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the ArtifactCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*ArtifactUpsertBulk) UpdateAlgorithm 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertBulk) UpdateAlgorithm() *ArtifactUpsertBulk

UpdateAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ArtifactUpsertBulk) UpdateDigest 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertBulk) UpdateDigest() *ArtifactUpsertBulk

UpdateDigest sets the "digest" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ArtifactUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *ArtifactUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Artifact.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type ArtifactUpsertOne 

type ArtifactUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ArtifactUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Artifact node.

func (*ArtifactUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertOne) DoNothing() *ArtifactUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*ArtifactUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*ArtifactUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*ArtifactUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ArtifactUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertOne) Ignore() *ArtifactUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Artifact.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*ArtifactUpsertOne) SetAlgorithm 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertOne) SetAlgorithm(v string) *ArtifactUpsertOne

SetAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field.

func (*ArtifactUpsertOne) SetDigest 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertOne) SetDigest(v string) *ArtifactUpsertOne

SetDigest sets the "digest" field.

func (*ArtifactUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertOne) Update(set func(*ArtifactUpsert)) *ArtifactUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the ArtifactCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*ArtifactUpsertOne) UpdateAlgorithm 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertOne) UpdateAlgorithm() *ArtifactUpsertOne

UpdateAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ArtifactUpsertOne) UpdateDigest 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertOne) UpdateDigest() *ArtifactUpsertOne

UpdateDigest sets the "digest" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ArtifactUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *ArtifactUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *ArtifactUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Artifact.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Artifacts 

type Artifacts []*Artifact

Artifacts is a parsable slice of Artifact.

type BillOfMaterials 

type BillOfMaterials struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// PackageID holds the value of the "package_id" field.
	PackageID *int `json:"package_id,omitempty"`
	// ArtifactID holds the value of the "artifact_id" field.
	ArtifactID *int `json:"artifact_id,omitempty"`
	// SBOM's URI
	URI string `json:"uri,omitempty"`
	// Digest algorithm
	Algorithm string `json:"algorithm,omitempty"`
	// Digest holds the value of the "digest" field.
	Digest string `json:"digest,omitempty"`
	// DownloadLocation holds the value of the "download_location" field.
	DownloadLocation string `json:"download_location,omitempty"`
	// Origin holds the value of the "origin" field.
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
	// GUAC collector for the document
	Collector string `json:"collector,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the BillOfMaterialsQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges BillOfMaterialsEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BillOfMaterials is the model entity for the BillOfMaterials schema.

func (*BillOfMaterials) Artifact 

func (bom *BillOfMaterials) Artifact(ctx context.Context) (*Artifact, error)

func (*BillOfMaterials) IsNode 

func (n *BillOfMaterials) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*BillOfMaterials) Package 

func (bom *BillOfMaterials) Package(ctx context.Context) (*PackageVersion, error)

func (*BillOfMaterials) QueryArtifact 

func (bom *BillOfMaterials) QueryArtifact() *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifact queries the "artifact" edge of the BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*BillOfMaterials) QueryPackage 

func (bom *BillOfMaterials) QueryPackage() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackage queries the "package" edge of the BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*BillOfMaterials) String 

func (bom *BillOfMaterials) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*BillOfMaterials) ToEdge 

func (bom *BillOfMaterials) ToEdge(order *BillOfMaterialsOrder) *BillOfMaterialsEdge

ToEdge converts BillOfMaterials into BillOfMaterialsEdge.

func (*BillOfMaterials) Unwrap 

func (bom *BillOfMaterials) Unwrap() *BillOfMaterials

Unwrap unwraps the BillOfMaterials entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*BillOfMaterials) Update 

func (bom *BillOfMaterials) Update() *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this BillOfMaterials. Note that you need to call BillOfMaterials.Unwrap() before calling this method if this BillOfMaterials was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*BillOfMaterials) Value 

func (bom *BillOfMaterials) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the BillOfMaterials. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type BillOfMaterialsClient 

type BillOfMaterialsClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BillOfMaterialsClient is a client for the BillOfMaterials schema.

func NewBillOfMaterialsClient 

func NewBillOfMaterialsClient(c config) *BillOfMaterialsClient

NewBillOfMaterialsClient returns a client for the BillOfMaterials from the given config.

func (*BillOfMaterialsClient) Create 

func (c *BillOfMaterialsClient) Create() *BillOfMaterialsCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *BillOfMaterialsClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*BillOfMaterialsCreate) *BillOfMaterialsCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of BillOfMaterials entities.

func (*BillOfMaterialsClient) Delete 

func (c *BillOfMaterialsClient) Delete() *BillOfMaterialsDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for BillOfMaterials.

func (*BillOfMaterialsClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *BillOfMaterialsClient) DeleteOne(bom *BillOfMaterials) *BillOfMaterialsDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *BillOfMaterialsClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *BillOfMaterialsDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*BillOfMaterialsClient) Get 

func (c *BillOfMaterialsClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*BillOfMaterials, error)

Get returns a BillOfMaterials entity by its id.

func (*BillOfMaterialsClient) GetX 

func (c *BillOfMaterialsClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *BillOfMaterials

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsClient) Hooks 

func (c *BillOfMaterialsClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*BillOfMaterialsClient) Intercept 

func (c *BillOfMaterialsClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `billofmaterials.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*BillOfMaterialsClient) Interceptors 

func (c *BillOfMaterialsClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*BillOfMaterialsClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *BillOfMaterialsClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*BillOfMaterialsCreate, int)) *BillOfMaterialsCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*BillOfMaterialsClient) Query 

func (c *BillOfMaterialsClient) Query() *BillOfMaterialsQuery

Query returns a query builder for BillOfMaterials.

func (*BillOfMaterialsClient) QueryArtifact 

func (c *BillOfMaterialsClient) QueryArtifact(bom *BillOfMaterials) *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifact queries the artifact edge of a BillOfMaterials.

func (*BillOfMaterialsClient) QueryPackage 

func (c *BillOfMaterialsClient) QueryPackage(bom *BillOfMaterials) *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackage queries the package edge of a BillOfMaterials.

func (*BillOfMaterialsClient) Update 

func (c *BillOfMaterialsClient) Update() *BillOfMaterialsUpdate

Update returns an update builder for BillOfMaterials.

func (*BillOfMaterialsClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *BillOfMaterialsClient) UpdateOne(bom *BillOfMaterials) *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *BillOfMaterialsClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*BillOfMaterialsClient) Use 

func (c *BillOfMaterialsClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `billofmaterials.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type BillOfMaterialsConnection 

type BillOfMaterialsConnection struct {
	Edges      []*BillOfMaterialsEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo               `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int                    `json:"totalCount"`
}

BillOfMaterialsConnection is the connection containing edges to BillOfMaterials.

type BillOfMaterialsCreate 

type BillOfMaterialsCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BillOfMaterialsCreate is the builder for creating a BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) Exec 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) ExecX 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) Mutation 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) Mutation() *BillOfMaterialsMutation

Mutation returns the BillOfMaterialsMutation object of the builder.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) OnConflict 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.BillOfMaterials.Create().
	SetPackageID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.BillOfMaterialsUpsert) {
		SetPackageID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.BillOfMaterials.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) Save 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*BillOfMaterials, error)

Save creates the BillOfMaterials in the database.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) SaveX 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *BillOfMaterials

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetAlgorithm 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetAlgorithm(s string) *BillOfMaterialsCreate

SetAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetArtifact 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetArtifact(a *Artifact) *BillOfMaterialsCreate

SetArtifact sets the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetArtifactID 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetArtifactID(i int) *BillOfMaterialsCreate

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetCollector 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetCollector(s string) *BillOfMaterialsCreate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetDigest 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetDigest(s string) *BillOfMaterialsCreate

SetDigest sets the "digest" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetDownloadLocation 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetDownloadLocation(s string) *BillOfMaterialsCreate

SetDownloadLocation sets the "download_location" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetNillableArtifactID 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetNillableArtifactID(i *int) *BillOfMaterialsCreate

SetNillableArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetNillablePackageID 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetNillablePackageID(i *int) *BillOfMaterialsCreate

SetNillablePackageID sets the "package_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetOrigin 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetOrigin(s string) *BillOfMaterialsCreate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetPackage 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetPackage(p *PackageVersion) *BillOfMaterialsCreate

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetPackageID 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetPackageID(i int) *BillOfMaterialsCreate

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetURI 

func (bomc *BillOfMaterialsCreate) SetURI(s string) *BillOfMaterialsCreate

SetURI sets the "uri" field.

type BillOfMaterialsCreateBulk 

type BillOfMaterialsCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BillOfMaterialsCreateBulk is the builder for creating many BillOfMaterials entities in bulk.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreateBulk) Exec 

func (bomcb *BillOfMaterialsCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (bomcb *BillOfMaterialsCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (bomcb *BillOfMaterialsCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.BillOfMaterials.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.BillOfMaterialsUpsert) {
		SetPackageID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (bomcb *BillOfMaterialsCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.BillOfMaterials.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreateBulk) Save 

func (bomcb *BillOfMaterialsCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*BillOfMaterials, error)

Save creates the BillOfMaterials entities in the database.

func (*BillOfMaterialsCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (bomcb *BillOfMaterialsCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*BillOfMaterials

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type BillOfMaterialsDelete 

type BillOfMaterialsDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BillOfMaterialsDelete is the builder for deleting a BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsDelete) Exec 

func (bomd *BillOfMaterialsDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*BillOfMaterialsDelete) ExecX 

func (bomd *BillOfMaterialsDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsDelete) Where 

func (bomd *BillOfMaterialsDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.BillOfMaterials) *BillOfMaterialsDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the BillOfMaterialsDelete builder.

type BillOfMaterialsDeleteOne 

type BillOfMaterialsDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BillOfMaterialsDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsDeleteOne) Exec 

func (bomdo *BillOfMaterialsDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*BillOfMaterialsDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (bomdo *BillOfMaterialsDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsDeleteOne) Where 

func (bomdo *BillOfMaterialsDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.BillOfMaterials) *BillOfMaterialsDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the BillOfMaterialsDelete builder.

type BillOfMaterialsEdge 

type BillOfMaterialsEdge struct {
	Node   *BillOfMaterials `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor           `json:"cursor"`
}

BillOfMaterialsEdge is the edge representation of BillOfMaterials.

type BillOfMaterialsEdges 

type BillOfMaterialsEdges struct {
	// Package holds the value of the package edge.
	Package *PackageVersion `json:"package,omitempty"`
	// Artifact holds the value of the artifact edge.
	Artifact *Artifact `json:"artifact,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BillOfMaterialsEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (BillOfMaterialsEdges) ArtifactOrErr 

func (e BillOfMaterialsEdges) ArtifactOrErr() (*Artifact, error)

ArtifactOrErr returns the Artifact value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (BillOfMaterialsEdges) PackageOrErr 

func (e BillOfMaterialsEdges) PackageOrErr() (*PackageVersion, error)

PackageOrErr returns the Package value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type BillOfMaterialsGroupBy 

type BillOfMaterialsGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BillOfMaterialsGroupBy is the group-by builder for BillOfMaterials entities.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (bomgb *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Int 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Scan 

func (bomgb *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) String 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type BillOfMaterialsMutation 

type BillOfMaterialsMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BillOfMaterialsMutation represents an operation that mutates the BillOfMaterials nodes in the graph.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) AddField 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) AddedField 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) Algorithm 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) Algorithm() (r string, exists bool)

Algorithm returns the value of the "algorithm" field in the mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ArtifactCleared 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ArtifactCleared() bool

ArtifactCleared reports if the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity was cleared.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ArtifactID 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ArtifactID() (r int, exists bool)

ArtifactID returns the value of the "artifact_id" field in the mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ArtifactIDCleared 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ArtifactIDCleared() bool

ArtifactIDCleared returns if the "artifact_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ArtifactIDs 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ArtifactIDs() (ids []int)

ArtifactIDs returns the "artifact" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use ArtifactID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ClearArtifact 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ClearArtifact()

ClearArtifact clears the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ClearArtifactID 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ClearArtifactID()

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ClearField 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ClearPackage 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ClearPackage()

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ClearPackageID 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ClearPackageID()

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (BillOfMaterialsMutation) Client 

func (m BillOfMaterialsMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) Collector 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) Collector() (r string, exists bool)

Collector returns the value of the "collector" field in the mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) Digest 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) Digest() (r string, exists bool)

Digest returns the value of the "digest" field in the mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) DownloadLocation 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) DownloadLocation() (r string, exists bool)

DownloadLocation returns the value of the "download_location" field in the mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) Field 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) Fields 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ID 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) IDs 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) OldAlgorithm 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) OldAlgorithm(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldAlgorithm returns the old "algorithm" field's value of the BillOfMaterials entity. If the BillOfMaterials object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) OldArtifactID 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) OldArtifactID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldArtifactID returns the old "artifact_id" field's value of the BillOfMaterials entity. If the BillOfMaterials object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) OldCollector 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) OldCollector(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldCollector returns the old "collector" field's value of the BillOfMaterials entity. If the BillOfMaterials object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) OldDigest 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) OldDigest(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldDigest returns the old "digest" field's value of the BillOfMaterials entity. If the BillOfMaterials object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) OldDownloadLocation 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) OldDownloadLocation(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldDownloadLocation returns the old "download_location" field's value of the BillOfMaterials entity. If the BillOfMaterials object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) OldField 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) OldOrigin 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) OldOrigin(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldOrigin returns the old "origin" field's value of the BillOfMaterials entity. If the BillOfMaterials object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) OldPackageID 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) OldPackageID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldPackageID returns the old "package_id" field's value of the BillOfMaterials entity. If the BillOfMaterials object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) OldURI 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) OldURI(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldURI returns the old "uri" field's value of the BillOfMaterials entity. If the BillOfMaterials object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) Op 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) Origin 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) Origin() (r string, exists bool)

Origin returns the value of the "origin" field in the mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) PackageCleared 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) PackageCleared() bool

PackageCleared reports if the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity was cleared.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) PackageID 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) PackageID() (r int, exists bool)

PackageID returns the value of the "package_id" field in the mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) PackageIDCleared 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) PackageIDCleared() bool

PackageIDCleared returns if the "package_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) PackageIDs 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) PackageIDs() (ids []int)

PackageIDs returns the "package" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use PackageID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetAlgorithm 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetAlgorithm()

ResetAlgorithm resets all changes to the "algorithm" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetArtifact 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetArtifact()

ResetArtifact resets all changes to the "artifact" edge.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetArtifactID 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetArtifactID()

ResetArtifactID resets all changes to the "artifact_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetCollector 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetCollector()

ResetCollector resets all changes to the "collector" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetDigest 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetDigest()

ResetDigest resets all changes to the "digest" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetDownloadLocation 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetDownloadLocation()

ResetDownloadLocation resets all changes to the "download_location" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetField 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetOrigin 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetOrigin()

ResetOrigin resets all changes to the "origin" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetPackage 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetPackage()

ResetPackage resets all changes to the "package" edge.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetPackageID 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetPackageID()

ResetPackageID resets all changes to the "package_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetURI 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) ResetURI()

ResetURI resets all changes to the "uri" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetAlgorithm 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetAlgorithm(s string)

SetAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetArtifactID 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetArtifactID(i int)

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetCollector 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetCollector(s string)

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetDigest 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetDigest(s string)

SetDigest sets the "digest" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetDownloadLocation 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetDownloadLocation(s string)

SetDownloadLocation sets the "download_location" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetField 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetOp 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetOrigin 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetOrigin(s string)

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetPackageID 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetPackageID(i int)

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetURI 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) SetURI(s string)

SetURI sets the "uri" field.

func (BillOfMaterialsMutation) Tx 

func (m BillOfMaterialsMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) Type 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (BillOfMaterials).

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) URI 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) URI() (r string, exists bool)

URI returns the value of the "uri" field in the mutation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) Where 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.BillOfMaterials)

Where appends a list predicates to the BillOfMaterialsMutation builder.

func (*BillOfMaterialsMutation) WhereP 

func (m *BillOfMaterialsMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the BillOfMaterialsMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type BillOfMaterialsOrder 

type BillOfMaterialsOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection             `json:"direction"`
	Field     *BillOfMaterialsOrderField `json:"field"`
}

BillOfMaterialsOrder defines the ordering of BillOfMaterials.

type BillOfMaterialsOrderField 

type BillOfMaterialsOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given BillOfMaterials.
	Value func(*BillOfMaterials) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BillOfMaterialsOrderField defines the ordering field of BillOfMaterials.

type BillOfMaterialsPaginateOption 

type BillOfMaterialsPaginateOption func(*billofmaterialsPager) error

BillOfMaterialsPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithBillOfMaterialsFilter 

func WithBillOfMaterialsFilter(filter func(*BillOfMaterialsQuery) (*BillOfMaterialsQuery, error)) BillOfMaterialsPaginateOption

WithBillOfMaterialsFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithBillOfMaterialsOrder 

func WithBillOfMaterialsOrder(order *BillOfMaterialsOrder) BillOfMaterialsPaginateOption

WithBillOfMaterialsOrder configures pagination ordering.

type BillOfMaterialsQuery 

type BillOfMaterialsQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BillOfMaterialsQuery is the builder for querying BillOfMaterials entities.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) Aggregate 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *BillOfMaterialsSelect

Aggregate returns a BillOfMaterialsSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) All 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*BillOfMaterials, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of BillOfMaterialsSlice.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) AllX 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*BillOfMaterials

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) Clone 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) Clone() *BillOfMaterialsQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the BillOfMaterialsQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) CollectFields 

func (bom *BillOfMaterialsQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*BillOfMaterialsQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) Count 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) CountX 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) Exist 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) ExistX 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) First 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*BillOfMaterials, error)

First returns the first BillOfMaterials entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no BillOfMaterials was found.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) FirstID 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first BillOfMaterials ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no BillOfMaterials ID was found.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) FirstIDX 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) FirstX 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *BillOfMaterials

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) GroupBy 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *BillOfMaterialsGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	PackageID int `json:"package_id,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.BillOfMaterials.Query().
	GroupBy(billofmaterials.FieldPackageID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) IDs 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of BillOfMaterials IDs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) IDsX 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) Limit 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) Limit(limit int) *BillOfMaterialsQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) Offset 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) Offset(offset int) *BillOfMaterialsQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) Only 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*BillOfMaterials, error)

Only returns a single BillOfMaterials entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one BillOfMaterials entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no BillOfMaterials entities are found.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) OnlyID 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only BillOfMaterials ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one BillOfMaterials ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) OnlyX 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *BillOfMaterials

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) Order 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) Order(o ...billofmaterials.OrderOption) *BillOfMaterialsQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) Paginate 

func (bom *BillOfMaterialsQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...BillOfMaterialsPaginateOption,
) (*BillOfMaterialsConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to BillOfMaterials.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) QueryArtifact 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) QueryArtifact() *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifact chains the current query on the "artifact" edge.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) QueryPackage 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) QueryPackage() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackage chains the current query on the "package" edge.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) Select 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) Select(fields ...string) *BillOfMaterialsSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	PackageID int `json:"package_id,omitempty"`
}

client.BillOfMaterials.Query().
	Select(billofmaterials.FieldPackageID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) Unique 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) Unique(unique bool) *BillOfMaterialsQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) Where 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.BillOfMaterials) *BillOfMaterialsQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the BillOfMaterialsQuery builder.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) WithArtifact 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) WithArtifact(opts ...func(*ArtifactQuery)) *BillOfMaterialsQuery

WithArtifact tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "artifact" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*BillOfMaterialsQuery) WithPackage 

func (bomq *BillOfMaterialsQuery) WithPackage(opts ...func(*PackageVersionQuery)) *BillOfMaterialsQuery

WithPackage tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "package" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type BillOfMaterialsSelect 

type BillOfMaterialsSelect struct {
	*BillOfMaterialsQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BillOfMaterialsSelect is the builder for selecting fields of BillOfMaterials entities.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) Aggregate 

func (boms *BillOfMaterialsSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *BillOfMaterialsSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) Bool 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) BoolX 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) Bools 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) Float64 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) Float64X 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) Float64s 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) Int 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) IntX 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) Ints 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) IntsX 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) Scan 

func (boms *BillOfMaterialsSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) ScanX 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) String 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) StringX 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) Strings 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsSelect) StringsX 

func (s *BillOfMaterialsSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type BillOfMaterialsSlice 

type BillOfMaterialsSlice []*BillOfMaterials

BillOfMaterialsSlice is a parsable slice of BillOfMaterials.

type BillOfMaterialsUpdate 

type BillOfMaterialsUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BillOfMaterialsUpdate is the builder for updating BillOfMaterials entities.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) ClearArtifact 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) ClearArtifact() *BillOfMaterialsUpdate

ClearArtifact clears the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) ClearArtifactID 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) ClearArtifactID() *BillOfMaterialsUpdate

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) ClearPackage 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) ClearPackage() *BillOfMaterialsUpdate

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) ClearPackageID 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) ClearPackageID() *BillOfMaterialsUpdate

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) Exec 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) ExecX 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) Mutation 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) Mutation() *BillOfMaterialsMutation

Mutation returns the BillOfMaterialsMutation object of the builder.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) Save 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SaveX 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetAlgorithm 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetAlgorithm(s string) *BillOfMaterialsUpdate

SetAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetArtifact 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetArtifact(a *Artifact) *BillOfMaterialsUpdate

SetArtifact sets the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetArtifactID 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetArtifactID(i int) *BillOfMaterialsUpdate

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetCollector 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetCollector(s string) *BillOfMaterialsUpdate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetDigest 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetDigest(s string) *BillOfMaterialsUpdate

SetDigest sets the "digest" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetDownloadLocation 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetDownloadLocation(s string) *BillOfMaterialsUpdate

SetDownloadLocation sets the "download_location" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetNillableArtifactID 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetNillableArtifactID(i *int) *BillOfMaterialsUpdate

SetNillableArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetNillablePackageID 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetNillablePackageID(i *int) *BillOfMaterialsUpdate

SetNillablePackageID sets the "package_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetOrigin 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetOrigin(s string) *BillOfMaterialsUpdate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetPackage 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetPackage(p *PackageVersion) *BillOfMaterialsUpdate

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetPackageID 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetPackageID(i int) *BillOfMaterialsUpdate

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetURI 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) SetURI(s string) *BillOfMaterialsUpdate

SetURI sets the "uri" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdate) Where 

func (bomu *BillOfMaterialsUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.BillOfMaterials) *BillOfMaterialsUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the BillOfMaterialsUpdate builder.

type BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne 

type BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) ClearArtifact 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) ClearArtifact() *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

ClearArtifact clears the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) ClearArtifactID 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) ClearArtifactID() *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) ClearPackage 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) ClearPackage() *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) ClearPackageID 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) ClearPackageID() *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) Exec 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) Mutation() *BillOfMaterialsMutation

Mutation returns the BillOfMaterialsMutation object of the builder.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) Save 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*BillOfMaterials, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *BillOfMaterials

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) Select 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetAlgorithm 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetAlgorithm(s string) *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

SetAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetArtifact 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetArtifact(a *Artifact) *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

SetArtifact sets the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetArtifactID 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetArtifactID(i int) *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetCollector 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetCollector(s string) *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetDigest 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetDigest(s string) *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

SetDigest sets the "digest" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetDownloadLocation 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetDownloadLocation(s string) *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

SetDownloadLocation sets the "download_location" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetNillableArtifactID 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetNillableArtifactID(i *int) *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

SetNillableArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageID 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageID(i *int) *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

SetNillablePackageID sets the "package_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetOrigin 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetOrigin(s string) *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetPackage 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetPackage(p *PackageVersion) *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetPackageID 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetPackageID(i int) *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetURI 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) SetURI(s string) *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

SetURI sets the "uri" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) Where 

func (bomuo *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.BillOfMaterials) *BillOfMaterialsUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the BillOfMaterialsUpdate builder.

type BillOfMaterialsUpsert 

type BillOfMaterialsUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

BillOfMaterialsUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsert) ClearArtifactID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsert) ClearArtifactID() *BillOfMaterialsUpsert

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsert) ClearPackageID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsert) ClearPackageID() *BillOfMaterialsUpsert

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsert) SetAlgorithm 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsert) SetAlgorithm(v string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsert

SetAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsert) SetArtifactID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsert) SetArtifactID(v int) *BillOfMaterialsUpsert

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsert) SetCollector 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsert) SetCollector(v string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsert

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsert) SetDigest 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsert) SetDigest(v string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsert

SetDigest sets the "digest" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsert) SetDownloadLocation 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsert) SetDownloadLocation(v string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsert

SetDownloadLocation sets the "download_location" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsert) SetOrigin 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsert) SetOrigin(v string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsert

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsert) SetPackageID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsert) SetPackageID(v int) *BillOfMaterialsUpsert

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsert) SetURI 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsert) SetURI(v string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsert

SetURI sets the "uri" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsert) UpdateAlgorithm 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsert) UpdateAlgorithm() *BillOfMaterialsUpsert

UpdateAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsert) UpdateArtifactID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsert) UpdateArtifactID() *BillOfMaterialsUpsert

UpdateArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsert) UpdateCollector 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsert) UpdateCollector() *BillOfMaterialsUpsert

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsert) UpdateDigest 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsert) UpdateDigest() *BillOfMaterialsUpsert

UpdateDigest sets the "digest" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsert) UpdateDownloadLocation 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsert) UpdateDownloadLocation() *BillOfMaterialsUpsert

UpdateDownloadLocation sets the "download_location" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsert) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsert) UpdateOrigin() *BillOfMaterialsUpsert

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsert) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsert) UpdatePackageID() *BillOfMaterialsUpsert

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsert) UpdateURI 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsert) UpdateURI() *BillOfMaterialsUpsert

UpdateURI sets the "uri" field to the value that was provided on create.

type BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk 

type BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of BillOfMaterials nodes.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) ClearArtifactID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) ClearArtifactID() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) ClearPackageID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) ClearPackageID() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) Ignore() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.BillOfMaterials.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) SetAlgorithm 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) SetAlgorithm(v string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

SetAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) SetArtifactID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) SetArtifactID(v int) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) SetCollector 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) SetCollector(v string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) SetDigest 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) SetDigest(v string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

SetDigest sets the "digest" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) SetDownloadLocation 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) SetDownloadLocation(v string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

SetDownloadLocation sets the "download_location" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) SetOrigin 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) SetOrigin(v string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) SetPackageID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) SetPackageID(v int) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) SetURI 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) SetURI(v string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

SetURI sets the "uri" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*BillOfMaterialsUpsert)) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the BillOfMaterialsCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) UpdateAlgorithm 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) UpdateAlgorithm() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

UpdateAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) UpdateArtifactID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) UpdateArtifactID() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

UpdateArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) UpdateDigest 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) UpdateDigest() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

UpdateDigest sets the "digest" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) UpdateDownloadLocation 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) UpdateDownloadLocation() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

UpdateDownloadLocation sets the "download_location" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.BillOfMaterials.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageID() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) UpdateURI 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk) UpdateURI() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertBulk

UpdateURI sets the "uri" field to the value that was provided on create.

type BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne 

type BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one BillOfMaterials node.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) ClearArtifactID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) ClearArtifactID() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) ClearPackageID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) ClearPackageID() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) DoNothing() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) Ignore() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.BillOfMaterials.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) SetAlgorithm 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) SetAlgorithm(v string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

SetAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) SetArtifactID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) SetArtifactID(v int) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) SetCollector 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) SetCollector(v string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) SetDigest 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) SetDigest(v string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

SetDigest sets the "digest" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) SetDownloadLocation 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) SetDownloadLocation(v string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

SetDownloadLocation sets the "download_location" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) SetOrigin 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) SetOrigin(v string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) SetPackageID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) SetPackageID(v int) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) SetURI 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) SetURI(v string) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

SetURI sets the "uri" field.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) Update(set func(*BillOfMaterialsUpsert)) *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the BillOfMaterialsCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) UpdateAlgorithm 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) UpdateAlgorithm() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

UpdateAlgorithm sets the "algorithm" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) UpdateArtifactID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) UpdateArtifactID() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

UpdateArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) UpdateCollector 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) UpdateCollector() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) UpdateDigest 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) UpdateDigest() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

UpdateDigest sets the "digest" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) UpdateDownloadLocation 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) UpdateDownloadLocation() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

UpdateDownloadLocation sets the "download_location" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.BillOfMaterials.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) UpdatePackageID() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) UpdateURI 

func (u *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne) UpdateURI() *BillOfMaterialsUpsertOne

UpdateURI sets the "uri" field to the value that was provided on create.

type Builder 

type Builder struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// The URI of the builder, used as a unique identifier in the graph query
	URI string `json:"uri,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the BuilderQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges BuilderEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Builder is the model entity for the Builder schema.

func (*Builder) IsNode 

func (n *Builder) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*Builder) NamedSlsaAttestations 

func (b *Builder) NamedSlsaAttestations(name string) ([]*SLSAAttestation, error)

NamedSlsaAttestations returns the SlsaAttestations named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*Builder) QuerySlsaAttestations 

func (b *Builder) QuerySlsaAttestations() *SLSAAttestationQuery

QuerySlsaAttestations queries the "slsa_attestations" edge of the Builder entity.

func (*Builder) SlsaAttestations 

func (b *Builder) SlsaAttestations(ctx context.Context) (result []*SLSAAttestation, err error)

func (*Builder) String 

func (b *Builder) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Builder) ToEdge 

func (b *Builder) ToEdge(order *BuilderOrder) *BuilderEdge

ToEdge converts Builder into BuilderEdge.

func (*Builder) Unwrap 

func (b *Builder) Unwrap() *Builder

Unwrap unwraps the Builder entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Builder) Update 

func (b *Builder) Update() *BuilderUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Builder. Note that you need to call Builder.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Builder was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*Builder) Value 

func (b *Builder) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the Builder. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type BuilderClient 

type BuilderClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BuilderClient is a client for the Builder schema.

func NewBuilderClient 

func NewBuilderClient(c config) *BuilderClient

NewBuilderClient returns a client for the Builder from the given config.

func (*BuilderClient) Create 

func (c *BuilderClient) Create() *BuilderCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Builder entity.

func (*BuilderClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *BuilderClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*BuilderCreate) *BuilderCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Builder entities.

func (*BuilderClient) Delete 

func (c *BuilderClient) Delete() *BuilderDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Builder.

func (*BuilderClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *BuilderClient) DeleteOne(b *Builder) *BuilderDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*BuilderClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *BuilderClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *BuilderDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*BuilderClient) Get 

func (c *BuilderClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*Builder, error)

Get returns a Builder entity by its id.

func (*BuilderClient) GetX 

func (c *BuilderClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *Builder

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderClient) Hooks 

func (c *BuilderClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*BuilderClient) Intercept 

func (c *BuilderClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `builder.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*BuilderClient) Interceptors 

func (c *BuilderClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*BuilderClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *BuilderClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*BuilderCreate, int)) *BuilderCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*BuilderClient) Query 

func (c *BuilderClient) Query() *BuilderQuery

Query returns a query builder for Builder.

func (*BuilderClient) QuerySlsaAttestations 

func (c *BuilderClient) QuerySlsaAttestations(b *Builder) *SLSAAttestationQuery

QuerySlsaAttestations queries the slsa_attestations edge of a Builder.

func (*BuilderClient) Update 

func (c *BuilderClient) Update() *BuilderUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Builder.

func (*BuilderClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *BuilderClient) UpdateOne(b *Builder) *BuilderUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*BuilderClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *BuilderClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *BuilderUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*BuilderClient) Use 

func (c *BuilderClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `builder.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type BuilderConnection 

type BuilderConnection struct {
	Edges      []*BuilderEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo       `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int            `json:"totalCount"`
}

BuilderConnection is the connection containing edges to Builder.

type BuilderCreate 

type BuilderCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BuilderCreate is the builder for creating a Builder entity.

func (*BuilderCreate) AddSlsaAttestationIDs 

func (bc *BuilderCreate) AddSlsaAttestationIDs(ids ...int) *BuilderCreate

AddSlsaAttestationIDs adds the "slsa_attestations" edge to the SLSAAttestation entity by IDs.

func (*BuilderCreate) AddSlsaAttestations 

func (bc *BuilderCreate) AddSlsaAttestations(s ...*SLSAAttestation) *BuilderCreate

AddSlsaAttestations adds the "slsa_attestations" edges to the SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*BuilderCreate) Exec 

func (bc *BuilderCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BuilderCreate) ExecX 

func (bc *BuilderCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderCreate) Mutation 

func (bc *BuilderCreate) Mutation() *BuilderMutation

Mutation returns the BuilderMutation object of the builder.

func (*BuilderCreate) OnConflict 

func (bc *BuilderCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *BuilderUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Builder.Create().
	SetURI(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.BuilderUpsert) {
		SetURI(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BuilderCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (bc *BuilderCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *BuilderUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Builder.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BuilderCreate) Save 

func (bc *BuilderCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Builder, error)

Save creates the Builder in the database.

func (*BuilderCreate) SaveX 

func (bc *BuilderCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Builder

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*BuilderCreate) SetURI 

func (bc *BuilderCreate) SetURI(s string) *BuilderCreate

SetURI sets the "uri" field.

type BuilderCreateBulk 

type BuilderCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BuilderCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Builder entities in bulk.

func (*BuilderCreateBulk) Exec 

func (bcb *BuilderCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BuilderCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (bcb *BuilderCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (bcb *BuilderCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *BuilderUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Builder.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.BuilderUpsert) {
		SetURI(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BuilderCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (bcb *BuilderCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *BuilderUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Builder.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BuilderCreateBulk) Save 

func (bcb *BuilderCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Builder, error)

Save creates the Builder entities in the database.

func (*BuilderCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (bcb *BuilderCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Builder

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type BuilderDelete 

type BuilderDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BuilderDelete is the builder for deleting a Builder entity.

func (*BuilderDelete) Exec 

func (bd *BuilderDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*BuilderDelete) ExecX 

func (bd *BuilderDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderDelete) Where 

func (bd *BuilderDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Builder) *BuilderDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the BuilderDelete builder.

type BuilderDeleteOne 

type BuilderDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BuilderDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Builder entity.

func (*BuilderDeleteOne) Exec 

func (bdo *BuilderDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*BuilderDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (bdo *BuilderDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderDeleteOne) Where 

func (bdo *BuilderDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.Builder) *BuilderDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the BuilderDelete builder.

type BuilderEdge 

type BuilderEdge struct {
	Node   *Builder `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor   `json:"cursor"`
}

BuilderEdge is the edge representation of Builder.

type BuilderEdges 

type BuilderEdges struct {
	// SlsaAttestations holds the value of the slsa_attestations edge.
	SlsaAttestations []*SLSAAttestation `json:"slsa_attestations,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BuilderEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (BuilderEdges) SlsaAttestationsOrErr 

func (e BuilderEdges) SlsaAttestationsOrErr() ([]*SLSAAttestation, error)

SlsaAttestationsOrErr returns the SlsaAttestations value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type BuilderGroupBy 

type BuilderGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BuilderGroupBy is the group-by builder for Builder entities.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (bgb *BuilderGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *BuilderGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *BuilderGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *BuilderGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *BuilderGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *BuilderGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *BuilderGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *BuilderGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *BuilderGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *BuilderGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) Int 

func (s *BuilderGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *BuilderGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *BuilderGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *BuilderGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) Scan 

func (bgb *BuilderGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *BuilderGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) String 

func (s *BuilderGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *BuilderGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *BuilderGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BuilderGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *BuilderGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type BuilderMutation 

type BuilderMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BuilderMutation represents an operation that mutates the Builder nodes in the graph.

func (*BuilderMutation) AddField 

func (m *BuilderMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*BuilderMutation) AddSlsaAttestationIDs 

func (m *BuilderMutation) AddSlsaAttestationIDs(ids ...int)

AddSlsaAttestationIDs adds the "slsa_attestations" edge to the SLSAAttestation entity by ids.

func (*BuilderMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *BuilderMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*BuilderMutation) AddedField 

func (m *BuilderMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*BuilderMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *BuilderMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*BuilderMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *BuilderMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*BuilderMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *BuilderMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*BuilderMutation) ClearField 

func (m *BuilderMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*BuilderMutation) ClearSlsaAttestations 

func (m *BuilderMutation) ClearSlsaAttestations()

ClearSlsaAttestations clears the "slsa_attestations" edge to the SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*BuilderMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *BuilderMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*BuilderMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *BuilderMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (BuilderMutation) Client 

func (m BuilderMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*BuilderMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *BuilderMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*BuilderMutation) Field 

func (m *BuilderMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*BuilderMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *BuilderMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*BuilderMutation) Fields 

func (m *BuilderMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*BuilderMutation) ID 

func (m *BuilderMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*BuilderMutation) IDs 

func (m *BuilderMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*BuilderMutation) OldField 

func (m *BuilderMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*BuilderMutation) OldURI 

func (m *BuilderMutation) OldURI(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldURI returns the old "uri" field's value of the Builder entity. If the Builder object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*BuilderMutation) Op 

func (m *BuilderMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*BuilderMutation) RemoveSlsaAttestationIDs 

func (m *BuilderMutation) RemoveSlsaAttestationIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveSlsaAttestationIDs removes the "slsa_attestations" edge to the SLSAAttestation entity by IDs.

func (*BuilderMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *BuilderMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*BuilderMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *BuilderMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*BuilderMutation) RemovedSlsaAttestationsIDs 

func (m *BuilderMutation) RemovedSlsaAttestationsIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedSlsaAttestations returns the removed IDs of the "slsa_attestations" edge to the SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*BuilderMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *BuilderMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*BuilderMutation) ResetField 

func (m *BuilderMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*BuilderMutation) ResetSlsaAttestations 

func (m *BuilderMutation) ResetSlsaAttestations()

ResetSlsaAttestations resets all changes to the "slsa_attestations" edge.

func (*BuilderMutation) ResetURI 

func (m *BuilderMutation) ResetURI()

ResetURI resets all changes to the "uri" field.

func (*BuilderMutation) SetField 

func (m *BuilderMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*BuilderMutation) SetOp 

func (m *BuilderMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*BuilderMutation) SetURI 

func (m *BuilderMutation) SetURI(s string)

SetURI sets the "uri" field.

func (*BuilderMutation) SlsaAttestationsCleared 

func (m *BuilderMutation) SlsaAttestationsCleared() bool

SlsaAttestationsCleared reports if the "slsa_attestations" edge to the SLSAAttestation entity was cleared.

func (*BuilderMutation) SlsaAttestationsIDs 

func (m *BuilderMutation) SlsaAttestationsIDs() (ids []int)

SlsaAttestationsIDs returns the "slsa_attestations" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (BuilderMutation) Tx 

func (m BuilderMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*BuilderMutation) Type 

func (m *BuilderMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Builder).

func (*BuilderMutation) URI 

func (m *BuilderMutation) URI() (r string, exists bool)

URI returns the value of the "uri" field in the mutation.

func (*BuilderMutation) Where 

func (m *BuilderMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Builder)

Where appends a list predicates to the BuilderMutation builder.

func (*BuilderMutation) WhereP 

func (m *BuilderMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the BuilderMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type BuilderOrder 

type BuilderOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection     `json:"direction"`
	Field     *BuilderOrderField `json:"field"`
}

BuilderOrder defines the ordering of Builder.

type BuilderOrderField 

type BuilderOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given Builder.
	Value func(*Builder) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BuilderOrderField defines the ordering field of Builder.

type BuilderPaginateOption 

type BuilderPaginateOption func(*builderPager) error

BuilderPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithBuilderFilter 

func WithBuilderFilter(filter func(*BuilderQuery) (*BuilderQuery, error)) BuilderPaginateOption

WithBuilderFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithBuilderOrder 

func WithBuilderOrder(order *BuilderOrder) BuilderPaginateOption

WithBuilderOrder configures pagination ordering.

type BuilderQuery 

type BuilderQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BuilderQuery is the builder for querying Builder entities.

func (*BuilderQuery) Aggregate 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *BuilderSelect

Aggregate returns a BuilderSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*BuilderQuery) All 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Builder, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Builders.

func (*BuilderQuery) AllX 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Builder

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderQuery) Clone 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) Clone() *BuilderQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the BuilderQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*BuilderQuery) CollectFields 

func (b *BuilderQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*BuilderQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*BuilderQuery) Count 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*BuilderQuery) CountX 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderQuery) Exist 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*BuilderQuery) ExistX 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderQuery) First 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Builder, error)

First returns the first Builder entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Builder was found.

func (*BuilderQuery) FirstID 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first Builder ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Builder ID was found.

func (*BuilderQuery) FirstIDX 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderQuery) FirstX 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Builder

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderQuery) GroupBy 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *BuilderGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	URI string `json:"uri,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Builder.Query().
	GroupBy(builder.FieldURI).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*BuilderQuery) IDs 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Builder IDs.

func (*BuilderQuery) IDsX 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderQuery) Limit 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) Limit(limit int) *BuilderQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*BuilderQuery) Offset 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) Offset(offset int) *BuilderQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*BuilderQuery) Only 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Builder, error)

Only returns a single Builder entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Builder entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Builder entities are found.

func (*BuilderQuery) OnlyID 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Builder ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Builder ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*BuilderQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderQuery) OnlyX 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Builder

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderQuery) Order 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) Order(o ...builder.OrderOption) *BuilderQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*BuilderQuery) Paginate 

func (b *BuilderQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...BuilderPaginateOption,
) (*BuilderConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to Builder.

func (*BuilderQuery) QuerySlsaAttestations 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) QuerySlsaAttestations() *SLSAAttestationQuery

QuerySlsaAttestations chains the current query on the "slsa_attestations" edge.

func (*BuilderQuery) Select 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) Select(fields ...string) *BuilderSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	URI string `json:"uri,omitempty"`
}

client.Builder.Query().
	Select(builder.FieldURI).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*BuilderQuery) Unique 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) Unique(unique bool) *BuilderQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*BuilderQuery) Where 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Builder) *BuilderQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the BuilderQuery builder.

func (*BuilderQuery) WithNamedSlsaAttestations 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) WithNamedSlsaAttestations(name string, opts ...func(*SLSAAttestationQuery)) *BuilderQuery

WithNamedSlsaAttestations tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "slsa_attestations" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*BuilderQuery) WithSlsaAttestations 

func (bq *BuilderQuery) WithSlsaAttestations(opts ...func(*SLSAAttestationQuery)) *BuilderQuery

WithSlsaAttestations tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "slsa_attestations" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type BuilderSelect 

type BuilderSelect struct {
	*BuilderQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BuilderSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Builder entities.

func (*BuilderSelect) Aggregate 

func (bs *BuilderSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *BuilderSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*BuilderSelect) Bool 

func (s *BuilderSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BuilderSelect) BoolX 

func (s *BuilderSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderSelect) Bools 

func (s *BuilderSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BuilderSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *BuilderSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderSelect) Float64 

func (s *BuilderSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BuilderSelect) Float64X 

func (s *BuilderSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderSelect) Float64s 

func (s *BuilderSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BuilderSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *BuilderSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderSelect) Int 

func (s *BuilderSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BuilderSelect) IntX 

func (s *BuilderSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderSelect) Ints 

func (s *BuilderSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BuilderSelect) IntsX 

func (s *BuilderSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderSelect) Scan 

func (bs *BuilderSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*BuilderSelect) ScanX 

func (s *BuilderSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderSelect) String 

func (s *BuilderSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BuilderSelect) StringX 

func (s *BuilderSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderSelect) Strings 

func (s *BuilderSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*BuilderSelect) StringsX 

func (s *BuilderSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type BuilderUpdate 

type BuilderUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BuilderUpdate is the builder for updating Builder entities.

func (*BuilderUpdate) AddSlsaAttestationIDs 

func (bu *BuilderUpdate) AddSlsaAttestationIDs(ids ...int) *BuilderUpdate

AddSlsaAttestationIDs adds the "slsa_attestations" edge to the SLSAAttestation entity by IDs.

func (*BuilderUpdate) AddSlsaAttestations 

func (bu *BuilderUpdate) AddSlsaAttestations(s ...*SLSAAttestation) *BuilderUpdate

AddSlsaAttestations adds the "slsa_attestations" edges to the SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*BuilderUpdate) ClearSlsaAttestations 

func (bu *BuilderUpdate) ClearSlsaAttestations() *BuilderUpdate

ClearSlsaAttestations clears all "slsa_attestations" edges to the SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*BuilderUpdate) Exec 

func (bu *BuilderUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BuilderUpdate) ExecX 

func (bu *BuilderUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderUpdate) Mutation 

func (bu *BuilderUpdate) Mutation() *BuilderMutation

Mutation returns the BuilderMutation object of the builder.

func (*BuilderUpdate) RemoveSlsaAttestationIDs 

func (bu *BuilderUpdate) RemoveSlsaAttestationIDs(ids ...int) *BuilderUpdate

RemoveSlsaAttestationIDs removes the "slsa_attestations" edge to SLSAAttestation entities by IDs.

func (*BuilderUpdate) RemoveSlsaAttestations 

func (bu *BuilderUpdate) RemoveSlsaAttestations(s ...*SLSAAttestation) *BuilderUpdate

RemoveSlsaAttestations removes "slsa_attestations" edges to SLSAAttestation entities.

func (*BuilderUpdate) Save 

func (bu *BuilderUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*BuilderUpdate) SaveX 

func (bu *BuilderUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderUpdate) Where 

func (bu *BuilderUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Builder) *BuilderUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the BuilderUpdate builder.

type BuilderUpdateOne 

type BuilderUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BuilderUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Builder entity.

func (*BuilderUpdateOne) AddSlsaAttestationIDs 

func (buo *BuilderUpdateOne) AddSlsaAttestationIDs(ids ...int) *BuilderUpdateOne

AddSlsaAttestationIDs adds the "slsa_attestations" edge to the SLSAAttestation entity by IDs.

func (*BuilderUpdateOne) AddSlsaAttestations 

func (buo *BuilderUpdateOne) AddSlsaAttestations(s ...*SLSAAttestation) *BuilderUpdateOne

AddSlsaAttestations adds the "slsa_attestations" edges to the SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*BuilderUpdateOne) ClearSlsaAttestations 

func (buo *BuilderUpdateOne) ClearSlsaAttestations() *BuilderUpdateOne

ClearSlsaAttestations clears all "slsa_attestations" edges to the SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*BuilderUpdateOne) Exec 

func (buo *BuilderUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*BuilderUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (buo *BuilderUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (buo *BuilderUpdateOne) Mutation() *BuilderMutation

Mutation returns the BuilderMutation object of the builder.

func (*BuilderUpdateOne) RemoveSlsaAttestationIDs 

func (buo *BuilderUpdateOne) RemoveSlsaAttestationIDs(ids ...int) *BuilderUpdateOne

RemoveSlsaAttestationIDs removes the "slsa_attestations" edge to SLSAAttestation entities by IDs.

func (*BuilderUpdateOne) RemoveSlsaAttestations 

func (buo *BuilderUpdateOne) RemoveSlsaAttestations(s ...*SLSAAttestation) *BuilderUpdateOne

RemoveSlsaAttestations removes "slsa_attestations" edges to SLSAAttestation entities.

func (*BuilderUpdateOne) Save 

func (buo *BuilderUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Builder, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Builder entity.

func (*BuilderUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (buo *BuilderUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Builder

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderUpdateOne) Select 

func (buo *BuilderUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *BuilderUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*BuilderUpdateOne) Where 

func (buo *BuilderUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.Builder) *BuilderUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the BuilderUpdate builder.

type BuilderUpsert 

type BuilderUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

BuilderUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

type BuilderUpsertBulk 

type BuilderUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BuilderUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Builder nodes.

func (*BuilderUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *BuilderUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *BuilderUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*BuilderUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *BuilderUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BuilderUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *BuilderUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *BuilderUpsertBulk) Ignore() *BuilderUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Builder.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*BuilderUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *BuilderUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*BuilderUpsert)) *BuilderUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the BuilderCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*BuilderUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *BuilderUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *BuilderUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Builder.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type BuilderUpsertOne 

type BuilderUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

BuilderUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Builder node.

func (*BuilderUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *BuilderUpsertOne) DoNothing() *BuilderUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*BuilderUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *BuilderUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*BuilderUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *BuilderUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *BuilderUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*BuilderUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *BuilderUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*BuilderUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *BuilderUpsertOne) Ignore() *BuilderUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Builder.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*BuilderUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *BuilderUpsertOne) Update(set func(*BuilderUpsert)) *BuilderUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the BuilderCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*BuilderUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *BuilderUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *BuilderUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Builder.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Builders 

type Builders []*Builder

Builders is a parsable slice of Builder.

type Certification 

type Certification struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// SourceID holds the value of the "source_id" field.
	SourceID *int `json:"source_id,omitempty"`
	// PackageVersionID holds the value of the "package_version_id" field.
	PackageVersionID *int `json:"package_version_id,omitempty"`
	// PackageNameID holds the value of the "package_name_id" field.
	PackageNameID *int `json:"package_name_id,omitempty"`
	// ArtifactID holds the value of the "artifact_id" field.
	ArtifactID *int `json:"artifact_id,omitempty"`
	// Type holds the value of the "type" field.
	Type certification.Type `json:"type,omitempty"`
	// Justification holds the value of the "justification" field.
	Justification string `json:"justification,omitempty"`
	// Origin holds the value of the "origin" field.
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
	// Collector holds the value of the "collector" field.
	Collector string `json:"collector,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the CertificationQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges CertificationEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Certification is the model entity for the Certification schema.

func (*Certification) AllVersions 

func (c *Certification) AllVersions(ctx context.Context) (*PackageName, error)

func (*Certification) Artifact 

func (c *Certification) Artifact(ctx context.Context) (*Artifact, error)

func (*Certification) IsNode 

func (n *Certification) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*Certification) PackageVersion 

func (c *Certification) PackageVersion(ctx context.Context) (*PackageVersion, error)

func (*Certification) QueryAllVersions 

func (c *Certification) QueryAllVersions() *PackageNameQuery

QueryAllVersions queries the "all_versions" edge of the Certification entity.

func (*Certification) QueryArtifact 

func (c *Certification) QueryArtifact() *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifact queries the "artifact" edge of the Certification entity.

func (*Certification) QueryPackageVersion 

func (c *Certification) QueryPackageVersion() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackageVersion queries the "package_version" edge of the Certification entity.

func (*Certification) QuerySource 

func (c *Certification) QuerySource() *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource queries the "source" edge of the Certification entity.

func (*Certification) Source 

func (c *Certification) Source(ctx context.Context) (*SourceName, error)

func (*Certification) String 

func (c *Certification) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Certification) ToEdge 

func (c *Certification) ToEdge(order *CertificationOrder) *CertificationEdge

ToEdge converts Certification into CertificationEdge.

func (*Certification) Unwrap 

func (c *Certification) Unwrap() *Certification

Unwrap unwraps the Certification entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Certification) Update 

func (c *Certification) Update() *CertificationUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Certification. Note that you need to call Certification.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Certification was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*Certification) Value 

func (c *Certification) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the Certification. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type CertificationClient 

type CertificationClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertificationClient is a client for the Certification schema.

func NewCertificationClient 

func NewCertificationClient(c config) *CertificationClient

NewCertificationClient returns a client for the Certification from the given config.

func (*CertificationClient) Create 

func (c *CertificationClient) Create() *CertificationCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Certification entity.

func (*CertificationClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *CertificationClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*CertificationCreate) *CertificationCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Certification entities.

func (*CertificationClient) Delete 

func (c *CertificationClient) Delete() *CertificationDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Certification.

func (*CertificationClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *CertificationClient) DeleteOne(ce *Certification) *CertificationDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*CertificationClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *CertificationClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *CertificationDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*CertificationClient) Get 

func (c *CertificationClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*Certification, error)

Get returns a Certification entity by its id.

func (*CertificationClient) GetX 

func (c *CertificationClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *Certification

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationClient) Hooks 

func (c *CertificationClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*CertificationClient) Intercept 

func (c *CertificationClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `certification.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*CertificationClient) Interceptors 

func (c *CertificationClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*CertificationClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *CertificationClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*CertificationCreate, int)) *CertificationCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*CertificationClient) Query 

func (c *CertificationClient) Query() *CertificationQuery

Query returns a query builder for Certification.

func (*CertificationClient) QueryAllVersions 

func (c *CertificationClient) QueryAllVersions(ce *Certification) *PackageNameQuery

QueryAllVersions queries the all_versions edge of a Certification.

func (*CertificationClient) QueryArtifact 

func (c *CertificationClient) QueryArtifact(ce *Certification) *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifact queries the artifact edge of a Certification.

func (*CertificationClient) QueryPackageVersion 

func (c *CertificationClient) QueryPackageVersion(ce *Certification) *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackageVersion queries the package_version edge of a Certification.

func (*CertificationClient) QuerySource 

func (c *CertificationClient) QuerySource(ce *Certification) *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource queries the source edge of a Certification.

func (*CertificationClient) Update 

func (c *CertificationClient) Update() *CertificationUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Certification.

func (*CertificationClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *CertificationClient) UpdateOne(ce *Certification) *CertificationUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*CertificationClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *CertificationClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *CertificationUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*CertificationClient) Use 

func (c *CertificationClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `certification.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type CertificationConnection 

type CertificationConnection struct {
	Edges      []*CertificationEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo             `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int                  `json:"totalCount"`
}

CertificationConnection is the connection containing edges to Certification.

type CertificationCreate 

type CertificationCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertificationCreate is the builder for creating a Certification entity.

func (*CertificationCreate) Exec 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertificationCreate) ExecX 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationCreate) Mutation 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) Mutation() *CertificationMutation

Mutation returns the CertificationMutation object of the builder.

func (*CertificationCreate) OnConflict 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *CertificationUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Certification.Create().
	SetSourceID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.CertificationUpsert) {
		SetSourceID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertificationCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *CertificationUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Certification.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertificationCreate) Save 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Certification, error)

Save creates the Certification in the database.

func (*CertificationCreate) SaveX 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Certification

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetAllVersions 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetAllVersions(p *PackageName) *CertificationCreate

SetAllVersions sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetAllVersionsID 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetAllVersionsID(id int) *CertificationCreate

SetAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetArtifact 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetArtifact(a *Artifact) *CertificationCreate

SetArtifact sets the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetArtifactID 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetArtifactID(i int) *CertificationCreate

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetCollector 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetCollector(s string) *CertificationCreate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetJustification 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetJustification(s string) *CertificationCreate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetNillableAllVersionsID 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetNillableAllVersionsID(id *int) *CertificationCreate

SetNillableAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetNillableArtifactID 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetNillableArtifactID(i *int) *CertificationCreate

SetNillableArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetNillablePackageNameID 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetNillablePackageNameID(i *int) *CertificationCreate

SetNillablePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetNillablePackageVersionID 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetNillablePackageVersionID(i *int) *CertificationCreate

SetNillablePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetNillableSourceID 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetNillableSourceID(i *int) *CertificationCreate

SetNillableSourceID sets the "source_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetNillableType 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetNillableType(c *certification.Type) *CertificationCreate

SetNillableType sets the "type" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetOrigin 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetOrigin(s string) *CertificationCreate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetPackageNameID 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetPackageNameID(i int) *CertificationCreate

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetPackageVersion 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetPackageVersion(p *PackageVersion) *CertificationCreate

SetPackageVersion sets the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetPackageVersionID 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetPackageVersionID(i int) *CertificationCreate

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetSource 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetSource(s *SourceName) *CertificationCreate

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetSourceID 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetSourceID(i int) *CertificationCreate

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertificationCreate) SetType 

func (cc *CertificationCreate) SetType(c certification.Type) *CertificationCreate

SetType sets the "type" field.

type CertificationCreateBulk 

type CertificationCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertificationCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Certification entities in bulk.

func (*CertificationCreateBulk) Exec 

func (ccb *CertificationCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertificationCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (ccb *CertificationCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (ccb *CertificationCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *CertificationUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Certification.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.CertificationUpsert) {
		SetSourceID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertificationCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (ccb *CertificationCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *CertificationUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Certification.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertificationCreateBulk) Save 

func (ccb *CertificationCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Certification, error)

Save creates the Certification entities in the database.

func (*CertificationCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (ccb *CertificationCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Certification

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type CertificationDelete 

type CertificationDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertificationDelete is the builder for deleting a Certification entity.

func (*CertificationDelete) Exec 

func (cd *CertificationDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*CertificationDelete) ExecX 

func (cd *CertificationDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationDelete) Where 

func (cd *CertificationDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Certification) *CertificationDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the CertificationDelete builder.

type CertificationDeleteOne 

type CertificationDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertificationDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Certification entity.

func (*CertificationDeleteOne) Exec 

func (cdo *CertificationDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*CertificationDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (cdo *CertificationDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationDeleteOne) Where 

func (cdo *CertificationDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.Certification) *CertificationDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the CertificationDelete builder.

type CertificationEdge 

type CertificationEdge struct {
	Node   *Certification `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor         `json:"cursor"`
}

CertificationEdge is the edge representation of Certification.

type CertificationEdges 

type CertificationEdges struct {
	// Source holds the value of the source edge.
	Source *SourceName `json:"source,omitempty"`
	// PackageVersion holds the value of the package_version edge.
	PackageVersion *PackageVersion `json:"package_version,omitempty"`
	// AllVersions holds the value of the all_versions edge.
	AllVersions *PackageName `json:"all_versions,omitempty"`
	// Artifact holds the value of the artifact edge.
	Artifact *Artifact `json:"artifact,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertificationEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (CertificationEdges) AllVersionsOrErr 

func (e CertificationEdges) AllVersionsOrErr() (*PackageName, error)

AllVersionsOrErr returns the AllVersions value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (CertificationEdges) ArtifactOrErr 

func (e CertificationEdges) ArtifactOrErr() (*Artifact, error)

ArtifactOrErr returns the Artifact value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (CertificationEdges) PackageVersionOrErr 

func (e CertificationEdges) PackageVersionOrErr() (*PackageVersion, error)

PackageVersionOrErr returns the PackageVersion value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (CertificationEdges) SourceOrErr 

func (e CertificationEdges) SourceOrErr() (*SourceName, error)

SourceOrErr returns the Source value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type CertificationGroupBy 

type CertificationGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertificationGroupBy is the group-by builder for Certification entities.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (cgb *CertificationGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CertificationGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *CertificationGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *CertificationGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *CertificationGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *CertificationGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *CertificationGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *CertificationGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *CertificationGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *CertificationGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) Int 

func (s *CertificationGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *CertificationGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *CertificationGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *CertificationGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) Scan 

func (cgb *CertificationGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *CertificationGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) String 

func (s *CertificationGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *CertificationGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *CertificationGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertificationGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *CertificationGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type CertificationMutation 

type CertificationMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertificationMutation represents an operation that mutates the Certification nodes in the graph.

func (*CertificationMutation) AddField 

func (m *CertificationMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*CertificationMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *CertificationMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) AddedField 

func (m *CertificationMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*CertificationMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *CertificationMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *CertificationMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) AllVersionsCleared 

func (m *CertificationMutation) AllVersionsCleared() bool

AllVersionsCleared reports if the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity was cleared.

func (*CertificationMutation) AllVersionsID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) AllVersionsID() (id int, exists bool)

AllVersionsID returns the "all_versions" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) AllVersionsIDs 

func (m *CertificationMutation) AllVersionsIDs() (ids []int)

AllVersionsIDs returns the "all_versions" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use AllVersionsID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*CertificationMutation) ArtifactCleared 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ArtifactCleared() bool

ArtifactCleared reports if the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity was cleared.

func (*CertificationMutation) ArtifactID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ArtifactID() (r int, exists bool)

ArtifactID returns the value of the "artifact_id" field in the mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) ArtifactIDCleared 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ArtifactIDCleared() bool

ArtifactIDCleared returns if the "artifact_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) ArtifactIDs 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ArtifactIDs() (ids []int)

ArtifactIDs returns the "artifact" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use ArtifactID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*CertificationMutation) ClearAllVersions 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ClearAllVersions()

ClearAllVersions clears the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*CertificationMutation) ClearArtifact 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ClearArtifact()

ClearArtifact clears the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*CertificationMutation) ClearArtifactID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ClearArtifactID()

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertificationMutation) ClearField 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertificationMutation) ClearPackageNameID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ClearPackageNameID()

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) ClearPackageVersion 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ClearPackageVersion()

ClearPackageVersion clears the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertificationMutation) ClearPackageVersionID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ClearPackageVersionID()

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) ClearSource 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ClearSource()

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*CertificationMutation) ClearSourceID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ClearSourceID()

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (CertificationMutation) Client 

func (m CertificationMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*CertificationMutation) Collector 

func (m *CertificationMutation) Collector() (r string, exists bool)

Collector returns the value of the "collector" field in the mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *CertificationMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) Field 

func (m *CertificationMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*CertificationMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *CertificationMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) Fields 

func (m *CertificationMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*CertificationMutation) GetType 

func (m *CertificationMutation) GetType() (r certification.Type, exists bool)

GetType returns the value of the "type" field in the mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) ID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*CertificationMutation) IDs 

func (m *CertificationMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) Justification 

func (m *CertificationMutation) Justification() (r string, exists bool)

Justification returns the value of the "justification" field in the mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) OldArtifactID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) OldArtifactID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldArtifactID returns the old "artifact_id" field's value of the Certification entity. If the Certification object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertificationMutation) OldCollector 

func (m *CertificationMutation) OldCollector(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldCollector returns the old "collector" field's value of the Certification entity. If the Certification object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertificationMutation) OldField 

func (m *CertificationMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*CertificationMutation) OldJustification 

func (m *CertificationMutation) OldJustification(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldJustification returns the old "justification" field's value of the Certification entity. If the Certification object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertificationMutation) OldOrigin 

func (m *CertificationMutation) OldOrigin(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldOrigin returns the old "origin" field's value of the Certification entity. If the Certification object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertificationMutation) OldPackageNameID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) OldPackageNameID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldPackageNameID returns the old "package_name_id" field's value of the Certification entity. If the Certification object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertificationMutation) OldPackageVersionID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) OldPackageVersionID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldPackageVersionID returns the old "package_version_id" field's value of the Certification entity. If the Certification object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertificationMutation) OldSourceID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) OldSourceID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldSourceID returns the old "source_id" field's value of the Certification entity. If the Certification object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertificationMutation) OldType 

func (m *CertificationMutation) OldType(ctx context.Context) (v certification.Type, err error)

OldType returns the old "type" field's value of the Certification entity. If the Certification object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertificationMutation) Op 

func (m *CertificationMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*CertificationMutation) Origin 

func (m *CertificationMutation) Origin() (r string, exists bool)

Origin returns the value of the "origin" field in the mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) PackageNameID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) PackageNameID() (r int, exists bool)

PackageNameID returns the value of the "package_name_id" field in the mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) PackageNameIDCleared 

func (m *CertificationMutation) PackageNameIDCleared() bool

PackageNameIDCleared returns if the "package_name_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) PackageVersionCleared 

func (m *CertificationMutation) PackageVersionCleared() bool

PackageVersionCleared reports if the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity was cleared.

func (*CertificationMutation) PackageVersionID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) PackageVersionID() (r int, exists bool)

PackageVersionID returns the value of the "package_version_id" field in the mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) PackageVersionIDCleared 

func (m *CertificationMutation) PackageVersionIDCleared() bool

PackageVersionIDCleared returns if the "package_version_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) PackageVersionIDs 

func (m *CertificationMutation) PackageVersionIDs() (ids []int)

PackageVersionIDs returns the "package_version" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use PackageVersionID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*CertificationMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *CertificationMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *CertificationMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) ResetAllVersions 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ResetAllVersions()

ResetAllVersions resets all changes to the "all_versions" edge.

func (*CertificationMutation) ResetArtifact 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ResetArtifact()

ResetArtifact resets all changes to the "artifact" edge.

func (*CertificationMutation) ResetArtifactID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ResetArtifactID()

ResetArtifactID resets all changes to the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) ResetCollector 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ResetCollector()

ResetCollector resets all changes to the "collector" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertificationMutation) ResetField 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertificationMutation) ResetJustification 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ResetJustification()

ResetJustification resets all changes to the "justification" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) ResetOrigin 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ResetOrigin()

ResetOrigin resets all changes to the "origin" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) ResetPackageNameID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ResetPackageNameID()

ResetPackageNameID resets all changes to the "package_name_id" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) ResetPackageVersion 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ResetPackageVersion()

ResetPackageVersion resets all changes to the "package_version" edge.

func (*CertificationMutation) ResetPackageVersionID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ResetPackageVersionID()

ResetPackageVersionID resets all changes to the "package_version_id" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) ResetSource 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ResetSource()

ResetSource resets all changes to the "source" edge.

func (*CertificationMutation) ResetSourceID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ResetSourceID()

ResetSourceID resets all changes to the "source_id" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) ResetType 

func (m *CertificationMutation) ResetType()

ResetType resets all changes to the "type" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) SetAllVersionsID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) SetAllVersionsID(id int)

SetAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by id.

func (*CertificationMutation) SetArtifactID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) SetArtifactID(i int)

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) SetCollector 

func (m *CertificationMutation) SetCollector(s string)

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) SetField 

func (m *CertificationMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*CertificationMutation) SetJustification 

func (m *CertificationMutation) SetJustification(s string)

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) SetOp 

func (m *CertificationMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*CertificationMutation) SetOrigin 

func (m *CertificationMutation) SetOrigin(s string)

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) SetPackageNameID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) SetPackageNameID(i int)

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) SetPackageVersionID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) SetPackageVersionID(i int)

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) SetSourceID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) SetSourceID(i int)

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) SetType 

func (m *CertificationMutation) SetType(c certification.Type)

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*CertificationMutation) SourceCleared 

func (m *CertificationMutation) SourceCleared() bool

SourceCleared reports if the "source" edge to the SourceName entity was cleared.

func (*CertificationMutation) SourceID 

func (m *CertificationMutation) SourceID() (r int, exists bool)

SourceID returns the value of the "source_id" field in the mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) SourceIDCleared 

func (m *CertificationMutation) SourceIDCleared() bool

SourceIDCleared returns if the "source_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertificationMutation) SourceIDs 

func (m *CertificationMutation) SourceIDs() (ids []int)

SourceIDs returns the "source" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use SourceID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (CertificationMutation) Tx 

func (m CertificationMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*CertificationMutation) Type 

func (m *CertificationMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Certification).

func (*CertificationMutation) Where 

func (m *CertificationMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Certification)

Where appends a list predicates to the CertificationMutation builder.

func (*CertificationMutation) WhereP 

func (m *CertificationMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the CertificationMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type CertificationOrder 

type CertificationOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection           `json:"direction"`
	Field     *CertificationOrderField `json:"field"`
}

CertificationOrder defines the ordering of Certification.

type CertificationOrderField 

type CertificationOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given Certification.
	Value func(*Certification) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertificationOrderField defines the ordering field of Certification.

type CertificationPaginateOption 

type CertificationPaginateOption func(*certificationPager) error

CertificationPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithCertificationFilter 

func WithCertificationFilter(filter func(*CertificationQuery) (*CertificationQuery, error)) CertificationPaginateOption

WithCertificationFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithCertificationOrder 

func WithCertificationOrder(order *CertificationOrder) CertificationPaginateOption

WithCertificationOrder configures pagination ordering.

type CertificationQuery 

type CertificationQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertificationQuery is the builder for querying Certification entities.

func (*CertificationQuery) Aggregate 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CertificationSelect

Aggregate returns a CertificationSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*CertificationQuery) All 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Certification, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Certifications.

func (*CertificationQuery) AllX 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Certification

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationQuery) Clone 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) Clone() *CertificationQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the CertificationQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*CertificationQuery) CollectFields 

func (c *CertificationQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*CertificationQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*CertificationQuery) Count 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*CertificationQuery) CountX 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationQuery) Exist 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*CertificationQuery) ExistX 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationQuery) First 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Certification, error)

First returns the first Certification entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Certification was found.

func (*CertificationQuery) FirstID 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first Certification ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Certification ID was found.

func (*CertificationQuery) FirstIDX 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationQuery) FirstX 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Certification

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationQuery) GroupBy 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *CertificationGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	SourceID int `json:"source_id,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Certification.Query().
	GroupBy(certification.FieldSourceID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*CertificationQuery) IDs 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Certification IDs.

func (*CertificationQuery) IDsX 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationQuery) Limit 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) Limit(limit int) *CertificationQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*CertificationQuery) Offset 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) Offset(offset int) *CertificationQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*CertificationQuery) Only 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Certification, error)

Only returns a single Certification entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Certification entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Certification entities are found.

func (*CertificationQuery) OnlyID 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Certification ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Certification ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*CertificationQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationQuery) OnlyX 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Certification

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationQuery) Order 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) Order(o ...certification.OrderOption) *CertificationQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*CertificationQuery) Paginate 

func (c *CertificationQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...CertificationPaginateOption,
) (*CertificationConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to Certification.

func (*CertificationQuery) QueryAllVersions 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) QueryAllVersions() *PackageNameQuery

QueryAllVersions chains the current query on the "all_versions" edge.

func (*CertificationQuery) QueryArtifact 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) QueryArtifact() *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifact chains the current query on the "artifact" edge.

func (*CertificationQuery) QueryPackageVersion 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) QueryPackageVersion() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackageVersion chains the current query on the "package_version" edge.

func (*CertificationQuery) QuerySource 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) QuerySource() *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource chains the current query on the "source" edge.

func (*CertificationQuery) Select 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) Select(fields ...string) *CertificationSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	SourceID int `json:"source_id,omitempty"`
}

client.Certification.Query().
	Select(certification.FieldSourceID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*CertificationQuery) Unique 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) Unique(unique bool) *CertificationQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*CertificationQuery) Where 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Certification) *CertificationQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the CertificationQuery builder.

func (*CertificationQuery) WithAllVersions 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) WithAllVersions(opts ...func(*PackageNameQuery)) *CertificationQuery

WithAllVersions tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "all_versions" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*CertificationQuery) WithArtifact 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) WithArtifact(opts ...func(*ArtifactQuery)) *CertificationQuery

WithArtifact tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "artifact" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*CertificationQuery) WithPackageVersion 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) WithPackageVersion(opts ...func(*PackageVersionQuery)) *CertificationQuery

WithPackageVersion tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "package_version" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*CertificationQuery) WithSource 

func (cq *CertificationQuery) WithSource(opts ...func(*SourceNameQuery)) *CertificationQuery

WithSource tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "source" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type CertificationSelect 

type CertificationSelect struct {
	*CertificationQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertificationSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Certification entities.

func (*CertificationSelect) Aggregate 

func (cs *CertificationSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CertificationSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*CertificationSelect) Bool 

func (s *CertificationSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertificationSelect) BoolX 

func (s *CertificationSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationSelect) Bools 

func (s *CertificationSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertificationSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *CertificationSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationSelect) Float64 

func (s *CertificationSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertificationSelect) Float64X 

func (s *CertificationSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationSelect) Float64s 

func (s *CertificationSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertificationSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *CertificationSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationSelect) Int 

func (s *CertificationSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertificationSelect) IntX 

func (s *CertificationSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationSelect) Ints 

func (s *CertificationSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertificationSelect) IntsX 

func (s *CertificationSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationSelect) Scan 

func (cs *CertificationSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*CertificationSelect) ScanX 

func (s *CertificationSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationSelect) String 

func (s *CertificationSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertificationSelect) StringX 

func (s *CertificationSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationSelect) Strings 

func (s *CertificationSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertificationSelect) StringsX 

func (s *CertificationSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type CertificationUpdate 

type CertificationUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertificationUpdate is the builder for updating Certification entities.

func (*CertificationUpdate) ClearAllVersions 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) ClearAllVersions() *CertificationUpdate

ClearAllVersions clears the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*CertificationUpdate) ClearArtifact 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) ClearArtifact() *CertificationUpdate

ClearArtifact clears the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*CertificationUpdate) ClearArtifactID 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) ClearArtifactID() *CertificationUpdate

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpdate) ClearPackageNameID 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) ClearPackageNameID() *CertificationUpdate

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpdate) ClearPackageVersion 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) ClearPackageVersion() *CertificationUpdate

ClearPackageVersion clears the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertificationUpdate) ClearPackageVersionID 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) ClearPackageVersionID() *CertificationUpdate

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpdate) ClearSource 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) ClearSource() *CertificationUpdate

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*CertificationUpdate) ClearSourceID 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) ClearSourceID() *CertificationUpdate

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpdate) Exec 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertificationUpdate) ExecX 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationUpdate) Mutation 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) Mutation() *CertificationMutation

Mutation returns the CertificationMutation object of the builder.

func (*CertificationUpdate) Save 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SaveX 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetAllVersions 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetAllVersions(p *PackageName) *CertificationUpdate

SetAllVersions sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetAllVersionsID 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetAllVersionsID(id int) *CertificationUpdate

SetAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetArtifact 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetArtifact(a *Artifact) *CertificationUpdate

SetArtifact sets the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetArtifactID 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetArtifactID(i int) *CertificationUpdate

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetCollector 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetCollector(s string) *CertificationUpdate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetJustification 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetJustification(s string) *CertificationUpdate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetNillableAllVersionsID 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetNillableAllVersionsID(id *int) *CertificationUpdate

SetNillableAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetNillableArtifactID 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetNillableArtifactID(i *int) *CertificationUpdate

SetNillableArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetNillablePackageNameID 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetNillablePackageNameID(i *int) *CertificationUpdate

SetNillablePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetNillablePackageVersionID 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetNillablePackageVersionID(i *int) *CertificationUpdate

SetNillablePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetNillableSourceID 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetNillableSourceID(i *int) *CertificationUpdate

SetNillableSourceID sets the "source_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetNillableType 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetNillableType(c *certification.Type) *CertificationUpdate

SetNillableType sets the "type" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetOrigin 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetOrigin(s string) *CertificationUpdate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetPackageNameID 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetPackageNameID(i int) *CertificationUpdate

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetPackageVersion 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetPackageVersion(p *PackageVersion) *CertificationUpdate

SetPackageVersion sets the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetPackageVersionID 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetPackageVersionID(i int) *CertificationUpdate

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetSource 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetSource(s *SourceName) *CertificationUpdate

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetSourceID 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetSourceID(i int) *CertificationUpdate

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpdate) SetType 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) SetType(c certification.Type) *CertificationUpdate

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*CertificationUpdate) Where 

func (cu *CertificationUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Certification) *CertificationUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the CertificationUpdate builder.

type CertificationUpdateOne 

type CertificationUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertificationUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Certification entity.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) ClearAllVersions 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) ClearAllVersions() *CertificationUpdateOne

ClearAllVersions clears the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) ClearArtifact 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) ClearArtifact() *CertificationUpdateOne

ClearArtifact clears the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) ClearArtifactID 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) ClearArtifactID() *CertificationUpdateOne

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) ClearPackageNameID 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) ClearPackageNameID() *CertificationUpdateOne

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) ClearPackageVersion 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) ClearPackageVersion() *CertificationUpdateOne

ClearPackageVersion clears the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) ClearPackageVersionID 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) ClearPackageVersionID() *CertificationUpdateOne

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) ClearSource 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) ClearSource() *CertificationUpdateOne

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) ClearSourceID 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) ClearSourceID() *CertificationUpdateOne

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) Exec 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) Mutation() *CertificationMutation

Mutation returns the CertificationMutation object of the builder.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) Save 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Certification, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Certification entity.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Certification

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) Select 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *CertificationUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetAllVersions 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetAllVersions(p *PackageName) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetAllVersions sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetAllVersionsID 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetAllVersionsID(id int) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetArtifact 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetArtifact(a *Artifact) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetArtifact sets the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetArtifactID 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetArtifactID(i int) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetCollector 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetCollector(s string) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetJustification 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetJustification(s string) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetNillableAllVersionsID 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetNillableAllVersionsID(id *int) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetNillableAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetNillableArtifactID 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetNillableArtifactID(i *int) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetNillableArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageNameID 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageNameID(i *int) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetNillablePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageVersionID 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageVersionID(i *int) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetNillablePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetNillableSourceID 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetNillableSourceID(i *int) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetNillableSourceID sets the "source_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetNillableType 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetNillableType(c *certification.Type) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetNillableType sets the "type" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetOrigin 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetOrigin(s string) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetPackageNameID 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetPackageNameID(i int) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetPackageVersion 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetPackageVersion(p *PackageVersion) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetPackageVersion sets the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetPackageVersionID 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetPackageVersionID(i int) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetSource 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetSource(s *SourceName) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetSourceID 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetSourceID(i int) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) SetType 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) SetType(c certification.Type) *CertificationUpdateOne

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*CertificationUpdateOne) Where 

func (cuo *CertificationUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.Certification) *CertificationUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the CertificationUpdate builder.

type CertificationUpsert 

type CertificationUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

CertificationUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*CertificationUpsert) ClearArtifactID 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) ClearArtifactID() *CertificationUpsert

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsert) ClearPackageNameID 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) ClearPackageNameID() *CertificationUpsert

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsert) ClearPackageVersionID 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) ClearPackageVersionID() *CertificationUpsert

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsert) ClearSourceID 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) ClearSourceID() *CertificationUpsert

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsert) SetArtifactID 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) SetArtifactID(v int) *CertificationUpsert

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsert) SetCollector 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) SetCollector(v string) *CertificationUpsert

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertificationUpsert) SetJustification 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) SetJustification(v string) *CertificationUpsert

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertificationUpsert) SetOrigin 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) SetOrigin(v string) *CertificationUpsert

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertificationUpsert) SetPackageNameID 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) SetPackageNameID(v int) *CertificationUpsert

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsert) SetPackageVersionID 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) SetPackageVersionID(v int) *CertificationUpsert

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsert) SetSourceID 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) SetSourceID(v int) *CertificationUpsert

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsert) SetType 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) SetType(v certification.Type) *CertificationUpsert

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*CertificationUpsert) UpdateArtifactID 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) UpdateArtifactID() *CertificationUpsert

UpdateArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsert) UpdateCollector 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) UpdateCollector() *CertificationUpsert

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsert) UpdateJustification 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) UpdateJustification() *CertificationUpsert

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsert) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) UpdateOrigin() *CertificationUpsert

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsert) UpdatePackageNameID 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) UpdatePackageNameID() *CertificationUpsert

UpdatePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsert) UpdatePackageVersionID 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) UpdatePackageVersionID() *CertificationUpsert

UpdatePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsert) UpdateSourceID 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) UpdateSourceID() *CertificationUpsert

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsert) UpdateType 

func (u *CertificationUpsert) UpdateType() *CertificationUpsert

UpdateType sets the "type" field to the value that was provided on create.

type CertificationUpsertBulk 

type CertificationUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertificationUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Certification nodes.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) ClearArtifactID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) ClearArtifactID() *CertificationUpsertBulk

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) ClearPackageNameID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) ClearPackageNameID() *CertificationUpsertBulk

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) ClearPackageVersionID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) ClearPackageVersionID() *CertificationUpsertBulk

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) ClearSourceID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) ClearSourceID() *CertificationUpsertBulk

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *CertificationUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) Ignore() *CertificationUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Certification.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) SetArtifactID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) SetArtifactID(v int) *CertificationUpsertBulk

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) SetCollector 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) SetCollector(v string) *CertificationUpsertBulk

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) SetJustification 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) SetJustification(v string) *CertificationUpsertBulk

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) SetOrigin 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) SetOrigin(v string) *CertificationUpsertBulk

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) SetPackageNameID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) SetPackageNameID(v int) *CertificationUpsertBulk

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) SetPackageVersionID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) SetPackageVersionID(v int) *CertificationUpsertBulk

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) SetSourceID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) SetSourceID(v int) *CertificationUpsertBulk

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) SetType 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) SetType(v certification.Type) *CertificationUpsertBulk

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*CertificationUpsert)) *CertificationUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the CertificationCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) UpdateArtifactID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) UpdateArtifactID() *CertificationUpsertBulk

UpdateArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector() *CertificationUpsertBulk

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification() *CertificationUpsertBulk

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *CertificationUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Certification.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin() *CertificationUpsertBulk

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageNameID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageNameID() *CertificationUpsertBulk

UpdatePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageVersionID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageVersionID() *CertificationUpsertBulk

UpdatePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) UpdateSourceID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) UpdateSourceID() *CertificationUpsertBulk

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsertBulk) UpdateType 

func (u *CertificationUpsertBulk) UpdateType() *CertificationUpsertBulk

UpdateType sets the "type" field to the value that was provided on create.

type CertificationUpsertOne 

type CertificationUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertificationUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Certification node.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) ClearArtifactID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) ClearArtifactID() *CertificationUpsertOne

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) ClearPackageNameID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) ClearPackageNameID() *CertificationUpsertOne

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) ClearPackageVersionID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) ClearPackageVersionID() *CertificationUpsertOne

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) ClearSourceID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) ClearSourceID() *CertificationUpsertOne

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) DoNothing() *CertificationUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) Ignore() *CertificationUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Certification.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) SetArtifactID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) SetArtifactID(v int) *CertificationUpsertOne

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) SetCollector 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) SetCollector(v string) *CertificationUpsertOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) SetJustification 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) SetJustification(v string) *CertificationUpsertOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) SetOrigin 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) SetOrigin(v string) *CertificationUpsertOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) SetPackageNameID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) SetPackageNameID(v int) *CertificationUpsertOne

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) SetPackageVersionID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) SetPackageVersionID(v int) *CertificationUpsertOne

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) SetSourceID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) SetSourceID(v int) *CertificationUpsertOne

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) SetType 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) SetType(v certification.Type) *CertificationUpsertOne

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) Update(set func(*CertificationUpsert)) *CertificationUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the CertificationCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) UpdateArtifactID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) UpdateArtifactID() *CertificationUpsertOne

UpdateArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) UpdateCollector 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) UpdateCollector() *CertificationUpsertOne

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) UpdateJustification 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) UpdateJustification() *CertificationUpsertOne

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *CertificationUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Certification.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin() *CertificationUpsertOne

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) UpdatePackageNameID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) UpdatePackageNameID() *CertificationUpsertOne

UpdatePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) UpdatePackageVersionID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) UpdatePackageVersionID() *CertificationUpsertOne

UpdatePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) UpdateSourceID 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) UpdateSourceID() *CertificationUpsertOne

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertificationUpsertOne) UpdateType 

func (u *CertificationUpsertOne) UpdateType() *CertificationUpsertOne

UpdateType sets the "type" field to the value that was provided on create.

type Certifications 

type Certifications []*Certification

Certifications is a parsable slice of Certification.

type CertifyLegal 

type CertifyLegal struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// PackageID holds the value of the "package_id" field.
	PackageID *int `json:"package_id,omitempty"`
	// SourceID holds the value of the "source_id" field.
	SourceID *int `json:"source_id,omitempty"`
	// DeclaredLicense holds the value of the "declared_license" field.
	DeclaredLicense string `json:"declared_license,omitempty"`
	// DiscoveredLicense holds the value of the "discovered_license" field.
	DiscoveredLicense string `json:"discovered_license,omitempty"`
	// Attribution holds the value of the "attribution" field.
	Attribution string `json:"attribution,omitempty"`
	// Justification holds the value of the "justification" field.
	Justification string `json:"justification,omitempty"`
	// TimeScanned holds the value of the "time_scanned" field.
	TimeScanned time.Time `json:"time_scanned,omitempty"`
	// Origin holds the value of the "origin" field.
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
	// Collector holds the value of the "collector" field.
	Collector string `json:"collector,omitempty"`
	// An opaque hash of the declared license IDs to ensure uniqueness
	DeclaredLicensesHash string `json:"declared_licenses_hash,omitempty"`
	// An opaque hash of the discovered license IDs to ensure uniqueness
	DiscoveredLicensesHash string `json:"discovered_licenses_hash,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the CertifyLegalQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges CertifyLegalEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyLegal is the model entity for the CertifyLegal schema.

func (*CertifyLegal) DeclaredLicenses 

func (cl *CertifyLegal) DeclaredLicenses(ctx context.Context) (result []*License, err error)

func (*CertifyLegal) DiscoveredLicenses 

func (cl *CertifyLegal) DiscoveredLicenses(ctx context.Context) (result []*License, err error)

func (*CertifyLegal) IsNode 

func (n *CertifyLegal) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*CertifyLegal) NamedDeclaredLicenses 

func (cl *CertifyLegal) NamedDeclaredLicenses(name string) ([]*License, error)

NamedDeclaredLicenses returns the DeclaredLicenses named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*CertifyLegal) NamedDiscoveredLicenses 

func (cl *CertifyLegal) NamedDiscoveredLicenses(name string) ([]*License, error)

NamedDiscoveredLicenses returns the DiscoveredLicenses named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*CertifyLegal) Package 

func (cl *CertifyLegal) Package(ctx context.Context) (*PackageVersion, error)

func (*CertifyLegal) QueryDeclaredLicenses 

func (cl *CertifyLegal) QueryDeclaredLicenses() *LicenseQuery

QueryDeclaredLicenses queries the "declared_licenses" edge of the CertifyLegal entity.

func (*CertifyLegal) QueryDiscoveredLicenses 

func (cl *CertifyLegal) QueryDiscoveredLicenses() *LicenseQuery

QueryDiscoveredLicenses queries the "discovered_licenses" edge of the CertifyLegal entity.

func (*CertifyLegal) QueryPackage 

func (cl *CertifyLegal) QueryPackage() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackage queries the "package" edge of the CertifyLegal entity.

func (*CertifyLegal) QuerySource 

func (cl *CertifyLegal) QuerySource() *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource queries the "source" edge of the CertifyLegal entity.

func (*CertifyLegal) Source 

func (cl *CertifyLegal) Source(ctx context.Context) (*SourceName, error)

func (*CertifyLegal) String 

func (cl *CertifyLegal) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*CertifyLegal) ToEdge 

func (cl *CertifyLegal) ToEdge(order *CertifyLegalOrder) *CertifyLegalEdge

ToEdge converts CertifyLegal into CertifyLegalEdge.

func (*CertifyLegal) Unwrap 

func (cl *CertifyLegal) Unwrap() *CertifyLegal

Unwrap unwraps the CertifyLegal entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*CertifyLegal) Update 

func (cl *CertifyLegal) Update() *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this CertifyLegal. Note that you need to call CertifyLegal.Unwrap() before calling this method if this CertifyLegal was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*CertifyLegal) Value 

func (cl *CertifyLegal) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the CertifyLegal. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type CertifyLegalClient 

type CertifyLegalClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyLegalClient is a client for the CertifyLegal schema.

func NewCertifyLegalClient 

func NewCertifyLegalClient(c config) *CertifyLegalClient

NewCertifyLegalClient returns a client for the CertifyLegal from the given config.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) Create 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) Create() *CertifyLegalCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a CertifyLegal entity.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*CertifyLegalCreate) *CertifyLegalCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of CertifyLegal entities.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) Delete 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) Delete() *CertifyLegalDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for CertifyLegal.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) DeleteOne(cl *CertifyLegal) *CertifyLegalDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *CertifyLegalDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) Get 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*CertifyLegal, error)

Get returns a CertifyLegal entity by its id.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) GetX 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *CertifyLegal

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) Hooks 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) Intercept 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `certifylegal.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) Interceptors 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*CertifyLegalCreate, int)) *CertifyLegalCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) Query 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) Query() *CertifyLegalQuery

Query returns a query builder for CertifyLegal.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) QueryDeclaredLicenses 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) QueryDeclaredLicenses(cl *CertifyLegal) *LicenseQuery

QueryDeclaredLicenses queries the declared_licenses edge of a CertifyLegal.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) QueryDiscoveredLicenses 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) QueryDiscoveredLicenses(cl *CertifyLegal) *LicenseQuery

QueryDiscoveredLicenses queries the discovered_licenses edge of a CertifyLegal.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) QueryPackage 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) QueryPackage(cl *CertifyLegal) *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackage queries the package edge of a CertifyLegal.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) QuerySource 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) QuerySource(cl *CertifyLegal) *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource queries the source edge of a CertifyLegal.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) Update 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) Update() *CertifyLegalUpdate

Update returns an update builder for CertifyLegal.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) UpdateOne(cl *CertifyLegal) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*CertifyLegalClient) Use 

func (c *CertifyLegalClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `certifylegal.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type CertifyLegalConnection 

type CertifyLegalConnection struct {
	Edges      []*CertifyLegalEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo            `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int                 `json:"totalCount"`
}

CertifyLegalConnection is the connection containing edges to CertifyLegal.

type CertifyLegalCreate 

type CertifyLegalCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyLegalCreate is the builder for creating a CertifyLegal entity.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) AddDeclaredLicenseIDs 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) AddDeclaredLicenseIDs(ids ...int) *CertifyLegalCreate

AddDeclaredLicenseIDs adds the "declared_licenses" edge to the License entity by IDs.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) AddDeclaredLicenses 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) AddDeclaredLicenses(l ...*License) *CertifyLegalCreate

AddDeclaredLicenses adds the "declared_licenses" edges to the License entity.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) AddDiscoveredLicenseIDs 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) AddDiscoveredLicenseIDs(ids ...int) *CertifyLegalCreate

AddDiscoveredLicenseIDs adds the "discovered_licenses" edge to the License entity by IDs.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) AddDiscoveredLicenses 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) AddDiscoveredLicenses(l ...*License) *CertifyLegalCreate

AddDiscoveredLicenses adds the "discovered_licenses" edges to the License entity.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) Exec 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) ExecX 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) Mutation 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) Mutation() *CertifyLegalMutation

Mutation returns the CertifyLegalMutation object of the builder.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) OnConflict 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.CertifyLegal.Create().
	SetPackageID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.CertifyLegalUpsert) {
		SetPackageID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyLegal.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) Save 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*CertifyLegal, error)

Save creates the CertifyLegal in the database.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) SaveX 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *CertifyLegal

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) SetAttribution 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) SetAttribution(s string) *CertifyLegalCreate

SetAttribution sets the "attribution" field.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) SetCollector 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) SetCollector(s string) *CertifyLegalCreate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) SetDeclaredLicense 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) SetDeclaredLicense(s string) *CertifyLegalCreate

SetDeclaredLicense sets the "declared_license" field.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) SetDeclaredLicensesHash 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) SetDeclaredLicensesHash(s string) *CertifyLegalCreate

SetDeclaredLicensesHash sets the "declared_licenses_hash" field.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) SetDiscoveredLicense 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) SetDiscoveredLicense(s string) *CertifyLegalCreate

SetDiscoveredLicense sets the "discovered_license" field.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) SetDiscoveredLicensesHash 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) SetDiscoveredLicensesHash(s string) *CertifyLegalCreate

SetDiscoveredLicensesHash sets the "discovered_licenses_hash" field.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) SetJustification 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) SetJustification(s string) *CertifyLegalCreate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) SetNillablePackageID 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) SetNillablePackageID(i *int) *CertifyLegalCreate

SetNillablePackageID sets the "package_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) SetNillableSourceID 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) SetNillableSourceID(i *int) *CertifyLegalCreate

SetNillableSourceID sets the "source_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) SetOrigin 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) SetOrigin(s string) *CertifyLegalCreate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) SetPackage 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) SetPackage(p *PackageVersion) *CertifyLegalCreate

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) SetPackageID 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) SetPackageID(i int) *CertifyLegalCreate

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) SetSource 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) SetSource(s *SourceName) *CertifyLegalCreate

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) SetSourceID 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) SetSourceID(i int) *CertifyLegalCreate

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalCreate) SetTimeScanned 

func (clc *CertifyLegalCreate) SetTimeScanned(t time.Time) *CertifyLegalCreate

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

type CertifyLegalCreateBulk 

type CertifyLegalCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyLegalCreateBulk is the builder for creating many CertifyLegal entities in bulk.

func (*CertifyLegalCreateBulk) Exec 

func (clcb *CertifyLegalCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyLegalCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (clcb *CertifyLegalCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (clcb *CertifyLegalCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.CertifyLegal.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.CertifyLegalUpsert) {
		SetPackageID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyLegalCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (clcb *CertifyLegalCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyLegal.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyLegalCreateBulk) Save 

func (clcb *CertifyLegalCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*CertifyLegal, error)

Save creates the CertifyLegal entities in the database.

func (*CertifyLegalCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (clcb *CertifyLegalCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*CertifyLegal

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type CertifyLegalDelete 

type CertifyLegalDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyLegalDelete is the builder for deleting a CertifyLegal entity.

func (*CertifyLegalDelete) Exec 

func (cld *CertifyLegalDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*CertifyLegalDelete) ExecX 

func (cld *CertifyLegalDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalDelete) Where 

func (cld *CertifyLegalDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyLegal) *CertifyLegalDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyLegalDelete builder.

type CertifyLegalDeleteOne 

type CertifyLegalDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyLegalDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single CertifyLegal entity.

func (*CertifyLegalDeleteOne) Exec 

func (cldo *CertifyLegalDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*CertifyLegalDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (cldo *CertifyLegalDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalDeleteOne) Where 

func (cldo *CertifyLegalDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyLegal) *CertifyLegalDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyLegalDelete builder.

type CertifyLegalEdge 

type CertifyLegalEdge struct {
	Node   *CertifyLegal `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor        `json:"cursor"`
}

CertifyLegalEdge is the edge representation of CertifyLegal.

type CertifyLegalEdges 

type CertifyLegalEdges struct {
	// Package holds the value of the package edge.
	Package *PackageVersion `json:"package,omitempty"`
	// Source holds the value of the source edge.
	Source *SourceName `json:"source,omitempty"`
	// DeclaredLicenses holds the value of the declared_licenses edge.
	DeclaredLicenses []*License `json:"declared_licenses,omitempty"`
	// DiscoveredLicenses holds the value of the discovered_licenses edge.
	DiscoveredLicenses []*License `json:"discovered_licenses,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyLegalEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (CertifyLegalEdges) DeclaredLicensesOrErr 

func (e CertifyLegalEdges) DeclaredLicensesOrErr() ([]*License, error)

DeclaredLicensesOrErr returns the DeclaredLicenses value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (CertifyLegalEdges) DiscoveredLicensesOrErr 

func (e CertifyLegalEdges) DiscoveredLicensesOrErr() ([]*License, error)

DiscoveredLicensesOrErr returns the DiscoveredLicenses value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (CertifyLegalEdges) PackageOrErr 

func (e CertifyLegalEdges) PackageOrErr() (*PackageVersion, error)

PackageOrErr returns the Package value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (CertifyLegalEdges) SourceOrErr 

func (e CertifyLegalEdges) SourceOrErr() (*SourceName, error)

SourceOrErr returns the Source value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type CertifyLegalGroupBy 

type CertifyLegalGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyLegalGroupBy is the group-by builder for CertifyLegal entities.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (clgb *CertifyLegalGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CertifyLegalGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *CertifyLegalGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *CertifyLegalGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *CertifyLegalGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *CertifyLegalGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *CertifyLegalGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *CertifyLegalGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *CertifyLegalGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *CertifyLegalGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) Int 

func (s *CertifyLegalGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *CertifyLegalGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *CertifyLegalGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *CertifyLegalGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) Scan 

func (clgb *CertifyLegalGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *CertifyLegalGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) String 

func (s *CertifyLegalGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *CertifyLegalGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *CertifyLegalGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyLegalGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *CertifyLegalGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type CertifyLegalMutation 

type CertifyLegalMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyLegalMutation represents an operation that mutates the CertifyLegal nodes in the graph.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) AddDeclaredLicenseIDs 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) AddDeclaredLicenseIDs(ids ...int)

AddDeclaredLicenseIDs adds the "declared_licenses" edge to the License entity by ids.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) AddDiscoveredLicenseIDs 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) AddDiscoveredLicenseIDs(ids ...int)

AddDiscoveredLicenseIDs adds the "discovered_licenses" edge to the License entity by ids.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) AddField 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) AddedField 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) Attribution 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) Attribution() (r string, exists bool)

Attribution returns the value of the "attribution" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ClearDeclaredLicenses 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ClearDeclaredLicenses()

ClearDeclaredLicenses clears the "declared_licenses" edge to the License entity.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ClearDiscoveredLicenses 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ClearDiscoveredLicenses()

ClearDiscoveredLicenses clears the "discovered_licenses" edge to the License entity.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ClearField 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ClearPackage 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ClearPackage()

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ClearPackageID 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ClearPackageID()

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ClearSource 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ClearSource()

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ClearSourceID 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ClearSourceID()

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (CertifyLegalMutation) Client 

func (m CertifyLegalMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) Collector 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) Collector() (r string, exists bool)

Collector returns the value of the "collector" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) DeclaredLicense 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) DeclaredLicense() (r string, exists bool)

DeclaredLicense returns the value of the "declared_license" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) DeclaredLicensesCleared 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) DeclaredLicensesCleared() bool

DeclaredLicensesCleared reports if the "declared_licenses" edge to the License entity was cleared.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) DeclaredLicensesHash 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) DeclaredLicensesHash() (r string, exists bool)

DeclaredLicensesHash returns the value of the "declared_licenses_hash" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) DeclaredLicensesIDs 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) DeclaredLicensesIDs() (ids []int)

DeclaredLicensesIDs returns the "declared_licenses" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) DiscoveredLicense 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) DiscoveredLicense() (r string, exists bool)

DiscoveredLicense returns the value of the "discovered_license" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) DiscoveredLicensesCleared 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) DiscoveredLicensesCleared() bool

DiscoveredLicensesCleared reports if the "discovered_licenses" edge to the License entity was cleared.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) DiscoveredLicensesHash 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) DiscoveredLicensesHash() (r string, exists bool)

DiscoveredLicensesHash returns the value of the "discovered_licenses_hash" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) DiscoveredLicensesIDs 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) DiscoveredLicensesIDs() (ids []int)

DiscoveredLicensesIDs returns the "discovered_licenses" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) Field 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) Fields 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ID 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) IDs 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) Justification 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) Justification() (r string, exists bool)

Justification returns the value of the "justification" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) OldAttribution 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) OldAttribution(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldAttribution returns the old "attribution" field's value of the CertifyLegal entity. If the CertifyLegal object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) OldCollector 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) OldCollector(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldCollector returns the old "collector" field's value of the CertifyLegal entity. If the CertifyLegal object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) OldDeclaredLicense 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) OldDeclaredLicense(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldDeclaredLicense returns the old "declared_license" field's value of the CertifyLegal entity. If the CertifyLegal object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) OldDeclaredLicensesHash 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) OldDeclaredLicensesHash(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldDeclaredLicensesHash returns the old "declared_licenses_hash" field's value of the CertifyLegal entity. If the CertifyLegal object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) OldDiscoveredLicense 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) OldDiscoveredLicense(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldDiscoveredLicense returns the old "discovered_license" field's value of the CertifyLegal entity. If the CertifyLegal object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) OldDiscoveredLicensesHash 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) OldDiscoveredLicensesHash(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldDiscoveredLicensesHash returns the old "discovered_licenses_hash" field's value of the CertifyLegal entity. If the CertifyLegal object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) OldField 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) OldJustification 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) OldJustification(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldJustification returns the old "justification" field's value of the CertifyLegal entity. If the CertifyLegal object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) OldOrigin 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) OldOrigin(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldOrigin returns the old "origin" field's value of the CertifyLegal entity. If the CertifyLegal object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) OldPackageID 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) OldPackageID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldPackageID returns the old "package_id" field's value of the CertifyLegal entity. If the CertifyLegal object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) OldSourceID 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) OldSourceID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldSourceID returns the old "source_id" field's value of the CertifyLegal entity. If the CertifyLegal object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) OldTimeScanned 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) OldTimeScanned(ctx context.Context) (v time.Time, err error)

OldTimeScanned returns the old "time_scanned" field's value of the CertifyLegal entity. If the CertifyLegal object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) Op 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) Origin 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) Origin() (r string, exists bool)

Origin returns the value of the "origin" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) PackageCleared 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) PackageCleared() bool

PackageCleared reports if the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity was cleared.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) PackageID 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) PackageID() (r int, exists bool)

PackageID returns the value of the "package_id" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) PackageIDCleared 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) PackageIDCleared() bool

PackageIDCleared returns if the "package_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) PackageIDs 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) PackageIDs() (ids []int)

PackageIDs returns the "package" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use PackageID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) RemoveDeclaredLicenseIDs 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) RemoveDeclaredLicenseIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveDeclaredLicenseIDs removes the "declared_licenses" edge to the License entity by IDs.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) RemoveDiscoveredLicenseIDs 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) RemoveDiscoveredLicenseIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveDiscoveredLicenseIDs removes the "discovered_licenses" edge to the License entity by IDs.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) RemovedDeclaredLicensesIDs 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) RemovedDeclaredLicensesIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedDeclaredLicenses returns the removed IDs of the "declared_licenses" edge to the License entity.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) RemovedDiscoveredLicensesIDs 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) RemovedDiscoveredLicensesIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedDiscoveredLicenses returns the removed IDs of the "discovered_licenses" edge to the License entity.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ResetAttribution 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ResetAttribution()

ResetAttribution resets all changes to the "attribution" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ResetCollector 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ResetCollector()

ResetCollector resets all changes to the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ResetDeclaredLicense 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ResetDeclaredLicense()

ResetDeclaredLicense resets all changes to the "declared_license" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ResetDeclaredLicenses 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ResetDeclaredLicenses()

ResetDeclaredLicenses resets all changes to the "declared_licenses" edge.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ResetDeclaredLicensesHash 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ResetDeclaredLicensesHash()

ResetDeclaredLicensesHash resets all changes to the "declared_licenses_hash" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ResetDiscoveredLicense 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ResetDiscoveredLicense()

ResetDiscoveredLicense resets all changes to the "discovered_license" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ResetDiscoveredLicenses 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ResetDiscoveredLicenses()

ResetDiscoveredLicenses resets all changes to the "discovered_licenses" edge.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ResetDiscoveredLicensesHash 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ResetDiscoveredLicensesHash()

ResetDiscoveredLicensesHash resets all changes to the "discovered_licenses_hash" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ResetField 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ResetJustification 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ResetJustification()

ResetJustification resets all changes to the "justification" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ResetOrigin 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ResetOrigin()

ResetOrigin resets all changes to the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ResetPackage 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ResetPackage()

ResetPackage resets all changes to the "package" edge.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ResetPackageID 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ResetPackageID()

ResetPackageID resets all changes to the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ResetSource 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ResetSource()

ResetSource resets all changes to the "source" edge.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ResetSourceID 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ResetSourceID()

ResetSourceID resets all changes to the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) ResetTimeScanned 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) ResetTimeScanned()

ResetTimeScanned resets all changes to the "time_scanned" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) SetAttribution 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) SetAttribution(s string)

SetAttribution sets the "attribution" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) SetCollector 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) SetCollector(s string)

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) SetDeclaredLicense 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) SetDeclaredLicense(s string)

SetDeclaredLicense sets the "declared_license" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) SetDeclaredLicensesHash 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) SetDeclaredLicensesHash(s string)

SetDeclaredLicensesHash sets the "declared_licenses_hash" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) SetDiscoveredLicense 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) SetDiscoveredLicense(s string)

SetDiscoveredLicense sets the "discovered_license" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) SetDiscoveredLicensesHash 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) SetDiscoveredLicensesHash(s string)

SetDiscoveredLicensesHash sets the "discovered_licenses_hash" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) SetField 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) SetJustification 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) SetJustification(s string)

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) SetOp 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) SetOrigin 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) SetOrigin(s string)

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) SetPackageID 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) SetPackageID(i int)

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) SetSourceID 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) SetSourceID(i int)

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) SetTimeScanned 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) SetTimeScanned(t time.Time)

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) SourceCleared 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) SourceCleared() bool

SourceCleared reports if the "source" edge to the SourceName entity was cleared.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) SourceID 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) SourceID() (r int, exists bool)

SourceID returns the value of the "source_id" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) SourceIDCleared 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) SourceIDCleared() bool

SourceIDCleared returns if the "source_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) SourceIDs 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) SourceIDs() (ids []int)

SourceIDs returns the "source" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use SourceID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) TimeScanned 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) TimeScanned() (r time.Time, exists bool)

TimeScanned returns the value of the "time_scanned" field in the mutation.

func (CertifyLegalMutation) Tx 

func (m CertifyLegalMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) Type 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (CertifyLegal).

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) Where 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyLegal)

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyLegalMutation builder.

func (*CertifyLegalMutation) WhereP 

func (m *CertifyLegalMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the CertifyLegalMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type CertifyLegalOrder 

type CertifyLegalOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection          `json:"direction"`
	Field     *CertifyLegalOrderField `json:"field"`
}

CertifyLegalOrder defines the ordering of CertifyLegal.

type CertifyLegalOrderField 

type CertifyLegalOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given CertifyLegal.
	Value func(*CertifyLegal) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyLegalOrderField defines the ordering field of CertifyLegal.

type CertifyLegalPaginateOption 

type CertifyLegalPaginateOption func(*certifylegalPager) error

CertifyLegalPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithCertifyLegalFilter 

func WithCertifyLegalFilter(filter func(*CertifyLegalQuery) (*CertifyLegalQuery, error)) CertifyLegalPaginateOption

WithCertifyLegalFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithCertifyLegalOrder 

func WithCertifyLegalOrder(order *CertifyLegalOrder) CertifyLegalPaginateOption

WithCertifyLegalOrder configures pagination ordering.

type CertifyLegalQuery 

type CertifyLegalQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyLegalQuery is the builder for querying CertifyLegal entities.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) Aggregate 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CertifyLegalSelect

Aggregate returns a CertifyLegalSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) All 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*CertifyLegal, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of CertifyLegals.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) AllX 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*CertifyLegal

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) Clone 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) Clone() *CertifyLegalQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the CertifyLegalQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) CollectFields 

func (cl *CertifyLegalQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*CertifyLegalQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) Count 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) CountX 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) Exist 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) ExistX 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) First 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*CertifyLegal, error)

First returns the first CertifyLegal entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no CertifyLegal was found.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) FirstID 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first CertifyLegal ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no CertifyLegal ID was found.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) FirstIDX 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) FirstX 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *CertifyLegal

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) GroupBy 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *CertifyLegalGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	PackageID int `json:"package_id,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.CertifyLegal.Query().
	GroupBy(certifylegal.FieldPackageID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) IDs 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of CertifyLegal IDs.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) IDsX 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) Limit 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) Limit(limit int) *CertifyLegalQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) Offset 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) Offset(offset int) *CertifyLegalQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) Only 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*CertifyLegal, error)

Only returns a single CertifyLegal entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one CertifyLegal entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no CertifyLegal entities are found.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) OnlyID 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only CertifyLegal ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one CertifyLegal ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) OnlyX 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *CertifyLegal

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) Order 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) Order(o ...certifylegal.OrderOption) *CertifyLegalQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) Paginate 

func (cl *CertifyLegalQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...CertifyLegalPaginateOption,
) (*CertifyLegalConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to CertifyLegal.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) QueryDeclaredLicenses 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) QueryDeclaredLicenses() *LicenseQuery

QueryDeclaredLicenses chains the current query on the "declared_licenses" edge.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) QueryDiscoveredLicenses 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) QueryDiscoveredLicenses() *LicenseQuery

QueryDiscoveredLicenses chains the current query on the "discovered_licenses" edge.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) QueryPackage 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) QueryPackage() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackage chains the current query on the "package" edge.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) QuerySource 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) QuerySource() *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource chains the current query on the "source" edge.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) Select 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) Select(fields ...string) *CertifyLegalSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	PackageID int `json:"package_id,omitempty"`
}

client.CertifyLegal.Query().
	Select(certifylegal.FieldPackageID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) Unique 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) Unique(unique bool) *CertifyLegalQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) Where 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyLegal) *CertifyLegalQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the CertifyLegalQuery builder.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) WithDeclaredLicenses 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) WithDeclaredLicenses(opts ...func(*LicenseQuery)) *CertifyLegalQuery

WithDeclaredLicenses tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "declared_licenses" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) WithDiscoveredLicenses 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) WithDiscoveredLicenses(opts ...func(*LicenseQuery)) *CertifyLegalQuery

WithDiscoveredLicenses tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "discovered_licenses" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) WithNamedDeclaredLicenses 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) WithNamedDeclaredLicenses(name string, opts ...func(*LicenseQuery)) *CertifyLegalQuery

WithNamedDeclaredLicenses tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "declared_licenses" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) WithNamedDiscoveredLicenses 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) WithNamedDiscoveredLicenses(name string, opts ...func(*LicenseQuery)) *CertifyLegalQuery

WithNamedDiscoveredLicenses tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "discovered_licenses" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) WithPackage 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) WithPackage(opts ...func(*PackageVersionQuery)) *CertifyLegalQuery

WithPackage tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "package" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*CertifyLegalQuery) WithSource 

func (clq *CertifyLegalQuery) WithSource(opts ...func(*SourceNameQuery)) *CertifyLegalQuery

WithSource tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "source" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type CertifyLegalSelect 

type CertifyLegalSelect struct {
	*CertifyLegalQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyLegalSelect is the builder for selecting fields of CertifyLegal entities.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) Aggregate 

func (cls *CertifyLegalSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CertifyLegalSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) Bool 

func (s *CertifyLegalSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) BoolX 

func (s *CertifyLegalSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) Bools 

func (s *CertifyLegalSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *CertifyLegalSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) Float64 

func (s *CertifyLegalSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) Float64X 

func (s *CertifyLegalSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) Float64s 

func (s *CertifyLegalSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *CertifyLegalSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) Int 

func (s *CertifyLegalSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) IntX 

func (s *CertifyLegalSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) Ints 

func (s *CertifyLegalSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) IntsX 

func (s *CertifyLegalSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) Scan 

func (cls *CertifyLegalSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) ScanX 

func (s *CertifyLegalSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) String 

func (s *CertifyLegalSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) StringX 

func (s *CertifyLegalSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) Strings 

func (s *CertifyLegalSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyLegalSelect) StringsX 

func (s *CertifyLegalSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type CertifyLegalUpdate 

type CertifyLegalUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyLegalUpdate is the builder for updating CertifyLegal entities.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) AddDeclaredLicenseIDs 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) AddDeclaredLicenseIDs(ids ...int) *CertifyLegalUpdate

AddDeclaredLicenseIDs adds the "declared_licenses" edge to the License entity by IDs.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) AddDeclaredLicenses 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) AddDeclaredLicenses(l ...*License) *CertifyLegalUpdate

AddDeclaredLicenses adds the "declared_licenses" edges to the License entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) AddDiscoveredLicenseIDs 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) AddDiscoveredLicenseIDs(ids ...int) *CertifyLegalUpdate

AddDiscoveredLicenseIDs adds the "discovered_licenses" edge to the License entity by IDs.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) AddDiscoveredLicenses 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) AddDiscoveredLicenses(l ...*License) *CertifyLegalUpdate

AddDiscoveredLicenses adds the "discovered_licenses" edges to the License entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) ClearDeclaredLicenses 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) ClearDeclaredLicenses() *CertifyLegalUpdate

ClearDeclaredLicenses clears all "declared_licenses" edges to the License entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) ClearDiscoveredLicenses 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) ClearDiscoveredLicenses() *CertifyLegalUpdate

ClearDiscoveredLicenses clears all "discovered_licenses" edges to the License entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) ClearPackage 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) ClearPackage() *CertifyLegalUpdate

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) ClearPackageID 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) ClearPackageID() *CertifyLegalUpdate

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) ClearSource 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) ClearSource() *CertifyLegalUpdate

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) ClearSourceID 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) ClearSourceID() *CertifyLegalUpdate

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) Exec 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) ExecX 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) Mutation 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) Mutation() *CertifyLegalMutation

Mutation returns the CertifyLegalMutation object of the builder.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) RemoveDeclaredLicenseIDs 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) RemoveDeclaredLicenseIDs(ids ...int) *CertifyLegalUpdate

RemoveDeclaredLicenseIDs removes the "declared_licenses" edge to License entities by IDs.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) RemoveDeclaredLicenses 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) RemoveDeclaredLicenses(l ...*License) *CertifyLegalUpdate

RemoveDeclaredLicenses removes "declared_licenses" edges to License entities.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) RemoveDiscoveredLicenseIDs 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) RemoveDiscoveredLicenseIDs(ids ...int) *CertifyLegalUpdate

RemoveDiscoveredLicenseIDs removes the "discovered_licenses" edge to License entities by IDs.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) RemoveDiscoveredLicenses 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) RemoveDiscoveredLicenses(l ...*License) *CertifyLegalUpdate

RemoveDiscoveredLicenses removes "discovered_licenses" edges to License entities.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) Save 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) SaveX 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) SetAttribution 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) SetAttribution(s string) *CertifyLegalUpdate

SetAttribution sets the "attribution" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) SetCollector 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) SetCollector(s string) *CertifyLegalUpdate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) SetDeclaredLicense 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) SetDeclaredLicense(s string) *CertifyLegalUpdate

SetDeclaredLicense sets the "declared_license" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) SetDeclaredLicensesHash 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) SetDeclaredLicensesHash(s string) *CertifyLegalUpdate

SetDeclaredLicensesHash sets the "declared_licenses_hash" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) SetDiscoveredLicense 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) SetDiscoveredLicense(s string) *CertifyLegalUpdate

SetDiscoveredLicense sets the "discovered_license" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) SetDiscoveredLicensesHash 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) SetDiscoveredLicensesHash(s string) *CertifyLegalUpdate

SetDiscoveredLicensesHash sets the "discovered_licenses_hash" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) SetJustification 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) SetJustification(s string) *CertifyLegalUpdate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) SetNillablePackageID 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) SetNillablePackageID(i *int) *CertifyLegalUpdate

SetNillablePackageID sets the "package_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) SetNillableSourceID 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) SetNillableSourceID(i *int) *CertifyLegalUpdate

SetNillableSourceID sets the "source_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) SetOrigin 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) SetOrigin(s string) *CertifyLegalUpdate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) SetPackage 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) SetPackage(p *PackageVersion) *CertifyLegalUpdate

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) SetPackageID 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) SetPackageID(i int) *CertifyLegalUpdate

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) SetSource 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) SetSource(s *SourceName) *CertifyLegalUpdate

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) SetSourceID 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) SetSourceID(i int) *CertifyLegalUpdate

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) SetTimeScanned 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) SetTimeScanned(t time.Time) *CertifyLegalUpdate

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdate) Where 

func (clu *CertifyLegalUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyLegal) *CertifyLegalUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyLegalUpdate builder.

type CertifyLegalUpdateOne 

type CertifyLegalUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyLegalUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single CertifyLegal entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) AddDeclaredLicenseIDs 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) AddDeclaredLicenseIDs(ids ...int) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

AddDeclaredLicenseIDs adds the "declared_licenses" edge to the License entity by IDs.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) AddDeclaredLicenses 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) AddDeclaredLicenses(l ...*License) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

AddDeclaredLicenses adds the "declared_licenses" edges to the License entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) AddDiscoveredLicenseIDs 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) AddDiscoveredLicenseIDs(ids ...int) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

AddDiscoveredLicenseIDs adds the "discovered_licenses" edge to the License entity by IDs.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) AddDiscoveredLicenses 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) AddDiscoveredLicenses(l ...*License) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

AddDiscoveredLicenses adds the "discovered_licenses" edges to the License entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) ClearDeclaredLicenses 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) ClearDeclaredLicenses() *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

ClearDeclaredLicenses clears all "declared_licenses" edges to the License entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) ClearDiscoveredLicenses 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) ClearDiscoveredLicenses() *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

ClearDiscoveredLicenses clears all "discovered_licenses" edges to the License entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) ClearPackage 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) ClearPackage() *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) ClearPackageID 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) ClearPackageID() *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) ClearSource 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) ClearSource() *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) ClearSourceID 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) ClearSourceID() *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) Exec 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) Mutation() *CertifyLegalMutation

Mutation returns the CertifyLegalMutation object of the builder.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) RemoveDeclaredLicenseIDs 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) RemoveDeclaredLicenseIDs(ids ...int) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

RemoveDeclaredLicenseIDs removes the "declared_licenses" edge to License entities by IDs.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) RemoveDeclaredLicenses 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) RemoveDeclaredLicenses(l ...*License) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

RemoveDeclaredLicenses removes "declared_licenses" edges to License entities.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) RemoveDiscoveredLicenseIDs 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) RemoveDiscoveredLicenseIDs(ids ...int) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

RemoveDiscoveredLicenseIDs removes the "discovered_licenses" edge to License entities by IDs.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) RemoveDiscoveredLicenses 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) RemoveDiscoveredLicenses(l ...*License) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

RemoveDiscoveredLicenses removes "discovered_licenses" edges to License entities.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) Save 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*CertifyLegal, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated CertifyLegal entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *CertifyLegal

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) Select 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetAttribution 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetAttribution(s string) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

SetAttribution sets the "attribution" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetCollector 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetCollector(s string) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetDeclaredLicense 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetDeclaredLicense(s string) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

SetDeclaredLicense sets the "declared_license" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetDeclaredLicensesHash 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetDeclaredLicensesHash(s string) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

SetDeclaredLicensesHash sets the "declared_licenses_hash" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetDiscoveredLicense 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetDiscoveredLicense(s string) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

SetDiscoveredLicense sets the "discovered_license" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetDiscoveredLicensesHash 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetDiscoveredLicensesHash(s string) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

SetDiscoveredLicensesHash sets the "discovered_licenses_hash" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetJustification 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetJustification(s string) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageID 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageID(i *int) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

SetNillablePackageID sets the "package_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetNillableSourceID 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetNillableSourceID(i *int) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

SetNillableSourceID sets the "source_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetOrigin 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetOrigin(s string) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetPackage 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetPackage(p *PackageVersion) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetPackageID 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetPackageID(i int) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetSource 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetSource(s *SourceName) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetSourceID 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetSourceID(i int) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetTimeScanned 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) SetTimeScanned(t time.Time) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpdateOne) Where 

func (cluo *CertifyLegalUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyLegal) *CertifyLegalUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyLegalUpdate builder.

type CertifyLegalUpsert 

type CertifyLegalUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

CertifyLegalUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) ClearPackageID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) ClearPackageID() *CertifyLegalUpsert

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) ClearSourceID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) ClearSourceID() *CertifyLegalUpsert

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) SetAttribution 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) SetAttribution(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsert

SetAttribution sets the "attribution" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) SetCollector 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) SetCollector(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsert

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) SetDeclaredLicense 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) SetDeclaredLicense(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsert

SetDeclaredLicense sets the "declared_license" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) SetDeclaredLicensesHash 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) SetDeclaredLicensesHash(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsert

SetDeclaredLicensesHash sets the "declared_licenses_hash" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) SetDiscoveredLicense 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) SetDiscoveredLicense(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsert

SetDiscoveredLicense sets the "discovered_license" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) SetDiscoveredLicensesHash 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) SetDiscoveredLicensesHash(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsert

SetDiscoveredLicensesHash sets the "discovered_licenses_hash" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) SetJustification 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) SetJustification(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsert

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) SetOrigin 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) SetOrigin(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsert

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) SetPackageID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) SetPackageID(v int) *CertifyLegalUpsert

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) SetSourceID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) SetSourceID(v int) *CertifyLegalUpsert

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) SetTimeScanned 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) SetTimeScanned(v time.Time) *CertifyLegalUpsert

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateAttribution 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateAttribution() *CertifyLegalUpsert

UpdateAttribution sets the "attribution" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateCollector 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateCollector() *CertifyLegalUpsert

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateDeclaredLicense 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateDeclaredLicense() *CertifyLegalUpsert

UpdateDeclaredLicense sets the "declared_license" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateDeclaredLicensesHash 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateDeclaredLicensesHash() *CertifyLegalUpsert

UpdateDeclaredLicensesHash sets the "declared_licenses_hash" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateDiscoveredLicense 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateDiscoveredLicense() *CertifyLegalUpsert

UpdateDiscoveredLicense sets the "discovered_license" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateDiscoveredLicensesHash 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateDiscoveredLicensesHash() *CertifyLegalUpsert

UpdateDiscoveredLicensesHash sets the "discovered_licenses_hash" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateJustification 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateJustification() *CertifyLegalUpsert

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateOrigin() *CertifyLegalUpsert

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdatePackageID() *CertifyLegalUpsert

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateSourceID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateSourceID() *CertifyLegalUpsert

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateTimeScanned 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsert) UpdateTimeScanned() *CertifyLegalUpsert

UpdateTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field to the value that was provided on create.

type CertifyLegalUpsertBulk 

type CertifyLegalUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyLegalUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of CertifyLegal nodes.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) ClearPackageID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) ClearPackageID() *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) ClearSourceID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) ClearSourceID() *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) Ignore() *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyLegal.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetAttribution 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetAttribution(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

SetAttribution sets the "attribution" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetCollector 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetCollector(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetDeclaredLicense 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetDeclaredLicense(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

SetDeclaredLicense sets the "declared_license" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetDeclaredLicensesHash 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetDeclaredLicensesHash(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

SetDeclaredLicensesHash sets the "declared_licenses_hash" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetDiscoveredLicense 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetDiscoveredLicense(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

SetDiscoveredLicense sets the "discovered_license" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetDiscoveredLicensesHash 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetDiscoveredLicensesHash(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

SetDiscoveredLicensesHash sets the "discovered_licenses_hash" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetJustification 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetJustification(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetOrigin 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetOrigin(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetPackageID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetPackageID(v int) *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetSourceID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetSourceID(v int) *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetTimeScanned 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) SetTimeScanned(v time.Time) *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*CertifyLegalUpsert)) *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the CertifyLegalCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateAttribution 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateAttribution() *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

UpdateAttribution sets the "attribution" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector() *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateDeclaredLicense 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateDeclaredLicense() *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

UpdateDeclaredLicense sets the "declared_license" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateDeclaredLicensesHash 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateDeclaredLicensesHash() *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

UpdateDeclaredLicensesHash sets the "declared_licenses_hash" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateDiscoveredLicense 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateDiscoveredLicense() *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

UpdateDiscoveredLicense sets the "discovered_license" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateDiscoveredLicensesHash 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateDiscoveredLicensesHash() *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

UpdateDiscoveredLicensesHash sets the "discovered_licenses_hash" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification() *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyLegal.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin() *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageID() *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateSourceID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateSourceID() *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateTimeScanned 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk) UpdateTimeScanned() *CertifyLegalUpsertBulk

UpdateTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field to the value that was provided on create.

type CertifyLegalUpsertOne 

type CertifyLegalUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyLegalUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one CertifyLegal node.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) ClearPackageID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) ClearPackageID() *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) ClearSourceID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) ClearSourceID() *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) DoNothing() *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) Ignore() *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyLegal.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetAttribution 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetAttribution(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

SetAttribution sets the "attribution" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetCollector 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetCollector(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetDeclaredLicense 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetDeclaredLicense(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

SetDeclaredLicense sets the "declared_license" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetDeclaredLicensesHash 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetDeclaredLicensesHash(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

SetDeclaredLicensesHash sets the "declared_licenses_hash" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetDiscoveredLicense 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetDiscoveredLicense(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

SetDiscoveredLicense sets the "discovered_license" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetDiscoveredLicensesHash 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetDiscoveredLicensesHash(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

SetDiscoveredLicensesHash sets the "discovered_licenses_hash" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetJustification 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetJustification(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetOrigin 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetOrigin(v string) *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetPackageID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetPackageID(v int) *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetSourceID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetSourceID(v int) *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetTimeScanned 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) SetTimeScanned(v time.Time) *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) Update(set func(*CertifyLegalUpsert)) *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the CertifyLegalCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateAttribution 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateAttribution() *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

UpdateAttribution sets the "attribution" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateCollector 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateCollector() *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateDeclaredLicense 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateDeclaredLicense() *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

UpdateDeclaredLicense sets the "declared_license" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateDeclaredLicensesHash 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateDeclaredLicensesHash() *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

UpdateDeclaredLicensesHash sets the "declared_licenses_hash" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateDiscoveredLicense 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateDiscoveredLicense() *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

UpdateDiscoveredLicense sets the "discovered_license" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateDiscoveredLicensesHash 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateDiscoveredLicensesHash() *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

UpdateDiscoveredLicensesHash sets the "discovered_licenses_hash" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateJustification 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateJustification() *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyLegal.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin() *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdatePackageID() *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateSourceID 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateSourceID() *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateTimeScanned 

func (u *CertifyLegalUpsertOne) UpdateTimeScanned() *CertifyLegalUpsertOne

UpdateTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field to the value that was provided on create.

type CertifyLegals 

type CertifyLegals []*CertifyLegal

CertifyLegals is a parsable slice of CertifyLegal.

type CertifyScorecard 

type CertifyScorecard struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// SourceID holds the value of the "source_id" field.
	SourceID int `json:"source_id,omitempty"`
	// ScorecardID holds the value of the "scorecard_id" field.
	ScorecardID int `json:"scorecard_id,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the CertifyScorecardQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges CertifyScorecardEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyScorecard is the model entity for the CertifyScorecard schema.

func (*CertifyScorecard) IsNode 

func (n *CertifyScorecard) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*CertifyScorecard) QueryScorecard 

func (cs *CertifyScorecard) QueryScorecard() *ScorecardQuery

QueryScorecard queries the "scorecard" edge of the CertifyScorecard entity.

func (*CertifyScorecard) QuerySource 

func (cs *CertifyScorecard) QuerySource() *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource queries the "source" edge of the CertifyScorecard entity.

func (*CertifyScorecard) Scorecard 

func (cs *CertifyScorecard) Scorecard(ctx context.Context) (*Scorecard, error)

func (*CertifyScorecard) Source 

func (cs *CertifyScorecard) Source(ctx context.Context) (*SourceName, error)

func (*CertifyScorecard) String 

func (cs *CertifyScorecard) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*CertifyScorecard) ToEdge 

func (cs *CertifyScorecard) ToEdge(order *CertifyScorecardOrder) *CertifyScorecardEdge

ToEdge converts CertifyScorecard into CertifyScorecardEdge.

func (*CertifyScorecard) Unwrap 

func (cs *CertifyScorecard) Unwrap() *CertifyScorecard

Unwrap unwraps the CertifyScorecard entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*CertifyScorecard) Update 

func (cs *CertifyScorecard) Update() *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this CertifyScorecard. Note that you need to call CertifyScorecard.Unwrap() before calling this method if this CertifyScorecard was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*CertifyScorecard) Value 

func (cs *CertifyScorecard) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the CertifyScorecard. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type CertifyScorecardClient 

type CertifyScorecardClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyScorecardClient is a client for the CertifyScorecard schema.

func NewCertifyScorecardClient 

func NewCertifyScorecardClient(c config) *CertifyScorecardClient

NewCertifyScorecardClient returns a client for the CertifyScorecard from the given config.

func (*CertifyScorecardClient) Create 

func (c *CertifyScorecardClient) Create() *CertifyScorecardCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a CertifyScorecard entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *CertifyScorecardClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*CertifyScorecardCreate) *CertifyScorecardCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of CertifyScorecard entities.

func (*CertifyScorecardClient) Delete 

func (c *CertifyScorecardClient) Delete() *CertifyScorecardDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for CertifyScorecard.

func (*CertifyScorecardClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *CertifyScorecardClient) DeleteOne(cs *CertifyScorecard) *CertifyScorecardDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *CertifyScorecardClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *CertifyScorecardDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*CertifyScorecardClient) Get 

func (c *CertifyScorecardClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*CertifyScorecard, error)

Get returns a CertifyScorecard entity by its id.

func (*CertifyScorecardClient) GetX 

func (c *CertifyScorecardClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *CertifyScorecard

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardClient) Hooks 

func (c *CertifyScorecardClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*CertifyScorecardClient) Intercept 

func (c *CertifyScorecardClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `certifyscorecard.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*CertifyScorecardClient) Interceptors 

func (c *CertifyScorecardClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*CertifyScorecardClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *CertifyScorecardClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*CertifyScorecardCreate, int)) *CertifyScorecardCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*CertifyScorecardClient) Query 

func (c *CertifyScorecardClient) Query() *CertifyScorecardQuery

Query returns a query builder for CertifyScorecard.

func (*CertifyScorecardClient) QueryScorecard 

func (c *CertifyScorecardClient) QueryScorecard(cs *CertifyScorecard) *ScorecardQuery

QueryScorecard queries the scorecard edge of a CertifyScorecard.

func (*CertifyScorecardClient) QuerySource 

func (c *CertifyScorecardClient) QuerySource(cs *CertifyScorecard) *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource queries the source edge of a CertifyScorecard.

func (*CertifyScorecardClient) Update 

func (c *CertifyScorecardClient) Update() *CertifyScorecardUpdate

Update returns an update builder for CertifyScorecard.

func (*CertifyScorecardClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *CertifyScorecardClient) UpdateOne(cs *CertifyScorecard) *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *CertifyScorecardClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*CertifyScorecardClient) Use 

func (c *CertifyScorecardClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `certifyscorecard.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type CertifyScorecardConnection 

type CertifyScorecardConnection struct {
	Edges      []*CertifyScorecardEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo                `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int                     `json:"totalCount"`
}

CertifyScorecardConnection is the connection containing edges to CertifyScorecard.

type CertifyScorecardCreate 

type CertifyScorecardCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyScorecardCreate is the builder for creating a CertifyScorecard entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardCreate) Exec 

func (csc *CertifyScorecardCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyScorecardCreate) ExecX 

func (csc *CertifyScorecardCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardCreate) Mutation 

func (csc *CertifyScorecardCreate) Mutation() *CertifyScorecardMutation

Mutation returns the CertifyScorecardMutation object of the builder.

func (*CertifyScorecardCreate) OnConflict 

func (csc *CertifyScorecardCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.CertifyScorecard.Create().
	SetSourceID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.CertifyScorecardUpsert) {
		SetSourceID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyScorecardCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (csc *CertifyScorecardCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyScorecard.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyScorecardCreate) Save 

func (csc *CertifyScorecardCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*CertifyScorecard, error)

Save creates the CertifyScorecard in the database.

func (*CertifyScorecardCreate) SaveX 

func (csc *CertifyScorecardCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *CertifyScorecard

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*CertifyScorecardCreate) SetScorecard 

func (csc *CertifyScorecardCreate) SetScorecard(s *Scorecard) *CertifyScorecardCreate

SetScorecard sets the "scorecard" edge to the Scorecard entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardCreate) SetScorecardID 

func (csc *CertifyScorecardCreate) SetScorecardID(i int) *CertifyScorecardCreate

SetScorecardID sets the "scorecard_id" field.

func (*CertifyScorecardCreate) SetSource 

func (csc *CertifyScorecardCreate) SetSource(s *SourceName) *CertifyScorecardCreate

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardCreate) SetSourceID 

func (csc *CertifyScorecardCreate) SetSourceID(i int) *CertifyScorecardCreate

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

type CertifyScorecardCreateBulk 

type CertifyScorecardCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyScorecardCreateBulk is the builder for creating many CertifyScorecard entities in bulk.

func (*CertifyScorecardCreateBulk) Exec 

func (cscb *CertifyScorecardCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyScorecardCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (cscb *CertifyScorecardCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (cscb *CertifyScorecardCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.CertifyScorecard.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.CertifyScorecardUpsert) {
		SetSourceID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyScorecardCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (cscb *CertifyScorecardCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyScorecard.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyScorecardCreateBulk) Save 

func (cscb *CertifyScorecardCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*CertifyScorecard, error)

Save creates the CertifyScorecard entities in the database.

func (*CertifyScorecardCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (cscb *CertifyScorecardCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*CertifyScorecard

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type CertifyScorecardDelete 

type CertifyScorecardDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyScorecardDelete is the builder for deleting a CertifyScorecard entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardDelete) Exec 

func (csd *CertifyScorecardDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*CertifyScorecardDelete) ExecX 

func (csd *CertifyScorecardDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardDelete) Where 

func (csd *CertifyScorecardDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyScorecard) *CertifyScorecardDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyScorecardDelete builder.

type CertifyScorecardDeleteOne 

type CertifyScorecardDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyScorecardDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single CertifyScorecard entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardDeleteOne) Exec 

func (csdo *CertifyScorecardDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*CertifyScorecardDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (csdo *CertifyScorecardDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardDeleteOne) Where 

func (csdo *CertifyScorecardDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyScorecard) *CertifyScorecardDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyScorecardDelete builder.

type CertifyScorecardEdge 

type CertifyScorecardEdge struct {
	Node   *CertifyScorecard `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor            `json:"cursor"`
}

CertifyScorecardEdge is the edge representation of CertifyScorecard.

type CertifyScorecardEdges 

type CertifyScorecardEdges struct {
	// Scorecard holds the value of the scorecard edge.
	Scorecard *Scorecard `json:"scorecard,omitempty"`
	// Source holds the value of the source edge.
	Source *SourceName `json:"source,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyScorecardEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (CertifyScorecardEdges) ScorecardOrErr 

func (e CertifyScorecardEdges) ScorecardOrErr() (*Scorecard, error)

ScorecardOrErr returns the Scorecard value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (CertifyScorecardEdges) SourceOrErr 

func (e CertifyScorecardEdges) SourceOrErr() (*SourceName, error)

SourceOrErr returns the Source value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type CertifyScorecardGroupBy 

type CertifyScorecardGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyScorecardGroupBy is the group-by builder for CertifyScorecard entities.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (csgb *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CertifyScorecardGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Int 

func (s *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Scan 

func (csgb *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) String 

func (s *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyScorecardGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *CertifyScorecardGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type CertifyScorecardMutation 

type CertifyScorecardMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyScorecardMutation represents an operation that mutates the CertifyScorecard nodes in the graph.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) AddField 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) AddedField 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) ClearField 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) ClearScorecard 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) ClearScorecard()

ClearScorecard clears the "scorecard" edge to the Scorecard entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) ClearSource 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) ClearSource()

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (CertifyScorecardMutation) Client 

func (m CertifyScorecardMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) Field 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) Fields 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) ID 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) IDs 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) OldField 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) OldScorecardID 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) OldScorecardID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldScorecardID returns the old "scorecard_id" field's value of the CertifyScorecard entity. If the CertifyScorecard object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) OldSourceID 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) OldSourceID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldSourceID returns the old "source_id" field's value of the CertifyScorecard entity. If the CertifyScorecard object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) Op 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) ResetField 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) ResetScorecard 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) ResetScorecard()

ResetScorecard resets all changes to the "scorecard" edge.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) ResetScorecardID 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) ResetScorecardID()

ResetScorecardID resets all changes to the "scorecard_id" field.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) ResetSource 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) ResetSource()

ResetSource resets all changes to the "source" edge.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) ResetSourceID 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) ResetSourceID()

ResetSourceID resets all changes to the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) ScorecardCleared 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) ScorecardCleared() bool

ScorecardCleared reports if the "scorecard" edge to the Scorecard entity was cleared.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) ScorecardID 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) ScorecardID() (r int, exists bool)

ScorecardID returns the value of the "scorecard_id" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) ScorecardIDs 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) ScorecardIDs() (ids []int)

ScorecardIDs returns the "scorecard" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use ScorecardID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) SetField 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) SetOp 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) SetScorecardID 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) SetScorecardID(i int)

SetScorecardID sets the "scorecard_id" field.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) SetSourceID 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) SetSourceID(i int)

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) SourceCleared 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) SourceCleared() bool

SourceCleared reports if the "source" edge to the SourceName entity was cleared.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) SourceID 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) SourceID() (r int, exists bool)

SourceID returns the value of the "source_id" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) SourceIDs 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) SourceIDs() (ids []int)

SourceIDs returns the "source" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use SourceID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (CertifyScorecardMutation) Tx 

func (m CertifyScorecardMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) Type 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (CertifyScorecard).

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) Where 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyScorecard)

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyScorecardMutation builder.

func (*CertifyScorecardMutation) WhereP 

func (m *CertifyScorecardMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the CertifyScorecardMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type CertifyScorecardOrder 

type CertifyScorecardOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection              `json:"direction"`
	Field     *CertifyScorecardOrderField `json:"field"`
}

CertifyScorecardOrder defines the ordering of CertifyScorecard.

type CertifyScorecardOrderField 

type CertifyScorecardOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given CertifyScorecard.
	Value func(*CertifyScorecard) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyScorecardOrderField defines the ordering field of CertifyScorecard.

type CertifyScorecardPaginateOption 

type CertifyScorecardPaginateOption func(*certifyscorecardPager) error

CertifyScorecardPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithCertifyScorecardFilter 

func WithCertifyScorecardFilter(filter func(*CertifyScorecardQuery) (*CertifyScorecardQuery, error)) CertifyScorecardPaginateOption

WithCertifyScorecardFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithCertifyScorecardOrder 

func WithCertifyScorecardOrder(order *CertifyScorecardOrder) CertifyScorecardPaginateOption

WithCertifyScorecardOrder configures pagination ordering.

type CertifyScorecardQuery 

type CertifyScorecardQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyScorecardQuery is the builder for querying CertifyScorecard entities.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) Aggregate 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CertifyScorecardSelect

Aggregate returns a CertifyScorecardSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) All 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*CertifyScorecard, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of CertifyScorecards.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) AllX 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*CertifyScorecard

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) Clone 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) Clone() *CertifyScorecardQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the CertifyScorecardQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) CollectFields 

func (cs *CertifyScorecardQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*CertifyScorecardQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) Count 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) CountX 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) Exist 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) ExistX 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) First 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*CertifyScorecard, error)

First returns the first CertifyScorecard entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no CertifyScorecard was found.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) FirstID 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first CertifyScorecard ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no CertifyScorecard ID was found.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) FirstIDX 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) FirstX 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *CertifyScorecard

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) GroupBy 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *CertifyScorecardGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	SourceID int `json:"source_id,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.CertifyScorecard.Query().
	GroupBy(certifyscorecard.FieldSourceID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) IDs 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of CertifyScorecard IDs.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) IDsX 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) Limit 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) Limit(limit int) *CertifyScorecardQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) Offset 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) Offset(offset int) *CertifyScorecardQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) Only 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*CertifyScorecard, error)

Only returns a single CertifyScorecard entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one CertifyScorecard entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no CertifyScorecard entities are found.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) OnlyID 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only CertifyScorecard ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one CertifyScorecard ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) OnlyX 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *CertifyScorecard

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) Order 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) Order(o ...certifyscorecard.OrderOption) *CertifyScorecardQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) Paginate 

func (cs *CertifyScorecardQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...CertifyScorecardPaginateOption,
) (*CertifyScorecardConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to CertifyScorecard.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) QueryScorecard 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) QueryScorecard() *ScorecardQuery

QueryScorecard chains the current query on the "scorecard" edge.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) QuerySource 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) QuerySource() *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource chains the current query on the "source" edge.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) Select 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) Select(fields ...string) *CertifyScorecardSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	SourceID int `json:"source_id,omitempty"`
}

client.CertifyScorecard.Query().
	Select(certifyscorecard.FieldSourceID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) Unique 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) Unique(unique bool) *CertifyScorecardQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) Where 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyScorecard) *CertifyScorecardQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the CertifyScorecardQuery builder.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) WithScorecard 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) WithScorecard(opts ...func(*ScorecardQuery)) *CertifyScorecardQuery

WithScorecard tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "scorecard" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*CertifyScorecardQuery) WithSource 

func (csq *CertifyScorecardQuery) WithSource(opts ...func(*SourceNameQuery)) *CertifyScorecardQuery

WithSource tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "source" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type CertifyScorecardSelect 

type CertifyScorecardSelect struct {
	*CertifyScorecardQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyScorecardSelect is the builder for selecting fields of CertifyScorecard entities.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) Aggregate 

func (css *CertifyScorecardSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CertifyScorecardSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) Bool 

func (s *CertifyScorecardSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) BoolX 

func (s *CertifyScorecardSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) Bools 

func (s *CertifyScorecardSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *CertifyScorecardSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) Float64 

func (s *CertifyScorecardSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) Float64X 

func (s *CertifyScorecardSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) Float64s 

func (s *CertifyScorecardSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *CertifyScorecardSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) Int 

func (s *CertifyScorecardSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) IntX 

func (s *CertifyScorecardSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) Ints 

func (s *CertifyScorecardSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) IntsX 

func (s *CertifyScorecardSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) Scan 

func (css *CertifyScorecardSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) ScanX 

func (s *CertifyScorecardSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) String 

func (s *CertifyScorecardSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) StringX 

func (s *CertifyScorecardSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) Strings 

func (s *CertifyScorecardSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyScorecardSelect) StringsX 

func (s *CertifyScorecardSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type CertifyScorecardUpdate 

type CertifyScorecardUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyScorecardUpdate is the builder for updating CertifyScorecard entities.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdate) ClearScorecard 

func (csu *CertifyScorecardUpdate) ClearScorecard() *CertifyScorecardUpdate

ClearScorecard clears the "scorecard" edge to the Scorecard entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdate) ClearSource 

func (csu *CertifyScorecardUpdate) ClearSource() *CertifyScorecardUpdate

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdate) Exec 

func (csu *CertifyScorecardUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdate) ExecX 

func (csu *CertifyScorecardUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdate) Mutation 

func (csu *CertifyScorecardUpdate) Mutation() *CertifyScorecardMutation

Mutation returns the CertifyScorecardMutation object of the builder.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdate) Save 

func (csu *CertifyScorecardUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdate) SaveX 

func (csu *CertifyScorecardUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdate) SetScorecard 

func (csu *CertifyScorecardUpdate) SetScorecard(s *Scorecard) *CertifyScorecardUpdate

SetScorecard sets the "scorecard" edge to the Scorecard entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdate) SetScorecardID 

func (csu *CertifyScorecardUpdate) SetScorecardID(i int) *CertifyScorecardUpdate

SetScorecardID sets the "scorecard_id" field.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdate) SetSource 

func (csu *CertifyScorecardUpdate) SetSource(s *SourceName) *CertifyScorecardUpdate

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdate) SetSourceID 

func (csu *CertifyScorecardUpdate) SetSourceID(i int) *CertifyScorecardUpdate

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdate) Where 

func (csu *CertifyScorecardUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyScorecard) *CertifyScorecardUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyScorecardUpdate builder.

type CertifyScorecardUpdateOne 

type CertifyScorecardUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyScorecardUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single CertifyScorecard entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) ClearScorecard 

func (csuo *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) ClearScorecard() *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne

ClearScorecard clears the "scorecard" edge to the Scorecard entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) ClearSource 

func (csuo *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) ClearSource() *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) Exec 

func (csuo *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (csuo *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (csuo *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) Mutation() *CertifyScorecardMutation

Mutation returns the CertifyScorecardMutation object of the builder.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) Save 

func (csuo *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*CertifyScorecard, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated CertifyScorecard entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (csuo *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *CertifyScorecard

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) Select 

func (csuo *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) SetScorecard 

func (csuo *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) SetScorecard(s *Scorecard) *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne

SetScorecard sets the "scorecard" edge to the Scorecard entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) SetScorecardID 

func (csuo *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) SetScorecardID(i int) *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne

SetScorecardID sets the "scorecard_id" field.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) SetSource 

func (csuo *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) SetSource(s *SourceName) *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) SetSourceID 

func (csuo *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) SetSourceID(i int) *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) Where 

func (csuo *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyScorecard) *CertifyScorecardUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyScorecardUpdate builder.

type CertifyScorecardUpsert 

type CertifyScorecardUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

CertifyScorecardUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsert) SetScorecardID 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsert) SetScorecardID(v int) *CertifyScorecardUpsert

SetScorecardID sets the "scorecard_id" field.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsert) SetSourceID 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsert) SetSourceID(v int) *CertifyScorecardUpsert

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsert) UpdateScorecardID 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsert) UpdateScorecardID() *CertifyScorecardUpsert

UpdateScorecardID sets the "scorecard_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsert) UpdateSourceID 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsert) UpdateSourceID() *CertifyScorecardUpsert

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk 

type CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of CertifyScorecard nodes.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) Ignore() *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyScorecard.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) SetScorecardID 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) SetScorecardID(v int) *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk

SetScorecardID sets the "scorecard_id" field.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) SetSourceID 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) SetSourceID(v int) *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*CertifyScorecardUpsert)) *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the CertifyScorecardCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyScorecard.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateScorecardID 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateScorecardID() *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk

UpdateScorecardID sets the "scorecard_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateSourceID 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateSourceID() *CertifyScorecardUpsertBulk

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type CertifyScorecardUpsertOne 

type CertifyScorecardUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyScorecardUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one CertifyScorecard node.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) DoNothing() *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) Ignore() *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyScorecard.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) SetScorecardID 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) SetScorecardID(v int) *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne

SetScorecardID sets the "scorecard_id" field.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) SetSourceID 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) SetSourceID(v int) *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) Update(set func(*CertifyScorecardUpsert)) *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the CertifyScorecardCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyScorecard.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateScorecardID 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateScorecardID() *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne

UpdateScorecardID sets the "scorecard_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateSourceID 

func (u *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateSourceID() *CertifyScorecardUpsertOne

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type CertifyScorecards 

type CertifyScorecards []*CertifyScorecard

CertifyScorecards is a parsable slice of CertifyScorecard.

type CertifyVex 

type CertifyVex struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// PackageID holds the value of the "package_id" field.
	PackageID *int `json:"package_id,omitempty"`
	// ArtifactID holds the value of the "artifact_id" field.
	ArtifactID *int `json:"artifact_id,omitempty"`
	// VulnerabilityID holds the value of the "vulnerability_id" field.
	VulnerabilityID int `json:"vulnerability_id,omitempty"`
	// KnownSince holds the value of the "known_since" field.
	KnownSince time.Time `json:"known_since,omitempty"`
	// Status holds the value of the "status" field.
	Status string `json:"status,omitempty"`
	// Statement holds the value of the "statement" field.
	Statement string `json:"statement,omitempty"`
	// StatusNotes holds the value of the "status_notes" field.
	StatusNotes string `json:"status_notes,omitempty"`
	// Justification holds the value of the "justification" field.
	Justification string `json:"justification,omitempty"`
	// Origin holds the value of the "origin" field.
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
	// Collector holds the value of the "collector" field.
	Collector string `json:"collector,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the CertifyVexQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges CertifyVexEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVex is the model entity for the CertifyVex schema.

func (*CertifyVex) Artifact 

func (cv *CertifyVex) Artifact(ctx context.Context) (*Artifact, error)

func (*CertifyVex) IsNode 

func (n *CertifyVex) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*CertifyVex) Package 

func (cv *CertifyVex) Package(ctx context.Context) (*PackageVersion, error)

func (*CertifyVex) QueryArtifact 

func (cv *CertifyVex) QueryArtifact() *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifact queries the "artifact" edge of the CertifyVex entity.

func (*CertifyVex) QueryPackage 

func (cv *CertifyVex) QueryPackage() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackage queries the "package" edge of the CertifyVex entity.

func (*CertifyVex) QueryVulnerability 

func (cv *CertifyVex) QueryVulnerability() *VulnerabilityIDQuery

QueryVulnerability queries the "vulnerability" edge of the CertifyVex entity.

func (*CertifyVex) String 

func (cv *CertifyVex) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*CertifyVex) ToEdge 

func (cv *CertifyVex) ToEdge(order *CertifyVexOrder) *CertifyVexEdge

ToEdge converts CertifyVex into CertifyVexEdge.

func (*CertifyVex) Unwrap 

func (cv *CertifyVex) Unwrap() *CertifyVex

Unwrap unwraps the CertifyVex entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*CertifyVex) Update 

func (cv *CertifyVex) Update() *CertifyVexUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this CertifyVex. Note that you need to call CertifyVex.Unwrap() before calling this method if this CertifyVex was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*CertifyVex) Value 

func (cv *CertifyVex) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the CertifyVex. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

func (*CertifyVex) Vulnerability 

func (cv *CertifyVex) Vulnerability(ctx context.Context) (*VulnerabilityID, error)

type CertifyVexClient 

type CertifyVexClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVexClient is a client for the CertifyVex schema.

func NewCertifyVexClient 

func NewCertifyVexClient(c config) *CertifyVexClient

NewCertifyVexClient returns a client for the CertifyVex from the given config.

func (*CertifyVexClient) Create 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) Create() *CertifyVexCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a CertifyVex entity.

func (*CertifyVexClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*CertifyVexCreate) *CertifyVexCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of CertifyVex entities.

func (*CertifyVexClient) Delete 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) Delete() *CertifyVexDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for CertifyVex.

func (*CertifyVexClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) DeleteOne(cv *CertifyVex) *CertifyVexDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*CertifyVexClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *CertifyVexDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*CertifyVexClient) Get 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*CertifyVex, error)

Get returns a CertifyVex entity by its id.

func (*CertifyVexClient) GetX 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *CertifyVex

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexClient) Hooks 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*CertifyVexClient) Intercept 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `certifyvex.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*CertifyVexClient) Interceptors 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*CertifyVexClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*CertifyVexCreate, int)) *CertifyVexCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*CertifyVexClient) Query 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) Query() *CertifyVexQuery

Query returns a query builder for CertifyVex.

func (*CertifyVexClient) QueryArtifact 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) QueryArtifact(cv *CertifyVex) *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifact queries the artifact edge of a CertifyVex.

func (*CertifyVexClient) QueryPackage 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) QueryPackage(cv *CertifyVex) *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackage queries the package edge of a CertifyVex.

func (*CertifyVexClient) QueryVulnerability 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) QueryVulnerability(cv *CertifyVex) *VulnerabilityIDQuery

QueryVulnerability queries the vulnerability edge of a CertifyVex.

func (*CertifyVexClient) Update 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) Update() *CertifyVexUpdate

Update returns an update builder for CertifyVex.

func (*CertifyVexClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) UpdateOne(cv *CertifyVex) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*CertifyVexClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*CertifyVexClient) Use 

func (c *CertifyVexClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `certifyvex.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type CertifyVexConnection 

type CertifyVexConnection struct {
	Edges      []*CertifyVexEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo          `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int               `json:"totalCount"`
}

CertifyVexConnection is the connection containing edges to CertifyVex.

type CertifyVexCreate 

type CertifyVexCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVexCreate is the builder for creating a CertifyVex entity.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) Exec 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) ExecX 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) Mutation 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) Mutation() *CertifyVexMutation

Mutation returns the CertifyVexMutation object of the builder.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) OnConflict 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *CertifyVexUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.CertifyVex.Create().
	SetPackageID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.CertifyVexUpsert) {
		SetPackageID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyVexCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *CertifyVexUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyVex.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyVexCreate) Save 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*CertifyVex, error)

Save creates the CertifyVex in the database.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) SaveX 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *CertifyVex

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) SetArtifact 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) SetArtifact(a *Artifact) *CertifyVexCreate

SetArtifact sets the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) SetArtifactID 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) SetArtifactID(i int) *CertifyVexCreate

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) SetCollector 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) SetCollector(s string) *CertifyVexCreate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) SetJustification 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) SetJustification(s string) *CertifyVexCreate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) SetKnownSince 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) SetKnownSince(t time.Time) *CertifyVexCreate

SetKnownSince sets the "known_since" field.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) SetNillableArtifactID 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) SetNillableArtifactID(i *int) *CertifyVexCreate

SetNillableArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) SetNillablePackageID 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) SetNillablePackageID(i *int) *CertifyVexCreate

SetNillablePackageID sets the "package_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) SetOrigin 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) SetOrigin(s string) *CertifyVexCreate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) SetPackage 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) SetPackage(p *PackageVersion) *CertifyVexCreate

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) SetPackageID 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) SetPackageID(i int) *CertifyVexCreate

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) SetStatement 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) SetStatement(s string) *CertifyVexCreate

SetStatement sets the "statement" field.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) SetStatus 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) SetStatus(s string) *CertifyVexCreate

SetStatus sets the "status" field.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) SetStatusNotes 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) SetStatusNotes(s string) *CertifyVexCreate

SetStatusNotes sets the "status_notes" field.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) SetVulnerability 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) SetVulnerability(v *VulnerabilityID) *CertifyVexCreate

SetVulnerability sets the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*CertifyVexCreate) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (cvc *CertifyVexCreate) SetVulnerabilityID(i int) *CertifyVexCreate

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

type CertifyVexCreateBulk 

type CertifyVexCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVexCreateBulk is the builder for creating many CertifyVex entities in bulk.

func (*CertifyVexCreateBulk) Exec 

func (cvcb *CertifyVexCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyVexCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (cvcb *CertifyVexCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (cvcb *CertifyVexCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.CertifyVex.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.CertifyVexUpsert) {
		SetPackageID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyVexCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (cvcb *CertifyVexCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyVex.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyVexCreateBulk) Save 

func (cvcb *CertifyVexCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*CertifyVex, error)

Save creates the CertifyVex entities in the database.

func (*CertifyVexCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (cvcb *CertifyVexCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*CertifyVex

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type CertifyVexDelete 

type CertifyVexDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVexDelete is the builder for deleting a CertifyVex entity.

func (*CertifyVexDelete) Exec 

func (cvd *CertifyVexDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*CertifyVexDelete) ExecX 

func (cvd *CertifyVexDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexDelete) Where 

func (cvd *CertifyVexDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyVex) *CertifyVexDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyVexDelete builder.

type CertifyVexDeleteOne 

type CertifyVexDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVexDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single CertifyVex entity.

func (*CertifyVexDeleteOne) Exec 

func (cvdo *CertifyVexDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*CertifyVexDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (cvdo *CertifyVexDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexDeleteOne) Where 

func (cvdo *CertifyVexDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyVex) *CertifyVexDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyVexDelete builder.

type CertifyVexEdge 

type CertifyVexEdge struct {
	Node   *CertifyVex `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor      `json:"cursor"`
}

CertifyVexEdge is the edge representation of CertifyVex.

type CertifyVexEdges 

type CertifyVexEdges struct {
	// Package holds the value of the package edge.
	Package *PackageVersion `json:"package,omitempty"`
	// Artifact holds the value of the artifact edge.
	Artifact *Artifact `json:"artifact,omitempty"`
	// Vulnerability holds the value of the vulnerability edge.
	Vulnerability *VulnerabilityID `json:"vulnerability,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVexEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (CertifyVexEdges) ArtifactOrErr 

func (e CertifyVexEdges) ArtifactOrErr() (*Artifact, error)

ArtifactOrErr returns the Artifact value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (CertifyVexEdges) PackageOrErr 

func (e CertifyVexEdges) PackageOrErr() (*PackageVersion, error)

PackageOrErr returns the Package value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (CertifyVexEdges) VulnerabilityOrErr 

func (e CertifyVexEdges) VulnerabilityOrErr() (*VulnerabilityID, error)

VulnerabilityOrErr returns the Vulnerability value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type CertifyVexGroupBy 

type CertifyVexGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVexGroupBy is the group-by builder for CertifyVex entities.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (cvgb *CertifyVexGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CertifyVexGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *CertifyVexGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *CertifyVexGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *CertifyVexGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *CertifyVexGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *CertifyVexGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *CertifyVexGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *CertifyVexGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *CertifyVexGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) Int 

func (s *CertifyVexGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *CertifyVexGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *CertifyVexGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *CertifyVexGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) Scan 

func (cvgb *CertifyVexGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *CertifyVexGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) String 

func (s *CertifyVexGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *CertifyVexGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *CertifyVexGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVexGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *CertifyVexGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type CertifyVexMutation 

type CertifyVexMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVexMutation represents an operation that mutates the CertifyVex nodes in the graph.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) AddField 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) AddedField 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ArtifactCleared 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ArtifactCleared() bool

ArtifactCleared reports if the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity was cleared.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ArtifactID 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ArtifactID() (r int, exists bool)

ArtifactID returns the value of the "artifact_id" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ArtifactIDCleared 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ArtifactIDCleared() bool

ArtifactIDCleared returns if the "artifact_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ArtifactIDs 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ArtifactIDs() (ids []int)

ArtifactIDs returns the "artifact" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use ArtifactID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ClearArtifact 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ClearArtifact()

ClearArtifact clears the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ClearArtifactID 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ClearArtifactID()

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ClearField 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ClearPackage 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ClearPackage()

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ClearPackageID 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ClearPackageID()

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ClearVulnerability 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ClearVulnerability()

ClearVulnerability clears the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (CertifyVexMutation) Client 

func (m CertifyVexMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) Collector 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) Collector() (r string, exists bool)

Collector returns the value of the "collector" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) Field 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) Fields 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ID 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) IDs 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) Justification 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) Justification() (r string, exists bool)

Justification returns the value of the "justification" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) KnownSince 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) KnownSince() (r time.Time, exists bool)

KnownSince returns the value of the "known_since" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) OldArtifactID 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) OldArtifactID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldArtifactID returns the old "artifact_id" field's value of the CertifyVex entity. If the CertifyVex object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) OldCollector 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) OldCollector(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldCollector returns the old "collector" field's value of the CertifyVex entity. If the CertifyVex object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) OldField 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) OldJustification 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) OldJustification(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldJustification returns the old "justification" field's value of the CertifyVex entity. If the CertifyVex object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) OldKnownSince 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) OldKnownSince(ctx context.Context) (v time.Time, err error)

OldKnownSince returns the old "known_since" field's value of the CertifyVex entity. If the CertifyVex object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) OldOrigin 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) OldOrigin(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldOrigin returns the old "origin" field's value of the CertifyVex entity. If the CertifyVex object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) OldPackageID 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) OldPackageID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldPackageID returns the old "package_id" field's value of the CertifyVex entity. If the CertifyVex object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) OldStatement 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) OldStatement(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldStatement returns the old "statement" field's value of the CertifyVex entity. If the CertifyVex object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) OldStatus 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) OldStatus(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldStatus returns the old "status" field's value of the CertifyVex entity. If the CertifyVex object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) OldStatusNotes 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) OldStatusNotes(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldStatusNotes returns the old "status_notes" field's value of the CertifyVex entity. If the CertifyVex object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) OldVulnerabilityID 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) OldVulnerabilityID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldVulnerabilityID returns the old "vulnerability_id" field's value of the CertifyVex entity. If the CertifyVex object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) Op 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) Origin 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) Origin() (r string, exists bool)

Origin returns the value of the "origin" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) PackageCleared 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) PackageCleared() bool

PackageCleared reports if the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity was cleared.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) PackageID 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) PackageID() (r int, exists bool)

PackageID returns the value of the "package_id" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) PackageIDCleared 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) PackageIDCleared() bool

PackageIDCleared returns if the "package_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) PackageIDs 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) PackageIDs() (ids []int)

PackageIDs returns the "package" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use PackageID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ResetArtifact 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ResetArtifact()

ResetArtifact resets all changes to the "artifact" edge.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ResetArtifactID 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ResetArtifactID()

ResetArtifactID resets all changes to the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ResetCollector 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ResetCollector()

ResetCollector resets all changes to the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ResetField 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ResetJustification 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ResetJustification()

ResetJustification resets all changes to the "justification" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ResetKnownSince 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ResetKnownSince()

ResetKnownSince resets all changes to the "known_since" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ResetOrigin 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ResetOrigin()

ResetOrigin resets all changes to the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ResetPackage 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ResetPackage()

ResetPackage resets all changes to the "package" edge.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ResetPackageID 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ResetPackageID()

ResetPackageID resets all changes to the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ResetStatement 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ResetStatement()

ResetStatement resets all changes to the "statement" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ResetStatus 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ResetStatus()

ResetStatus resets all changes to the "status" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ResetStatusNotes 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ResetStatusNotes()

ResetStatusNotes resets all changes to the "status_notes" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ResetVulnerability 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ResetVulnerability()

ResetVulnerability resets all changes to the "vulnerability" edge.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) ResetVulnerabilityID 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) ResetVulnerabilityID()

ResetVulnerabilityID resets all changes to the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) SetArtifactID 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) SetArtifactID(i int)

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) SetCollector 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) SetCollector(s string)

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) SetField 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) SetJustification 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) SetJustification(s string)

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) SetKnownSince 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) SetKnownSince(t time.Time)

SetKnownSince sets the "known_since" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) SetOp 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) SetOrigin 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) SetOrigin(s string)

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) SetPackageID 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) SetPackageID(i int)

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) SetStatement 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) SetStatement(s string)

SetStatement sets the "statement" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) SetStatus 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) SetStatus(s string)

SetStatus sets the "status" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) SetStatusNotes 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) SetStatusNotes(s string)

SetStatusNotes sets the "status_notes" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) SetVulnerabilityID(i int)

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) Statement 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) Statement() (r string, exists bool)

Statement returns the value of the "statement" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) Status 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) Status() (r string, exists bool)

Status returns the value of the "status" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) StatusNotes 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) StatusNotes() (r string, exists bool)

StatusNotes returns the value of the "status_notes" field in the mutation.

func (CertifyVexMutation) Tx 

func (m CertifyVexMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) Type 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (CertifyVex).

func (*CertifyVexMutation) VulnerabilityCleared 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) VulnerabilityCleared() bool

VulnerabilityCleared reports if the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity was cleared.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) VulnerabilityID 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) VulnerabilityID() (r int, exists bool)

VulnerabilityID returns the value of the "vulnerability_id" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) VulnerabilityIDs 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) VulnerabilityIDs() (ids []int)

VulnerabilityIDs returns the "vulnerability" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use VulnerabilityID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) Where 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyVex)

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyVexMutation builder.

func (*CertifyVexMutation) WhereP 

func (m *CertifyVexMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the CertifyVexMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type CertifyVexOrder 

type CertifyVexOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection        `json:"direction"`
	Field     *CertifyVexOrderField `json:"field"`
}

CertifyVexOrder defines the ordering of CertifyVex.

type CertifyVexOrderField 

type CertifyVexOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given CertifyVex.
	Value func(*CertifyVex) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVexOrderField defines the ordering field of CertifyVex.

type CertifyVexPaginateOption 

type CertifyVexPaginateOption func(*certifyvexPager) error

CertifyVexPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithCertifyVexFilter 

func WithCertifyVexFilter(filter func(*CertifyVexQuery) (*CertifyVexQuery, error)) CertifyVexPaginateOption

WithCertifyVexFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithCertifyVexOrder 

func WithCertifyVexOrder(order *CertifyVexOrder) CertifyVexPaginateOption

WithCertifyVexOrder configures pagination ordering.

type CertifyVexQuery 

type CertifyVexQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVexQuery is the builder for querying CertifyVex entities.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) Aggregate 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CertifyVexSelect

Aggregate returns a CertifyVexSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) All 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*CertifyVex, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of CertifyVexes.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) AllX 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*CertifyVex

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) Clone 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) Clone() *CertifyVexQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the CertifyVexQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) CollectFields 

func (cv *CertifyVexQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*CertifyVexQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) Count 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) CountX 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) Exist 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) ExistX 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) First 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*CertifyVex, error)

First returns the first CertifyVex entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no CertifyVex was found.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) FirstID 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first CertifyVex ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no CertifyVex ID was found.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) FirstIDX 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) FirstX 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *CertifyVex

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) GroupBy 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *CertifyVexGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	PackageID int `json:"package_id,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.CertifyVex.Query().
	GroupBy(certifyvex.FieldPackageID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*CertifyVexQuery) IDs 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of CertifyVex IDs.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) IDsX 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) Limit 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) Limit(limit int) *CertifyVexQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) Offset 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) Offset(offset int) *CertifyVexQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) Only 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*CertifyVex, error)

Only returns a single CertifyVex entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one CertifyVex entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no CertifyVex entities are found.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) OnlyID 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only CertifyVex ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one CertifyVex ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) OnlyX 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *CertifyVex

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) Order 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) Order(o ...certifyvex.OrderOption) *CertifyVexQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) Paginate 

func (cv *CertifyVexQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...CertifyVexPaginateOption,
) (*CertifyVexConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to CertifyVex.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) QueryArtifact 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) QueryArtifact() *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifact chains the current query on the "artifact" edge.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) QueryPackage 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) QueryPackage() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackage chains the current query on the "package" edge.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) QueryVulnerability 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) QueryVulnerability() *VulnerabilityIDQuery

QueryVulnerability chains the current query on the "vulnerability" edge.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) Select 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) Select(fields ...string) *CertifyVexSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	PackageID int `json:"package_id,omitempty"`
}

client.CertifyVex.Query().
	Select(certifyvex.FieldPackageID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*CertifyVexQuery) Unique 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) Unique(unique bool) *CertifyVexQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) Where 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyVex) *CertifyVexQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the CertifyVexQuery builder.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) WithArtifact 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) WithArtifact(opts ...func(*ArtifactQuery)) *CertifyVexQuery

WithArtifact tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "artifact" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) WithPackage 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) WithPackage(opts ...func(*PackageVersionQuery)) *CertifyVexQuery

WithPackage tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "package" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*CertifyVexQuery) WithVulnerability 

func (cvq *CertifyVexQuery) WithVulnerability(opts ...func(*VulnerabilityIDQuery)) *CertifyVexQuery

WithVulnerability tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "vulnerability" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type CertifyVexSelect 

type CertifyVexSelect struct {
	*CertifyVexQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVexSelect is the builder for selecting fields of CertifyVex entities.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) Aggregate 

func (cvs *CertifyVexSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CertifyVexSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) Bool 

func (s *CertifyVexSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) BoolX 

func (s *CertifyVexSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) Bools 

func (s *CertifyVexSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *CertifyVexSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) Float64 

func (s *CertifyVexSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) Float64X 

func (s *CertifyVexSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) Float64s 

func (s *CertifyVexSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *CertifyVexSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) Int 

func (s *CertifyVexSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) IntX 

func (s *CertifyVexSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) Ints 

func (s *CertifyVexSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) IntsX 

func (s *CertifyVexSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) Scan 

func (cvs *CertifyVexSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) ScanX 

func (s *CertifyVexSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) String 

func (s *CertifyVexSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) StringX 

func (s *CertifyVexSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) Strings 

func (s *CertifyVexSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVexSelect) StringsX 

func (s *CertifyVexSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type CertifyVexUpdate 

type CertifyVexUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVexUpdate is the builder for updating CertifyVex entities.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) ClearArtifact 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) ClearArtifact() *CertifyVexUpdate

ClearArtifact clears the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) ClearArtifactID 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) ClearArtifactID() *CertifyVexUpdate

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) ClearPackage 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) ClearPackage() *CertifyVexUpdate

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) ClearPackageID 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) ClearPackageID() *CertifyVexUpdate

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) ClearVulnerability 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) ClearVulnerability() *CertifyVexUpdate

ClearVulnerability clears the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) Exec 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) ExecX 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) Mutation 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) Mutation() *CertifyVexMutation

Mutation returns the CertifyVexMutation object of the builder.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) Save 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) SaveX 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) SetArtifact 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) SetArtifact(a *Artifact) *CertifyVexUpdate

SetArtifact sets the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) SetArtifactID 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) SetArtifactID(i int) *CertifyVexUpdate

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) SetCollector 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) SetCollector(s string) *CertifyVexUpdate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) SetJustification 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) SetJustification(s string) *CertifyVexUpdate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) SetKnownSince 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) SetKnownSince(t time.Time) *CertifyVexUpdate

SetKnownSince sets the "known_since" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) SetNillableArtifactID 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) SetNillableArtifactID(i *int) *CertifyVexUpdate

SetNillableArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) SetNillablePackageID 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) SetNillablePackageID(i *int) *CertifyVexUpdate

SetNillablePackageID sets the "package_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) SetOrigin 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) SetOrigin(s string) *CertifyVexUpdate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) SetPackage 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) SetPackage(p *PackageVersion) *CertifyVexUpdate

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) SetPackageID 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) SetPackageID(i int) *CertifyVexUpdate

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) SetStatement 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) SetStatement(s string) *CertifyVexUpdate

SetStatement sets the "statement" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) SetStatus 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) SetStatus(s string) *CertifyVexUpdate

SetStatus sets the "status" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) SetStatusNotes 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) SetStatusNotes(s string) *CertifyVexUpdate

SetStatusNotes sets the "status_notes" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) SetVulnerability 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) SetVulnerability(v *VulnerabilityID) *CertifyVexUpdate

SetVulnerability sets the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) SetVulnerabilityID(i int) *CertifyVexUpdate

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdate) Where 

func (cvu *CertifyVexUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyVex) *CertifyVexUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyVexUpdate builder.

type CertifyVexUpdateOne 

type CertifyVexUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVexUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single CertifyVex entity.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) ClearArtifact 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) ClearArtifact() *CertifyVexUpdateOne

ClearArtifact clears the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) ClearArtifactID 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) ClearArtifactID() *CertifyVexUpdateOne

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) ClearPackage 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) ClearPackage() *CertifyVexUpdateOne

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) ClearPackageID 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) ClearPackageID() *CertifyVexUpdateOne

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) ClearVulnerability 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) ClearVulnerability() *CertifyVexUpdateOne

ClearVulnerability clears the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) Exec 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) Mutation() *CertifyVexMutation

Mutation returns the CertifyVexMutation object of the builder.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) Save 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*CertifyVex, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated CertifyVex entity.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *CertifyVex

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) Select 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetArtifact 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetArtifact(a *Artifact) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

SetArtifact sets the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetArtifactID 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetArtifactID(i int) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetCollector 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetCollector(s string) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetJustification 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetJustification(s string) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetKnownSince 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetKnownSince(t time.Time) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

SetKnownSince sets the "known_since" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetNillableArtifactID 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetNillableArtifactID(i *int) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

SetNillableArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageID 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageID(i *int) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

SetNillablePackageID sets the "package_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetOrigin 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetOrigin(s string) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetPackage 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetPackage(p *PackageVersion) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetPackageID 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetPackageID(i int) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetStatement 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetStatement(s string) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

SetStatement sets the "statement" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetStatus 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetStatus(s string) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

SetStatus sets the "status" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetStatusNotes 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetStatusNotes(s string) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

SetStatusNotes sets the "status_notes" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetVulnerability 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetVulnerability(v *VulnerabilityID) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

SetVulnerability sets the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) SetVulnerabilityID(i int) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpdateOne) Where 

func (cvuo *CertifyVexUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyVex) *CertifyVexUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyVexUpdate builder.

type CertifyVexUpsert 

type CertifyVexUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

CertifyVexUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) ClearArtifactID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) ClearArtifactID() *CertifyVexUpsert

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) ClearPackageID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) ClearPackageID() *CertifyVexUpsert

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) SetArtifactID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) SetArtifactID(v int) *CertifyVexUpsert

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) SetCollector 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) SetCollector(v string) *CertifyVexUpsert

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) SetJustification 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) SetJustification(v string) *CertifyVexUpsert

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) SetKnownSince 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) SetKnownSince(v time.Time) *CertifyVexUpsert

SetKnownSince sets the "known_since" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) SetOrigin 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) SetOrigin(v string) *CertifyVexUpsert

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) SetPackageID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) SetPackageID(v int) *CertifyVexUpsert

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) SetStatement 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) SetStatement(v string) *CertifyVexUpsert

SetStatement sets the "statement" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) SetStatus 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) SetStatus(v string) *CertifyVexUpsert

SetStatus sets the "status" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) SetStatusNotes 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) SetStatusNotes(v string) *CertifyVexUpsert

SetStatusNotes sets the "status_notes" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) SetVulnerabilityID(v int) *CertifyVexUpsert

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) UpdateArtifactID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) UpdateArtifactID() *CertifyVexUpsert

UpdateArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) UpdateCollector 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) UpdateCollector() *CertifyVexUpsert

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) UpdateJustification 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) UpdateJustification() *CertifyVexUpsert

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) UpdateKnownSince 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) UpdateKnownSince() *CertifyVexUpsert

UpdateKnownSince sets the "known_since" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) UpdateOrigin() *CertifyVexUpsert

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) UpdatePackageID() *CertifyVexUpsert

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) UpdateStatement 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) UpdateStatement() *CertifyVexUpsert

UpdateStatement sets the "statement" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) UpdateStatus 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) UpdateStatus() *CertifyVexUpsert

UpdateStatus sets the "status" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) UpdateStatusNotes 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) UpdateStatusNotes() *CertifyVexUpsert

UpdateStatusNotes sets the "status_notes" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsert) UpdateVulnerabilityID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsert) UpdateVulnerabilityID() *CertifyVexUpsert

UpdateVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type CertifyVexUpsertBulk 

type CertifyVexUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVexUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of CertifyVex nodes.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) ClearArtifactID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) ClearArtifactID() *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) ClearPackageID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) ClearPackageID() *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) Ignore() *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyVex.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetArtifactID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetArtifactID(v int) *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetCollector 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetCollector(v string) *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetJustification 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetJustification(v string) *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetKnownSince 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetKnownSince(v time.Time) *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

SetKnownSince sets the "known_since" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetOrigin 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetOrigin(v string) *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetPackageID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetPackageID(v int) *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetStatement 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetStatement(v string) *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

SetStatement sets the "statement" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetStatus 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetStatus(v string) *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

SetStatus sets the "status" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetStatusNotes 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetStatusNotes(v string) *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

SetStatusNotes sets the "status_notes" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) SetVulnerabilityID(v int) *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*CertifyVexUpsert)) *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the CertifyVexCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateArtifactID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateArtifactID() *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

UpdateArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector() *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification() *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateKnownSince 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateKnownSince() *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

UpdateKnownSince sets the "known_since" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyVex.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin() *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageID() *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateStatement 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateStatement() *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

UpdateStatement sets the "statement" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateStatus 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateStatus() *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

UpdateStatus sets the "status" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateStatusNotes 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateStatusNotes() *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

UpdateStatusNotes sets the "status_notes" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateVulnerabilityID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertBulk) UpdateVulnerabilityID() *CertifyVexUpsertBulk

UpdateVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type CertifyVexUpsertOne 

type CertifyVexUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVexUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one CertifyVex node.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) ClearArtifactID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) ClearArtifactID() *CertifyVexUpsertOne

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) ClearPackageID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) ClearPackageID() *CertifyVexUpsertOne

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) DoNothing() *CertifyVexUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) Ignore() *CertifyVexUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyVex.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetArtifactID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetArtifactID(v int) *CertifyVexUpsertOne

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetCollector 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetCollector(v string) *CertifyVexUpsertOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetJustification 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetJustification(v string) *CertifyVexUpsertOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetKnownSince 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetKnownSince(v time.Time) *CertifyVexUpsertOne

SetKnownSince sets the "known_since" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetOrigin 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetOrigin(v string) *CertifyVexUpsertOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetPackageID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetPackageID(v int) *CertifyVexUpsertOne

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetStatement 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetStatement(v string) *CertifyVexUpsertOne

SetStatement sets the "statement" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetStatus 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetStatus(v string) *CertifyVexUpsertOne

SetStatus sets the "status" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetStatusNotes 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetStatusNotes(v string) *CertifyVexUpsertOne

SetStatusNotes sets the "status_notes" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) SetVulnerabilityID(v int) *CertifyVexUpsertOne

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) Update(set func(*CertifyVexUpsert)) *CertifyVexUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the CertifyVexCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateArtifactID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateArtifactID() *CertifyVexUpsertOne

UpdateArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateCollector 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateCollector() *CertifyVexUpsertOne

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateJustification 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateJustification() *CertifyVexUpsertOne

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateKnownSince 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateKnownSince() *CertifyVexUpsertOne

UpdateKnownSince sets the "known_since" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *CertifyVexUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyVex.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin() *CertifyVexUpsertOne

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdatePackageID() *CertifyVexUpsertOne

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateStatement 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateStatement() *CertifyVexUpsertOne

UpdateStatement sets the "statement" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateStatus 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateStatus() *CertifyVexUpsertOne

UpdateStatus sets the "status" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateStatusNotes 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateStatusNotes() *CertifyVexUpsertOne

UpdateStatusNotes sets the "status_notes" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateVulnerabilityID 

func (u *CertifyVexUpsertOne) UpdateVulnerabilityID() *CertifyVexUpsertOne

UpdateVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type CertifyVexes 

type CertifyVexes []*CertifyVex

CertifyVexes is a parsable slice of CertifyVex.

type CertifyVuln 

type CertifyVuln struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// VulnerabilityID holds the value of the "vulnerability_id" field.
	VulnerabilityID int `json:"vulnerability_id,omitempty"`
	// PackageID holds the value of the "package_id" field.
	PackageID int `json:"package_id,omitempty"`
	// TimeScanned holds the value of the "time_scanned" field.
	TimeScanned time.Time `json:"time_scanned,omitempty"`
	// DbURI holds the value of the "db_uri" field.
	DbURI string `json:"db_uri,omitempty"`
	// DbVersion holds the value of the "db_version" field.
	DbVersion string `json:"db_version,omitempty"`
	// ScannerURI holds the value of the "scanner_uri" field.
	ScannerURI string `json:"scanner_uri,omitempty"`
	// ScannerVersion holds the value of the "scanner_version" field.
	ScannerVersion string `json:"scanner_version,omitempty"`
	// Origin holds the value of the "origin" field.
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
	// Collector holds the value of the "collector" field.
	Collector string `json:"collector,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the CertifyVulnQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges CertifyVulnEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVuln is the model entity for the CertifyVuln schema.

func (*CertifyVuln) IsNode 

func (n *CertifyVuln) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*CertifyVuln) Package 

func (cv *CertifyVuln) Package(ctx context.Context) (*PackageVersion, error)

func (*CertifyVuln) QueryPackage 

func (cv *CertifyVuln) QueryPackage() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackage queries the "package" edge of the CertifyVuln entity.

func (*CertifyVuln) QueryVulnerability 

func (cv *CertifyVuln) QueryVulnerability() *VulnerabilityIDQuery

QueryVulnerability queries the "vulnerability" edge of the CertifyVuln entity.

func (*CertifyVuln) String 

func (cv *CertifyVuln) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*CertifyVuln) ToEdge 

func (cv *CertifyVuln) ToEdge(order *CertifyVulnOrder) *CertifyVulnEdge

ToEdge converts CertifyVuln into CertifyVulnEdge.

func (*CertifyVuln) Unwrap 

func (cv *CertifyVuln) Unwrap() *CertifyVuln

Unwrap unwraps the CertifyVuln entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*CertifyVuln) Update 

func (cv *CertifyVuln) Update() *CertifyVulnUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this CertifyVuln. Note that you need to call CertifyVuln.Unwrap() before calling this method if this CertifyVuln was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*CertifyVuln) Value 

func (cv *CertifyVuln) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the CertifyVuln. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

func (*CertifyVuln) Vulnerability 

func (cv *CertifyVuln) Vulnerability(ctx context.Context) (*VulnerabilityID, error)

type CertifyVulnClient 

type CertifyVulnClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVulnClient is a client for the CertifyVuln schema.

func NewCertifyVulnClient 

func NewCertifyVulnClient(c config) *CertifyVulnClient

NewCertifyVulnClient returns a client for the CertifyVuln from the given config.

func (*CertifyVulnClient) Create 

func (c *CertifyVulnClient) Create() *CertifyVulnCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a CertifyVuln entity.

func (*CertifyVulnClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *CertifyVulnClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*CertifyVulnCreate) *CertifyVulnCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of CertifyVuln entities.

func (*CertifyVulnClient) Delete 

func (c *CertifyVulnClient) Delete() *CertifyVulnDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for CertifyVuln.

func (*CertifyVulnClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *CertifyVulnClient) DeleteOne(cv *CertifyVuln) *CertifyVulnDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*CertifyVulnClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *CertifyVulnClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *CertifyVulnDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*CertifyVulnClient) Get 

func (c *CertifyVulnClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*CertifyVuln, error)

Get returns a CertifyVuln entity by its id.

func (*CertifyVulnClient) GetX 

func (c *CertifyVulnClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *CertifyVuln

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnClient) Hooks 

func (c *CertifyVulnClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*CertifyVulnClient) Intercept 

func (c *CertifyVulnClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `certifyvuln.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*CertifyVulnClient) Interceptors 

func (c *CertifyVulnClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*CertifyVulnClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *CertifyVulnClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*CertifyVulnCreate, int)) *CertifyVulnCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*CertifyVulnClient) Query 

func (c *CertifyVulnClient) Query() *CertifyVulnQuery

Query returns a query builder for CertifyVuln.

func (*CertifyVulnClient) QueryPackage 

func (c *CertifyVulnClient) QueryPackage(cv *CertifyVuln) *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackage queries the package edge of a CertifyVuln.

func (*CertifyVulnClient) QueryVulnerability 

func (c *CertifyVulnClient) QueryVulnerability(cv *CertifyVuln) *VulnerabilityIDQuery

QueryVulnerability queries the vulnerability edge of a CertifyVuln.

func (*CertifyVulnClient) Update 

func (c *CertifyVulnClient) Update() *CertifyVulnUpdate

Update returns an update builder for CertifyVuln.

func (*CertifyVulnClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *CertifyVulnClient) UpdateOne(cv *CertifyVuln) *CertifyVulnUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*CertifyVulnClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *CertifyVulnClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *CertifyVulnUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*CertifyVulnClient) Use 

func (c *CertifyVulnClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `certifyvuln.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type CertifyVulnConnection 

type CertifyVulnConnection struct {
	Edges      []*CertifyVulnEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo           `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int                `json:"totalCount"`
}

CertifyVulnConnection is the connection containing edges to CertifyVuln.

type CertifyVulnCreate 

type CertifyVulnCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVulnCreate is the builder for creating a CertifyVuln entity.

func (*CertifyVulnCreate) Exec 

func (cvc *CertifyVulnCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyVulnCreate) ExecX 

func (cvc *CertifyVulnCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnCreate) Mutation 

func (cvc *CertifyVulnCreate) Mutation() *CertifyVulnMutation

Mutation returns the CertifyVulnMutation object of the builder.

func (*CertifyVulnCreate) OnConflict 

func (cvc *CertifyVulnCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.CertifyVuln.Create().
	SetVulnerabilityID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.CertifyVulnUpsert) {
		SetVulnerabilityID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyVulnCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (cvc *CertifyVulnCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyVuln.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyVulnCreate) Save 

func (cvc *CertifyVulnCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*CertifyVuln, error)

Save creates the CertifyVuln in the database.

func (*CertifyVulnCreate) SaveX 

func (cvc *CertifyVulnCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *CertifyVuln

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*CertifyVulnCreate) SetCollector 

func (cvc *CertifyVulnCreate) SetCollector(s string) *CertifyVulnCreate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyVulnCreate) SetDbURI 

func (cvc *CertifyVulnCreate) SetDbURI(s string) *CertifyVulnCreate

SetDbURI sets the "db_uri" field.

func (*CertifyVulnCreate) SetDbVersion 

func (cvc *CertifyVulnCreate) SetDbVersion(s string) *CertifyVulnCreate

SetDbVersion sets the "db_version" field.

func (*CertifyVulnCreate) SetOrigin 

func (cvc *CertifyVulnCreate) SetOrigin(s string) *CertifyVulnCreate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyVulnCreate) SetPackage 

func (cvc *CertifyVulnCreate) SetPackage(p *PackageVersion) *CertifyVulnCreate

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertifyVulnCreate) SetPackageID 

func (cvc *CertifyVulnCreate) SetPackageID(i int) *CertifyVulnCreate

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVulnCreate) SetScannerURI 

func (cvc *CertifyVulnCreate) SetScannerURI(s string) *CertifyVulnCreate

SetScannerURI sets the "scanner_uri" field.

func (*CertifyVulnCreate) SetScannerVersion 

func (cvc *CertifyVulnCreate) SetScannerVersion(s string) *CertifyVulnCreate

SetScannerVersion sets the "scanner_version" field.

func (*CertifyVulnCreate) SetTimeScanned 

func (cvc *CertifyVulnCreate) SetTimeScanned(t time.Time) *CertifyVulnCreate

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*CertifyVulnCreate) SetVulnerability 

func (cvc *CertifyVulnCreate) SetVulnerability(v *VulnerabilityID) *CertifyVulnCreate

SetVulnerability sets the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*CertifyVulnCreate) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (cvc *CertifyVulnCreate) SetVulnerabilityID(i int) *CertifyVulnCreate

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

type CertifyVulnCreateBulk 

type CertifyVulnCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVulnCreateBulk is the builder for creating many CertifyVuln entities in bulk.

func (*CertifyVulnCreateBulk) Exec 

func (cvcb *CertifyVulnCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyVulnCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (cvcb *CertifyVulnCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (cvcb *CertifyVulnCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.CertifyVuln.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.CertifyVulnUpsert) {
		SetVulnerabilityID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyVulnCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (cvcb *CertifyVulnCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyVuln.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyVulnCreateBulk) Save 

func (cvcb *CertifyVulnCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*CertifyVuln, error)

Save creates the CertifyVuln entities in the database.

func (*CertifyVulnCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (cvcb *CertifyVulnCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*CertifyVuln

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type CertifyVulnDelete 

type CertifyVulnDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVulnDelete is the builder for deleting a CertifyVuln entity.

func (*CertifyVulnDelete) Exec 

func (cvd *CertifyVulnDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*CertifyVulnDelete) ExecX 

func (cvd *CertifyVulnDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnDelete) Where 

func (cvd *CertifyVulnDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyVuln) *CertifyVulnDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyVulnDelete builder.

type CertifyVulnDeleteOne 

type CertifyVulnDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVulnDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single CertifyVuln entity.

func (*CertifyVulnDeleteOne) Exec 

func (cvdo *CertifyVulnDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*CertifyVulnDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (cvdo *CertifyVulnDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnDeleteOne) Where 

func (cvdo *CertifyVulnDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyVuln) *CertifyVulnDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyVulnDelete builder.

type CertifyVulnEdge 

type CertifyVulnEdge struct {
	Node   *CertifyVuln `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor       `json:"cursor"`
}

CertifyVulnEdge is the edge representation of CertifyVuln.

type CertifyVulnEdges 

type CertifyVulnEdges struct {
	// Vulnerability holds the value of the vulnerability edge.
	Vulnerability *VulnerabilityID `json:"vulnerability,omitempty"`
	// Package holds the value of the package edge.
	Package *PackageVersion `json:"package,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVulnEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (CertifyVulnEdges) PackageOrErr 

func (e CertifyVulnEdges) PackageOrErr() (*PackageVersion, error)

PackageOrErr returns the Package value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (CertifyVulnEdges) VulnerabilityOrErr 

func (e CertifyVulnEdges) VulnerabilityOrErr() (*VulnerabilityID, error)

VulnerabilityOrErr returns the Vulnerability value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type CertifyVulnGroupBy 

type CertifyVulnGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVulnGroupBy is the group-by builder for CertifyVuln entities.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (cvgb *CertifyVulnGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CertifyVulnGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *CertifyVulnGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *CertifyVulnGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *CertifyVulnGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *CertifyVulnGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *CertifyVulnGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *CertifyVulnGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *CertifyVulnGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *CertifyVulnGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) Int 

func (s *CertifyVulnGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *CertifyVulnGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *CertifyVulnGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *CertifyVulnGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) Scan 

func (cvgb *CertifyVulnGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *CertifyVulnGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) String 

func (s *CertifyVulnGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *CertifyVulnGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *CertifyVulnGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVulnGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *CertifyVulnGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type CertifyVulnMutation 

type CertifyVulnMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVulnMutation represents an operation that mutates the CertifyVuln nodes in the graph.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) AddField 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) AddedField 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ClearField 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ClearPackage 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ClearPackage()

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ClearVulnerability 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ClearVulnerability()

ClearVulnerability clears the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (CertifyVulnMutation) Client 

func (m CertifyVulnMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) Collector 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) Collector() (r string, exists bool)

Collector returns the value of the "collector" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) DbURI 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) DbURI() (r string, exists bool)

DbURI returns the value of the "db_uri" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) DbVersion 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) DbVersion() (r string, exists bool)

DbVersion returns the value of the "db_version" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) Field 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) Fields 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ID 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) IDs 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) OldCollector 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) OldCollector(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldCollector returns the old "collector" field's value of the CertifyVuln entity. If the CertifyVuln object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) OldDbURI 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) OldDbURI(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldDbURI returns the old "db_uri" field's value of the CertifyVuln entity. If the CertifyVuln object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) OldDbVersion 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) OldDbVersion(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldDbVersion returns the old "db_version" field's value of the CertifyVuln entity. If the CertifyVuln object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) OldField 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) OldOrigin 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) OldOrigin(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldOrigin returns the old "origin" field's value of the CertifyVuln entity. If the CertifyVuln object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) OldPackageID 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) OldPackageID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldPackageID returns the old "package_id" field's value of the CertifyVuln entity. If the CertifyVuln object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) OldScannerURI 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) OldScannerURI(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldScannerURI returns the old "scanner_uri" field's value of the CertifyVuln entity. If the CertifyVuln object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) OldScannerVersion 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) OldScannerVersion(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldScannerVersion returns the old "scanner_version" field's value of the CertifyVuln entity. If the CertifyVuln object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) OldTimeScanned 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) OldTimeScanned(ctx context.Context) (v time.Time, err error)

OldTimeScanned returns the old "time_scanned" field's value of the CertifyVuln entity. If the CertifyVuln object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) OldVulnerabilityID 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) OldVulnerabilityID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldVulnerabilityID returns the old "vulnerability_id" field's value of the CertifyVuln entity. If the CertifyVuln object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) Op 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) Origin 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) Origin() (r string, exists bool)

Origin returns the value of the "origin" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) PackageCleared 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) PackageCleared() bool

PackageCleared reports if the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity was cleared.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) PackageID 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) PackageID() (r int, exists bool)

PackageID returns the value of the "package_id" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) PackageIDs 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) PackageIDs() (ids []int)

PackageIDs returns the "package" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use PackageID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ResetCollector 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ResetCollector()

ResetCollector resets all changes to the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ResetDbURI 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ResetDbURI()

ResetDbURI resets all changes to the "db_uri" field.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ResetDbVersion 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ResetDbVersion()

ResetDbVersion resets all changes to the "db_version" field.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ResetField 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ResetOrigin 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ResetOrigin()

ResetOrigin resets all changes to the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ResetPackage 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ResetPackage()

ResetPackage resets all changes to the "package" edge.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ResetPackageID 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ResetPackageID()

ResetPackageID resets all changes to the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ResetScannerURI 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ResetScannerURI()

ResetScannerURI resets all changes to the "scanner_uri" field.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ResetScannerVersion 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ResetScannerVersion()

ResetScannerVersion resets all changes to the "scanner_version" field.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ResetTimeScanned 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ResetTimeScanned()

ResetTimeScanned resets all changes to the "time_scanned" field.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ResetVulnerability 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ResetVulnerability()

ResetVulnerability resets all changes to the "vulnerability" edge.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ResetVulnerabilityID 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ResetVulnerabilityID()

ResetVulnerabilityID resets all changes to the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ScannerURI 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ScannerURI() (r string, exists bool)

ScannerURI returns the value of the "scanner_uri" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) ScannerVersion 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) ScannerVersion() (r string, exists bool)

ScannerVersion returns the value of the "scanner_version" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) SetCollector 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) SetCollector(s string)

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) SetDbURI 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) SetDbURI(s string)

SetDbURI sets the "db_uri" field.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) SetDbVersion 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) SetDbVersion(s string)

SetDbVersion sets the "db_version" field.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) SetField 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) SetOp 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) SetOrigin 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) SetOrigin(s string)

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) SetPackageID 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) SetPackageID(i int)

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) SetScannerURI 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) SetScannerURI(s string)

SetScannerURI sets the "scanner_uri" field.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) SetScannerVersion 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) SetScannerVersion(s string)

SetScannerVersion sets the "scanner_version" field.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) SetTimeScanned 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) SetTimeScanned(t time.Time)

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) SetVulnerabilityID(i int)

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) TimeScanned 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) TimeScanned() (r time.Time, exists bool)

TimeScanned returns the value of the "time_scanned" field in the mutation.

func (CertifyVulnMutation) Tx 

func (m CertifyVulnMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) Type 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (CertifyVuln).

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) VulnerabilityCleared 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) VulnerabilityCleared() bool

VulnerabilityCleared reports if the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity was cleared.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) VulnerabilityID 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) VulnerabilityID() (r int, exists bool)

VulnerabilityID returns the value of the "vulnerability_id" field in the mutation.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) VulnerabilityIDs 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) VulnerabilityIDs() (ids []int)

VulnerabilityIDs returns the "vulnerability" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use VulnerabilityID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) Where 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyVuln)

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyVulnMutation builder.

func (*CertifyVulnMutation) WhereP 

func (m *CertifyVulnMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the CertifyVulnMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type CertifyVulnOrder 

type CertifyVulnOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection         `json:"direction"`
	Field     *CertifyVulnOrderField `json:"field"`
}

CertifyVulnOrder defines the ordering of CertifyVuln.

type CertifyVulnOrderField 

type CertifyVulnOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given CertifyVuln.
	Value func(*CertifyVuln) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVulnOrderField defines the ordering field of CertifyVuln.

type CertifyVulnPaginateOption 

type CertifyVulnPaginateOption func(*certifyvulnPager) error

CertifyVulnPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithCertifyVulnFilter 

func WithCertifyVulnFilter(filter func(*CertifyVulnQuery) (*CertifyVulnQuery, error)) CertifyVulnPaginateOption

WithCertifyVulnFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithCertifyVulnOrder 

func WithCertifyVulnOrder(order *CertifyVulnOrder) CertifyVulnPaginateOption

WithCertifyVulnOrder configures pagination ordering.

type CertifyVulnQuery 

type CertifyVulnQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVulnQuery is the builder for querying CertifyVuln entities.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) Aggregate 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CertifyVulnSelect

Aggregate returns a CertifyVulnSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) All 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*CertifyVuln, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of CertifyVulns.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) AllX 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*CertifyVuln

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) Clone 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) Clone() *CertifyVulnQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the CertifyVulnQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) CollectFields 

func (cv *CertifyVulnQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*CertifyVulnQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) Count 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) CountX 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) Exist 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) ExistX 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) First 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*CertifyVuln, error)

First returns the first CertifyVuln entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no CertifyVuln was found.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) FirstID 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first CertifyVuln ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no CertifyVuln ID was found.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) FirstIDX 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) FirstX 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *CertifyVuln

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) GroupBy 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *CertifyVulnGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	VulnerabilityID int `json:"vulnerability_id,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.CertifyVuln.Query().
	GroupBy(certifyvuln.FieldVulnerabilityID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) IDs 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of CertifyVuln IDs.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) IDsX 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) Limit 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) Limit(limit int) *CertifyVulnQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) Offset 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) Offset(offset int) *CertifyVulnQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) Only 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*CertifyVuln, error)

Only returns a single CertifyVuln entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one CertifyVuln entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no CertifyVuln entities are found.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) OnlyID 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only CertifyVuln ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one CertifyVuln ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) OnlyX 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *CertifyVuln

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) Order 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) Order(o ...certifyvuln.OrderOption) *CertifyVulnQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) Paginate 

func (cv *CertifyVulnQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...CertifyVulnPaginateOption,
) (*CertifyVulnConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to CertifyVuln.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) QueryPackage 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) QueryPackage() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackage chains the current query on the "package" edge.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) QueryVulnerability 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) QueryVulnerability() *VulnerabilityIDQuery

QueryVulnerability chains the current query on the "vulnerability" edge.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) Select 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) Select(fields ...string) *CertifyVulnSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	VulnerabilityID int `json:"vulnerability_id,omitempty"`
}

client.CertifyVuln.Query().
	Select(certifyvuln.FieldVulnerabilityID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) Unique 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) Unique(unique bool) *CertifyVulnQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) Where 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyVuln) *CertifyVulnQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the CertifyVulnQuery builder.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) WithPackage 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) WithPackage(opts ...func(*PackageVersionQuery)) *CertifyVulnQuery

WithPackage tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "package" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*CertifyVulnQuery) WithVulnerability 

func (cvq *CertifyVulnQuery) WithVulnerability(opts ...func(*VulnerabilityIDQuery)) *CertifyVulnQuery

WithVulnerability tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "vulnerability" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type CertifyVulnSelect 

type CertifyVulnSelect struct {
	*CertifyVulnQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVulnSelect is the builder for selecting fields of CertifyVuln entities.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) Aggregate 

func (cvs *CertifyVulnSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *CertifyVulnSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) Bool 

func (s *CertifyVulnSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) BoolX 

func (s *CertifyVulnSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) Bools 

func (s *CertifyVulnSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *CertifyVulnSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) Float64 

func (s *CertifyVulnSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) Float64X 

func (s *CertifyVulnSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) Float64s 

func (s *CertifyVulnSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *CertifyVulnSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) Int 

func (s *CertifyVulnSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) IntX 

func (s *CertifyVulnSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) Ints 

func (s *CertifyVulnSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) IntsX 

func (s *CertifyVulnSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) Scan 

func (cvs *CertifyVulnSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) ScanX 

func (s *CertifyVulnSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) String 

func (s *CertifyVulnSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) StringX 

func (s *CertifyVulnSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) Strings 

func (s *CertifyVulnSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*CertifyVulnSelect) StringsX 

func (s *CertifyVulnSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type CertifyVulnUpdate 

type CertifyVulnUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVulnUpdate is the builder for updating CertifyVuln entities.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) ClearPackage 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) ClearPackage() *CertifyVulnUpdate

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) ClearVulnerability 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) ClearVulnerability() *CertifyVulnUpdate

ClearVulnerability clears the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) Exec 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) ExecX 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) Mutation 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) Mutation() *CertifyVulnMutation

Mutation returns the CertifyVulnMutation object of the builder.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) Save 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) SaveX 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) SetCollector 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) SetCollector(s string) *CertifyVulnUpdate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) SetDbURI 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) SetDbURI(s string) *CertifyVulnUpdate

SetDbURI sets the "db_uri" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) SetDbVersion 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) SetDbVersion(s string) *CertifyVulnUpdate

SetDbVersion sets the "db_version" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) SetOrigin 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) SetOrigin(s string) *CertifyVulnUpdate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) SetPackage 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) SetPackage(p *PackageVersion) *CertifyVulnUpdate

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) SetPackageID 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) SetPackageID(i int) *CertifyVulnUpdate

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) SetScannerURI 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) SetScannerURI(s string) *CertifyVulnUpdate

SetScannerURI sets the "scanner_uri" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) SetScannerVersion 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) SetScannerVersion(s string) *CertifyVulnUpdate

SetScannerVersion sets the "scanner_version" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) SetTimeScanned 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) SetTimeScanned(t time.Time) *CertifyVulnUpdate

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) SetVulnerability 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) SetVulnerability(v *VulnerabilityID) *CertifyVulnUpdate

SetVulnerability sets the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) SetVulnerabilityID(i int) *CertifyVulnUpdate

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdate) Where 

func (cvu *CertifyVulnUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyVuln) *CertifyVulnUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyVulnUpdate builder.

type CertifyVulnUpdateOne 

type CertifyVulnUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVulnUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single CertifyVuln entity.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) ClearPackage 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) ClearPackage() *CertifyVulnUpdateOne

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) ClearVulnerability 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) ClearVulnerability() *CertifyVulnUpdateOne

ClearVulnerability clears the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) Exec 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) Mutation() *CertifyVulnMutation

Mutation returns the CertifyVulnMutation object of the builder.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) Save 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*CertifyVuln, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated CertifyVuln entity.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *CertifyVuln

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) Select 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *CertifyVulnUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetCollector 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetCollector(s string) *CertifyVulnUpdateOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetDbURI 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetDbURI(s string) *CertifyVulnUpdateOne

SetDbURI sets the "db_uri" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetDbVersion 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetDbVersion(s string) *CertifyVulnUpdateOne

SetDbVersion sets the "db_version" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetOrigin 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetOrigin(s string) *CertifyVulnUpdateOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetPackage 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetPackage(p *PackageVersion) *CertifyVulnUpdateOne

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetPackageID 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetPackageID(i int) *CertifyVulnUpdateOne

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetScannerURI 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetScannerURI(s string) *CertifyVulnUpdateOne

SetScannerURI sets the "scanner_uri" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetScannerVersion 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetScannerVersion(s string) *CertifyVulnUpdateOne

SetScannerVersion sets the "scanner_version" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetTimeScanned 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetTimeScanned(t time.Time) *CertifyVulnUpdateOne

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetVulnerability 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetVulnerability(v *VulnerabilityID) *CertifyVulnUpdateOne

SetVulnerability sets the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) SetVulnerabilityID(i int) *CertifyVulnUpdateOne

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpdateOne) Where 

func (cvuo *CertifyVulnUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.CertifyVuln) *CertifyVulnUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the CertifyVulnUpdate builder.

type CertifyVulnUpsert 

type CertifyVulnUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

CertifyVulnUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsert) SetCollector 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsert) SetCollector(v string) *CertifyVulnUpsert

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsert) SetDbURI 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsert) SetDbURI(v string) *CertifyVulnUpsert

SetDbURI sets the "db_uri" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsert) SetDbVersion 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsert) SetDbVersion(v string) *CertifyVulnUpsert

SetDbVersion sets the "db_version" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsert) SetOrigin 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsert) SetOrigin(v string) *CertifyVulnUpsert

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsert) SetPackageID 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsert) SetPackageID(v int) *CertifyVulnUpsert

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsert) SetScannerURI 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsert) SetScannerURI(v string) *CertifyVulnUpsert

SetScannerURI sets the "scanner_uri" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsert) SetScannerVersion 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsert) SetScannerVersion(v string) *CertifyVulnUpsert

SetScannerVersion sets the "scanner_version" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsert) SetTimeScanned 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsert) SetTimeScanned(v time.Time) *CertifyVulnUpsert

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsert) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsert) SetVulnerabilityID(v int) *CertifyVulnUpsert

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsert) UpdateCollector 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsert) UpdateCollector() *CertifyVulnUpsert

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsert) UpdateDbURI 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsert) UpdateDbURI() *CertifyVulnUpsert

UpdateDbURI sets the "db_uri" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsert) UpdateDbVersion 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsert) UpdateDbVersion() *CertifyVulnUpsert

UpdateDbVersion sets the "db_version" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsert) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsert) UpdateOrigin() *CertifyVulnUpsert

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsert) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsert) UpdatePackageID() *CertifyVulnUpsert

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsert) UpdateScannerURI 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsert) UpdateScannerURI() *CertifyVulnUpsert

UpdateScannerURI sets the "scanner_uri" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsert) UpdateScannerVersion 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsert) UpdateScannerVersion() *CertifyVulnUpsert

UpdateScannerVersion sets the "scanner_version" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsert) UpdateTimeScanned 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsert) UpdateTimeScanned() *CertifyVulnUpsert

UpdateTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsert) UpdateVulnerabilityID 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsert) UpdateVulnerabilityID() *CertifyVulnUpsert

UpdateVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type CertifyVulnUpsertBulk 

type CertifyVulnUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVulnUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of CertifyVuln nodes.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) Ignore() *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyVuln.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) SetCollector 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) SetCollector(v string) *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) SetDbURI 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) SetDbURI(v string) *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

SetDbURI sets the "db_uri" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) SetDbVersion 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) SetDbVersion(v string) *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

SetDbVersion sets the "db_version" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) SetOrigin 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) SetOrigin(v string) *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) SetPackageID 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) SetPackageID(v int) *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) SetScannerURI 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) SetScannerURI(v string) *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

SetScannerURI sets the "scanner_uri" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) SetScannerVersion 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) SetScannerVersion(v string) *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

SetScannerVersion sets the "scanner_version" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) SetTimeScanned 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) SetTimeScanned(v time.Time) *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) SetVulnerabilityID(v int) *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*CertifyVulnUpsert)) *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the CertifyVulnCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector() *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdateDbURI 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdateDbURI() *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

UpdateDbURI sets the "db_uri" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdateDbVersion 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdateDbVersion() *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

UpdateDbVersion sets the "db_version" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyVuln.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin() *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageID() *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdateScannerURI 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdateScannerURI() *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

UpdateScannerURI sets the "scanner_uri" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdateScannerVersion 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdateScannerVersion() *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

UpdateScannerVersion sets the "scanner_version" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdateTimeScanned 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdateTimeScanned() *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

UpdateTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdateVulnerabilityID 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk) UpdateVulnerabilityID() *CertifyVulnUpsertBulk

UpdateVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type CertifyVulnUpsertOne 

type CertifyVulnUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

CertifyVulnUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one CertifyVuln node.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) DoNothing() *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) Ignore() *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyVuln.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) SetCollector 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) SetCollector(v string) *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) SetDbURI 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) SetDbURI(v string) *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

SetDbURI sets the "db_uri" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) SetDbVersion 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) SetDbVersion(v string) *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

SetDbVersion sets the "db_version" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) SetOrigin 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) SetOrigin(v string) *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) SetPackageID 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) SetPackageID(v int) *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) SetScannerURI 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) SetScannerURI(v string) *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

SetScannerURI sets the "scanner_uri" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) SetScannerVersion 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) SetScannerVersion(v string) *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

SetScannerVersion sets the "scanner_version" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) SetTimeScanned 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) SetTimeScanned(v time.Time) *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) SetVulnerabilityID(v int) *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) Update(set func(*CertifyVulnUpsert)) *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the CertifyVulnCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdateCollector 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdateCollector() *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdateDbURI 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdateDbURI() *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

UpdateDbURI sets the "db_uri" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdateDbVersion 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdateDbVersion() *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

UpdateDbVersion sets the "db_version" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.CertifyVuln.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin() *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdatePackageID() *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdateScannerURI 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdateScannerURI() *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

UpdateScannerURI sets the "scanner_uri" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdateScannerVersion 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdateScannerVersion() *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

UpdateScannerVersion sets the "scanner_version" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdateTimeScanned 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdateTimeScanned() *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

UpdateTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdateVulnerabilityID 

func (u *CertifyVulnUpsertOne) UpdateVulnerabilityID() *CertifyVulnUpsertOne

UpdateVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type CertifyVulns 

type CertifyVulns []*CertifyVuln

CertifyVulns is a parsable slice of CertifyVuln.

type Client 

type Client struct {

	// Schema is the client for creating, migrating and dropping schema.
	Schema *migrate.Schema
	// Artifact is the client for interacting with the Artifact builders.
	Artifact *ArtifactClient
	// BillOfMaterials is the client for interacting with the BillOfMaterials builders.
	BillOfMaterials *BillOfMaterialsClient
	// Builder is the client for interacting with the Builder builders.
	Builder *BuilderClient
	// Certification is the client for interacting with the Certification builders.
	Certification *CertificationClient
	// CertifyLegal is the client for interacting with the CertifyLegal builders.
	CertifyLegal *CertifyLegalClient
	// CertifyScorecard is the client for interacting with the CertifyScorecard builders.
	CertifyScorecard *CertifyScorecardClient
	// CertifyVex is the client for interacting with the CertifyVex builders.
	CertifyVex *CertifyVexClient
	// CertifyVuln is the client for interacting with the CertifyVuln builders.
	CertifyVuln *CertifyVulnClient
	// Dependency is the client for interacting with the Dependency builders.
	Dependency *DependencyClient
	// HasMetadata is the client for interacting with the HasMetadata builders.
	HasMetadata *HasMetadataClient
	// HasSourceAt is the client for interacting with the HasSourceAt builders.
	HasSourceAt *HasSourceAtClient
	// HashEqual is the client for interacting with the HashEqual builders.
	HashEqual *HashEqualClient
	// IsVulnerability is the client for interacting with the IsVulnerability builders.
	IsVulnerability *IsVulnerabilityClient
	// License is the client for interacting with the License builders.
	License *LicenseClient
	// Occurrence is the client for interacting with the Occurrence builders.
	Occurrence *OccurrenceClient
	// PackageName is the client for interacting with the PackageName builders.
	PackageName *PackageNameClient
	// PackageNamespace is the client for interacting with the PackageNamespace builders.
	PackageNamespace *PackageNamespaceClient
	// PackageType is the client for interacting with the PackageType builders.
	PackageType *PackageTypeClient
	// PackageVersion is the client for interacting with the PackageVersion builders.
	PackageVersion *PackageVersionClient
	// PkgEqual is the client for interacting with the PkgEqual builders.
	PkgEqual *PkgEqualClient
	// PointOfContact is the client for interacting with the PointOfContact builders.
	PointOfContact *PointOfContactClient
	// SLSAAttestation is the client for interacting with the SLSAAttestation builders.
	SLSAAttestation *SLSAAttestationClient
	// Scorecard is the client for interacting with the Scorecard builders.
	Scorecard *ScorecardClient
	// SourceName is the client for interacting with the SourceName builders.
	SourceName *SourceNameClient
	// SourceNamespace is the client for interacting with the SourceNamespace builders.
	SourceNamespace *SourceNamespaceClient
	// SourceType is the client for interacting with the SourceType builders.
	SourceType *SourceTypeClient
	// VulnEqual is the client for interacting with the VulnEqual builders.
	VulnEqual *VulnEqualClient
	// VulnerabilityID is the client for interacting with the VulnerabilityID builders.
	VulnerabilityID *VulnerabilityIDClient
	// VulnerabilityType is the client for interacting with the VulnerabilityType builders.
	VulnerabilityType *VulnerabilityTypeClient
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Client is the client that holds all ent builders.

func FromContext 

func FromContext(ctx context.Context) *Client

FromContext returns a Client stored inside a context, or nil if there isn't one.

func NewClient 

func NewClient(opts ...Option) *Client

NewClient creates a new client configured with the given options.

func Open 

func Open(driverName, dataSourceName string, options ...Option) (*Client, error)

Open opens a database/sql.DB specified by the driver name and the data source name, and returns a new client attached to it. Optional parameters can be added for configuring the client.

func (*Client) BeginTx 

func (c *Client) BeginTx(ctx context.Context, opts *sql.TxOptions) (*Tx, error)

BeginTx returns a transactional client with specified options.

func (*Client) Close 

func (c *Client) Close() error

Close closes the database connection and prevents new queries from starting.

func (*Client) Debug 

func (c *Client) Debug() *Client

Debug returns a new debug-client. It's used to get verbose logging on specific operations. 

client.Debug().
	Artifact.
	Query().
	Count(ctx)

func (*Client) Intercept 

func (c *Client) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds the query interceptors to all the entity clients. In order to add interceptors to a specific client, call: `client.Node.Intercept(...)`.

func (*Client) Mutate 

func (c *Client) Mutate(ctx context.Context, m Mutation) (Value, error)

Mutate implements the ent.Mutator interface.

func (*Client) Noder 

func (c *Client) Noder(ctx context.Context, id int, opts ...NodeOption) (_ Noder, err error)

Noder returns a Node by its id. If the NodeType was not provided, it will be derived from the id value according to the universal-id configuration. 

c.Noder(ctx, id)
c.Noder(ctx, id, ent.WithNodeType(typeResolver))

func (*Client) Noders 

func (c *Client) Noders(ctx context.Context, ids []int, opts ...NodeOption) ([]Noder, error)

func (*Client) OpenTx 

func (c *Client) OpenTx(ctx context.Context) (context.Context, driver.Tx, error)

OpenTx opens a transaction and returns a transactional context along with the created transaction.

func (*Client) Ping 

func (c *Client) Ping(ctx context.Context) error

func (*Client) Tx 

func (c *Client) Tx(ctx context.Context) (*Tx, error)

Tx returns a new transactional client. The provided context is used until the transaction is committed or rolled back.

func (*Client) Use 

func (c *Client) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds the mutation hooks to all the entity clients. In order to add hooks to a specific client, call: `client.Node.Use(...)`.

type CommitFunc 

type CommitFunc func(context.Context, *Tx) error

The CommitFunc type is an adapter to allow the use of ordinary function as a Committer. If f is a function with the appropriate signature, CommitFunc(f) is a Committer that calls f.

func (CommitFunc) Commit 

func (f CommitFunc) Commit(ctx context.Context, tx *Tx) error

Commit calls f(ctx, m).

type CommitHook 

type CommitHook func(Committer) Committer

CommitHook defines the "commit middleware". A function that gets a Committer and returns a Committer. For example: 

hook := func(next ent.Committer) ent.Committer {
	return ent.CommitFunc(func(ctx context.Context, tx *ent.Tx) error {
		// Do some stuff before.
		if err := next.Commit(ctx, tx); err != nil {
			return err
		}
		// Do some stuff after.
		return nil
	})
}

type Committer 

type Committer interface {
	Commit(context.Context, *Tx) error
}

Committer is the interface that wraps the Commit method.

type ConstraintError 

type ConstraintError struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ConstraintError returns when trying to create/update one or more entities and one or more of their constraints failed. For example, violation of edge or field uniqueness.

func (ConstraintError) Error 

func (e ConstraintError) Error() string

Error implements the error interface.

func (*ConstraintError) Unwrap 

func (e *ConstraintError) Unwrap() error

Unwrap implements the errors.Wrapper interface.

type Cursor 

type Cursor = entgql.Cursor[int]

Common entgql types.

type Dependencies 

type Dependencies []*Dependency

Dependencies is a parsable slice of Dependency.

type Dependency 

type Dependency struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// PackageID holds the value of the "package_id" field.
	PackageID int `json:"package_id,omitempty"`
	// DependentPackageNameID holds the value of the "dependent_package_name_id" field.
	DependentPackageNameID int `json:"dependent_package_name_id,omitempty"`
	// DependentPackageVersionID holds the value of the "dependent_package_version_id" field.
	DependentPackageVersionID int `json:"dependent_package_version_id,omitempty"`
	// VersionRange holds the value of the "version_range" field.
	VersionRange string `json:"version_range,omitempty"`
	// DependencyType holds the value of the "dependency_type" field.
	DependencyType dependency.DependencyType `json:"dependency_type,omitempty"`
	// Justification holds the value of the "justification" field.
	Justification string `json:"justification,omitempty"`
	// Origin holds the value of the "origin" field.
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
	// Collector holds the value of the "collector" field.
	Collector string `json:"collector,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the DependencyQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges DependencyEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Dependency is the model entity for the Dependency schema.

func (*Dependency) DependentPackageName 

func (d *Dependency) DependentPackageName(ctx context.Context) (*PackageName, error)

func (*Dependency) DependentPackageVersion 

func (d *Dependency) DependentPackageVersion(ctx context.Context) (*PackageVersion, error)

func (*Dependency) IsNode 

func (n *Dependency) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*Dependency) Package 

func (d *Dependency) Package(ctx context.Context) (*PackageVersion, error)

func (*Dependency) QueryDependentPackageName 

func (d *Dependency) QueryDependentPackageName() *PackageNameQuery

QueryDependentPackageName queries the "dependent_package_name" edge of the Dependency entity.

func (*Dependency) QueryDependentPackageVersion 

func (d *Dependency) QueryDependentPackageVersion() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryDependentPackageVersion queries the "dependent_package_version" edge of the Dependency entity.

func (*Dependency) QueryPackage 

func (d *Dependency) QueryPackage() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackage queries the "package" edge of the Dependency entity.

func (*Dependency) String 

func (d *Dependency) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Dependency) ToEdge 

func (d *Dependency) ToEdge(order *DependencyOrder) *DependencyEdge

ToEdge converts Dependency into DependencyEdge.

func (*Dependency) Unwrap 

func (d *Dependency) Unwrap() *Dependency

Unwrap unwraps the Dependency entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Dependency) Update 

func (d *Dependency) Update() *DependencyUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Dependency. Note that you need to call Dependency.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Dependency was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*Dependency) Value 

func (d *Dependency) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the Dependency. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type DependencyClient 

type DependencyClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DependencyClient is a client for the Dependency schema.

func NewDependencyClient 

func NewDependencyClient(c config) *DependencyClient

NewDependencyClient returns a client for the Dependency from the given config.

func (*DependencyClient) Create 

func (c *DependencyClient) Create() *DependencyCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Dependency entity.

func (*DependencyClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *DependencyClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*DependencyCreate) *DependencyCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Dependency entities.

func (*DependencyClient) Delete 

func (c *DependencyClient) Delete() *DependencyDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Dependency.

func (*DependencyClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *DependencyClient) DeleteOne(d *Dependency) *DependencyDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*DependencyClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *DependencyClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *DependencyDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*DependencyClient) Get 

func (c *DependencyClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*Dependency, error)

Get returns a Dependency entity by its id.

func (*DependencyClient) GetX 

func (c *DependencyClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *Dependency

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyClient) Hooks 

func (c *DependencyClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*DependencyClient) Intercept 

func (c *DependencyClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `dependency.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*DependencyClient) Interceptors 

func (c *DependencyClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*DependencyClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *DependencyClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*DependencyCreate, int)) *DependencyCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*DependencyClient) Query 

func (c *DependencyClient) Query() *DependencyQuery

Query returns a query builder for Dependency.

func (*DependencyClient) QueryDependentPackageName 

func (c *DependencyClient) QueryDependentPackageName(d *Dependency) *PackageNameQuery

QueryDependentPackageName queries the dependent_package_name edge of a Dependency.

func (*DependencyClient) QueryDependentPackageVersion 

func (c *DependencyClient) QueryDependentPackageVersion(d *Dependency) *PackageVersionQuery

QueryDependentPackageVersion queries the dependent_package_version edge of a Dependency.

func (*DependencyClient) QueryPackage 

func (c *DependencyClient) QueryPackage(d *Dependency) *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackage queries the package edge of a Dependency.

func (*DependencyClient) Update 

func (c *DependencyClient) Update() *DependencyUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Dependency.

func (*DependencyClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *DependencyClient) UpdateOne(d *Dependency) *DependencyUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*DependencyClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *DependencyClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *DependencyUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*DependencyClient) Use 

func (c *DependencyClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `dependency.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type DependencyConnection 

type DependencyConnection struct {
	Edges      []*DependencyEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo          `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int               `json:"totalCount"`
}

DependencyConnection is the connection containing edges to Dependency.

type DependencyCreate 

type DependencyCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DependencyCreate is the builder for creating a Dependency entity.

func (*DependencyCreate) Exec 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DependencyCreate) ExecX 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyCreate) Mutation 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) Mutation() *DependencyMutation

Mutation returns the DependencyMutation object of the builder.

func (*DependencyCreate) OnConflict 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *DependencyUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Dependency.Create().
	SetPackageID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.DependencyUpsert) {
		SetPackageID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DependencyCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *DependencyUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Dependency.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DependencyCreate) Save 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Dependency, error)

Save creates the Dependency in the database.

func (*DependencyCreate) SaveX 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Dependency

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*DependencyCreate) SetCollector 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) SetCollector(s string) *DependencyCreate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*DependencyCreate) SetDependencyType 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) SetDependencyType(dt dependency.DependencyType) *DependencyCreate

SetDependencyType sets the "dependency_type" field.

func (*DependencyCreate) SetDependentPackageName 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) SetDependentPackageName(p *PackageName) *DependencyCreate

SetDependentPackageName sets the "dependent_package_name" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*DependencyCreate) SetDependentPackageNameID 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) SetDependentPackageNameID(i int) *DependencyCreate

SetDependentPackageNameID sets the "dependent_package_name_id" field.

func (*DependencyCreate) SetDependentPackageVersion 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) SetDependentPackageVersion(p *PackageVersion) *DependencyCreate

SetDependentPackageVersion sets the "dependent_package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*DependencyCreate) SetDependentPackageVersionID 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) SetDependentPackageVersionID(i int) *DependencyCreate

SetDependentPackageVersionID sets the "dependent_package_version_id" field.

func (*DependencyCreate) SetJustification 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) SetJustification(s string) *DependencyCreate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*DependencyCreate) SetNillableDependentPackageNameID 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) SetNillableDependentPackageNameID(i *int) *DependencyCreate

SetNillableDependentPackageNameID sets the "dependent_package_name_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*DependencyCreate) SetNillableDependentPackageVersionID 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) SetNillableDependentPackageVersionID(i *int) *DependencyCreate

SetNillableDependentPackageVersionID sets the "dependent_package_version_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*DependencyCreate) SetOrigin 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) SetOrigin(s string) *DependencyCreate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*DependencyCreate) SetPackage 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) SetPackage(p *PackageVersion) *DependencyCreate

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*DependencyCreate) SetPackageID 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) SetPackageID(i int) *DependencyCreate

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*DependencyCreate) SetVersionRange 

func (dc *DependencyCreate) SetVersionRange(s string) *DependencyCreate

SetVersionRange sets the "version_range" field.

type DependencyCreateBulk 

type DependencyCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DependencyCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Dependency entities in bulk.

func (*DependencyCreateBulk) Exec 

func (dcb *DependencyCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DependencyCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (dcb *DependencyCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (dcb *DependencyCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *DependencyUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Dependency.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.DependencyUpsert) {
		SetPackageID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DependencyCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (dcb *DependencyCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *DependencyUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Dependency.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DependencyCreateBulk) Save 

func (dcb *DependencyCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Dependency, error)

Save creates the Dependency entities in the database.

func (*DependencyCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (dcb *DependencyCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Dependency

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type DependencyDelete 

type DependencyDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DependencyDelete is the builder for deleting a Dependency entity.

func (*DependencyDelete) Exec 

func (dd *DependencyDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*DependencyDelete) ExecX 

func (dd *DependencyDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyDelete) Where 

func (dd *DependencyDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Dependency) *DependencyDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the DependencyDelete builder.

type DependencyDeleteOne 

type DependencyDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DependencyDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Dependency entity.

func (*DependencyDeleteOne) Exec 

func (ddo *DependencyDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*DependencyDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (ddo *DependencyDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyDeleteOne) Where 

func (ddo *DependencyDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.Dependency) *DependencyDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the DependencyDelete builder.

type DependencyEdge 

type DependencyEdge struct {
	Node   *Dependency `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor      `json:"cursor"`
}

DependencyEdge is the edge representation of Dependency.

type DependencyEdges 

type DependencyEdges struct {
	// Package holds the value of the package edge.
	Package *PackageVersion `json:"package,omitempty"`
	// DependentPackageName holds the value of the dependent_package_name edge.
	DependentPackageName *PackageName `json:"dependent_package_name,omitempty"`
	// DependentPackageVersion holds the value of the dependent_package_version edge.
	DependentPackageVersion *PackageVersion `json:"dependent_package_version,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DependencyEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (DependencyEdges) DependentPackageNameOrErr 

func (e DependencyEdges) DependentPackageNameOrErr() (*PackageName, error)

DependentPackageNameOrErr returns the DependentPackageName value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (DependencyEdges) DependentPackageVersionOrErr 

func (e DependencyEdges) DependentPackageVersionOrErr() (*PackageVersion, error)

DependentPackageVersionOrErr returns the DependentPackageVersion value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (DependencyEdges) PackageOrErr 

func (e DependencyEdges) PackageOrErr() (*PackageVersion, error)

PackageOrErr returns the Package value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type DependencyGroupBy 

type DependencyGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DependencyGroupBy is the group-by builder for Dependency entities.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (dgb *DependencyGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *DependencyGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *DependencyGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *DependencyGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *DependencyGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *DependencyGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *DependencyGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *DependencyGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *DependencyGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *DependencyGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) Int 

func (s *DependencyGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *DependencyGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *DependencyGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *DependencyGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) Scan 

func (dgb *DependencyGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *DependencyGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) String 

func (s *DependencyGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *DependencyGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *DependencyGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DependencyGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *DependencyGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type DependencyMutation 

type DependencyMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DependencyMutation represents an operation that mutates the Dependency nodes in the graph.

func (*DependencyMutation) AddField 

func (m *DependencyMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*DependencyMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *DependencyMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) AddedField 

func (m *DependencyMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*DependencyMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *DependencyMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *DependencyMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) ClearDependentPackageName 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ClearDependentPackageName()

ClearDependentPackageName clears the "dependent_package_name" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*DependencyMutation) ClearDependentPackageNameID 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ClearDependentPackageNameID()

ClearDependentPackageNameID clears the value of the "dependent_package_name_id" field.

func (*DependencyMutation) ClearDependentPackageVersion 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ClearDependentPackageVersion()

ClearDependentPackageVersion clears the "dependent_package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*DependencyMutation) ClearDependentPackageVersionID 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ClearDependentPackageVersionID()

ClearDependentPackageVersionID clears the value of the "dependent_package_version_id" field.

func (*DependencyMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*DependencyMutation) ClearField 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*DependencyMutation) ClearPackage 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ClearPackage()

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*DependencyMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (DependencyMutation) Client 

func (m DependencyMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*DependencyMutation) Collector 

func (m *DependencyMutation) Collector() (r string, exists bool)

Collector returns the value of the "collector" field in the mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) DependencyType 

func (m *DependencyMutation) DependencyType() (r dependency.DependencyType, exists bool)

DependencyType returns the value of the "dependency_type" field in the mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) DependentPackageNameCleared 

func (m *DependencyMutation) DependentPackageNameCleared() bool

DependentPackageNameCleared reports if the "dependent_package_name" edge to the PackageName entity was cleared.

func (*DependencyMutation) DependentPackageNameID 

func (m *DependencyMutation) DependentPackageNameID() (r int, exists bool)

DependentPackageNameID returns the value of the "dependent_package_name_id" field in the mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) DependentPackageNameIDCleared 

func (m *DependencyMutation) DependentPackageNameIDCleared() bool

DependentPackageNameIDCleared returns if the "dependent_package_name_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) DependentPackageNameIDs 

func (m *DependencyMutation) DependentPackageNameIDs() (ids []int)

DependentPackageNameIDs returns the "dependent_package_name" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use DependentPackageNameID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*DependencyMutation) DependentPackageVersionCleared 

func (m *DependencyMutation) DependentPackageVersionCleared() bool

DependentPackageVersionCleared reports if the "dependent_package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity was cleared.

func (*DependencyMutation) DependentPackageVersionID 

func (m *DependencyMutation) DependentPackageVersionID() (r int, exists bool)

DependentPackageVersionID returns the value of the "dependent_package_version_id" field in the mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) DependentPackageVersionIDCleared 

func (m *DependencyMutation) DependentPackageVersionIDCleared() bool

DependentPackageVersionIDCleared returns if the "dependent_package_version_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) DependentPackageVersionIDs 

func (m *DependencyMutation) DependentPackageVersionIDs() (ids []int)

DependentPackageVersionIDs returns the "dependent_package_version" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use DependentPackageVersionID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*DependencyMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *DependencyMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) Field 

func (m *DependencyMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*DependencyMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *DependencyMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) Fields 

func (m *DependencyMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*DependencyMutation) ID 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*DependencyMutation) IDs 

func (m *DependencyMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) Justification 

func (m *DependencyMutation) Justification() (r string, exists bool)

Justification returns the value of the "justification" field in the mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) OldCollector 

func (m *DependencyMutation) OldCollector(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldCollector returns the old "collector" field's value of the Dependency entity. If the Dependency object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*DependencyMutation) OldDependencyType 

func (m *DependencyMutation) OldDependencyType(ctx context.Context) (v dependency.DependencyType, err error)

OldDependencyType returns the old "dependency_type" field's value of the Dependency entity. If the Dependency object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*DependencyMutation) OldDependentPackageNameID 

func (m *DependencyMutation) OldDependentPackageNameID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldDependentPackageNameID returns the old "dependent_package_name_id" field's value of the Dependency entity. If the Dependency object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*DependencyMutation) OldDependentPackageVersionID 

func (m *DependencyMutation) OldDependentPackageVersionID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldDependentPackageVersionID returns the old "dependent_package_version_id" field's value of the Dependency entity. If the Dependency object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*DependencyMutation) OldField 

func (m *DependencyMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*DependencyMutation) OldJustification 

func (m *DependencyMutation) OldJustification(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldJustification returns the old "justification" field's value of the Dependency entity. If the Dependency object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*DependencyMutation) OldOrigin 

func (m *DependencyMutation) OldOrigin(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldOrigin returns the old "origin" field's value of the Dependency entity. If the Dependency object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*DependencyMutation) OldPackageID 

func (m *DependencyMutation) OldPackageID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldPackageID returns the old "package_id" field's value of the Dependency entity. If the Dependency object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*DependencyMutation) OldVersionRange 

func (m *DependencyMutation) OldVersionRange(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldVersionRange returns the old "version_range" field's value of the Dependency entity. If the Dependency object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*DependencyMutation) Op 

func (m *DependencyMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*DependencyMutation) Origin 

func (m *DependencyMutation) Origin() (r string, exists bool)

Origin returns the value of the "origin" field in the mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) PackageCleared 

func (m *DependencyMutation) PackageCleared() bool

PackageCleared reports if the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity was cleared.

func (*DependencyMutation) PackageID 

func (m *DependencyMutation) PackageID() (r int, exists bool)

PackageID returns the value of the "package_id" field in the mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) PackageIDs 

func (m *DependencyMutation) PackageIDs() (ids []int)

PackageIDs returns the "package" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use PackageID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*DependencyMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *DependencyMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *DependencyMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) ResetCollector 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ResetCollector()

ResetCollector resets all changes to the "collector" field.

func (*DependencyMutation) ResetDependencyType 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ResetDependencyType()

ResetDependencyType resets all changes to the "dependency_type" field.

func (*DependencyMutation) ResetDependentPackageName 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ResetDependentPackageName()

ResetDependentPackageName resets all changes to the "dependent_package_name" edge.

func (*DependencyMutation) ResetDependentPackageNameID 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ResetDependentPackageNameID()

ResetDependentPackageNameID resets all changes to the "dependent_package_name_id" field.

func (*DependencyMutation) ResetDependentPackageVersion 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ResetDependentPackageVersion()

ResetDependentPackageVersion resets all changes to the "dependent_package_version" edge.

func (*DependencyMutation) ResetDependentPackageVersionID 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ResetDependentPackageVersionID()

ResetDependentPackageVersionID resets all changes to the "dependent_package_version_id" field.

func (*DependencyMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*DependencyMutation) ResetField 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*DependencyMutation) ResetJustification 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ResetJustification()

ResetJustification resets all changes to the "justification" field.

func (*DependencyMutation) ResetOrigin 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ResetOrigin()

ResetOrigin resets all changes to the "origin" field.

func (*DependencyMutation) ResetPackage 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ResetPackage()

ResetPackage resets all changes to the "package" edge.

func (*DependencyMutation) ResetPackageID 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ResetPackageID()

ResetPackageID resets all changes to the "package_id" field.

func (*DependencyMutation) ResetVersionRange 

func (m *DependencyMutation) ResetVersionRange()

ResetVersionRange resets all changes to the "version_range" field.

func (*DependencyMutation) SetCollector 

func (m *DependencyMutation) SetCollector(s string)

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*DependencyMutation) SetDependencyType 

func (m *DependencyMutation) SetDependencyType(dt dependency.DependencyType)

SetDependencyType sets the "dependency_type" field.

func (*DependencyMutation) SetDependentPackageNameID 

func (m *DependencyMutation) SetDependentPackageNameID(i int)

SetDependentPackageNameID sets the "dependent_package_name_id" field.

func (*DependencyMutation) SetDependentPackageVersionID 

func (m *DependencyMutation) SetDependentPackageVersionID(i int)

SetDependentPackageVersionID sets the "dependent_package_version_id" field.

func (*DependencyMutation) SetField 

func (m *DependencyMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*DependencyMutation) SetJustification 

func (m *DependencyMutation) SetJustification(s string)

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*DependencyMutation) SetOp 

func (m *DependencyMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*DependencyMutation) SetOrigin 

func (m *DependencyMutation) SetOrigin(s string)

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*DependencyMutation) SetPackageID 

func (m *DependencyMutation) SetPackageID(i int)

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*DependencyMutation) SetVersionRange 

func (m *DependencyMutation) SetVersionRange(s string)

SetVersionRange sets the "version_range" field.

func (DependencyMutation) Tx 

func (m DependencyMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*DependencyMutation) Type 

func (m *DependencyMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Dependency).

func (*DependencyMutation) VersionRange 

func (m *DependencyMutation) VersionRange() (r string, exists bool)

VersionRange returns the value of the "version_range" field in the mutation.

func (*DependencyMutation) Where 

func (m *DependencyMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Dependency)

Where appends a list predicates to the DependencyMutation builder.

func (*DependencyMutation) WhereP 

func (m *DependencyMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the DependencyMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type DependencyOrder 

type DependencyOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection        `json:"direction"`
	Field     *DependencyOrderField `json:"field"`
}

DependencyOrder defines the ordering of Dependency.

type DependencyOrderField 

type DependencyOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given Dependency.
	Value func(*Dependency) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DependencyOrderField defines the ordering field of Dependency.

type DependencyPaginateOption 

type DependencyPaginateOption func(*dependencyPager) error

DependencyPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithDependencyFilter 

func WithDependencyFilter(filter func(*DependencyQuery) (*DependencyQuery, error)) DependencyPaginateOption

WithDependencyFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithDependencyOrder 

func WithDependencyOrder(order *DependencyOrder) DependencyPaginateOption

WithDependencyOrder configures pagination ordering.

type DependencyQuery 

type DependencyQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DependencyQuery is the builder for querying Dependency entities.

func (*DependencyQuery) Aggregate 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *DependencySelect

Aggregate returns a DependencySelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*DependencyQuery) All 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Dependency, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Dependencies.

func (*DependencyQuery) AllX 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Dependency

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyQuery) Clone 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) Clone() *DependencyQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the DependencyQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*DependencyQuery) CollectFields 

func (d *DependencyQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*DependencyQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*DependencyQuery) Count 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*DependencyQuery) CountX 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyQuery) Exist 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*DependencyQuery) ExistX 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyQuery) First 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Dependency, error)

First returns the first Dependency entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Dependency was found.

func (*DependencyQuery) FirstID 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first Dependency ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Dependency ID was found.

func (*DependencyQuery) FirstIDX 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyQuery) FirstX 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Dependency

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyQuery) GroupBy 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *DependencyGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	PackageID int `json:"package_id,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Dependency.Query().
	GroupBy(dependency.FieldPackageID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*DependencyQuery) IDs 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Dependency IDs.

func (*DependencyQuery) IDsX 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyQuery) Limit 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) Limit(limit int) *DependencyQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*DependencyQuery) Offset 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) Offset(offset int) *DependencyQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*DependencyQuery) Only 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Dependency, error)

Only returns a single Dependency entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Dependency entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Dependency entities are found.

func (*DependencyQuery) OnlyID 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Dependency ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Dependency ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*DependencyQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyQuery) OnlyX 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Dependency

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyQuery) Order 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) Order(o ...dependency.OrderOption) *DependencyQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*DependencyQuery) Paginate 

func (d *DependencyQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...DependencyPaginateOption,
) (*DependencyConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to Dependency.

func (*DependencyQuery) QueryDependentPackageName 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) QueryDependentPackageName() *PackageNameQuery

QueryDependentPackageName chains the current query on the "dependent_package_name" edge.

func (*DependencyQuery) QueryDependentPackageVersion 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) QueryDependentPackageVersion() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryDependentPackageVersion chains the current query on the "dependent_package_version" edge.

func (*DependencyQuery) QueryPackage 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) QueryPackage() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackage chains the current query on the "package" edge.

func (*DependencyQuery) Select 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) Select(fields ...string) *DependencySelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	PackageID int `json:"package_id,omitempty"`
}

client.Dependency.Query().
	Select(dependency.FieldPackageID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*DependencyQuery) Unique 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) Unique(unique bool) *DependencyQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*DependencyQuery) Where 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Dependency) *DependencyQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the DependencyQuery builder.

func (*DependencyQuery) WithDependentPackageName 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) WithDependentPackageName(opts ...func(*PackageNameQuery)) *DependencyQuery

WithDependentPackageName tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "dependent_package_name" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*DependencyQuery) WithDependentPackageVersion 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) WithDependentPackageVersion(opts ...func(*PackageVersionQuery)) *DependencyQuery

WithDependentPackageVersion tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "dependent_package_version" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*DependencyQuery) WithPackage 

func (dq *DependencyQuery) WithPackage(opts ...func(*PackageVersionQuery)) *DependencyQuery

WithPackage tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "package" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type DependencySelect 

type DependencySelect struct {
	*DependencyQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DependencySelect is the builder for selecting fields of Dependency entities.

func (*DependencySelect) Aggregate 

func (ds *DependencySelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *DependencySelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*DependencySelect) Bool 

func (s *DependencySelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DependencySelect) BoolX 

func (s *DependencySelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencySelect) Bools 

func (s *DependencySelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DependencySelect) BoolsX 

func (s *DependencySelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencySelect) Float64 

func (s *DependencySelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DependencySelect) Float64X 

func (s *DependencySelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencySelect) Float64s 

func (s *DependencySelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DependencySelect) Float64sX 

func (s *DependencySelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencySelect) Int 

func (s *DependencySelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DependencySelect) IntX 

func (s *DependencySelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencySelect) Ints 

func (s *DependencySelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DependencySelect) IntsX 

func (s *DependencySelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencySelect) Scan 

func (ds *DependencySelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*DependencySelect) ScanX 

func (s *DependencySelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencySelect) String 

func (s *DependencySelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DependencySelect) StringX 

func (s *DependencySelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencySelect) Strings 

func (s *DependencySelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*DependencySelect) StringsX 

func (s *DependencySelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type DependencyUpdate 

type DependencyUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DependencyUpdate is the builder for updating Dependency entities.

func (*DependencyUpdate) ClearDependentPackageName 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) ClearDependentPackageName() *DependencyUpdate

ClearDependentPackageName clears the "dependent_package_name" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*DependencyUpdate) ClearDependentPackageNameID 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) ClearDependentPackageNameID() *DependencyUpdate

ClearDependentPackageNameID clears the value of the "dependent_package_name_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpdate) ClearDependentPackageVersion 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) ClearDependentPackageVersion() *DependencyUpdate

ClearDependentPackageVersion clears the "dependent_package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*DependencyUpdate) ClearDependentPackageVersionID 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) ClearDependentPackageVersionID() *DependencyUpdate

ClearDependentPackageVersionID clears the value of the "dependent_package_version_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpdate) ClearPackage 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) ClearPackage() *DependencyUpdate

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*DependencyUpdate) Exec 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DependencyUpdate) ExecX 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyUpdate) Mutation 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) Mutation() *DependencyMutation

Mutation returns the DependencyMutation object of the builder.

func (*DependencyUpdate) Save 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*DependencyUpdate) SaveX 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyUpdate) SetCollector 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) SetCollector(s string) *DependencyUpdate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*DependencyUpdate) SetDependencyType 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) SetDependencyType(dt dependency.DependencyType) *DependencyUpdate

SetDependencyType sets the "dependency_type" field.

func (*DependencyUpdate) SetDependentPackageName 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) SetDependentPackageName(p *PackageName) *DependencyUpdate

SetDependentPackageName sets the "dependent_package_name" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*DependencyUpdate) SetDependentPackageNameID 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) SetDependentPackageNameID(i int) *DependencyUpdate

SetDependentPackageNameID sets the "dependent_package_name_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpdate) SetDependentPackageVersion 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) SetDependentPackageVersion(p *PackageVersion) *DependencyUpdate

SetDependentPackageVersion sets the "dependent_package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*DependencyUpdate) SetDependentPackageVersionID 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) SetDependentPackageVersionID(i int) *DependencyUpdate

SetDependentPackageVersionID sets the "dependent_package_version_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpdate) SetJustification 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) SetJustification(s string) *DependencyUpdate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*DependencyUpdate) SetNillableDependentPackageNameID 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) SetNillableDependentPackageNameID(i *int) *DependencyUpdate

SetNillableDependentPackageNameID sets the "dependent_package_name_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*DependencyUpdate) SetNillableDependentPackageVersionID 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) SetNillableDependentPackageVersionID(i *int) *DependencyUpdate

SetNillableDependentPackageVersionID sets the "dependent_package_version_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*DependencyUpdate) SetOrigin 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) SetOrigin(s string) *DependencyUpdate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*DependencyUpdate) SetPackage 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) SetPackage(p *PackageVersion) *DependencyUpdate

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*DependencyUpdate) SetPackageID 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) SetPackageID(i int) *DependencyUpdate

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpdate) SetVersionRange 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) SetVersionRange(s string) *DependencyUpdate

SetVersionRange sets the "version_range" field.

func (*DependencyUpdate) Where 

func (du *DependencyUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Dependency) *DependencyUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the DependencyUpdate builder.

type DependencyUpdateOne 

type DependencyUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DependencyUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Dependency entity.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) ClearDependentPackageName 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) ClearDependentPackageName() *DependencyUpdateOne

ClearDependentPackageName clears the "dependent_package_name" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) ClearDependentPackageNameID 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) ClearDependentPackageNameID() *DependencyUpdateOne

ClearDependentPackageNameID clears the value of the "dependent_package_name_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) ClearDependentPackageVersion 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) ClearDependentPackageVersion() *DependencyUpdateOne

ClearDependentPackageVersion clears the "dependent_package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) ClearDependentPackageVersionID 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) ClearDependentPackageVersionID() *DependencyUpdateOne

ClearDependentPackageVersionID clears the value of the "dependent_package_version_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) ClearPackage 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) ClearPackage() *DependencyUpdateOne

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) Exec 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) Mutation() *DependencyMutation

Mutation returns the DependencyMutation object of the builder.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) Save 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Dependency, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Dependency entity.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Dependency

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) Select 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *DependencyUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) SetCollector 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) SetCollector(s string) *DependencyUpdateOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) SetDependencyType 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) SetDependencyType(dt dependency.DependencyType) *DependencyUpdateOne

SetDependencyType sets the "dependency_type" field.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) SetDependentPackageName 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) SetDependentPackageName(p *PackageName) *DependencyUpdateOne

SetDependentPackageName sets the "dependent_package_name" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) SetDependentPackageNameID 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) SetDependentPackageNameID(i int) *DependencyUpdateOne

SetDependentPackageNameID sets the "dependent_package_name_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) SetDependentPackageVersion 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) SetDependentPackageVersion(p *PackageVersion) *DependencyUpdateOne

SetDependentPackageVersion sets the "dependent_package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) SetDependentPackageVersionID 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) SetDependentPackageVersionID(i int) *DependencyUpdateOne

SetDependentPackageVersionID sets the "dependent_package_version_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) SetJustification 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) SetJustification(s string) *DependencyUpdateOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) SetNillableDependentPackageNameID 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) SetNillableDependentPackageNameID(i *int) *DependencyUpdateOne

SetNillableDependentPackageNameID sets the "dependent_package_name_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) SetNillableDependentPackageVersionID 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) SetNillableDependentPackageVersionID(i *int) *DependencyUpdateOne

SetNillableDependentPackageVersionID sets the "dependent_package_version_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) SetOrigin 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) SetOrigin(s string) *DependencyUpdateOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) SetPackage 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) SetPackage(p *PackageVersion) *DependencyUpdateOne

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) SetPackageID 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) SetPackageID(i int) *DependencyUpdateOne

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) SetVersionRange 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) SetVersionRange(s string) *DependencyUpdateOne

SetVersionRange sets the "version_range" field.

func (*DependencyUpdateOne) Where 

func (duo *DependencyUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.Dependency) *DependencyUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the DependencyUpdate builder.

type DependencyUpsert 

type DependencyUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

DependencyUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*DependencyUpsert) ClearDependentPackageNameID 

func (u *DependencyUpsert) ClearDependentPackageNameID() *DependencyUpsert

ClearDependentPackageNameID clears the value of the "dependent_package_name_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpsert) ClearDependentPackageVersionID 

func (u *DependencyUpsert) ClearDependentPackageVersionID() *DependencyUpsert

ClearDependentPackageVersionID clears the value of the "dependent_package_version_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpsert) SetCollector 

func (u *DependencyUpsert) SetCollector(v string) *DependencyUpsert

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*DependencyUpsert) SetDependencyType 

func (u *DependencyUpsert) SetDependencyType(v dependency.DependencyType) *DependencyUpsert

SetDependencyType sets the "dependency_type" field.

func (*DependencyUpsert) SetDependentPackageNameID 

func (u *DependencyUpsert) SetDependentPackageNameID(v int) *DependencyUpsert

SetDependentPackageNameID sets the "dependent_package_name_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpsert) SetDependentPackageVersionID 

func (u *DependencyUpsert) SetDependentPackageVersionID(v int) *DependencyUpsert

SetDependentPackageVersionID sets the "dependent_package_version_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpsert) SetJustification 

func (u *DependencyUpsert) SetJustification(v string) *DependencyUpsert

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*DependencyUpsert) SetOrigin 

func (u *DependencyUpsert) SetOrigin(v string) *DependencyUpsert

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*DependencyUpsert) SetPackageID 

func (u *DependencyUpsert) SetPackageID(v int) *DependencyUpsert

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpsert) SetVersionRange 

func (u *DependencyUpsert) SetVersionRange(v string) *DependencyUpsert

SetVersionRange sets the "version_range" field.

func (*DependencyUpsert) UpdateCollector 

func (u *DependencyUpsert) UpdateCollector() *DependencyUpsert

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsert) UpdateDependencyType 

func (u *DependencyUpsert) UpdateDependencyType() *DependencyUpsert

UpdateDependencyType sets the "dependency_type" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsert) UpdateDependentPackageNameID 

func (u *DependencyUpsert) UpdateDependentPackageNameID() *DependencyUpsert

UpdateDependentPackageNameID sets the "dependent_package_name_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsert) UpdateDependentPackageVersionID 

func (u *DependencyUpsert) UpdateDependentPackageVersionID() *DependencyUpsert

UpdateDependentPackageVersionID sets the "dependent_package_version_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsert) UpdateJustification 

func (u *DependencyUpsert) UpdateJustification() *DependencyUpsert

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsert) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *DependencyUpsert) UpdateOrigin() *DependencyUpsert

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsert) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *DependencyUpsert) UpdatePackageID() *DependencyUpsert

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsert) UpdateVersionRange 

func (u *DependencyUpsert) UpdateVersionRange() *DependencyUpsert

UpdateVersionRange sets the "version_range" field to the value that was provided on create.

type DependencyUpsertBulk 

type DependencyUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DependencyUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Dependency nodes.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) ClearDependentPackageNameID 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) ClearDependentPackageNameID() *DependencyUpsertBulk

ClearDependentPackageNameID clears the value of the "dependent_package_name_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) ClearDependentPackageVersionID 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) ClearDependentPackageVersionID() *DependencyUpsertBulk

ClearDependentPackageVersionID clears the value of the "dependent_package_version_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *DependencyUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) Ignore() *DependencyUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Dependency.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) SetCollector 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) SetCollector(v string) *DependencyUpsertBulk

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) SetDependencyType 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) SetDependencyType(v dependency.DependencyType) *DependencyUpsertBulk

SetDependencyType sets the "dependency_type" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) SetDependentPackageNameID 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) SetDependentPackageNameID(v int) *DependencyUpsertBulk

SetDependentPackageNameID sets the "dependent_package_name_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) SetDependentPackageVersionID 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) SetDependentPackageVersionID(v int) *DependencyUpsertBulk

SetDependentPackageVersionID sets the "dependent_package_version_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) SetJustification 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) SetJustification(v string) *DependencyUpsertBulk

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) SetOrigin 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) SetOrigin(v string) *DependencyUpsertBulk

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) SetPackageID 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) SetPackageID(v int) *DependencyUpsertBulk

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) SetVersionRange 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) SetVersionRange(v string) *DependencyUpsertBulk

SetVersionRange sets the "version_range" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*DependencyUpsert)) *DependencyUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the DependencyCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector() *DependencyUpsertBulk

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) UpdateDependencyType 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) UpdateDependencyType() *DependencyUpsertBulk

UpdateDependencyType sets the "dependency_type" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) UpdateDependentPackageNameID 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) UpdateDependentPackageNameID() *DependencyUpsertBulk

UpdateDependentPackageNameID sets the "dependent_package_name_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) UpdateDependentPackageVersionID 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) UpdateDependentPackageVersionID() *DependencyUpsertBulk

UpdateDependentPackageVersionID sets the "dependent_package_version_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification() *DependencyUpsertBulk

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *DependencyUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Dependency.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin() *DependencyUpsertBulk

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageID() *DependencyUpsertBulk

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsertBulk) UpdateVersionRange 

func (u *DependencyUpsertBulk) UpdateVersionRange() *DependencyUpsertBulk

UpdateVersionRange sets the "version_range" field to the value that was provided on create.

type DependencyUpsertOne 

type DependencyUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DependencyUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Dependency node.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) ClearDependentPackageNameID 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) ClearDependentPackageNameID() *DependencyUpsertOne

ClearDependentPackageNameID clears the value of the "dependent_package_name_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) ClearDependentPackageVersionID 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) ClearDependentPackageVersionID() *DependencyUpsertOne

ClearDependentPackageVersionID clears the value of the "dependent_package_version_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) DoNothing() *DependencyUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) Ignore() *DependencyUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Dependency.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) SetCollector 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) SetCollector(v string) *DependencyUpsertOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) SetDependencyType 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) SetDependencyType(v dependency.DependencyType) *DependencyUpsertOne

SetDependencyType sets the "dependency_type" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) SetDependentPackageNameID 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) SetDependentPackageNameID(v int) *DependencyUpsertOne

SetDependentPackageNameID sets the "dependent_package_name_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) SetDependentPackageVersionID 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) SetDependentPackageVersionID(v int) *DependencyUpsertOne

SetDependentPackageVersionID sets the "dependent_package_version_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) SetJustification 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) SetJustification(v string) *DependencyUpsertOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) SetOrigin 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) SetOrigin(v string) *DependencyUpsertOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) SetPackageID 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) SetPackageID(v int) *DependencyUpsertOne

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) SetVersionRange 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) SetVersionRange(v string) *DependencyUpsertOne

SetVersionRange sets the "version_range" field.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) Update(set func(*DependencyUpsert)) *DependencyUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the DependencyCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) UpdateCollector 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) UpdateCollector() *DependencyUpsertOne

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) UpdateDependencyType 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) UpdateDependencyType() *DependencyUpsertOne

UpdateDependencyType sets the "dependency_type" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) UpdateDependentPackageNameID 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) UpdateDependentPackageNameID() *DependencyUpsertOne

UpdateDependentPackageNameID sets the "dependent_package_name_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) UpdateDependentPackageVersionID 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) UpdateDependentPackageVersionID() *DependencyUpsertOne

UpdateDependentPackageVersionID sets the "dependent_package_version_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) UpdateJustification 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) UpdateJustification() *DependencyUpsertOne

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *DependencyUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Dependency.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin() *DependencyUpsertOne

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) UpdatePackageID() *DependencyUpsertOne

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*DependencyUpsertOne) UpdateVersionRange 

func (u *DependencyUpsertOne) UpdateVersionRange() *DependencyUpsertOne

UpdateVersionRange sets the "version_range" field to the value that was provided on create.

type HasMetadata added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadata struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// SourceID holds the value of the "source_id" field.
	SourceID *int `json:"source_id,omitempty"`
	// PackageVersionID holds the value of the "package_version_id" field.
	PackageVersionID *int `json:"package_version_id,omitempty"`
	// PackageNameID holds the value of the "package_name_id" field.
	PackageNameID *int `json:"package_name_id,omitempty"`
	// ArtifactID holds the value of the "artifact_id" field.
	ArtifactID *int `json:"artifact_id,omitempty"`
	// Timestamp holds the value of the "timestamp" field.
	Timestamp time.Time `json:"timestamp,omitempty"`
	// Key holds the value of the "key" field.
	Key string `json:"key,omitempty"`
	// Value holds the value of the "value" field.
	Value string `json:"value,omitempty"`
	// Justification holds the value of the "justification" field.
	Justification string `json:"justification,omitempty"`
	// Origin holds the value of the "origin" field.
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
	// Collector holds the value of the "collector" field.
	Collector string `json:"collector,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the HasMetadataQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges HasMetadataEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasMetadata is the model entity for the HasMetadata schema.

func (*HasMetadata) AllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (hm *HasMetadata) AllVersions(ctx context.Context) (*PackageName, error)

func (*HasMetadata) Artifact added in v0.2.1 

func (hm *HasMetadata) Artifact(ctx context.Context) (*Artifact, error)

func (*HasMetadata) GetValue added in v0.2.1 

func (hm *HasMetadata) GetValue(name string) (ent.Value, error)

GetValue returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the HasMetadata. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

func (*HasMetadata) IsNode added in v0.2.1 

func (n *HasMetadata) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*HasMetadata) PackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (hm *HasMetadata) PackageVersion(ctx context.Context) (*PackageVersion, error)

func (*HasMetadata) QueryAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (hm *HasMetadata) QueryAllVersions() *PackageNameQuery

QueryAllVersions queries the "all_versions" edge of the HasMetadata entity.

func (*HasMetadata) QueryArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (hm *HasMetadata) QueryArtifact() *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifact queries the "artifact" edge of the HasMetadata entity.

func (*HasMetadata) QueryPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (hm *HasMetadata) QueryPackageVersion() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackageVersion queries the "package_version" edge of the HasMetadata entity.

func (*HasMetadata) QuerySource added in v0.2.1 

func (hm *HasMetadata) QuerySource() *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource queries the "source" edge of the HasMetadata entity.

func (*HasMetadata) Source added in v0.2.1 

func (hm *HasMetadata) Source(ctx context.Context) (*SourceName, error)

func (*HasMetadata) String added in v0.2.1 

func (hm *HasMetadata) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*HasMetadata) ToEdge added in v0.2.1 

func (hm *HasMetadata) ToEdge(order *HasMetadataOrder) *HasMetadataEdge

ToEdge converts HasMetadata into HasMetadataEdge.

func (*HasMetadata) Unwrap added in v0.2.1 

func (hm *HasMetadata) Unwrap() *HasMetadata

Unwrap unwraps the HasMetadata entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*HasMetadata) Update added in v0.2.1 

func (hm *HasMetadata) Update() *HasMetadataUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this HasMetadata. Note that you need to call HasMetadata.Unwrap() before calling this method if this HasMetadata was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

type HasMetadataClient added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasMetadataClient is a client for the HasMetadata schema.

func NewHasMetadataClient added in v0.2.1 

func NewHasMetadataClient(c config) *HasMetadataClient

NewHasMetadataClient returns a client for the HasMetadata from the given config.

func (*HasMetadataClient) Create added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) Create() *HasMetadataCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a HasMetadata entity.

func (*HasMetadataClient) CreateBulk added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*HasMetadataCreate) *HasMetadataCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of HasMetadata entities.

func (*HasMetadataClient) Delete added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) Delete() *HasMetadataDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for HasMetadata.

func (*HasMetadataClient) DeleteOne added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) DeleteOne(hm *HasMetadata) *HasMetadataDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*HasMetadataClient) DeleteOneID added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *HasMetadataDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*HasMetadataClient) Get added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*HasMetadata, error)

Get returns a HasMetadata entity by its id.

func (*HasMetadataClient) GetX added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *HasMetadata

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataClient) Hooks added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*HasMetadataClient) Intercept added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `hasmetadata.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*HasMetadataClient) Interceptors added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*HasMetadataClient) MapCreateBulk added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*HasMetadataCreate, int)) *HasMetadataCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*HasMetadataClient) Query added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) Query() *HasMetadataQuery

Query returns a query builder for HasMetadata.

func (*HasMetadataClient) QueryAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) QueryAllVersions(hm *HasMetadata) *PackageNameQuery

QueryAllVersions queries the all_versions edge of a HasMetadata.

func (*HasMetadataClient) QueryArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) QueryArtifact(hm *HasMetadata) *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifact queries the artifact edge of a HasMetadata.

func (*HasMetadataClient) QueryPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) QueryPackageVersion(hm *HasMetadata) *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackageVersion queries the package_version edge of a HasMetadata.

func (*HasMetadataClient) QuerySource added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) QuerySource(hm *HasMetadata) *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource queries the source edge of a HasMetadata.

func (*HasMetadataClient) Update added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) Update() *HasMetadataUpdate

Update returns an update builder for HasMetadata.

func (*HasMetadataClient) UpdateOne added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) UpdateOne(hm *HasMetadata) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*HasMetadataClient) UpdateOneID added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*HasMetadataClient) Use added in v0.2.1 

func (c *HasMetadataClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `hasmetadata.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type HasMetadataConnection added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataConnection struct {
	Edges      []*HasMetadataEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo           `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int                `json:"totalCount"`
}

HasMetadataConnection is the connection containing edges to HasMetadata.

type HasMetadataCreate added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasMetadataCreate is the builder for creating a HasMetadata entity.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) Exec added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) ExecX added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) Mutation added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) Mutation() *HasMetadataMutation

Mutation returns the HasMetadataMutation object of the builder.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) OnConflict added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *HasMetadataUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.HasMetadata.Create().
	SetSourceID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.HasMetadataUpsert) {
		SetSourceID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HasMetadataCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *HasMetadataUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.HasMetadata.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HasMetadataCreate) Save added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*HasMetadata, error)

Save creates the HasMetadata in the database.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SaveX added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *HasMetadata

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetAllVersions(p *PackageName) *HasMetadataCreate

SetAllVersions sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetAllVersionsID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetAllVersionsID(id int) *HasMetadataCreate

SetAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetArtifact(a *Artifact) *HasMetadataCreate

SetArtifact sets the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetArtifactID(i int) *HasMetadataCreate

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetCollector(s string) *HasMetadataCreate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetJustification(s string) *HasMetadataCreate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetKey added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetKey(s string) *HasMetadataCreate

SetKey sets the "key" field.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetNillableAllVersionsID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetNillableAllVersionsID(id *int) *HasMetadataCreate

SetNillableAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetNillableArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetNillableArtifactID(i *int) *HasMetadataCreate

SetNillableArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetNillablePackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetNillablePackageNameID(i *int) *HasMetadataCreate

SetNillablePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetNillablePackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetNillablePackageVersionID(i *int) *HasMetadataCreate

SetNillablePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetNillableSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetNillableSourceID(i *int) *HasMetadataCreate

SetNillableSourceID sets the "source_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetOrigin(s string) *HasMetadataCreate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetPackageNameID(i int) *HasMetadataCreate

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetPackageVersion(p *PackageVersion) *HasMetadataCreate

SetPackageVersion sets the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetPackageVersionID(i int) *HasMetadataCreate

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetSource added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetSource(s *SourceName) *HasMetadataCreate

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetSourceID(i int) *HasMetadataCreate

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetTimestamp added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetTimestamp(t time.Time) *HasMetadataCreate

SetTimestamp sets the "timestamp" field.

func (*HasMetadataCreate) SetValue added in v0.2.1 

func (hmc *HasMetadataCreate) SetValue(s string) *HasMetadataCreate

SetValue sets the "value" field.

type HasMetadataCreateBulk added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasMetadataCreateBulk is the builder for creating many HasMetadata entities in bulk.

func (*HasMetadataCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.2.1 

func (hmcb *HasMetadataCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*HasMetadataCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.2.1 

func (hmcb *HasMetadataCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.2.1 

func (hmcb *HasMetadataCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.HasMetadata.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.HasMetadataUpsert) {
		SetSourceID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HasMetadataCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.2.1 

func (hmcb *HasMetadataCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.HasMetadata.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HasMetadataCreateBulk) Save added in v0.2.1 

func (hmcb *HasMetadataCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*HasMetadata, error)

Save creates the HasMetadata entities in the database.

func (*HasMetadataCreateBulk) SaveX added in v0.2.1 

func (hmcb *HasMetadataCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*HasMetadata

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type HasMetadataDelete added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasMetadataDelete is the builder for deleting a HasMetadata entity.

func (*HasMetadataDelete) Exec added in v0.2.1 

func (hmd *HasMetadataDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*HasMetadataDelete) ExecX added in v0.2.1 

func (hmd *HasMetadataDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataDelete) Where added in v0.2.1 

func (hmd *HasMetadataDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.HasMetadata) *HasMetadataDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the HasMetadataDelete builder.

type HasMetadataDeleteOne added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasMetadataDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single HasMetadata entity.

func (*HasMetadataDeleteOne) Exec added in v0.2.1 

func (hmdo *HasMetadataDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*HasMetadataDeleteOne) ExecX added in v0.2.1 

func (hmdo *HasMetadataDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataDeleteOne) Where added in v0.2.1 

func (hmdo *HasMetadataDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.HasMetadata) *HasMetadataDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the HasMetadataDelete builder.

type HasMetadataEdge added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataEdge struct {
	Node   *HasMetadata `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor       `json:"cursor"`
}

HasMetadataEdge is the edge representation of HasMetadata.

type HasMetadataEdges added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataEdges struct {
	// Source holds the value of the source edge.
	Source *SourceName `json:"source,omitempty"`
	// PackageVersion holds the value of the package_version edge.
	PackageVersion *PackageVersion `json:"package_version,omitempty"`
	// AllVersions holds the value of the all_versions edge.
	AllVersions *PackageName `json:"all_versions,omitempty"`
	// Artifact holds the value of the artifact edge.
	Artifact *Artifact `json:"artifact,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasMetadataEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (HasMetadataEdges) AllVersionsOrErr added in v0.2.1 

func (e HasMetadataEdges) AllVersionsOrErr() (*PackageName, error)

AllVersionsOrErr returns the AllVersions value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (HasMetadataEdges) ArtifactOrErr added in v0.2.1 

func (e HasMetadataEdges) ArtifactOrErr() (*Artifact, error)

ArtifactOrErr returns the Artifact value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (HasMetadataEdges) PackageVersionOrErr added in v0.2.1 

func (e HasMetadataEdges) PackageVersionOrErr() (*PackageVersion, error)

PackageVersionOrErr returns the PackageVersion value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (HasMetadataEdges) SourceOrErr added in v0.2.1 

func (e HasMetadataEdges) SourceOrErr() (*SourceName, error)

SourceOrErr returns the Source value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type HasMetadataGroupBy added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasMetadataGroupBy is the group-by builder for HasMetadata entities.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) Aggregate added in v0.2.1 

func (hmgb *HasMetadataGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *HasMetadataGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) Bool added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) BoolX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) Bools added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) BoolsX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) Float64 added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) Float64X added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) Float64s added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) Float64sX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) Int added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) IntX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) Ints added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) IntsX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) Scan added in v0.2.1 

func (hmgb *HasMetadataGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) ScanX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) String added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) StringX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) Strings added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasMetadataGroupBy) StringsX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type HasMetadataMutation added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasMetadataMutation represents an operation that mutates the HasMetadata nodes in the graph.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) AddField added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) AddedEdges added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) AddedField added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) AddedFields added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) AddedIDs added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) AllVersionsCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) AllVersionsCleared() bool

AllVersionsCleared reports if the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity was cleared.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) AllVersionsID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) AllVersionsID() (id int, exists bool)

AllVersionsID returns the "all_versions" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) AllVersionsIDs added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) AllVersionsIDs() (ids []int)

AllVersionsIDs returns the "all_versions" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use AllVersionsID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ArtifactCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ArtifactCleared() bool

ArtifactCleared reports if the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity was cleared.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ArtifactID() (r int, exists bool)

ArtifactID returns the value of the "artifact_id" field in the mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ArtifactIDCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ArtifactIDCleared() bool

ArtifactIDCleared returns if the "artifact_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ArtifactIDs added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ArtifactIDs() (ids []int)

ArtifactIDs returns the "artifact" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use ArtifactID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ClearAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ClearAllVersions()

ClearAllVersions clears the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ClearArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ClearArtifact()

ClearArtifact clears the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ClearArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ClearArtifactID()

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ClearEdge added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ClearField added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ClearPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ClearPackageNameID()

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ClearPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ClearPackageVersion()

ClearPackageVersion clears the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ClearPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ClearPackageVersionID()

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ClearSource added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ClearSource()

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ClearSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ClearSourceID()

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ClearedEdges added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ClearedFields added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (HasMetadataMutation) Client added in v0.2.1 

func (m HasMetadataMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) Collector added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) Collector() (r string, exists bool)

Collector returns the value of the "collector" field in the mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) EdgeCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) Field added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) FieldCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) Fields added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) IDs added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) Justification added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) Justification() (r string, exists bool)

Justification returns the value of the "justification" field in the mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) Key added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) Key() (r string, exists bool)

Key returns the value of the "key" field in the mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) OldArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) OldArtifactID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldArtifactID returns the old "artifact_id" field's value of the HasMetadata entity. If the HasMetadata object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) OldCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) OldCollector(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldCollector returns the old "collector" field's value of the HasMetadata entity. If the HasMetadata object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) OldField added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) OldJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) OldJustification(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldJustification returns the old "justification" field's value of the HasMetadata entity. If the HasMetadata object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) OldKey added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) OldKey(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldKey returns the old "key" field's value of the HasMetadata entity. If the HasMetadata object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) OldOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) OldOrigin(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldOrigin returns the old "origin" field's value of the HasMetadata entity. If the HasMetadata object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) OldPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) OldPackageNameID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldPackageNameID returns the old "package_name_id" field's value of the HasMetadata entity. If the HasMetadata object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) OldPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) OldPackageVersionID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldPackageVersionID returns the old "package_version_id" field's value of the HasMetadata entity. If the HasMetadata object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) OldSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) OldSourceID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldSourceID returns the old "source_id" field's value of the HasMetadata entity. If the HasMetadata object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) OldTimestamp added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) OldTimestamp(ctx context.Context) (v time.Time, err error)

OldTimestamp returns the old "timestamp" field's value of the HasMetadata entity. If the HasMetadata object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) OldValue added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) OldValue(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldValue returns the old "value" field's value of the HasMetadata entity. If the HasMetadata object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) Op added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) Origin added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) Origin() (r string, exists bool)

Origin returns the value of the "origin" field in the mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) PackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) PackageNameID() (r int, exists bool)

PackageNameID returns the value of the "package_name_id" field in the mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) PackageNameIDCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) PackageNameIDCleared() bool

PackageNameIDCleared returns if the "package_name_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) PackageVersionCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) PackageVersionCleared() bool

PackageVersionCleared reports if the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity was cleared.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) PackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) PackageVersionID() (r int, exists bool)

PackageVersionID returns the value of the "package_version_id" field in the mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) PackageVersionIDCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) PackageVersionIDCleared() bool

PackageVersionIDCleared returns if the "package_version_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) PackageVersionIDs added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) PackageVersionIDs() (ids []int)

PackageVersionIDs returns the "package_version" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use PackageVersionID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) RemovedEdges added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) RemovedIDs added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ResetAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ResetAllVersions()

ResetAllVersions resets all changes to the "all_versions" edge.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ResetArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ResetArtifact()

ResetArtifact resets all changes to the "artifact" edge.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ResetArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ResetArtifactID()

ResetArtifactID resets all changes to the "artifact_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ResetCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ResetCollector()

ResetCollector resets all changes to the "collector" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ResetEdge added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ResetField added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ResetJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ResetJustification()

ResetJustification resets all changes to the "justification" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ResetKey added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ResetKey()

ResetKey resets all changes to the "key" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ResetOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ResetOrigin()

ResetOrigin resets all changes to the "origin" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ResetPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ResetPackageNameID()

ResetPackageNameID resets all changes to the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ResetPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ResetPackageVersion()

ResetPackageVersion resets all changes to the "package_version" edge.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ResetPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ResetPackageVersionID()

ResetPackageVersionID resets all changes to the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ResetSource added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ResetSource()

ResetSource resets all changes to the "source" edge.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ResetSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ResetSourceID()

ResetSourceID resets all changes to the "source_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ResetTimestamp added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ResetTimestamp()

ResetTimestamp resets all changes to the "timestamp" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) ResetValue added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) ResetValue()

ResetValue resets all changes to the "value" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) SetAllVersionsID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) SetAllVersionsID(id int)

SetAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by id.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) SetArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) SetArtifactID(i int)

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) SetCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) SetCollector(s string)

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) SetField added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) SetJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) SetJustification(s string)

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) SetKey added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) SetKey(s string)

SetKey sets the "key" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) SetOp added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) SetOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) SetOrigin(s string)

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) SetPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) SetPackageNameID(i int)

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) SetPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) SetPackageVersionID(i int)

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) SetSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) SetSourceID(i int)

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) SetTimestamp added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) SetTimestamp(t time.Time)

SetTimestamp sets the "timestamp" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) SetValue added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) SetValue(s string)

SetValue sets the "value" field.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) SourceCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) SourceCleared() bool

SourceCleared reports if the "source" edge to the SourceName entity was cleared.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) SourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) SourceID() (r int, exists bool)

SourceID returns the value of the "source_id" field in the mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) SourceIDCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) SourceIDCleared() bool

SourceIDCleared returns if the "source_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) SourceIDs added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) SourceIDs() (ids []int)

SourceIDs returns the "source" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use SourceID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) Timestamp added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) Timestamp() (r time.Time, exists bool)

Timestamp returns the value of the "timestamp" field in the mutation.

func (HasMetadataMutation) Tx added in v0.2.1 

func (m HasMetadataMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) Type added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (HasMetadata).

func (*HasMetadataMutation) Value added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) Value() (r string, exists bool)

Value returns the value of the "value" field in the mutation.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) Where added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.HasMetadata)

Where appends a list predicates to the HasMetadataMutation builder.

func (*HasMetadataMutation) WhereP added in v0.2.1 

func (m *HasMetadataMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the HasMetadataMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type HasMetadataOrder added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection         `json:"direction"`
	Field     *HasMetadataOrderField `json:"field"`
}

HasMetadataOrder defines the ordering of HasMetadata.

type HasMetadataOrderField added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given HasMetadata.
	Value func(*HasMetadata) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasMetadataOrderField defines the ordering field of HasMetadata.

type HasMetadataPaginateOption added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataPaginateOption func(*hasmetadataPager) error

HasMetadataPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithHasMetadataFilter added in v0.2.1 

func WithHasMetadataFilter(filter func(*HasMetadataQuery) (*HasMetadataQuery, error)) HasMetadataPaginateOption

WithHasMetadataFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithHasMetadataOrder added in v0.2.1 

func WithHasMetadataOrder(order *HasMetadataOrder) HasMetadataPaginateOption

WithHasMetadataOrder configures pagination ordering.

type HasMetadataQuery added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasMetadataQuery is the builder for querying HasMetadata entities.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) Aggregate added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *HasMetadataSelect

Aggregate returns a HasMetadataSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) All added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*HasMetadata, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of HasMetadataSlice.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) AllX added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*HasMetadata

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) Clone added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) Clone() *HasMetadataQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the HasMetadataQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) CollectFields added in v0.2.1 

func (hm *HasMetadataQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*HasMetadataQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) Count added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) CountX added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) Exist added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) ExistX added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) First added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*HasMetadata, error)

First returns the first HasMetadata entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no HasMetadata was found.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) FirstID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first HasMetadata ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no HasMetadata ID was found.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) FirstIDX added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) FirstX added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *HasMetadata

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) GroupBy added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *HasMetadataGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	SourceID int `json:"source_id,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.HasMetadata.Query().
	GroupBy(hasmetadata.FieldSourceID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*HasMetadataQuery) IDs added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of HasMetadata IDs.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) IDsX added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) Limit added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) Limit(limit int) *HasMetadataQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) Offset added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) Offset(offset int) *HasMetadataQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) Only added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*HasMetadata, error)

Only returns a single HasMetadata entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one HasMetadata entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no HasMetadata entities are found.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) OnlyID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only HasMetadata ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one HasMetadata ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) OnlyIDX added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) OnlyX added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *HasMetadata

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) Order added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) Order(o ...hasmetadata.OrderOption) *HasMetadataQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) Paginate added in v0.2.1 

func (hm *HasMetadataQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...HasMetadataPaginateOption,
) (*HasMetadataConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to HasMetadata.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) QueryAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) QueryAllVersions() *PackageNameQuery

QueryAllVersions chains the current query on the "all_versions" edge.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) QueryArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) QueryArtifact() *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifact chains the current query on the "artifact" edge.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) QueryPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) QueryPackageVersion() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackageVersion chains the current query on the "package_version" edge.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) QuerySource added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) QuerySource() *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource chains the current query on the "source" edge.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) Select added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) Select(fields ...string) *HasMetadataSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	SourceID int `json:"source_id,omitempty"`
}

client.HasMetadata.Query().
	Select(hasmetadata.FieldSourceID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*HasMetadataQuery) Unique added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) Unique(unique bool) *HasMetadataQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) Where added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.HasMetadata) *HasMetadataQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the HasMetadataQuery builder.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) WithAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) WithAllVersions(opts ...func(*PackageNameQuery)) *HasMetadataQuery

WithAllVersions tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "all_versions" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) WithArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) WithArtifact(opts ...func(*ArtifactQuery)) *HasMetadataQuery

WithArtifact tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "artifact" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) WithPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) WithPackageVersion(opts ...func(*PackageVersionQuery)) *HasMetadataQuery

WithPackageVersion tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "package_version" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*HasMetadataQuery) WithSource added in v0.2.1 

func (hmq *HasMetadataQuery) WithSource(opts ...func(*SourceNameQuery)) *HasMetadataQuery

WithSource tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "source" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type HasMetadataSelect added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataSelect struct {
	*HasMetadataQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasMetadataSelect is the builder for selecting fields of HasMetadata entities.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) Aggregate added in v0.2.1 

func (hms *HasMetadataSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *HasMetadataSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) Bool added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) BoolX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) Bools added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) BoolsX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) Float64 added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) Float64X added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) Float64s added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) Float64sX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) Int added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) IntX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) Ints added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) IntsX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) Scan added in v0.2.1 

func (hms *HasMetadataSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) ScanX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) String added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) StringX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) Strings added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasMetadataSelect) StringsX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *HasMetadataSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type HasMetadataSlice added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataSlice []*HasMetadata

HasMetadataSlice is a parsable slice of HasMetadata.

type HasMetadataUpdate added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasMetadataUpdate is the builder for updating HasMetadata entities.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) ClearAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) ClearAllVersions() *HasMetadataUpdate

ClearAllVersions clears the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) ClearArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) ClearArtifact() *HasMetadataUpdate

ClearArtifact clears the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) ClearArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) ClearArtifactID() *HasMetadataUpdate

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) ClearPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) ClearPackageNameID() *HasMetadataUpdate

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) ClearPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) ClearPackageVersion() *HasMetadataUpdate

ClearPackageVersion clears the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) ClearPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) ClearPackageVersionID() *HasMetadataUpdate

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) ClearSource added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) ClearSource() *HasMetadataUpdate

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) ClearSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) ClearSourceID() *HasMetadataUpdate

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) Exec added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) ExecX added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) Mutation added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) Mutation() *HasMetadataMutation

Mutation returns the HasMetadataMutation object of the builder.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) Save added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SaveX added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetAllVersions(p *PackageName) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetAllVersions sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetAllVersionsID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetAllVersionsID(id int) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetArtifact(a *Artifact) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetArtifact sets the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetArtifactID(i int) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetCollector(s string) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetJustification(s string) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetKey added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetKey(s string) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetKey sets the "key" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetNillableAllVersionsID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetNillableAllVersionsID(id *int) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetNillableAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetNillableArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetNillableArtifactID(i *int) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetNillableArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetNillablePackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetNillablePackageNameID(i *int) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetNillablePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetNillablePackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetNillablePackageVersionID(i *int) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetNillablePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetNillableSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetNillableSourceID(i *int) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetNillableSourceID sets the "source_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetOrigin(s string) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetPackageNameID(i int) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetPackageVersion(p *PackageVersion) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetPackageVersion sets the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetPackageVersionID(i int) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetSource added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetSource(s *SourceName) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetSourceID(i int) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetTimestamp added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetTimestamp(t time.Time) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetTimestamp sets the "timestamp" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) SetValue added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) SetValue(s string) *HasMetadataUpdate

SetValue sets the "value" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdate) Where added in v0.2.1 

func (hmu *HasMetadataUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.HasMetadata) *HasMetadataUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the HasMetadataUpdate builder.

type HasMetadataUpdateOne added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasMetadataUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single HasMetadata entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) ClearAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) ClearAllVersions() *HasMetadataUpdateOne

ClearAllVersions clears the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) ClearArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) ClearArtifact() *HasMetadataUpdateOne

ClearArtifact clears the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) ClearArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) ClearArtifactID() *HasMetadataUpdateOne

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) ClearPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) ClearPackageNameID() *HasMetadataUpdateOne

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) ClearPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) ClearPackageVersion() *HasMetadataUpdateOne

ClearPackageVersion clears the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) ClearPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) ClearPackageVersionID() *HasMetadataUpdateOne

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) ClearSource added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) ClearSource() *HasMetadataUpdateOne

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) ClearSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) ClearSourceID() *HasMetadataUpdateOne

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) Exec added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) ExecX added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) Mutation added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) Mutation() *HasMetadataMutation

Mutation returns the HasMetadataMutation object of the builder.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) Save added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*HasMetadata, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated HasMetadata entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SaveX added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *HasMetadata

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) Select added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetAllVersions(p *PackageName) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetAllVersions sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetAllVersionsID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetAllVersionsID(id int) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetArtifact(a *Artifact) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetArtifact sets the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetArtifactID(i int) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetCollector(s string) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetJustification(s string) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetKey added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetKey(s string) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetKey sets the "key" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetNillableAllVersionsID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetNillableAllVersionsID(id *int) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetNillableAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetNillableArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetNillableArtifactID(i *int) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetNillableArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageNameID(i *int) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetNillablePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageVersionID(i *int) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetNillablePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetNillableSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetNillableSourceID(i *int) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetNillableSourceID sets the "source_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetOrigin(s string) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetPackageNameID(i int) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetPackageVersion(p *PackageVersion) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetPackageVersion sets the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetPackageVersionID(i int) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetSource added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetSource(s *SourceName) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetSourceID(i int) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetTimestamp added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetTimestamp(t time.Time) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetTimestamp sets the "timestamp" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetValue added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) SetValue(s string) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

SetValue sets the "value" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpdateOne) Where added in v0.2.1 

func (hmuo *HasMetadataUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.HasMetadata) *HasMetadataUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the HasMetadataUpdate builder.

type HasMetadataUpsert added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

HasMetadataUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) ClearArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) ClearArtifactID() *HasMetadataUpsert

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) ClearPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) ClearPackageNameID() *HasMetadataUpsert

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) ClearPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) ClearPackageVersionID() *HasMetadataUpsert

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) ClearSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) ClearSourceID() *HasMetadataUpsert

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) SetArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) SetArtifactID(v int) *HasMetadataUpsert

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) SetCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) SetCollector(v string) *HasMetadataUpsert

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) SetJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) SetJustification(v string) *HasMetadataUpsert

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) SetKey added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) SetKey(v string) *HasMetadataUpsert

SetKey sets the "key" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) SetOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) SetOrigin(v string) *HasMetadataUpsert

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) SetPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) SetPackageNameID(v int) *HasMetadataUpsert

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) SetPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) SetPackageVersionID(v int) *HasMetadataUpsert

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) SetSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) SetSourceID(v int) *HasMetadataUpsert

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) SetTimestamp added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) *HasMetadataUpsert

SetTimestamp sets the "timestamp" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) SetValue added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) SetValue(v string) *HasMetadataUpsert

SetValue sets the "value" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) UpdateArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) UpdateArtifactID() *HasMetadataUpsert

UpdateArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) UpdateCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) UpdateCollector() *HasMetadataUpsert

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) UpdateJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) UpdateJustification() *HasMetadataUpsert

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) UpdateKey added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) UpdateKey() *HasMetadataUpsert

UpdateKey sets the "key" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) UpdateOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) UpdateOrigin() *HasMetadataUpsert

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) UpdatePackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) UpdatePackageNameID() *HasMetadataUpsert

UpdatePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) UpdatePackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) UpdatePackageVersionID() *HasMetadataUpsert

UpdatePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) UpdateSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) UpdateSourceID() *HasMetadataUpsert

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) UpdateTimestamp added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) UpdateTimestamp() *HasMetadataUpsert

UpdateTimestamp sets the "timestamp" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsert) UpdateValue added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsert) UpdateValue() *HasMetadataUpsert

UpdateValue sets the "value" field to the value that was provided on create.

type HasMetadataUpsertBulk added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasMetadataUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of HasMetadata nodes.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) ClearArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) ClearArtifactID() *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) ClearPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) ClearPackageNameID() *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) ClearPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) ClearPackageVersionID() *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) ClearSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) ClearSourceID() *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) Ignore() *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.HasMetadata.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetArtifactID(v int) *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetCollector(v string) *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetJustification(v string) *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetKey added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetKey(v string) *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

SetKey sets the "key" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetOrigin(v string) *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetPackageNameID(v int) *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetPackageVersionID(v int) *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetSourceID(v int) *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetTimestamp added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

SetTimestamp sets the "timestamp" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetValue added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) SetValue(v string) *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

SetValue sets the "value" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*HasMetadataUpsert)) *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the HasMetadataCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdateArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdateArtifactID() *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

UpdateArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector() *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification() *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdateKey added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdateKey() *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

UpdateKey sets the "key" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.HasMetadata.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin() *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageNameID() *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

UpdatePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageVersionID() *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

UpdatePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdateSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdateSourceID() *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdateTimestamp added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdateTimestamp() *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

UpdateTimestamp sets the "timestamp" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdateValue added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertBulk) UpdateValue() *HasMetadataUpsertBulk

UpdateValue sets the "value" field to the value that was provided on create.

type HasMetadataUpsertOne added in v0.2.1 

type HasMetadataUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasMetadataUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one HasMetadata node.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) ClearArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) ClearArtifactID() *HasMetadataUpsertOne

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) ClearPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) ClearPackageNameID() *HasMetadataUpsertOne

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) ClearPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) ClearPackageVersionID() *HasMetadataUpsertOne

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) ClearSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) ClearSourceID() *HasMetadataUpsertOne

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) DoNothing() *HasMetadataUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) ID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) IDX added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) Ignore() *HasMetadataUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.HasMetadata.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetArtifactID(v int) *HasMetadataUpsertOne

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetCollector(v string) *HasMetadataUpsertOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetJustification(v string) *HasMetadataUpsertOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetKey added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetKey(v string) *HasMetadataUpsertOne

SetKey sets the "key" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetOrigin(v string) *HasMetadataUpsertOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetPackageNameID(v int) *HasMetadataUpsertOne

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetPackageVersionID(v int) *HasMetadataUpsertOne

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetSourceID(v int) *HasMetadataUpsertOne

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetTimestamp added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) *HasMetadataUpsertOne

SetTimestamp sets the "timestamp" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetValue added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) SetValue(v string) *HasMetadataUpsertOne

SetValue sets the "value" field.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) Update added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) Update(set func(*HasMetadataUpsert)) *HasMetadataUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the HasMetadataCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdateArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdateArtifactID() *HasMetadataUpsertOne

UpdateArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdateCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdateCollector() *HasMetadataUpsertOne

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdateJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdateJustification() *HasMetadataUpsertOne

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdateKey added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdateKey() *HasMetadataUpsertOne

UpdateKey sets the "key" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *HasMetadataUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.HasMetadata.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin() *HasMetadataUpsertOne

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdatePackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdatePackageNameID() *HasMetadataUpsertOne

UpdatePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdatePackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdatePackageVersionID() *HasMetadataUpsertOne

UpdatePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdateSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdateSourceID() *HasMetadataUpsertOne

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdateTimestamp added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdateTimestamp() *HasMetadataUpsertOne

UpdateTimestamp sets the "timestamp" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdateValue added in v0.2.1 

func (u *HasMetadataUpsertOne) UpdateValue() *HasMetadataUpsertOne

UpdateValue sets the "value" field to the value that was provided on create.

type HasSourceAt 

type HasSourceAt struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// PackageVersionID holds the value of the "package_version_id" field.
	PackageVersionID *int `json:"package_version_id,omitempty"`
	// PackageNameID holds the value of the "package_name_id" field.
	PackageNameID *int `json:"package_name_id,omitempty"`
	// SourceID holds the value of the "source_id" field.
	SourceID int `json:"source_id,omitempty"`
	// KnownSince holds the value of the "known_since" field.
	KnownSince time.Time `json:"known_since,omitempty"`
	// Justification holds the value of the "justification" field.
	Justification string `json:"justification,omitempty"`
	// Origin holds the value of the "origin" field.
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
	// Collector holds the value of the "collector" field.
	Collector string `json:"collector,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the HasSourceAtQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges HasSourceAtEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasSourceAt is the model entity for the HasSourceAt schema.

func (*HasSourceAt) AllVersions 

func (hsa *HasSourceAt) AllVersions(ctx context.Context) (*PackageName, error)

func (*HasSourceAt) IsNode 

func (n *HasSourceAt) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*HasSourceAt) PackageVersion 

func (hsa *HasSourceAt) PackageVersion(ctx context.Context) (*PackageVersion, error)

func (*HasSourceAt) QueryAllVersions 

func (hsa *HasSourceAt) QueryAllVersions() *PackageNameQuery

QueryAllVersions queries the "all_versions" edge of the HasSourceAt entity.

func (*HasSourceAt) QueryPackageVersion 

func (hsa *HasSourceAt) QueryPackageVersion() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackageVersion queries the "package_version" edge of the HasSourceAt entity.

func (*HasSourceAt) QuerySource 

func (hsa *HasSourceAt) QuerySource() *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource queries the "source" edge of the HasSourceAt entity.

func (*HasSourceAt) Source 

func (hsa *HasSourceAt) Source(ctx context.Context) (*SourceName, error)

func (*HasSourceAt) String 

func (hsa *HasSourceAt) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*HasSourceAt) ToEdge 

func (hsa *HasSourceAt) ToEdge(order *HasSourceAtOrder) *HasSourceAtEdge

ToEdge converts HasSourceAt into HasSourceAtEdge.

func (*HasSourceAt) Unwrap 

func (hsa *HasSourceAt) Unwrap() *HasSourceAt

Unwrap unwraps the HasSourceAt entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*HasSourceAt) Update 

func (hsa *HasSourceAt) Update() *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this HasSourceAt. Note that you need to call HasSourceAt.Unwrap() before calling this method if this HasSourceAt was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*HasSourceAt) Value 

func (hsa *HasSourceAt) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the HasSourceAt. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type HasSourceAtClient 

type HasSourceAtClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasSourceAtClient is a client for the HasSourceAt schema.

func NewHasSourceAtClient 

func NewHasSourceAtClient(c config) *HasSourceAtClient

NewHasSourceAtClient returns a client for the HasSourceAt from the given config.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) Create 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) Create() *HasSourceAtCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a HasSourceAt entity.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*HasSourceAtCreate) *HasSourceAtCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of HasSourceAt entities.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) Delete 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) Delete() *HasSourceAtDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for HasSourceAt.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) DeleteOne(hsa *HasSourceAt) *HasSourceAtDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *HasSourceAtDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) Get 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*HasSourceAt, error)

Get returns a HasSourceAt entity by its id.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) GetX 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *HasSourceAt

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) Hooks 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) Intercept 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `hassourceat.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) Interceptors 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*HasSourceAtCreate, int)) *HasSourceAtCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) Query 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) Query() *HasSourceAtQuery

Query returns a query builder for HasSourceAt.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) QueryAllVersions 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) QueryAllVersions(hsa *HasSourceAt) *PackageNameQuery

QueryAllVersions queries the all_versions edge of a HasSourceAt.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) QueryPackageVersion 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) QueryPackageVersion(hsa *HasSourceAt) *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackageVersion queries the package_version edge of a HasSourceAt.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) QuerySource 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) QuerySource(hsa *HasSourceAt) *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource queries the source edge of a HasSourceAt.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) Update 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) Update() *HasSourceAtUpdate

Update returns an update builder for HasSourceAt.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) UpdateOne(hsa *HasSourceAt) *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*HasSourceAtClient) Use 

func (c *HasSourceAtClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `hassourceat.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type HasSourceAtConnection 

type HasSourceAtConnection struct {
	Edges      []*HasSourceAtEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo           `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int                `json:"totalCount"`
}

HasSourceAtConnection is the connection containing edges to HasSourceAt.

type HasSourceAtCreate 

type HasSourceAtCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasSourceAtCreate is the builder for creating a HasSourceAt entity.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) Exec 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) ExecX 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) Mutation 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) Mutation() *HasSourceAtMutation

Mutation returns the HasSourceAtMutation object of the builder.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) OnConflict 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.HasSourceAt.Create().
	SetPackageVersionID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.HasSourceAtUpsert) {
		SetPackageVersionID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.HasSourceAt.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) Save 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*HasSourceAt, error)

Save creates the HasSourceAt in the database.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) SaveX 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *HasSourceAt

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) SetAllVersions 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) SetAllVersions(p *PackageName) *HasSourceAtCreate

SetAllVersions sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) SetAllVersionsID 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) SetAllVersionsID(id int) *HasSourceAtCreate

SetAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) SetCollector 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) SetCollector(s string) *HasSourceAtCreate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) SetJustification 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) SetJustification(s string) *HasSourceAtCreate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) SetKnownSince 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) SetKnownSince(t time.Time) *HasSourceAtCreate

SetKnownSince sets the "known_since" field.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) SetNillableAllVersionsID 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) SetNillableAllVersionsID(id *int) *HasSourceAtCreate

SetNillableAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) SetNillablePackageNameID 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) SetNillablePackageNameID(i *int) *HasSourceAtCreate

SetNillablePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) SetNillablePackageVersionID 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) SetNillablePackageVersionID(i *int) *HasSourceAtCreate

SetNillablePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) SetOrigin 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) SetOrigin(s string) *HasSourceAtCreate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) SetPackageNameID 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) SetPackageNameID(i int) *HasSourceAtCreate

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) SetPackageVersion 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) SetPackageVersion(p *PackageVersion) *HasSourceAtCreate

SetPackageVersion sets the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) SetPackageVersionID 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) SetPackageVersionID(i int) *HasSourceAtCreate

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) SetSource 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) SetSource(s *SourceName) *HasSourceAtCreate

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*HasSourceAtCreate) SetSourceID 

func (hsac *HasSourceAtCreate) SetSourceID(i int) *HasSourceAtCreate

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

type HasSourceAtCreateBulk 

type HasSourceAtCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasSourceAtCreateBulk is the builder for creating many HasSourceAt entities in bulk.

func (*HasSourceAtCreateBulk) Exec 

func (hsacb *HasSourceAtCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*HasSourceAtCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (hsacb *HasSourceAtCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (hsacb *HasSourceAtCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.HasSourceAt.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.HasSourceAtUpsert) {
		SetPackageVersionID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HasSourceAtCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (hsacb *HasSourceAtCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.HasSourceAt.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HasSourceAtCreateBulk) Save 

func (hsacb *HasSourceAtCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*HasSourceAt, error)

Save creates the HasSourceAt entities in the database.

func (*HasSourceAtCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (hsacb *HasSourceAtCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*HasSourceAt

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type HasSourceAtDelete 

type HasSourceAtDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasSourceAtDelete is the builder for deleting a HasSourceAt entity.

func (*HasSourceAtDelete) Exec 

func (hsad *HasSourceAtDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*HasSourceAtDelete) ExecX 

func (hsad *HasSourceAtDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtDelete) Where 

func (hsad *HasSourceAtDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.HasSourceAt) *HasSourceAtDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the HasSourceAtDelete builder.

type HasSourceAtDeleteOne 

type HasSourceAtDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasSourceAtDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single HasSourceAt entity.

func (*HasSourceAtDeleteOne) Exec 

func (hsado *HasSourceAtDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*HasSourceAtDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (hsado *HasSourceAtDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtDeleteOne) Where 

func (hsado *HasSourceAtDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.HasSourceAt) *HasSourceAtDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the HasSourceAtDelete builder.

type HasSourceAtEdge 

type HasSourceAtEdge struct {
	Node   *HasSourceAt `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor       `json:"cursor"`
}

HasSourceAtEdge is the edge representation of HasSourceAt.

type HasSourceAtEdges 

type HasSourceAtEdges struct {
	// PackageVersion holds the value of the package_version edge.
	PackageVersion *PackageVersion `json:"package_version,omitempty"`
	// AllVersions holds the value of the all_versions edge.
	AllVersions *PackageName `json:"all_versions,omitempty"`
	// Source holds the value of the source edge.
	Source *SourceName `json:"source,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasSourceAtEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (HasSourceAtEdges) AllVersionsOrErr 

func (e HasSourceAtEdges) AllVersionsOrErr() (*PackageName, error)

AllVersionsOrErr returns the AllVersions value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (HasSourceAtEdges) PackageVersionOrErr 

func (e HasSourceAtEdges) PackageVersionOrErr() (*PackageVersion, error)

PackageVersionOrErr returns the PackageVersion value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (HasSourceAtEdges) SourceOrErr 

func (e HasSourceAtEdges) SourceOrErr() (*SourceName, error)

SourceOrErr returns the Source value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type HasSourceAtGroupBy 

type HasSourceAtGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasSourceAtGroupBy is the group-by builder for HasSourceAt entities.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (hsagb *HasSourceAtGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *HasSourceAtGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *HasSourceAtGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *HasSourceAtGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *HasSourceAtGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *HasSourceAtGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *HasSourceAtGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *HasSourceAtGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *HasSourceAtGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *HasSourceAtGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) Int 

func (s *HasSourceAtGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *HasSourceAtGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *HasSourceAtGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *HasSourceAtGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) Scan 

func (hsagb *HasSourceAtGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *HasSourceAtGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) String 

func (s *HasSourceAtGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *HasSourceAtGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *HasSourceAtGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasSourceAtGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *HasSourceAtGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type HasSourceAtMutation 

type HasSourceAtMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasSourceAtMutation represents an operation that mutates the HasSourceAt nodes in the graph.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) AddField 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) AddedField 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) AllVersionsCleared 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) AllVersionsCleared() bool

AllVersionsCleared reports if the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity was cleared.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) AllVersionsID 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) AllVersionsID() (id int, exists bool)

AllVersionsID returns the "all_versions" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) AllVersionsIDs 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) AllVersionsIDs() (ids []int)

AllVersionsIDs returns the "all_versions" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use AllVersionsID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ClearAllVersions 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ClearAllVersions()

ClearAllVersions clears the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ClearField 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ClearPackageNameID 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ClearPackageNameID()

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ClearPackageVersion 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ClearPackageVersion()

ClearPackageVersion clears the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ClearPackageVersionID 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ClearPackageVersionID()

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ClearSource 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ClearSource()

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (HasSourceAtMutation) Client 

func (m HasSourceAtMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) Collector 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) Collector() (r string, exists bool)

Collector returns the value of the "collector" field in the mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) Field 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) Fields 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ID 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) IDs 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) Justification 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) Justification() (r string, exists bool)

Justification returns the value of the "justification" field in the mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) KnownSince 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) KnownSince() (r time.Time, exists bool)

KnownSince returns the value of the "known_since" field in the mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) OldCollector 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) OldCollector(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldCollector returns the old "collector" field's value of the HasSourceAt entity. If the HasSourceAt object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) OldField 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) OldJustification 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) OldJustification(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldJustification returns the old "justification" field's value of the HasSourceAt entity. If the HasSourceAt object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) OldKnownSince 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) OldKnownSince(ctx context.Context) (v time.Time, err error)

OldKnownSince returns the old "known_since" field's value of the HasSourceAt entity. If the HasSourceAt object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) OldOrigin 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) OldOrigin(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldOrigin returns the old "origin" field's value of the HasSourceAt entity. If the HasSourceAt object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) OldPackageNameID 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) OldPackageNameID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldPackageNameID returns the old "package_name_id" field's value of the HasSourceAt entity. If the HasSourceAt object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) OldPackageVersionID 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) OldPackageVersionID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldPackageVersionID returns the old "package_version_id" field's value of the HasSourceAt entity. If the HasSourceAt object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) OldSourceID 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) OldSourceID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldSourceID returns the old "source_id" field's value of the HasSourceAt entity. If the HasSourceAt object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) Op 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) Origin 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) Origin() (r string, exists bool)

Origin returns the value of the "origin" field in the mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) PackageNameID 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) PackageNameID() (r int, exists bool)

PackageNameID returns the value of the "package_name_id" field in the mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) PackageNameIDCleared 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) PackageNameIDCleared() bool

PackageNameIDCleared returns if the "package_name_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) PackageVersionCleared 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) PackageVersionCleared() bool

PackageVersionCleared reports if the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity was cleared.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) PackageVersionID 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) PackageVersionID() (r int, exists bool)

PackageVersionID returns the value of the "package_version_id" field in the mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) PackageVersionIDCleared 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) PackageVersionIDCleared() bool

PackageVersionIDCleared returns if the "package_version_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) PackageVersionIDs 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) PackageVersionIDs() (ids []int)

PackageVersionIDs returns the "package_version" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use PackageVersionID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ResetAllVersions 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ResetAllVersions()

ResetAllVersions resets all changes to the "all_versions" edge.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ResetCollector 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ResetCollector()

ResetCollector resets all changes to the "collector" field.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ResetField 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ResetJustification 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ResetJustification()

ResetJustification resets all changes to the "justification" field.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ResetKnownSince 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ResetKnownSince()

ResetKnownSince resets all changes to the "known_since" field.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ResetOrigin 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ResetOrigin()

ResetOrigin resets all changes to the "origin" field.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ResetPackageNameID 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ResetPackageNameID()

ResetPackageNameID resets all changes to the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ResetPackageVersion 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ResetPackageVersion()

ResetPackageVersion resets all changes to the "package_version" edge.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ResetPackageVersionID 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ResetPackageVersionID()

ResetPackageVersionID resets all changes to the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ResetSource 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ResetSource()

ResetSource resets all changes to the "source" edge.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) ResetSourceID 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) ResetSourceID()

ResetSourceID resets all changes to the "source_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) SetAllVersionsID 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) SetAllVersionsID(id int)

SetAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by id.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) SetCollector 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) SetCollector(s string)

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) SetField 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) SetJustification 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) SetJustification(s string)

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) SetKnownSince 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) SetKnownSince(t time.Time)

SetKnownSince sets the "known_since" field.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) SetOp 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) SetOrigin 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) SetOrigin(s string)

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) SetPackageNameID 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) SetPackageNameID(i int)

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) SetPackageVersionID 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) SetPackageVersionID(i int)

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) SetSourceID 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) SetSourceID(i int)

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) SourceCleared 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) SourceCleared() bool

SourceCleared reports if the "source" edge to the SourceName entity was cleared.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) SourceID 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) SourceID() (r int, exists bool)

SourceID returns the value of the "source_id" field in the mutation.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) SourceIDs 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) SourceIDs() (ids []int)

SourceIDs returns the "source" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use SourceID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (HasSourceAtMutation) Tx 

func (m HasSourceAtMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) Type 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (HasSourceAt).

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) Where 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.HasSourceAt)

Where appends a list predicates to the HasSourceAtMutation builder.

func (*HasSourceAtMutation) WhereP 

func (m *HasSourceAtMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the HasSourceAtMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type HasSourceAtOrder 

type HasSourceAtOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection         `json:"direction"`
	Field     *HasSourceAtOrderField `json:"field"`
}

HasSourceAtOrder defines the ordering of HasSourceAt.

type HasSourceAtOrderField 

type HasSourceAtOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given HasSourceAt.
	Value func(*HasSourceAt) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasSourceAtOrderField defines the ordering field of HasSourceAt.

type HasSourceAtPaginateOption 

type HasSourceAtPaginateOption func(*hassourceatPager) error

HasSourceAtPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithHasSourceAtFilter 

func WithHasSourceAtFilter(filter func(*HasSourceAtQuery) (*HasSourceAtQuery, error)) HasSourceAtPaginateOption

WithHasSourceAtFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithHasSourceAtOrder 

func WithHasSourceAtOrder(order *HasSourceAtOrder) HasSourceAtPaginateOption

WithHasSourceAtOrder configures pagination ordering.

type HasSourceAtQuery 

type HasSourceAtQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasSourceAtQuery is the builder for querying HasSourceAt entities.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) Aggregate 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *HasSourceAtSelect

Aggregate returns a HasSourceAtSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) All 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*HasSourceAt, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of HasSourceAts.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) AllX 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*HasSourceAt

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) Clone 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) Clone() *HasSourceAtQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the HasSourceAtQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) CollectFields 

func (hsa *HasSourceAtQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*HasSourceAtQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) Count 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) CountX 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) Exist 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) ExistX 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) First 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*HasSourceAt, error)

First returns the first HasSourceAt entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no HasSourceAt was found.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) FirstID 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first HasSourceAt ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no HasSourceAt ID was found.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) FirstIDX 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) FirstX 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *HasSourceAt

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) GroupBy 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *HasSourceAtGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	PackageVersionID int `json:"package_version_id,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.HasSourceAt.Query().
	GroupBy(hassourceat.FieldPackageVersionID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) IDs 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of HasSourceAt IDs.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) IDsX 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) Limit 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) Limit(limit int) *HasSourceAtQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) Offset 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) Offset(offset int) *HasSourceAtQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) Only 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*HasSourceAt, error)

Only returns a single HasSourceAt entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one HasSourceAt entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no HasSourceAt entities are found.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) OnlyID 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only HasSourceAt ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one HasSourceAt ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) OnlyX 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *HasSourceAt

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) Order 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) Order(o ...hassourceat.OrderOption) *HasSourceAtQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) Paginate 

func (hsa *HasSourceAtQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...HasSourceAtPaginateOption,
) (*HasSourceAtConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to HasSourceAt.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) QueryAllVersions 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) QueryAllVersions() *PackageNameQuery

QueryAllVersions chains the current query on the "all_versions" edge.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) QueryPackageVersion 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) QueryPackageVersion() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackageVersion chains the current query on the "package_version" edge.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) QuerySource 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) QuerySource() *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource chains the current query on the "source" edge.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) Select 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) Select(fields ...string) *HasSourceAtSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	PackageVersionID int `json:"package_version_id,omitempty"`
}

client.HasSourceAt.Query().
	Select(hassourceat.FieldPackageVersionID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) Unique 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) Unique(unique bool) *HasSourceAtQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) Where 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.HasSourceAt) *HasSourceAtQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the HasSourceAtQuery builder.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) WithAllVersions 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) WithAllVersions(opts ...func(*PackageNameQuery)) *HasSourceAtQuery

WithAllVersions tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "all_versions" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) WithPackageVersion 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) WithPackageVersion(opts ...func(*PackageVersionQuery)) *HasSourceAtQuery

WithPackageVersion tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "package_version" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*HasSourceAtQuery) WithSource 

func (hsaq *HasSourceAtQuery) WithSource(opts ...func(*SourceNameQuery)) *HasSourceAtQuery

WithSource tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "source" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type HasSourceAtSelect 

type HasSourceAtSelect struct {
	*HasSourceAtQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasSourceAtSelect is the builder for selecting fields of HasSourceAt entities.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) Aggregate 

func (hsas *HasSourceAtSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *HasSourceAtSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) Bool 

func (s *HasSourceAtSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) BoolX 

func (s *HasSourceAtSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) Bools 

func (s *HasSourceAtSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *HasSourceAtSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) Float64 

func (s *HasSourceAtSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) Float64X 

func (s *HasSourceAtSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) Float64s 

func (s *HasSourceAtSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *HasSourceAtSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) Int 

func (s *HasSourceAtSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) IntX 

func (s *HasSourceAtSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) Ints 

func (s *HasSourceAtSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) IntsX 

func (s *HasSourceAtSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) Scan 

func (hsas *HasSourceAtSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) ScanX 

func (s *HasSourceAtSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) String 

func (s *HasSourceAtSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) StringX 

func (s *HasSourceAtSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) Strings 

func (s *HasSourceAtSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HasSourceAtSelect) StringsX 

func (s *HasSourceAtSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type HasSourceAtUpdate 

type HasSourceAtUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasSourceAtUpdate is the builder for updating HasSourceAt entities.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) ClearAllVersions 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) ClearAllVersions() *HasSourceAtUpdate

ClearAllVersions clears the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) ClearPackageNameID 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) ClearPackageNameID() *HasSourceAtUpdate

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) ClearPackageVersion 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) ClearPackageVersion() *HasSourceAtUpdate

ClearPackageVersion clears the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) ClearPackageVersionID 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) ClearPackageVersionID() *HasSourceAtUpdate

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) ClearSource 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) ClearSource() *HasSourceAtUpdate

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) Exec 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) ExecX 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) Mutation 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) Mutation() *HasSourceAtMutation

Mutation returns the HasSourceAtMutation object of the builder.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) Save 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) SaveX 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) SetAllVersions 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) SetAllVersions(p *PackageName) *HasSourceAtUpdate

SetAllVersions sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) SetAllVersionsID 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) SetAllVersionsID(id int) *HasSourceAtUpdate

SetAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) SetCollector 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) SetCollector(s string) *HasSourceAtUpdate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) SetJustification 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) SetJustification(s string) *HasSourceAtUpdate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) SetKnownSince 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) SetKnownSince(t time.Time) *HasSourceAtUpdate

SetKnownSince sets the "known_since" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) SetNillableAllVersionsID 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) SetNillableAllVersionsID(id *int) *HasSourceAtUpdate

SetNillableAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) SetNillablePackageNameID 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) SetNillablePackageNameID(i *int) *HasSourceAtUpdate

SetNillablePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) SetNillablePackageVersionID 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) SetNillablePackageVersionID(i *int) *HasSourceAtUpdate

SetNillablePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) SetOrigin 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) SetOrigin(s string) *HasSourceAtUpdate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) SetPackageNameID 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) SetPackageNameID(i int) *HasSourceAtUpdate

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) SetPackageVersion 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) SetPackageVersion(p *PackageVersion) *HasSourceAtUpdate

SetPackageVersion sets the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) SetPackageVersionID 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) SetPackageVersionID(i int) *HasSourceAtUpdate

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) SetSource 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) SetSource(s *SourceName) *HasSourceAtUpdate

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) SetSourceID 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) SetSourceID(i int) *HasSourceAtUpdate

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdate) Where 

func (hsau *HasSourceAtUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.HasSourceAt) *HasSourceAtUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the HasSourceAtUpdate builder.

type HasSourceAtUpdateOne 

type HasSourceAtUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasSourceAtUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single HasSourceAt entity.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) ClearAllVersions 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) ClearAllVersions() *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

ClearAllVersions clears the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) ClearPackageNameID 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) ClearPackageNameID() *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) ClearPackageVersion 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) ClearPackageVersion() *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

ClearPackageVersion clears the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) ClearPackageVersionID 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) ClearPackageVersionID() *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) ClearSource 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) ClearSource() *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) Exec 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) Mutation() *HasSourceAtMutation

Mutation returns the HasSourceAtMutation object of the builder.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) Save 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*HasSourceAt, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated HasSourceAt entity.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *HasSourceAt

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) Select 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetAllVersions 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetAllVersions(p *PackageName) *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

SetAllVersions sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetAllVersionsID 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetAllVersionsID(id int) *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

SetAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetCollector 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetCollector(s string) *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetJustification 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetJustification(s string) *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetKnownSince 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetKnownSince(t time.Time) *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

SetKnownSince sets the "known_since" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetNillableAllVersionsID 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetNillableAllVersionsID(id *int) *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

SetNillableAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageNameID 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageNameID(i *int) *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

SetNillablePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageVersionID 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageVersionID(i *int) *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

SetNillablePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetOrigin 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetOrigin(s string) *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetPackageNameID 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetPackageNameID(i int) *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetPackageVersion 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetPackageVersion(p *PackageVersion) *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

SetPackageVersion sets the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetPackageVersionID 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetPackageVersionID(i int) *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetSource 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetSource(s *SourceName) *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetSourceID 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) SetSourceID(i int) *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpdateOne) Where 

func (hsauo *HasSourceAtUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.HasSourceAt) *HasSourceAtUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the HasSourceAtUpdate builder.

type HasSourceAtUpsert 

type HasSourceAtUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

HasSourceAtUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsert) ClearPackageNameID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsert) ClearPackageNameID() *HasSourceAtUpsert

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsert) ClearPackageVersionID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsert) ClearPackageVersionID() *HasSourceAtUpsert

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsert) SetCollector 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsert) SetCollector(v string) *HasSourceAtUpsert

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsert) SetJustification 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsert) SetJustification(v string) *HasSourceAtUpsert

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsert) SetKnownSince 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsert) SetKnownSince(v time.Time) *HasSourceAtUpsert

SetKnownSince sets the "known_since" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsert) SetOrigin 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsert) SetOrigin(v string) *HasSourceAtUpsert

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsert) SetPackageNameID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsert) SetPackageNameID(v int) *HasSourceAtUpsert

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsert) SetPackageVersionID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsert) SetPackageVersionID(v int) *HasSourceAtUpsert

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsert) SetSourceID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsert) SetSourceID(v int) *HasSourceAtUpsert

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsert) UpdateCollector 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsert) UpdateCollector() *HasSourceAtUpsert

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsert) UpdateJustification 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsert) UpdateJustification() *HasSourceAtUpsert

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsert) UpdateKnownSince 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsert) UpdateKnownSince() *HasSourceAtUpsert

UpdateKnownSince sets the "known_since" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsert) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsert) UpdateOrigin() *HasSourceAtUpsert

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsert) UpdatePackageNameID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsert) UpdatePackageNameID() *HasSourceAtUpsert

UpdatePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsert) UpdatePackageVersionID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsert) UpdatePackageVersionID() *HasSourceAtUpsert

UpdatePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsert) UpdateSourceID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsert) UpdateSourceID() *HasSourceAtUpsert

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type HasSourceAtUpsertBulk 

type HasSourceAtUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasSourceAtUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of HasSourceAt nodes.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) ClearPackageNameID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) ClearPackageNameID() *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) ClearPackageVersionID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) ClearPackageVersionID() *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) Ignore() *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.HasSourceAt.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) SetCollector 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) SetCollector(v string) *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) SetJustification 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) SetJustification(v string) *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) SetKnownSince 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) SetKnownSince(v time.Time) *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

SetKnownSince sets the "known_since" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) SetOrigin 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) SetOrigin(v string) *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) SetPackageNameID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) SetPackageNameID(v int) *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) SetPackageVersionID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) SetPackageVersionID(v int) *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) SetSourceID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) SetSourceID(v int) *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*HasSourceAtUpsert)) *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the HasSourceAtCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector() *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification() *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) UpdateKnownSince 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) UpdateKnownSince() *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

UpdateKnownSince sets the "known_since" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.HasSourceAt.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin() *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageNameID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageNameID() *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

UpdatePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageVersionID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageVersionID() *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

UpdatePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) UpdateSourceID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk) UpdateSourceID() *HasSourceAtUpsertBulk

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type HasSourceAtUpsertOne 

type HasSourceAtUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HasSourceAtUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one HasSourceAt node.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) ClearPackageNameID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) ClearPackageNameID() *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) ClearPackageVersionID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) ClearPackageVersionID() *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) DoNothing() *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) Ignore() *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.HasSourceAt.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) SetCollector 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) SetCollector(v string) *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) SetJustification 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) SetJustification(v string) *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) SetKnownSince 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) SetKnownSince(v time.Time) *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

SetKnownSince sets the "known_since" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) SetOrigin 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) SetOrigin(v string) *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) SetPackageNameID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) SetPackageNameID(v int) *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) SetPackageVersionID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) SetPackageVersionID(v int) *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) SetSourceID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) SetSourceID(v int) *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) Update(set func(*HasSourceAtUpsert)) *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the HasSourceAtCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) UpdateCollector 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) UpdateCollector() *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) UpdateJustification 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) UpdateJustification() *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) UpdateKnownSince 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) UpdateKnownSince() *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

UpdateKnownSince sets the "known_since" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.HasSourceAt.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin() *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) UpdatePackageNameID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) UpdatePackageNameID() *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

UpdatePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) UpdatePackageVersionID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) UpdatePackageVersionID() *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

UpdatePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HasSourceAtUpsertOne) UpdateSourceID 

func (u *HasSourceAtUpsertOne) UpdateSourceID() *HasSourceAtUpsertOne

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type HasSourceAts 

type HasSourceAts []*HasSourceAt

HasSourceAts is a parsable slice of HasSourceAt.

type HashEqual 

type HashEqual struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Origin holds the value of the "origin" field.
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
	// Collector holds the value of the "collector" field.
	Collector string `json:"collector,omitempty"`
	// Justification holds the value of the "justification" field.
	Justification string `json:"justification,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the HashEqualQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges HashEqualEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HashEqual is the model entity for the HashEqual schema.

func (*HashEqual) Artifacts 

func (he *HashEqual) Artifacts(ctx context.Context) (result []*Artifact, err error)

func (*HashEqual) IsNode 

func (n *HashEqual) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*HashEqual) NamedArtifacts 

func (he *HashEqual) NamedArtifacts(name string) ([]*Artifact, error)

NamedArtifacts returns the Artifacts named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*HashEqual) QueryArtifacts 

func (he *HashEqual) QueryArtifacts() *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifacts queries the "artifacts" edge of the HashEqual entity.

func (*HashEqual) String 

func (he *HashEqual) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*HashEqual) ToEdge 

func (he *HashEqual) ToEdge(order *HashEqualOrder) *HashEqualEdge

ToEdge converts HashEqual into HashEqualEdge.

func (*HashEqual) Unwrap 

func (he *HashEqual) Unwrap() *HashEqual

Unwrap unwraps the HashEqual entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*HashEqual) Update 

func (he *HashEqual) Update() *HashEqualUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this HashEqual. Note that you need to call HashEqual.Unwrap() before calling this method if this HashEqual was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*HashEqual) Value 

func (he *HashEqual) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the HashEqual. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type HashEqualClient 

type HashEqualClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HashEqualClient is a client for the HashEqual schema.

func NewHashEqualClient 

func NewHashEqualClient(c config) *HashEqualClient

NewHashEqualClient returns a client for the HashEqual from the given config.

func (*HashEqualClient) Create 

func (c *HashEqualClient) Create() *HashEqualCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a HashEqual entity.

func (*HashEqualClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *HashEqualClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*HashEqualCreate) *HashEqualCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of HashEqual entities.

func (*HashEqualClient) Delete 

func (c *HashEqualClient) Delete() *HashEqualDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for HashEqual.

func (*HashEqualClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *HashEqualClient) DeleteOne(he *HashEqual) *HashEqualDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*HashEqualClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *HashEqualClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *HashEqualDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*HashEqualClient) Get 

func (c *HashEqualClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*HashEqual, error)

Get returns a HashEqual entity by its id.

func (*HashEqualClient) GetX 

func (c *HashEqualClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *HashEqual

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualClient) Hooks 

func (c *HashEqualClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*HashEqualClient) Intercept 

func (c *HashEqualClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `hashequal.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*HashEqualClient) Interceptors 

func (c *HashEqualClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*HashEqualClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *HashEqualClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*HashEqualCreate, int)) *HashEqualCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*HashEqualClient) Query 

func (c *HashEqualClient) Query() *HashEqualQuery

Query returns a query builder for HashEqual.

func (*HashEqualClient) QueryArtifacts 

func (c *HashEqualClient) QueryArtifacts(he *HashEqual) *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifacts queries the artifacts edge of a HashEqual.

func (*HashEqualClient) Update 

func (c *HashEqualClient) Update() *HashEqualUpdate

Update returns an update builder for HashEqual.

func (*HashEqualClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *HashEqualClient) UpdateOne(he *HashEqual) *HashEqualUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*HashEqualClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *HashEqualClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *HashEqualUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*HashEqualClient) Use 

func (c *HashEqualClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `hashequal.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type HashEqualConnection 

type HashEqualConnection struct {
	Edges      []*HashEqualEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo         `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int              `json:"totalCount"`
}

HashEqualConnection is the connection containing edges to HashEqual.

type HashEqualCreate 

type HashEqualCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HashEqualCreate is the builder for creating a HashEqual entity.

func (*HashEqualCreate) AddArtifactIDs 

func (hec *HashEqualCreate) AddArtifactIDs(ids ...int) *HashEqualCreate

AddArtifactIDs adds the "artifacts" edge to the Artifact entity by IDs.

func (*HashEqualCreate) AddArtifacts 

func (hec *HashEqualCreate) AddArtifacts(a ...*Artifact) *HashEqualCreate

AddArtifacts adds the "artifacts" edges to the Artifact entity.

func (*HashEqualCreate) Exec 

func (hec *HashEqualCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*HashEqualCreate) ExecX 

func (hec *HashEqualCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualCreate) Mutation 

func (hec *HashEqualCreate) Mutation() *HashEqualMutation

Mutation returns the HashEqualMutation object of the builder.

func (*HashEqualCreate) OnConflict 

func (hec *HashEqualCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *HashEqualUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.HashEqual.Create().
	SetOrigin(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.HashEqualUpsert) {
		SetOrigin(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HashEqualCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (hec *HashEqualCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *HashEqualUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.HashEqual.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HashEqualCreate) Save 

func (hec *HashEqualCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*HashEqual, error)

Save creates the HashEqual in the database.

func (*HashEqualCreate) SaveX 

func (hec *HashEqualCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *HashEqual

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*HashEqualCreate) SetCollector 

func (hec *HashEqualCreate) SetCollector(s string) *HashEqualCreate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HashEqualCreate) SetJustification 

func (hec *HashEqualCreate) SetJustification(s string) *HashEqualCreate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HashEqualCreate) SetOrigin 

func (hec *HashEqualCreate) SetOrigin(s string) *HashEqualCreate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

type HashEqualCreateBulk 

type HashEqualCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HashEqualCreateBulk is the builder for creating many HashEqual entities in bulk.

func (*HashEqualCreateBulk) Exec 

func (hecb *HashEqualCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*HashEqualCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (hecb *HashEqualCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (hecb *HashEqualCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *HashEqualUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.HashEqual.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.HashEqualUpsert) {
		SetOrigin(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HashEqualCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (hecb *HashEqualCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *HashEqualUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.HashEqual.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HashEqualCreateBulk) Save 

func (hecb *HashEqualCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*HashEqual, error)

Save creates the HashEqual entities in the database.

func (*HashEqualCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (hecb *HashEqualCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*HashEqual

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type HashEqualDelete 

type HashEqualDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HashEqualDelete is the builder for deleting a HashEqual entity.

func (*HashEqualDelete) Exec 

func (hed *HashEqualDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*HashEqualDelete) ExecX 

func (hed *HashEqualDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualDelete) Where 

func (hed *HashEqualDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.HashEqual) *HashEqualDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the HashEqualDelete builder.

type HashEqualDeleteOne 

type HashEqualDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HashEqualDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single HashEqual entity.

func (*HashEqualDeleteOne) Exec 

func (hedo *HashEqualDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*HashEqualDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (hedo *HashEqualDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualDeleteOne) Where 

func (hedo *HashEqualDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.HashEqual) *HashEqualDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the HashEqualDelete builder.

type HashEqualEdge 

type HashEqualEdge struct {
	Node   *HashEqual `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor     `json:"cursor"`
}

HashEqualEdge is the edge representation of HashEqual.

type HashEqualEdges 

type HashEqualEdges struct {
	// Artifacts holds the value of the artifacts edge.
	Artifacts []*Artifact `json:"artifacts,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HashEqualEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (HashEqualEdges) ArtifactsOrErr 

func (e HashEqualEdges) ArtifactsOrErr() ([]*Artifact, error)

ArtifactsOrErr returns the Artifacts value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type HashEqualGroupBy 

type HashEqualGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HashEqualGroupBy is the group-by builder for HashEqual entities.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (hegb *HashEqualGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *HashEqualGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *HashEqualGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *HashEqualGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *HashEqualGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *HashEqualGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *HashEqualGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *HashEqualGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *HashEqualGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *HashEqualGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) Int 

func (s *HashEqualGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *HashEqualGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *HashEqualGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *HashEqualGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) Scan 

func (hegb *HashEqualGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *HashEqualGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) String 

func (s *HashEqualGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *HashEqualGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *HashEqualGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HashEqualGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *HashEqualGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type HashEqualMutation 

type HashEqualMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HashEqualMutation represents an operation that mutates the HashEqual nodes in the graph.

func (*HashEqualMutation) AddArtifactIDs 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) AddArtifactIDs(ids ...int)

AddArtifactIDs adds the "artifacts" edge to the Artifact entity by ids.

func (*HashEqualMutation) AddField 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*HashEqualMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*HashEqualMutation) AddedField 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*HashEqualMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*HashEqualMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*HashEqualMutation) ArtifactsCleared 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) ArtifactsCleared() bool

ArtifactsCleared reports if the "artifacts" edge to the Artifact entity was cleared.

func (*HashEqualMutation) ArtifactsIDs 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) ArtifactsIDs() (ids []int)

ArtifactsIDs returns the "artifacts" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*HashEqualMutation) ClearArtifacts 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) ClearArtifacts()

ClearArtifacts clears the "artifacts" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*HashEqualMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*HashEqualMutation) ClearField 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*HashEqualMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*HashEqualMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (HashEqualMutation) Client 

func (m HashEqualMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*HashEqualMutation) Collector 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) Collector() (r string, exists bool)

Collector returns the value of the "collector" field in the mutation.

func (*HashEqualMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*HashEqualMutation) Field 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*HashEqualMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*HashEqualMutation) Fields 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*HashEqualMutation) ID 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*HashEqualMutation) IDs 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*HashEqualMutation) Justification 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) Justification() (r string, exists bool)

Justification returns the value of the "justification" field in the mutation.

func (*HashEqualMutation) OldCollector 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) OldCollector(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldCollector returns the old "collector" field's value of the HashEqual entity. If the HashEqual object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HashEqualMutation) OldField 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*HashEqualMutation) OldJustification 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) OldJustification(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldJustification returns the old "justification" field's value of the HashEqual entity. If the HashEqual object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HashEqualMutation) OldOrigin 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) OldOrigin(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldOrigin returns the old "origin" field's value of the HashEqual entity. If the HashEqual object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*HashEqualMutation) Op 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*HashEqualMutation) Origin 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) Origin() (r string, exists bool)

Origin returns the value of the "origin" field in the mutation.

func (*HashEqualMutation) RemoveArtifactIDs 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) RemoveArtifactIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveArtifactIDs removes the "artifacts" edge to the Artifact entity by IDs.

func (*HashEqualMutation) RemovedArtifactsIDs 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) RemovedArtifactsIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedArtifacts returns the removed IDs of the "artifacts" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*HashEqualMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*HashEqualMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*HashEqualMutation) ResetArtifacts 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) ResetArtifacts()

ResetArtifacts resets all changes to the "artifacts" edge.

func (*HashEqualMutation) ResetCollector 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) ResetCollector()

ResetCollector resets all changes to the "collector" field.

func (*HashEqualMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*HashEqualMutation) ResetField 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*HashEqualMutation) ResetJustification 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) ResetJustification()

ResetJustification resets all changes to the "justification" field.

func (*HashEqualMutation) ResetOrigin 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) ResetOrigin()

ResetOrigin resets all changes to the "origin" field.

func (*HashEqualMutation) SetCollector 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) SetCollector(s string)

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HashEqualMutation) SetField 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*HashEqualMutation) SetJustification 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) SetJustification(s string)

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HashEqualMutation) SetOp 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*HashEqualMutation) SetOrigin 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) SetOrigin(s string)

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (HashEqualMutation) Tx 

func (m HashEqualMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*HashEqualMutation) Type 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (HashEqual).

func (*HashEqualMutation) Where 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.HashEqual)

Where appends a list predicates to the HashEqualMutation builder.

func (*HashEqualMutation) WhereP 

func (m *HashEqualMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the HashEqualMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type HashEqualOrder 

type HashEqualOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection       `json:"direction"`
	Field     *HashEqualOrderField `json:"field"`
}

HashEqualOrder defines the ordering of HashEqual.

type HashEqualOrderField 

type HashEqualOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given HashEqual.
	Value func(*HashEqual) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HashEqualOrderField defines the ordering field of HashEqual.

type HashEqualPaginateOption 

type HashEqualPaginateOption func(*hashequalPager) error

HashEqualPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithHashEqualFilter 

func WithHashEqualFilter(filter func(*HashEqualQuery) (*HashEqualQuery, error)) HashEqualPaginateOption

WithHashEqualFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithHashEqualOrder 

func WithHashEqualOrder(order *HashEqualOrder) HashEqualPaginateOption

WithHashEqualOrder configures pagination ordering.

type HashEqualQuery 

type HashEqualQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HashEqualQuery is the builder for querying HashEqual entities.

func (*HashEqualQuery) Aggregate 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *HashEqualSelect

Aggregate returns a HashEqualSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*HashEqualQuery) All 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*HashEqual, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of HashEquals.

func (*HashEqualQuery) AllX 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*HashEqual

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualQuery) Clone 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) Clone() *HashEqualQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the HashEqualQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*HashEqualQuery) CollectFields 

func (he *HashEqualQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*HashEqualQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*HashEqualQuery) Count 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*HashEqualQuery) CountX 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualQuery) Exist 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*HashEqualQuery) ExistX 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualQuery) First 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*HashEqual, error)

First returns the first HashEqual entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no HashEqual was found.

func (*HashEqualQuery) FirstID 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first HashEqual ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no HashEqual ID was found.

func (*HashEqualQuery) FirstIDX 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualQuery) FirstX 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *HashEqual

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualQuery) GroupBy 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *HashEqualGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.HashEqual.Query().
	GroupBy(hashequal.FieldOrigin).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*HashEqualQuery) IDs 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of HashEqual IDs.

func (*HashEqualQuery) IDsX 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualQuery) Limit 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) Limit(limit int) *HashEqualQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*HashEqualQuery) Offset 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) Offset(offset int) *HashEqualQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*HashEqualQuery) Only 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*HashEqual, error)

Only returns a single HashEqual entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one HashEqual entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no HashEqual entities are found.

func (*HashEqualQuery) OnlyID 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only HashEqual ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one HashEqual ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*HashEqualQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualQuery) OnlyX 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *HashEqual

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualQuery) Order 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) Order(o ...hashequal.OrderOption) *HashEqualQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*HashEqualQuery) Paginate 

func (he *HashEqualQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...HashEqualPaginateOption,
) (*HashEqualConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to HashEqual.

func (*HashEqualQuery) QueryArtifacts 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) QueryArtifacts() *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifacts chains the current query on the "artifacts" edge.

func (*HashEqualQuery) Select 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) Select(fields ...string) *HashEqualSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
}

client.HashEqual.Query().
	Select(hashequal.FieldOrigin).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*HashEqualQuery) Unique 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) Unique(unique bool) *HashEqualQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*HashEqualQuery) Where 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.HashEqual) *HashEqualQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the HashEqualQuery builder.

func (*HashEqualQuery) WithArtifacts 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) WithArtifacts(opts ...func(*ArtifactQuery)) *HashEqualQuery

WithArtifacts tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "artifacts" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*HashEqualQuery) WithNamedArtifacts 

func (heq *HashEqualQuery) WithNamedArtifacts(name string, opts ...func(*ArtifactQuery)) *HashEqualQuery

WithNamedArtifacts tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "artifacts" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type HashEqualSelect 

type HashEqualSelect struct {
	*HashEqualQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HashEqualSelect is the builder for selecting fields of HashEqual entities.

func (*HashEqualSelect) Aggregate 

func (hes *HashEqualSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *HashEqualSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*HashEqualSelect) Bool 

func (s *HashEqualSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HashEqualSelect) BoolX 

func (s *HashEqualSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualSelect) Bools 

func (s *HashEqualSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HashEqualSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *HashEqualSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualSelect) Float64 

func (s *HashEqualSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HashEqualSelect) Float64X 

func (s *HashEqualSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualSelect) Float64s 

func (s *HashEqualSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HashEqualSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *HashEqualSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualSelect) Int 

func (s *HashEqualSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HashEqualSelect) IntX 

func (s *HashEqualSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualSelect) Ints 

func (s *HashEqualSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HashEqualSelect) IntsX 

func (s *HashEqualSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualSelect) Scan 

func (hes *HashEqualSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*HashEqualSelect) ScanX 

func (s *HashEqualSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualSelect) String 

func (s *HashEqualSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HashEqualSelect) StringX 

func (s *HashEqualSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualSelect) Strings 

func (s *HashEqualSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*HashEqualSelect) StringsX 

func (s *HashEqualSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type HashEqualUpdate 

type HashEqualUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HashEqualUpdate is the builder for updating HashEqual entities.

func (*HashEqualUpdate) AddArtifactIDs 

func (heu *HashEqualUpdate) AddArtifactIDs(ids ...int) *HashEqualUpdate

AddArtifactIDs adds the "artifacts" edge to the Artifact entity by IDs.

func (*HashEqualUpdate) AddArtifacts 

func (heu *HashEqualUpdate) AddArtifacts(a ...*Artifact) *HashEqualUpdate

AddArtifacts adds the "artifacts" edges to the Artifact entity.

func (*HashEqualUpdate) ClearArtifacts 

func (heu *HashEqualUpdate) ClearArtifacts() *HashEqualUpdate

ClearArtifacts clears all "artifacts" edges to the Artifact entity.

func (*HashEqualUpdate) Exec 

func (heu *HashEqualUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*HashEqualUpdate) ExecX 

func (heu *HashEqualUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualUpdate) Mutation 

func (heu *HashEqualUpdate) Mutation() *HashEqualMutation

Mutation returns the HashEqualMutation object of the builder.

func (*HashEqualUpdate) RemoveArtifactIDs 

func (heu *HashEqualUpdate) RemoveArtifactIDs(ids ...int) *HashEqualUpdate

RemoveArtifactIDs removes the "artifacts" edge to Artifact entities by IDs.

func (*HashEqualUpdate) RemoveArtifacts 

func (heu *HashEqualUpdate) RemoveArtifacts(a ...*Artifact) *HashEqualUpdate

RemoveArtifacts removes "artifacts" edges to Artifact entities.

func (*HashEqualUpdate) Save 

func (heu *HashEqualUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*HashEqualUpdate) SaveX 

func (heu *HashEqualUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualUpdate) SetCollector 

func (heu *HashEqualUpdate) SetCollector(s string) *HashEqualUpdate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HashEqualUpdate) SetJustification 

func (heu *HashEqualUpdate) SetJustification(s string) *HashEqualUpdate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HashEqualUpdate) SetOrigin 

func (heu *HashEqualUpdate) SetOrigin(s string) *HashEqualUpdate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HashEqualUpdate) Where 

func (heu *HashEqualUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.HashEqual) *HashEqualUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the HashEqualUpdate builder.

type HashEqualUpdateOne 

type HashEqualUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HashEqualUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single HashEqual entity.

func (*HashEqualUpdateOne) AddArtifactIDs 

func (heuo *HashEqualUpdateOne) AddArtifactIDs(ids ...int) *HashEqualUpdateOne

AddArtifactIDs adds the "artifacts" edge to the Artifact entity by IDs.

func (*HashEqualUpdateOne) AddArtifacts 

func (heuo *HashEqualUpdateOne) AddArtifacts(a ...*Artifact) *HashEqualUpdateOne

AddArtifacts adds the "artifacts" edges to the Artifact entity.

func (*HashEqualUpdateOne) ClearArtifacts 

func (heuo *HashEqualUpdateOne) ClearArtifacts() *HashEqualUpdateOne

ClearArtifacts clears all "artifacts" edges to the Artifact entity.

func (*HashEqualUpdateOne) Exec 

func (heuo *HashEqualUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*HashEqualUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (heuo *HashEqualUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (heuo *HashEqualUpdateOne) Mutation() *HashEqualMutation

Mutation returns the HashEqualMutation object of the builder.

func (*HashEqualUpdateOne) RemoveArtifactIDs 

func (heuo *HashEqualUpdateOne) RemoveArtifactIDs(ids ...int) *HashEqualUpdateOne

RemoveArtifactIDs removes the "artifacts" edge to Artifact entities by IDs.

func (*HashEqualUpdateOne) RemoveArtifacts 

func (heuo *HashEqualUpdateOne) RemoveArtifacts(a ...*Artifact) *HashEqualUpdateOne

RemoveArtifacts removes "artifacts" edges to Artifact entities.

func (*HashEqualUpdateOne) Save 

func (heuo *HashEqualUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*HashEqual, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated HashEqual entity.

func (*HashEqualUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (heuo *HashEqualUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *HashEqual

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualUpdateOne) Select 

func (heuo *HashEqualUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *HashEqualUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*HashEqualUpdateOne) SetCollector 

func (heuo *HashEqualUpdateOne) SetCollector(s string) *HashEqualUpdateOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HashEqualUpdateOne) SetJustification 

func (heuo *HashEqualUpdateOne) SetJustification(s string) *HashEqualUpdateOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HashEqualUpdateOne) SetOrigin 

func (heuo *HashEqualUpdateOne) SetOrigin(s string) *HashEqualUpdateOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HashEqualUpdateOne) Where 

func (heuo *HashEqualUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.HashEqual) *HashEqualUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the HashEqualUpdate builder.

type HashEqualUpsert 

type HashEqualUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

HashEqualUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*HashEqualUpsert) SetCollector 

func (u *HashEqualUpsert) SetCollector(v string) *HashEqualUpsert

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HashEqualUpsert) SetJustification 

func (u *HashEqualUpsert) SetJustification(v string) *HashEqualUpsert

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HashEqualUpsert) SetOrigin 

func (u *HashEqualUpsert) SetOrigin(v string) *HashEqualUpsert

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HashEqualUpsert) UpdateCollector 

func (u *HashEqualUpsert) UpdateCollector() *HashEqualUpsert

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HashEqualUpsert) UpdateJustification 

func (u *HashEqualUpsert) UpdateJustification() *HashEqualUpsert

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HashEqualUpsert) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *HashEqualUpsert) UpdateOrigin() *HashEqualUpsert

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

type HashEqualUpsertBulk 

type HashEqualUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HashEqualUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of HashEqual nodes.

func (*HashEqualUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *HashEqualUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*HashEqualUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*HashEqualUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertBulk) Ignore() *HashEqualUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.HashEqual.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HashEqualUpsertBulk) SetCollector 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertBulk) SetCollector(v string) *HashEqualUpsertBulk

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HashEqualUpsertBulk) SetJustification 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertBulk) SetJustification(v string) *HashEqualUpsertBulk

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HashEqualUpsertBulk) SetOrigin 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertBulk) SetOrigin(v string) *HashEqualUpsertBulk

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HashEqualUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*HashEqualUpsert)) *HashEqualUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the HashEqualCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*HashEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector() *HashEqualUpsertBulk

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HashEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification() *HashEqualUpsertBulk

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HashEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *HashEqualUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.HashEqual.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HashEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin() *HashEqualUpsertBulk

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

type HashEqualUpsertOne 

type HashEqualUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

HashEqualUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one HashEqual node.

func (*HashEqualUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertOne) DoNothing() *HashEqualUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*HashEqualUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*HashEqualUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*HashEqualUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*HashEqualUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertOne) Ignore() *HashEqualUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.HashEqual.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*HashEqualUpsertOne) SetCollector 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertOne) SetCollector(v string) *HashEqualUpsertOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*HashEqualUpsertOne) SetJustification 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertOne) SetJustification(v string) *HashEqualUpsertOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*HashEqualUpsertOne) SetOrigin 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertOne) SetOrigin(v string) *HashEqualUpsertOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*HashEqualUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertOne) Update(set func(*HashEqualUpsert)) *HashEqualUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the HashEqualCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*HashEqualUpsertOne) UpdateCollector 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertOne) UpdateCollector() *HashEqualUpsertOne

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HashEqualUpsertOne) UpdateJustification 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertOne) UpdateJustification() *HashEqualUpsertOne

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*HashEqualUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *HashEqualUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.HashEqual.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*HashEqualUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *HashEqualUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin() *HashEqualUpsertOne

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

type HashEquals 

type HashEquals []*HashEqual

HashEquals is a parsable slice of HashEqual.

type Hook 

type Hook = ent.Hook

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type InterceptFunc 

type InterceptFunc = ent.InterceptFunc

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type Interceptor 

type Interceptor = ent.Interceptor

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type IsVulnerabilities 

type IsVulnerabilities []*IsVulnerability

IsVulnerabilities is a parsable slice of IsVulnerability.

type IsVulnerability 

type IsVulnerability struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// OsvID holds the value of the "osv_id" field.
	OsvID int `json:"osv_id,omitempty"`
	// VulnerabilityID holds the value of the "vulnerability_id" field.
	VulnerabilityID int `json:"vulnerability_id,omitempty"`
	// Justification holds the value of the "justification" field.
	Justification string `json:"justification,omitempty"`
	// Origin holds the value of the "origin" field.
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
	// Collector holds the value of the "collector" field.
	Collector string `json:"collector,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the IsVulnerabilityQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges IsVulnerabilityEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IsVulnerability is the model entity for the IsVulnerability schema.

func (*IsVulnerability) IsNode 

func (n *IsVulnerability) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*IsVulnerability) Osv 

func (iv *IsVulnerability) Osv(ctx context.Context) (*VulnerabilityType, error)

func (*IsVulnerability) QueryOsv 

func (iv *IsVulnerability) QueryOsv() *VulnerabilityTypeQuery

QueryOsv queries the "osv" edge of the IsVulnerability entity.

func (*IsVulnerability) QueryVulnerability 

func (iv *IsVulnerability) QueryVulnerability() *VulnerabilityTypeQuery

QueryVulnerability queries the "vulnerability" edge of the IsVulnerability entity.

func (*IsVulnerability) String 

func (iv *IsVulnerability) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*IsVulnerability) ToEdge 

func (iv *IsVulnerability) ToEdge(order *IsVulnerabilityOrder) *IsVulnerabilityEdge

ToEdge converts IsVulnerability into IsVulnerabilityEdge.

func (*IsVulnerability) Unwrap 

func (iv *IsVulnerability) Unwrap() *IsVulnerability

Unwrap unwraps the IsVulnerability entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*IsVulnerability) Update 

func (iv *IsVulnerability) Update() *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this IsVulnerability. Note that you need to call IsVulnerability.Unwrap() before calling this method if this IsVulnerability was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*IsVulnerability) Value 

func (iv *IsVulnerability) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the IsVulnerability. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

func (*IsVulnerability) Vulnerability 

func (iv *IsVulnerability) Vulnerability(ctx context.Context) (*VulnerabilityType, error)

type IsVulnerabilityClient 

type IsVulnerabilityClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IsVulnerabilityClient is a client for the IsVulnerability schema.

func NewIsVulnerabilityClient 

func NewIsVulnerabilityClient(c config) *IsVulnerabilityClient

NewIsVulnerabilityClient returns a client for the IsVulnerability from the given config.

func (*IsVulnerabilityClient) Create 

func (c *IsVulnerabilityClient) Create() *IsVulnerabilityCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a IsVulnerability entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *IsVulnerabilityClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*IsVulnerabilityCreate) *IsVulnerabilityCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of IsVulnerability entities.

func (*IsVulnerabilityClient) Delete 

func (c *IsVulnerabilityClient) Delete() *IsVulnerabilityDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for IsVulnerability.

func (*IsVulnerabilityClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *IsVulnerabilityClient) DeleteOne(iv *IsVulnerability) *IsVulnerabilityDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *IsVulnerabilityClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *IsVulnerabilityDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*IsVulnerabilityClient) Get 

func (c *IsVulnerabilityClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*IsVulnerability, error)

Get returns a IsVulnerability entity by its id.

func (*IsVulnerabilityClient) GetX 

func (c *IsVulnerabilityClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *IsVulnerability

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityClient) Hooks 

func (c *IsVulnerabilityClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*IsVulnerabilityClient) Intercept 

func (c *IsVulnerabilityClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `isvulnerability.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*IsVulnerabilityClient) Interceptors 

func (c *IsVulnerabilityClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*IsVulnerabilityClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *IsVulnerabilityClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*IsVulnerabilityCreate, int)) *IsVulnerabilityCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*IsVulnerabilityClient) Query 

func (c *IsVulnerabilityClient) Query() *IsVulnerabilityQuery

Query returns a query builder for IsVulnerability.

func (*IsVulnerabilityClient) QueryOsv 

func (c *IsVulnerabilityClient) QueryOsv(iv *IsVulnerability) *VulnerabilityTypeQuery

QueryOsv queries the osv edge of a IsVulnerability.

func (*IsVulnerabilityClient) QueryVulnerability 

func (c *IsVulnerabilityClient) QueryVulnerability(iv *IsVulnerability) *VulnerabilityTypeQuery

QueryVulnerability queries the vulnerability edge of a IsVulnerability.

func (*IsVulnerabilityClient) Update 

func (c *IsVulnerabilityClient) Update() *IsVulnerabilityUpdate

Update returns an update builder for IsVulnerability.

func (*IsVulnerabilityClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *IsVulnerabilityClient) UpdateOne(iv *IsVulnerability) *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *IsVulnerabilityClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*IsVulnerabilityClient) Use 

func (c *IsVulnerabilityClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `isvulnerability.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type IsVulnerabilityConnection 

type IsVulnerabilityConnection struct {
	Edges      []*IsVulnerabilityEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo               `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int                    `json:"totalCount"`
}

IsVulnerabilityConnection is the connection containing edges to IsVulnerability.

type IsVulnerabilityCreate 

type IsVulnerabilityCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IsVulnerabilityCreate is the builder for creating a IsVulnerability entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreate) Exec 

func (ivc *IsVulnerabilityCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreate) ExecX 

func (ivc *IsVulnerabilityCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreate) Mutation 

func (ivc *IsVulnerabilityCreate) Mutation() *IsVulnerabilityMutation

Mutation returns the IsVulnerabilityMutation object of the builder.

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreate) OnConflict 

func (ivc *IsVulnerabilityCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.IsVulnerability.Create().
	SetOsvID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.IsVulnerabilityUpsert) {
		SetOsvID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (ivc *IsVulnerabilityCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.IsVulnerability.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreate) Save 

func (ivc *IsVulnerabilityCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*IsVulnerability, error)

Save creates the IsVulnerability in the database.

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreate) SaveX 

func (ivc *IsVulnerabilityCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *IsVulnerability

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreate) SetCollector 

func (ivc *IsVulnerabilityCreate) SetCollector(s string) *IsVulnerabilityCreate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreate) SetJustification 

func (ivc *IsVulnerabilityCreate) SetJustification(s string) *IsVulnerabilityCreate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreate) SetOrigin 

func (ivc *IsVulnerabilityCreate) SetOrigin(s string) *IsVulnerabilityCreate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreate) SetOsv 

func (ivc *IsVulnerabilityCreate) SetOsv(v *VulnerabilityType) *IsVulnerabilityCreate

SetOsv sets the "osv" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreate) SetOsvID 

func (ivc *IsVulnerabilityCreate) SetOsvID(i int) *IsVulnerabilityCreate

SetOsvID sets the "osv_id" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreate) SetVulnerability 

func (ivc *IsVulnerabilityCreate) SetVulnerability(v *VulnerabilityType) *IsVulnerabilityCreate

SetVulnerability sets the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreate) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (ivc *IsVulnerabilityCreate) SetVulnerabilityID(i int) *IsVulnerabilityCreate

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

type IsVulnerabilityCreateBulk 

type IsVulnerabilityCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IsVulnerabilityCreateBulk is the builder for creating many IsVulnerability entities in bulk.

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreateBulk) Exec 

func (ivcb *IsVulnerabilityCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (ivcb *IsVulnerabilityCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (ivcb *IsVulnerabilityCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.IsVulnerability.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.IsVulnerabilityUpsert) {
		SetOsvID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (ivcb *IsVulnerabilityCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.IsVulnerability.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreateBulk) Save 

func (ivcb *IsVulnerabilityCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*IsVulnerability, error)

Save creates the IsVulnerability entities in the database.

func (*IsVulnerabilityCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (ivcb *IsVulnerabilityCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*IsVulnerability

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type IsVulnerabilityDelete 

type IsVulnerabilityDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IsVulnerabilityDelete is the builder for deleting a IsVulnerability entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityDelete) Exec 

func (ivd *IsVulnerabilityDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*IsVulnerabilityDelete) ExecX 

func (ivd *IsVulnerabilityDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityDelete) Where 

func (ivd *IsVulnerabilityDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.IsVulnerability) *IsVulnerabilityDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the IsVulnerabilityDelete builder.

type IsVulnerabilityDeleteOne 

type IsVulnerabilityDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IsVulnerabilityDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single IsVulnerability entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityDeleteOne) Exec 

func (ivdo *IsVulnerabilityDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*IsVulnerabilityDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (ivdo *IsVulnerabilityDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityDeleteOne) Where 

func (ivdo *IsVulnerabilityDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.IsVulnerability) *IsVulnerabilityDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the IsVulnerabilityDelete builder.

type IsVulnerabilityEdge 

type IsVulnerabilityEdge struct {
	Node   *IsVulnerability `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor           `json:"cursor"`
}

IsVulnerabilityEdge is the edge representation of IsVulnerability.

type IsVulnerabilityEdges 

type IsVulnerabilityEdges struct {
	// Osv holds the value of the osv edge.
	Osv *VulnerabilityType `json:"osv,omitempty"`
	// Vulnerability holds the value of the vulnerability edge.
	Vulnerability *VulnerabilityType `json:"vulnerability,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IsVulnerabilityEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (IsVulnerabilityEdges) OsvOrErr 

func (e IsVulnerabilityEdges) OsvOrErr() (*VulnerabilityType, error)

OsvOrErr returns the Osv value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (IsVulnerabilityEdges) VulnerabilityOrErr 

func (e IsVulnerabilityEdges) VulnerabilityOrErr() (*VulnerabilityType, error)

VulnerabilityOrErr returns the Vulnerability value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type IsVulnerabilityGroupBy 

type IsVulnerabilityGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IsVulnerabilityGroupBy is the group-by builder for IsVulnerability entities.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (ivgb *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Int 

func (s *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Scan 

func (ivgb *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) String 

func (s *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type IsVulnerabilityMutation 

type IsVulnerabilityMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IsVulnerabilityMutation represents an operation that mutates the IsVulnerability nodes in the graph.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) AddField 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) AddedField 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) ClearField 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) ClearOsv 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) ClearOsv()

ClearOsv clears the "osv" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) ClearVulnerability 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) ClearVulnerability()

ClearVulnerability clears the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (IsVulnerabilityMutation) Client 

func (m IsVulnerabilityMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) Collector 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) Collector() (r string, exists bool)

Collector returns the value of the "collector" field in the mutation.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) Field 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) Fields 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) ID 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) IDs 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) Justification 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) Justification() (r string, exists bool)

Justification returns the value of the "justification" field in the mutation.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) OldCollector 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) OldCollector(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldCollector returns the old "collector" field's value of the IsVulnerability entity. If the IsVulnerability object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) OldField 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) OldJustification 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) OldJustification(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldJustification returns the old "justification" field's value of the IsVulnerability entity. If the IsVulnerability object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) OldOrigin 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) OldOrigin(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldOrigin returns the old "origin" field's value of the IsVulnerability entity. If the IsVulnerability object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) OldOsvID 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) OldOsvID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldOsvID returns the old "osv_id" field's value of the IsVulnerability entity. If the IsVulnerability object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) OldVulnerabilityID 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) OldVulnerabilityID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldVulnerabilityID returns the old "vulnerability_id" field's value of the IsVulnerability entity. If the IsVulnerability object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) Op 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) Origin 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) Origin() (r string, exists bool)

Origin returns the value of the "origin" field in the mutation.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) OsvCleared 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) OsvCleared() bool

OsvCleared reports if the "osv" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity was cleared.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) OsvID 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) OsvID() (r int, exists bool)

OsvID returns the value of the "osv_id" field in the mutation.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) OsvIDs 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) OsvIDs() (ids []int)

OsvIDs returns the "osv" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use OsvID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) ResetCollector 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) ResetCollector()

ResetCollector resets all changes to the "collector" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) ResetField 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) ResetJustification 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) ResetJustification()

ResetJustification resets all changes to the "justification" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) ResetOrigin 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) ResetOrigin()

ResetOrigin resets all changes to the "origin" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) ResetOsv 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) ResetOsv()

ResetOsv resets all changes to the "osv" edge.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) ResetOsvID 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) ResetOsvID()

ResetOsvID resets all changes to the "osv_id" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) ResetVulnerability 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) ResetVulnerability()

ResetVulnerability resets all changes to the "vulnerability" edge.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) ResetVulnerabilityID 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) ResetVulnerabilityID()

ResetVulnerabilityID resets all changes to the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) SetCollector 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) SetCollector(s string)

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) SetField 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) SetJustification 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) SetJustification(s string)

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) SetOp 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) SetOrigin 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) SetOrigin(s string)

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) SetOsvID 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) SetOsvID(i int)

SetOsvID sets the "osv_id" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) SetVulnerabilityID(i int)

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (IsVulnerabilityMutation) Tx 

func (m IsVulnerabilityMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) Type 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (IsVulnerability).

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) VulnerabilityCleared 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) VulnerabilityCleared() bool

VulnerabilityCleared reports if the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity was cleared.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) VulnerabilityID 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) VulnerabilityID() (r int, exists bool)

VulnerabilityID returns the value of the "vulnerability_id" field in the mutation.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) VulnerabilityIDs 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) VulnerabilityIDs() (ids []int)

VulnerabilityIDs returns the "vulnerability" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use VulnerabilityID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) Where 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.IsVulnerability)

Where appends a list predicates to the IsVulnerabilityMutation builder.

func (*IsVulnerabilityMutation) WhereP 

func (m *IsVulnerabilityMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the IsVulnerabilityMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type IsVulnerabilityOrder 

type IsVulnerabilityOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection             `json:"direction"`
	Field     *IsVulnerabilityOrderField `json:"field"`
}

IsVulnerabilityOrder defines the ordering of IsVulnerability.

type IsVulnerabilityOrderField 

type IsVulnerabilityOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given IsVulnerability.
	Value func(*IsVulnerability) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IsVulnerabilityOrderField defines the ordering field of IsVulnerability.

type IsVulnerabilityPaginateOption 

type IsVulnerabilityPaginateOption func(*isvulnerabilityPager) error

IsVulnerabilityPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithIsVulnerabilityFilter 

func WithIsVulnerabilityFilter(filter func(*IsVulnerabilityQuery) (*IsVulnerabilityQuery, error)) IsVulnerabilityPaginateOption

WithIsVulnerabilityFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithIsVulnerabilityOrder 

func WithIsVulnerabilityOrder(order *IsVulnerabilityOrder) IsVulnerabilityPaginateOption

WithIsVulnerabilityOrder configures pagination ordering.

type IsVulnerabilityQuery 

type IsVulnerabilityQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IsVulnerabilityQuery is the builder for querying IsVulnerability entities.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) Aggregate 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *IsVulnerabilitySelect

Aggregate returns a IsVulnerabilitySelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) All 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*IsVulnerability, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of IsVulnerabilities.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) AllX 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*IsVulnerability

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) Clone 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) Clone() *IsVulnerabilityQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the IsVulnerabilityQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) CollectFields 

func (iv *IsVulnerabilityQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*IsVulnerabilityQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) Count 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) CountX 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) Exist 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) ExistX 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) First 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*IsVulnerability, error)

First returns the first IsVulnerability entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no IsVulnerability was found.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) FirstID 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first IsVulnerability ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no IsVulnerability ID was found.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) FirstIDX 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) FirstX 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *IsVulnerability

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) GroupBy 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *IsVulnerabilityGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	OsvID int `json:"osv_id,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.IsVulnerability.Query().
	GroupBy(isvulnerability.FieldOsvID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) IDs 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of IsVulnerability IDs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) IDsX 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) Limit 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) Limit(limit int) *IsVulnerabilityQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) Offset 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) Offset(offset int) *IsVulnerabilityQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) Only 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*IsVulnerability, error)

Only returns a single IsVulnerability entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one IsVulnerability entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no IsVulnerability entities are found.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) OnlyID 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only IsVulnerability ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one IsVulnerability ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) OnlyX 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *IsVulnerability

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) Order 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) Order(o ...isvulnerability.OrderOption) *IsVulnerabilityQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) Paginate 

func (iv *IsVulnerabilityQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...IsVulnerabilityPaginateOption,
) (*IsVulnerabilityConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to IsVulnerability.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) QueryOsv 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) QueryOsv() *VulnerabilityTypeQuery

QueryOsv chains the current query on the "osv" edge.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) QueryVulnerability 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) QueryVulnerability() *VulnerabilityTypeQuery

QueryVulnerability chains the current query on the "vulnerability" edge.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) Select 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) Select(fields ...string) *IsVulnerabilitySelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	OsvID int `json:"osv_id,omitempty"`
}

client.IsVulnerability.Query().
	Select(isvulnerability.FieldOsvID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) Unique 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) Unique(unique bool) *IsVulnerabilityQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) Where 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.IsVulnerability) *IsVulnerabilityQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the IsVulnerabilityQuery builder.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) WithOsv 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) WithOsv(opts ...func(*VulnerabilityTypeQuery)) *IsVulnerabilityQuery

WithOsv tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "osv" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*IsVulnerabilityQuery) WithVulnerability 

func (ivq *IsVulnerabilityQuery) WithVulnerability(opts ...func(*VulnerabilityTypeQuery)) *IsVulnerabilityQuery

WithVulnerability tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "vulnerability" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type IsVulnerabilitySelect 

type IsVulnerabilitySelect struct {
	*IsVulnerabilityQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IsVulnerabilitySelect is the builder for selecting fields of IsVulnerability entities.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) Aggregate 

func (ivs *IsVulnerabilitySelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *IsVulnerabilitySelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) Bool 

func (s *IsVulnerabilitySelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) BoolX 

func (s *IsVulnerabilitySelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) Bools 

func (s *IsVulnerabilitySelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) BoolsX 

func (s *IsVulnerabilitySelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) Float64 

func (s *IsVulnerabilitySelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) Float64X 

func (s *IsVulnerabilitySelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) Float64s 

func (s *IsVulnerabilitySelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) Float64sX 

func (s *IsVulnerabilitySelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) Int 

func (s *IsVulnerabilitySelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) IntX 

func (s *IsVulnerabilitySelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) Ints 

func (s *IsVulnerabilitySelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) IntsX 

func (s *IsVulnerabilitySelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) Scan 

func (ivs *IsVulnerabilitySelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) ScanX 

func (s *IsVulnerabilitySelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) String 

func (s *IsVulnerabilitySelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) StringX 

func (s *IsVulnerabilitySelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) Strings 

func (s *IsVulnerabilitySelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*IsVulnerabilitySelect) StringsX 

func (s *IsVulnerabilitySelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type IsVulnerabilityUpdate 

type IsVulnerabilityUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IsVulnerabilityUpdate is the builder for updating IsVulnerability entities.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdate) ClearOsv 

func (ivu *IsVulnerabilityUpdate) ClearOsv() *IsVulnerabilityUpdate

ClearOsv clears the "osv" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdate) ClearVulnerability 

func (ivu *IsVulnerabilityUpdate) ClearVulnerability() *IsVulnerabilityUpdate

ClearVulnerability clears the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdate) Exec 

func (ivu *IsVulnerabilityUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdate) ExecX 

func (ivu *IsVulnerabilityUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdate) Mutation 

func (ivu *IsVulnerabilityUpdate) Mutation() *IsVulnerabilityMutation

Mutation returns the IsVulnerabilityMutation object of the builder.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdate) Save 

func (ivu *IsVulnerabilityUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdate) SaveX 

func (ivu *IsVulnerabilityUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdate) SetCollector 

func (ivu *IsVulnerabilityUpdate) SetCollector(s string) *IsVulnerabilityUpdate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdate) SetJustification 

func (ivu *IsVulnerabilityUpdate) SetJustification(s string) *IsVulnerabilityUpdate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdate) SetOrigin 

func (ivu *IsVulnerabilityUpdate) SetOrigin(s string) *IsVulnerabilityUpdate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdate) SetOsv 

func (ivu *IsVulnerabilityUpdate) SetOsv(v *VulnerabilityType) *IsVulnerabilityUpdate

SetOsv sets the "osv" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdate) SetOsvID 

func (ivu *IsVulnerabilityUpdate) SetOsvID(i int) *IsVulnerabilityUpdate

SetOsvID sets the "osv_id" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdate) SetVulnerability 

func (ivu *IsVulnerabilityUpdate) SetVulnerability(v *VulnerabilityType) *IsVulnerabilityUpdate

SetVulnerability sets the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdate) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (ivu *IsVulnerabilityUpdate) SetVulnerabilityID(i int) *IsVulnerabilityUpdate

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdate) Where 

func (ivu *IsVulnerabilityUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.IsVulnerability) *IsVulnerabilityUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the IsVulnerabilityUpdate builder.

type IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne 

type IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single IsVulnerability entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) ClearOsv 

func (ivuo *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) ClearOsv() *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne

ClearOsv clears the "osv" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) ClearVulnerability 

func (ivuo *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) ClearVulnerability() *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne

ClearVulnerability clears the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) Exec 

func (ivuo *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (ivuo *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (ivuo *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) Mutation() *IsVulnerabilityMutation

Mutation returns the IsVulnerabilityMutation object of the builder.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) Save 

func (ivuo *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*IsVulnerability, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated IsVulnerability entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (ivuo *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *IsVulnerability

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) Select 

func (ivuo *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) SetCollector 

func (ivuo *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) SetCollector(s string) *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) SetJustification 

func (ivuo *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) SetJustification(s string) *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) SetOrigin 

func (ivuo *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) SetOrigin(s string) *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) SetOsv 

func (ivuo *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) SetOsv(v *VulnerabilityType) *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne

SetOsv sets the "osv" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) SetOsvID 

func (ivuo *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) SetOsvID(i int) *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne

SetOsvID sets the "osv_id" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) SetVulnerability 

func (ivuo *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) SetVulnerability(v *VulnerabilityType) *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne

SetVulnerability sets the "vulnerability" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (ivuo *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) SetVulnerabilityID(i int) *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) Where 

func (ivuo *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.IsVulnerability) *IsVulnerabilityUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the IsVulnerabilityUpdate builder.

type IsVulnerabilityUpsert 

type IsVulnerabilityUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

IsVulnerabilityUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsert) SetCollector 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsert) SetCollector(v string) *IsVulnerabilityUpsert

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsert) SetJustification 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsert) SetJustification(v string) *IsVulnerabilityUpsert

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsert) SetOrigin 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsert) SetOrigin(v string) *IsVulnerabilityUpsert

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsert) SetOsvID 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsert) SetOsvID(v int) *IsVulnerabilityUpsert

SetOsvID sets the "osv_id" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsert) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsert) SetVulnerabilityID(v int) *IsVulnerabilityUpsert

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsert) UpdateCollector 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsert) UpdateCollector() *IsVulnerabilityUpsert

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsert) UpdateJustification 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsert) UpdateJustification() *IsVulnerabilityUpsert

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsert) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsert) UpdateOrigin() *IsVulnerabilityUpsert

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsert) UpdateOsvID 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsert) UpdateOsvID() *IsVulnerabilityUpsert

UpdateOsvID sets the "osv_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsert) UpdateVulnerabilityID 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsert) UpdateVulnerabilityID() *IsVulnerabilityUpsert

UpdateVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk 

type IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of IsVulnerability nodes.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) Ignore() *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.IsVulnerability.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) SetCollector 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) SetCollector(v string) *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) SetJustification 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) SetJustification(v string) *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) SetOrigin 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) SetOrigin(v string) *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) SetOsvID 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) SetOsvID(v int) *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk

SetOsvID sets the "osv_id" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) SetVulnerabilityID(v int) *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*IsVulnerabilityUpsert)) *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the IsVulnerabilityCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector() *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification() *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.IsVulnerability.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin() *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) UpdateOsvID 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) UpdateOsvID() *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk

UpdateOsvID sets the "osv_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) UpdateVulnerabilityID 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk) UpdateVulnerabilityID() *IsVulnerabilityUpsertBulk

UpdateVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne 

type IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one IsVulnerability node.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) DoNothing() *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) Ignore() *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.IsVulnerability.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) SetCollector 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) SetCollector(v string) *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) SetJustification 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) SetJustification(v string) *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) SetOrigin 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) SetOrigin(v string) *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) SetOsvID 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) SetOsvID(v int) *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne

SetOsvID sets the "osv_id" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) SetVulnerabilityID(v int) *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) Update(set func(*IsVulnerabilityUpsert)) *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the IsVulnerabilityCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) UpdateCollector 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) UpdateCollector() *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) UpdateJustification 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) UpdateJustification() *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.IsVulnerability.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin() *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) UpdateOsvID 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) UpdateOsvID() *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne

UpdateOsvID sets the "osv_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) UpdateVulnerabilityID 

func (u *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne) UpdateVulnerabilityID() *IsVulnerabilityUpsertOne

UpdateVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type License 

type License struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Name holds the value of the "name" field.
	Name string `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// Inline holds the value of the "inline" field.
	Inline *string `json:"inline,omitempty"`
	// ListVersion holds the value of the "list_version" field.
	ListVersion *string `json:"list_version,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the LicenseQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges LicenseEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

License is the model entity for the License schema.

func (*License) DeclaredInCertifyLegals 

func (l *License) DeclaredInCertifyLegals(ctx context.Context) (result []*CertifyLegal, err error)

func (*License) DiscoveredInCertifyLegals 

func (l *License) DiscoveredInCertifyLegals(ctx context.Context) (result []*CertifyLegal, err error)

func (*License) IsNode 

func (n *License) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*License) NamedDeclaredInCertifyLegals 

func (l *License) NamedDeclaredInCertifyLegals(name string) ([]*CertifyLegal, error)

NamedDeclaredInCertifyLegals returns the DeclaredInCertifyLegals named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*License) NamedDiscoveredInCertifyLegals 

func (l *License) NamedDiscoveredInCertifyLegals(name string) ([]*CertifyLegal, error)

NamedDiscoveredInCertifyLegals returns the DiscoveredInCertifyLegals named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*License) QueryDeclaredInCertifyLegals 

func (l *License) QueryDeclaredInCertifyLegals() *CertifyLegalQuery

QueryDeclaredInCertifyLegals queries the "declared_in_certify_legals" edge of the License entity.

func (*License) QueryDiscoveredInCertifyLegals 

func (l *License) QueryDiscoveredInCertifyLegals() *CertifyLegalQuery

QueryDiscoveredInCertifyLegals queries the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edge of the License entity.

func (*License) String 

func (l *License) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*License) ToEdge 

func (l *License) ToEdge(order *LicenseOrder) *LicenseEdge

ToEdge converts License into LicenseEdge.

func (*License) Unwrap 

func (l *License) Unwrap() *License

Unwrap unwraps the License entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*License) Update 

func (l *License) Update() *LicenseUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this License. Note that you need to call License.Unwrap() before calling this method if this License was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*License) Value 

func (l *License) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the License. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type LicenseClient 

type LicenseClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LicenseClient is a client for the License schema.

func NewLicenseClient 

func NewLicenseClient(c config) *LicenseClient

NewLicenseClient returns a client for the License from the given config.

func (*LicenseClient) Create 

func (c *LicenseClient) Create() *LicenseCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a License entity.

func (*LicenseClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *LicenseClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*LicenseCreate) *LicenseCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of License entities.

func (*LicenseClient) Delete 

func (c *LicenseClient) Delete() *LicenseDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for License.

func (*LicenseClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *LicenseClient) DeleteOne(l *License) *LicenseDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*LicenseClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *LicenseClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *LicenseDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*LicenseClient) Get 

func (c *LicenseClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*License, error)

Get returns a License entity by its id.

func (*LicenseClient) GetX 

func (c *LicenseClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *License

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseClient) Hooks 

func (c *LicenseClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*LicenseClient) Intercept 

func (c *LicenseClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `license.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*LicenseClient) Interceptors 

func (c *LicenseClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*LicenseClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *LicenseClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*LicenseCreate, int)) *LicenseCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*LicenseClient) Query 

func (c *LicenseClient) Query() *LicenseQuery

Query returns a query builder for License.

func (*LicenseClient) QueryDeclaredInCertifyLegals 

func (c *LicenseClient) QueryDeclaredInCertifyLegals(l *License) *CertifyLegalQuery

QueryDeclaredInCertifyLegals queries the declared_in_certify_legals edge of a License.

func (*LicenseClient) QueryDiscoveredInCertifyLegals 

func (c *LicenseClient) QueryDiscoveredInCertifyLegals(l *License) *CertifyLegalQuery

QueryDiscoveredInCertifyLegals queries the discovered_in_certify_legals edge of a License.

func (*LicenseClient) Update 

func (c *LicenseClient) Update() *LicenseUpdate

Update returns an update builder for License.

func (*LicenseClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *LicenseClient) UpdateOne(l *License) *LicenseUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*LicenseClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *LicenseClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *LicenseUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*LicenseClient) Use 

func (c *LicenseClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `license.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type LicenseConnection 

type LicenseConnection struct {
	Edges      []*LicenseEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo       `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int            `json:"totalCount"`
}

LicenseConnection is the connection containing edges to License.

type LicenseCreate 

type LicenseCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LicenseCreate is the builder for creating a License entity.

func (*LicenseCreate) AddDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs 

func (lc *LicenseCreate) AddDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs(ids ...int) *LicenseCreate

AddDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs adds the "declared_in_certify_legals" edge to the CertifyLegal entity by IDs.

func (*LicenseCreate) AddDeclaredInCertifyLegals 

func (lc *LicenseCreate) AddDeclaredInCertifyLegals(c ...*CertifyLegal) *LicenseCreate

AddDeclaredInCertifyLegals adds the "declared_in_certify_legals" edges to the CertifyLegal entity.

func (*LicenseCreate) AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs 

func (lc *LicenseCreate) AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs(ids ...int) *LicenseCreate

AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs adds the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edge to the CertifyLegal entity by IDs.

func (*LicenseCreate) AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegals 

func (lc *LicenseCreate) AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegals(c ...*CertifyLegal) *LicenseCreate

AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegals adds the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edges to the CertifyLegal entity.

func (*LicenseCreate) Exec 

func (lc *LicenseCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*LicenseCreate) ExecX 

func (lc *LicenseCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseCreate) Mutation 

func (lc *LicenseCreate) Mutation() *LicenseMutation

Mutation returns the LicenseMutation object of the builder.

func (*LicenseCreate) OnConflict 

func (lc *LicenseCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *LicenseUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.License.Create().
	SetName(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.LicenseUpsert) {
		SetName(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*LicenseCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (lc *LicenseCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *LicenseUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.License.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*LicenseCreate) Save 

func (lc *LicenseCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*License, error)

Save creates the License in the database.

func (*LicenseCreate) SaveX 

func (lc *LicenseCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *License

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*LicenseCreate) SetInline 

func (lc *LicenseCreate) SetInline(s string) *LicenseCreate

SetInline sets the "inline" field.

func (*LicenseCreate) SetListVersion 

func (lc *LicenseCreate) SetListVersion(s string) *LicenseCreate

SetListVersion sets the "list_version" field.

func (*LicenseCreate) SetName 

func (lc *LicenseCreate) SetName(s string) *LicenseCreate

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*LicenseCreate) SetNillableInline 

func (lc *LicenseCreate) SetNillableInline(s *string) *LicenseCreate

SetNillableInline sets the "inline" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*LicenseCreate) SetNillableListVersion 

func (lc *LicenseCreate) SetNillableListVersion(s *string) *LicenseCreate

SetNillableListVersion sets the "list_version" field if the given value is not nil.

type LicenseCreateBulk 

type LicenseCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LicenseCreateBulk is the builder for creating many License entities in bulk.

func (*LicenseCreateBulk) Exec 

func (lcb *LicenseCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*LicenseCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (lcb *LicenseCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (lcb *LicenseCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *LicenseUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.License.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.LicenseUpsert) {
		SetName(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*LicenseCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (lcb *LicenseCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *LicenseUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.License.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*LicenseCreateBulk) Save 

func (lcb *LicenseCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*License, error)

Save creates the License entities in the database.

func (*LicenseCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (lcb *LicenseCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*License

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type LicenseDelete 

type LicenseDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LicenseDelete is the builder for deleting a License entity.

func (*LicenseDelete) Exec 

func (ld *LicenseDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*LicenseDelete) ExecX 

func (ld *LicenseDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseDelete) Where 

func (ld *LicenseDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.License) *LicenseDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the LicenseDelete builder.

type LicenseDeleteOne 

type LicenseDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LicenseDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single License entity.

func (*LicenseDeleteOne) Exec 

func (ldo *LicenseDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*LicenseDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (ldo *LicenseDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseDeleteOne) Where 

func (ldo *LicenseDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.License) *LicenseDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the LicenseDelete builder.

type LicenseEdge 

type LicenseEdge struct {
	Node   *License `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor   `json:"cursor"`
}

LicenseEdge is the edge representation of License.

type LicenseEdges 

type LicenseEdges struct {
	// DeclaredInCertifyLegals holds the value of the declared_in_certify_legals edge.
	DeclaredInCertifyLegals []*CertifyLegal `json:"declared_in_certify_legals,omitempty"`
	// DiscoveredInCertifyLegals holds the value of the discovered_in_certify_legals edge.
	DiscoveredInCertifyLegals []*CertifyLegal `json:"discovered_in_certify_legals,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LicenseEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (LicenseEdges) DeclaredInCertifyLegalsOrErr 

func (e LicenseEdges) DeclaredInCertifyLegalsOrErr() ([]*CertifyLegal, error)

DeclaredInCertifyLegalsOrErr returns the DeclaredInCertifyLegals value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (LicenseEdges) DiscoveredInCertifyLegalsOrErr 

func (e LicenseEdges) DiscoveredInCertifyLegalsOrErr() ([]*CertifyLegal, error)

DiscoveredInCertifyLegalsOrErr returns the DiscoveredInCertifyLegals value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type LicenseGroupBy 

type LicenseGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LicenseGroupBy is the group-by builder for License entities.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (lgb *LicenseGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *LicenseGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *LicenseGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *LicenseGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *LicenseGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *LicenseGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *LicenseGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *LicenseGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *LicenseGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *LicenseGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) Int 

func (s *LicenseGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *LicenseGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *LicenseGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *LicenseGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) Scan 

func (lgb *LicenseGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *LicenseGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) String 

func (s *LicenseGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *LicenseGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *LicenseGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LicenseGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *LicenseGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type LicenseMutation 

type LicenseMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LicenseMutation represents an operation that mutates the License nodes in the graph.

func (*LicenseMutation) AddDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs 

func (m *LicenseMutation) AddDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs(ids ...int)

AddDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs adds the "declared_in_certify_legals" edge to the CertifyLegal entity by ids.

func (*LicenseMutation) AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs 

func (m *LicenseMutation) AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs(ids ...int)

AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs adds the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edge to the CertifyLegal entity by ids.

func (*LicenseMutation) AddField 

func (m *LicenseMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*LicenseMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *LicenseMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*LicenseMutation) AddedField 

func (m *LicenseMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*LicenseMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *LicenseMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*LicenseMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *LicenseMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*LicenseMutation) ClearDeclaredInCertifyLegals 

func (m *LicenseMutation) ClearDeclaredInCertifyLegals()

ClearDeclaredInCertifyLegals clears the "declared_in_certify_legals" edge to the CertifyLegal entity.

func (*LicenseMutation) ClearDiscoveredInCertifyLegals 

func (m *LicenseMutation) ClearDiscoveredInCertifyLegals()

ClearDiscoveredInCertifyLegals clears the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edge to the CertifyLegal entity.

func (*LicenseMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *LicenseMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*LicenseMutation) ClearField 

func (m *LicenseMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*LicenseMutation) ClearInline 

func (m *LicenseMutation) ClearInline()

ClearInline clears the value of the "inline" field.

func (*LicenseMutation) ClearListVersion 

func (m *LicenseMutation) ClearListVersion()

ClearListVersion clears the value of the "list_version" field.

func (*LicenseMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *LicenseMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*LicenseMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *LicenseMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (LicenseMutation) Client 

func (m LicenseMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*LicenseMutation) DeclaredInCertifyLegalsCleared 

func (m *LicenseMutation) DeclaredInCertifyLegalsCleared() bool

DeclaredInCertifyLegalsCleared reports if the "declared_in_certify_legals" edge to the CertifyLegal entity was cleared.

func (*LicenseMutation) DeclaredInCertifyLegalsIDs 

func (m *LicenseMutation) DeclaredInCertifyLegalsIDs() (ids []int)

DeclaredInCertifyLegalsIDs returns the "declared_in_certify_legals" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*LicenseMutation) DiscoveredInCertifyLegalsCleared 

func (m *LicenseMutation) DiscoveredInCertifyLegalsCleared() bool

DiscoveredInCertifyLegalsCleared reports if the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edge to the CertifyLegal entity was cleared.

func (*LicenseMutation) DiscoveredInCertifyLegalsIDs 

func (m *LicenseMutation) DiscoveredInCertifyLegalsIDs() (ids []int)

DiscoveredInCertifyLegalsIDs returns the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*LicenseMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *LicenseMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*LicenseMutation) Field 

func (m *LicenseMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*LicenseMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *LicenseMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*LicenseMutation) Fields 

func (m *LicenseMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*LicenseMutation) ID 

func (m *LicenseMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*LicenseMutation) IDs 

func (m *LicenseMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*LicenseMutation) Inline 

func (m *LicenseMutation) Inline() (r string, exists bool)

Inline returns the value of the "inline" field in the mutation.

func (*LicenseMutation) InlineCleared 

func (m *LicenseMutation) InlineCleared() bool

InlineCleared returns if the "inline" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*LicenseMutation) ListVersion 

func (m *LicenseMutation) ListVersion() (r string, exists bool)

ListVersion returns the value of the "list_version" field in the mutation.

func (*LicenseMutation) ListVersionCleared 

func (m *LicenseMutation) ListVersionCleared() bool

ListVersionCleared returns if the "list_version" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*LicenseMutation) Name 

func (m *LicenseMutation) Name() (r string, exists bool)

Name returns the value of the "name" field in the mutation.

func (*LicenseMutation) OldField 

func (m *LicenseMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*LicenseMutation) OldInline 

func (m *LicenseMutation) OldInline(ctx context.Context) (v *string, err error)

OldInline returns the old "inline" field's value of the License entity. If the License object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*LicenseMutation) OldListVersion 

func (m *LicenseMutation) OldListVersion(ctx context.Context) (v *string, err error)

OldListVersion returns the old "list_version" field's value of the License entity. If the License object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*LicenseMutation) OldName 

func (m *LicenseMutation) OldName(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldName returns the old "name" field's value of the License entity. If the License object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*LicenseMutation) Op 

func (m *LicenseMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*LicenseMutation) RemoveDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs 

func (m *LicenseMutation) RemoveDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs removes the "declared_in_certify_legals" edge to the CertifyLegal entity by IDs.

func (*LicenseMutation) RemoveDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs 

func (m *LicenseMutation) RemoveDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs removes the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edge to the CertifyLegal entity by IDs.

func (*LicenseMutation) RemovedDeclaredInCertifyLegalsIDs 

func (m *LicenseMutation) RemovedDeclaredInCertifyLegalsIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedDeclaredInCertifyLegals returns the removed IDs of the "declared_in_certify_legals" edge to the CertifyLegal entity.

func (*LicenseMutation) RemovedDiscoveredInCertifyLegalsIDs 

func (m *LicenseMutation) RemovedDiscoveredInCertifyLegalsIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedDiscoveredInCertifyLegals returns the removed IDs of the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edge to the CertifyLegal entity.

func (*LicenseMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *LicenseMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*LicenseMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *LicenseMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*LicenseMutation) ResetDeclaredInCertifyLegals 

func (m *LicenseMutation) ResetDeclaredInCertifyLegals()

ResetDeclaredInCertifyLegals resets all changes to the "declared_in_certify_legals" edge.

func (*LicenseMutation) ResetDiscoveredInCertifyLegals 

func (m *LicenseMutation) ResetDiscoveredInCertifyLegals()

ResetDiscoveredInCertifyLegals resets all changes to the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edge.

func (*LicenseMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *LicenseMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*LicenseMutation) ResetField 

func (m *LicenseMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*LicenseMutation) ResetInline 

func (m *LicenseMutation) ResetInline()

ResetInline resets all changes to the "inline" field.

func (*LicenseMutation) ResetListVersion 

func (m *LicenseMutation) ResetListVersion()

ResetListVersion resets all changes to the "list_version" field.

func (*LicenseMutation) ResetName 

func (m *LicenseMutation) ResetName()

ResetName resets all changes to the "name" field.

func (*LicenseMutation) SetField 

func (m *LicenseMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*LicenseMutation) SetInline 

func (m *LicenseMutation) SetInline(s string)

SetInline sets the "inline" field.

func (*LicenseMutation) SetListVersion 

func (m *LicenseMutation) SetListVersion(s string)

SetListVersion sets the "list_version" field.

func (*LicenseMutation) SetName 

func (m *LicenseMutation) SetName(s string)

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*LicenseMutation) SetOp 

func (m *LicenseMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (LicenseMutation) Tx 

func (m LicenseMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*LicenseMutation) Type 

func (m *LicenseMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (License).

func (*LicenseMutation) Where 

func (m *LicenseMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.License)

Where appends a list predicates to the LicenseMutation builder.

func (*LicenseMutation) WhereP 

func (m *LicenseMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the LicenseMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type LicenseOrder 

type LicenseOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection     `json:"direction"`
	Field     *LicenseOrderField `json:"field"`
}

LicenseOrder defines the ordering of License.

type LicenseOrderField 

type LicenseOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given License.
	Value func(*License) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LicenseOrderField defines the ordering field of License.

type LicensePaginateOption 

type LicensePaginateOption func(*licensePager) error

LicensePaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithLicenseFilter 

func WithLicenseFilter(filter func(*LicenseQuery) (*LicenseQuery, error)) LicensePaginateOption

WithLicenseFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithLicenseOrder 

func WithLicenseOrder(order *LicenseOrder) LicensePaginateOption

WithLicenseOrder configures pagination ordering.

type LicenseQuery 

type LicenseQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LicenseQuery is the builder for querying License entities.

func (*LicenseQuery) Aggregate 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *LicenseSelect

Aggregate returns a LicenseSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*LicenseQuery) All 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*License, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Licenses.

func (*LicenseQuery) AllX 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*License

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseQuery) Clone 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) Clone() *LicenseQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the LicenseQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*LicenseQuery) CollectFields 

func (l *LicenseQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*LicenseQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*LicenseQuery) Count 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*LicenseQuery) CountX 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseQuery) Exist 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*LicenseQuery) ExistX 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseQuery) First 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*License, error)

First returns the first License entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no License was found.

func (*LicenseQuery) FirstID 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first License ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no License ID was found.

func (*LicenseQuery) FirstIDX 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseQuery) FirstX 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *License

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseQuery) GroupBy 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *LicenseGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Name string `json:"name,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.License.Query().
	GroupBy(license.FieldName).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*LicenseQuery) IDs 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of License IDs.

func (*LicenseQuery) IDsX 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseQuery) Limit 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) Limit(limit int) *LicenseQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*LicenseQuery) Offset 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) Offset(offset int) *LicenseQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*LicenseQuery) Only 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*License, error)

Only returns a single License entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one License entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no License entities are found.

func (*LicenseQuery) OnlyID 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only License ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one License ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*LicenseQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseQuery) OnlyX 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *License

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseQuery) Order 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) Order(o ...license.OrderOption) *LicenseQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*LicenseQuery) Paginate 

func (l *LicenseQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...LicensePaginateOption,
) (*LicenseConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to License.

func (*LicenseQuery) QueryDeclaredInCertifyLegals 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) QueryDeclaredInCertifyLegals() *CertifyLegalQuery

QueryDeclaredInCertifyLegals chains the current query on the "declared_in_certify_legals" edge.

func (*LicenseQuery) QueryDiscoveredInCertifyLegals 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) QueryDiscoveredInCertifyLegals() *CertifyLegalQuery

QueryDiscoveredInCertifyLegals chains the current query on the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edge.

func (*LicenseQuery) Select 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) Select(fields ...string) *LicenseSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Name string `json:"name,omitempty"`
}

client.License.Query().
	Select(license.FieldName).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*LicenseQuery) Unique 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) Unique(unique bool) *LicenseQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*LicenseQuery) Where 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.License) *LicenseQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the LicenseQuery builder.

func (*LicenseQuery) WithDeclaredInCertifyLegals 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) WithDeclaredInCertifyLegals(opts ...func(*CertifyLegalQuery)) *LicenseQuery

WithDeclaredInCertifyLegals tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "declared_in_certify_legals" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*LicenseQuery) WithDiscoveredInCertifyLegals 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) WithDiscoveredInCertifyLegals(opts ...func(*CertifyLegalQuery)) *LicenseQuery

WithDiscoveredInCertifyLegals tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*LicenseQuery) WithNamedDeclaredInCertifyLegals 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) WithNamedDeclaredInCertifyLegals(name string, opts ...func(*CertifyLegalQuery)) *LicenseQuery

WithNamedDeclaredInCertifyLegals tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "declared_in_certify_legals" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*LicenseQuery) WithNamedDiscoveredInCertifyLegals 

func (lq *LicenseQuery) WithNamedDiscoveredInCertifyLegals(name string, opts ...func(*CertifyLegalQuery)) *LicenseQuery

WithNamedDiscoveredInCertifyLegals tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type LicenseSelect 

type LicenseSelect struct {
	*LicenseQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LicenseSelect is the builder for selecting fields of License entities.

func (*LicenseSelect) Aggregate 

func (ls *LicenseSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *LicenseSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*LicenseSelect) Bool 

func (s *LicenseSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LicenseSelect) BoolX 

func (s *LicenseSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseSelect) Bools 

func (s *LicenseSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LicenseSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *LicenseSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseSelect) Float64 

func (s *LicenseSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LicenseSelect) Float64X 

func (s *LicenseSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseSelect) Float64s 

func (s *LicenseSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LicenseSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *LicenseSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseSelect) Int 

func (s *LicenseSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LicenseSelect) IntX 

func (s *LicenseSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseSelect) Ints 

func (s *LicenseSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LicenseSelect) IntsX 

func (s *LicenseSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseSelect) Scan 

func (ls *LicenseSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*LicenseSelect) ScanX 

func (s *LicenseSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseSelect) String 

func (s *LicenseSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LicenseSelect) StringX 

func (s *LicenseSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseSelect) Strings 

func (s *LicenseSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*LicenseSelect) StringsX 

func (s *LicenseSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type LicenseUpdate 

type LicenseUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LicenseUpdate is the builder for updating License entities.

func (*LicenseUpdate) AddDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) AddDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs(ids ...int) *LicenseUpdate

AddDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs adds the "declared_in_certify_legals" edge to the CertifyLegal entity by IDs.

func (*LicenseUpdate) AddDeclaredInCertifyLegals 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) AddDeclaredInCertifyLegals(c ...*CertifyLegal) *LicenseUpdate

AddDeclaredInCertifyLegals adds the "declared_in_certify_legals" edges to the CertifyLegal entity.

func (*LicenseUpdate) AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs(ids ...int) *LicenseUpdate

AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs adds the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edge to the CertifyLegal entity by IDs.

func (*LicenseUpdate) AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegals 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegals(c ...*CertifyLegal) *LicenseUpdate

AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegals adds the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edges to the CertifyLegal entity.

func (*LicenseUpdate) ClearDeclaredInCertifyLegals 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) ClearDeclaredInCertifyLegals() *LicenseUpdate

ClearDeclaredInCertifyLegals clears all "declared_in_certify_legals" edges to the CertifyLegal entity.

func (*LicenseUpdate) ClearDiscoveredInCertifyLegals 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) ClearDiscoveredInCertifyLegals() *LicenseUpdate

ClearDiscoveredInCertifyLegals clears all "discovered_in_certify_legals" edges to the CertifyLegal entity.

func (*LicenseUpdate) ClearInline 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) ClearInline() *LicenseUpdate

ClearInline clears the value of the "inline" field.

func (*LicenseUpdate) ClearListVersion 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) ClearListVersion() *LicenseUpdate

ClearListVersion clears the value of the "list_version" field.

func (*LicenseUpdate) Exec 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*LicenseUpdate) ExecX 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseUpdate) Mutation 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) Mutation() *LicenseMutation

Mutation returns the LicenseMutation object of the builder.

func (*LicenseUpdate) RemoveDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) RemoveDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs(ids ...int) *LicenseUpdate

RemoveDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs removes the "declared_in_certify_legals" edge to CertifyLegal entities by IDs.

func (*LicenseUpdate) RemoveDeclaredInCertifyLegals 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) RemoveDeclaredInCertifyLegals(c ...*CertifyLegal) *LicenseUpdate

RemoveDeclaredInCertifyLegals removes "declared_in_certify_legals" edges to CertifyLegal entities.

func (*LicenseUpdate) RemoveDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) RemoveDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs(ids ...int) *LicenseUpdate

RemoveDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs removes the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edge to CertifyLegal entities by IDs.

func (*LicenseUpdate) RemoveDiscoveredInCertifyLegals 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) RemoveDiscoveredInCertifyLegals(c ...*CertifyLegal) *LicenseUpdate

RemoveDiscoveredInCertifyLegals removes "discovered_in_certify_legals" edges to CertifyLegal entities.

func (*LicenseUpdate) Save 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*LicenseUpdate) SaveX 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseUpdate) SetInline 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) SetInline(s string) *LicenseUpdate

SetInline sets the "inline" field.

func (*LicenseUpdate) SetListVersion 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) SetListVersion(s string) *LicenseUpdate

SetListVersion sets the "list_version" field.

func (*LicenseUpdate) SetName 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) SetName(s string) *LicenseUpdate

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*LicenseUpdate) SetNillableInline 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) SetNillableInline(s *string) *LicenseUpdate

SetNillableInline sets the "inline" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*LicenseUpdate) SetNillableListVersion 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) SetNillableListVersion(s *string) *LicenseUpdate

SetNillableListVersion sets the "list_version" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*LicenseUpdate) Where 

func (lu *LicenseUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.License) *LicenseUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the LicenseUpdate builder.

type LicenseUpdateOne 

type LicenseUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LicenseUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single License entity.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) AddDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) AddDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs(ids ...int) *LicenseUpdateOne

AddDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs adds the "declared_in_certify_legals" edge to the CertifyLegal entity by IDs.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) AddDeclaredInCertifyLegals 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) AddDeclaredInCertifyLegals(c ...*CertifyLegal) *LicenseUpdateOne

AddDeclaredInCertifyLegals adds the "declared_in_certify_legals" edges to the CertifyLegal entity.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs(ids ...int) *LicenseUpdateOne

AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs adds the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edge to the CertifyLegal entity by IDs.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegals 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegals(c ...*CertifyLegal) *LicenseUpdateOne

AddDiscoveredInCertifyLegals adds the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edges to the CertifyLegal entity.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) ClearDeclaredInCertifyLegals 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) ClearDeclaredInCertifyLegals() *LicenseUpdateOne

ClearDeclaredInCertifyLegals clears all "declared_in_certify_legals" edges to the CertifyLegal entity.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) ClearDiscoveredInCertifyLegals 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) ClearDiscoveredInCertifyLegals() *LicenseUpdateOne

ClearDiscoveredInCertifyLegals clears all "discovered_in_certify_legals" edges to the CertifyLegal entity.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) ClearInline 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) ClearInline() *LicenseUpdateOne

ClearInline clears the value of the "inline" field.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) ClearListVersion 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) ClearListVersion() *LicenseUpdateOne

ClearListVersion clears the value of the "list_version" field.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) Exec 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) Mutation() *LicenseMutation

Mutation returns the LicenseMutation object of the builder.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) RemoveDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) RemoveDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs(ids ...int) *LicenseUpdateOne

RemoveDeclaredInCertifyLegalIDs removes the "declared_in_certify_legals" edge to CertifyLegal entities by IDs.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) RemoveDeclaredInCertifyLegals 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) RemoveDeclaredInCertifyLegals(c ...*CertifyLegal) *LicenseUpdateOne

RemoveDeclaredInCertifyLegals removes "declared_in_certify_legals" edges to CertifyLegal entities.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) RemoveDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) RemoveDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs(ids ...int) *LicenseUpdateOne

RemoveDiscoveredInCertifyLegalIDs removes the "discovered_in_certify_legals" edge to CertifyLegal entities by IDs.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) RemoveDiscoveredInCertifyLegals 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) RemoveDiscoveredInCertifyLegals(c ...*CertifyLegal) *LicenseUpdateOne

RemoveDiscoveredInCertifyLegals removes "discovered_in_certify_legals" edges to CertifyLegal entities.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) Save 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*License, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated License entity.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *License

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) Select 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *LicenseUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) SetInline 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) SetInline(s string) *LicenseUpdateOne

SetInline sets the "inline" field.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) SetListVersion 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) SetListVersion(s string) *LicenseUpdateOne

SetListVersion sets the "list_version" field.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) SetName 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) SetName(s string) *LicenseUpdateOne

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) SetNillableInline 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) SetNillableInline(s *string) *LicenseUpdateOne

SetNillableInline sets the "inline" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) SetNillableListVersion 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) SetNillableListVersion(s *string) *LicenseUpdateOne

SetNillableListVersion sets the "list_version" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*LicenseUpdateOne) Where 

func (luo *LicenseUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.License) *LicenseUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the LicenseUpdate builder.

type LicenseUpsert 

type LicenseUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

LicenseUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*LicenseUpsert) ClearInline 

func (u *LicenseUpsert) ClearInline() *LicenseUpsert

ClearInline clears the value of the "inline" field.

func (*LicenseUpsert) ClearListVersion 

func (u *LicenseUpsert) ClearListVersion() *LicenseUpsert

ClearListVersion clears the value of the "list_version" field.

func (*LicenseUpsert) SetInline 

func (u *LicenseUpsert) SetInline(v string) *LicenseUpsert

SetInline sets the "inline" field.

func (*LicenseUpsert) SetListVersion 

func (u *LicenseUpsert) SetListVersion(v string) *LicenseUpsert

SetListVersion sets the "list_version" field.

func (*LicenseUpsert) SetName 

func (u *LicenseUpsert) SetName(v string) *LicenseUpsert

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*LicenseUpsert) UpdateInline 

func (u *LicenseUpsert) UpdateInline() *LicenseUpsert

UpdateInline sets the "inline" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*LicenseUpsert) UpdateListVersion 

func (u *LicenseUpsert) UpdateListVersion() *LicenseUpsert

UpdateListVersion sets the "list_version" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*LicenseUpsert) UpdateName 

func (u *LicenseUpsert) UpdateName() *LicenseUpsert

UpdateName sets the "name" field to the value that was provided on create.

type LicenseUpsertBulk 

type LicenseUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LicenseUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of License nodes.

func (*LicenseUpsertBulk) ClearInline 

func (u *LicenseUpsertBulk) ClearInline() *LicenseUpsertBulk

ClearInline clears the value of the "inline" field.

func (*LicenseUpsertBulk) ClearListVersion 

func (u *LicenseUpsertBulk) ClearListVersion() *LicenseUpsertBulk

ClearListVersion clears the value of the "list_version" field.

func (*LicenseUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *LicenseUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *LicenseUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*LicenseUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *LicenseUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*LicenseUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *LicenseUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *LicenseUpsertBulk) Ignore() *LicenseUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.License.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*LicenseUpsertBulk) SetInline 

func (u *LicenseUpsertBulk) SetInline(v string) *LicenseUpsertBulk

SetInline sets the "inline" field.

func (*LicenseUpsertBulk) SetListVersion 

func (u *LicenseUpsertBulk) SetListVersion(v string) *LicenseUpsertBulk

SetListVersion sets the "list_version" field.

func (*LicenseUpsertBulk) SetName 

func (u *LicenseUpsertBulk) SetName(v string) *LicenseUpsertBulk

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*LicenseUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *LicenseUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*LicenseUpsert)) *LicenseUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the LicenseCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*LicenseUpsertBulk) UpdateInline 

func (u *LicenseUpsertBulk) UpdateInline() *LicenseUpsertBulk

UpdateInline sets the "inline" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*LicenseUpsertBulk) UpdateListVersion 

func (u *LicenseUpsertBulk) UpdateListVersion() *LicenseUpsertBulk

UpdateListVersion sets the "list_version" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*LicenseUpsertBulk) UpdateName 

func (u *LicenseUpsertBulk) UpdateName() *LicenseUpsertBulk

UpdateName sets the "name" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*LicenseUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *LicenseUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *LicenseUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.License.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type LicenseUpsertOne 

type LicenseUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

LicenseUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one License node.

func (*LicenseUpsertOne) ClearInline 

func (u *LicenseUpsertOne) ClearInline() *LicenseUpsertOne

ClearInline clears the value of the "inline" field.

func (*LicenseUpsertOne) ClearListVersion 

func (u *LicenseUpsertOne) ClearListVersion() *LicenseUpsertOne

ClearListVersion clears the value of the "list_version" field.

func (*LicenseUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *LicenseUpsertOne) DoNothing() *LicenseUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*LicenseUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *LicenseUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*LicenseUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *LicenseUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *LicenseUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*LicenseUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *LicenseUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*LicenseUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *LicenseUpsertOne) Ignore() *LicenseUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.License.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*LicenseUpsertOne) SetInline 

func (u *LicenseUpsertOne) SetInline(v string) *LicenseUpsertOne

SetInline sets the "inline" field.

func (*LicenseUpsertOne) SetListVersion 

func (u *LicenseUpsertOne) SetListVersion(v string) *LicenseUpsertOne

SetListVersion sets the "list_version" field.

func (*LicenseUpsertOne) SetName 

func (u *LicenseUpsertOne) SetName(v string) *LicenseUpsertOne

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*LicenseUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *LicenseUpsertOne) Update(set func(*LicenseUpsert)) *LicenseUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the LicenseCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*LicenseUpsertOne) UpdateInline 

func (u *LicenseUpsertOne) UpdateInline() *LicenseUpsertOne

UpdateInline sets the "inline" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*LicenseUpsertOne) UpdateListVersion 

func (u *LicenseUpsertOne) UpdateListVersion() *LicenseUpsertOne

UpdateListVersion sets the "list_version" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*LicenseUpsertOne) UpdateName 

func (u *LicenseUpsertOne) UpdateName() *LicenseUpsertOne

UpdateName sets the "name" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*LicenseUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *LicenseUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *LicenseUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.License.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type Licenses 

type Licenses []*License

Licenses is a parsable slice of License.

type MutateFunc 

type MutateFunc = ent.MutateFunc

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type Mutation 

type Mutation = ent.Mutation

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type Mutator 

type Mutator = ent.Mutator

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type NodeOption 

type NodeOption func(*nodeOptions)

NodeOption allows configuring the Noder execution using functional options.

func WithFixedNodeType 

func WithFixedNodeType(t string) NodeOption

WithFixedNodeType sets the Type of the node to a fixed value.

func WithNodeType 

func WithNodeType(f func(context.Context, int) (string, error)) NodeOption

WithNodeType sets the node Type resolver function (i.e. the table to query). If was not provided, the table will be derived from the universal-id configuration as described in: https://entgo.io/docs/migrate/#universal-ids.

type Noder 

type Noder interface {
	IsNode()
}

Noder wraps the basic Node method.

type NotFoundError 

type NotFoundError struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NotFoundError returns when trying to fetch a specific entity and it was not found in the database.

func (*NotFoundError) Error 

func (e *NotFoundError) Error() string

Error implements the error interface.

type NotLoadedError 

type NotLoadedError struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NotLoadedError returns when trying to get a node that was not loaded by the query.

func (*NotLoadedError) Error 

func (e *NotLoadedError) Error() string

Error implements the error interface.

type NotSingularError 

type NotSingularError struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

NotSingularError returns when trying to fetch a singular entity and more then one was found in the database.

func (*NotSingularError) Error 

func (e *NotSingularError) Error() string

Error implements the error interface.

type Occurrence 

type Occurrence struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// The artifact in the relationship
	ArtifactID int `json:"artifact_id,omitempty"`
	// Justification for the attested relationship
	Justification string `json:"justification,omitempty"`
	// Document from which this attestation is generated from
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
	// GUAC collector for the document
	Collector string `json:"collector,omitempty"`
	// SourceID holds the value of the "source_id" field.
	SourceID *int `json:"source_id,omitempty"`
	// PackageID holds the value of the "package_id" field.
	PackageID *int `json:"package_id,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the OccurrenceQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges OccurrenceEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Occurrence is the model entity for the Occurrence schema.

func (*Occurrence) Artifact 

func (o *Occurrence) Artifact(ctx context.Context) (*Artifact, error)

func (*Occurrence) IsNode 

func (n *Occurrence) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*Occurrence) Package 

func (o *Occurrence) Package(ctx context.Context) (*PackageVersion, error)

func (*Occurrence) QueryArtifact 

func (o *Occurrence) QueryArtifact() *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifact queries the "artifact" edge of the Occurrence entity.

func (*Occurrence) QueryPackage 

func (o *Occurrence) QueryPackage() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackage queries the "package" edge of the Occurrence entity.

func (*Occurrence) QuerySource 

func (o *Occurrence) QuerySource() *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource queries the "source" edge of the Occurrence entity.

func (*Occurrence) Source 

func (o *Occurrence) Source(ctx context.Context) (*SourceName, error)

func (*Occurrence) String 

func (o *Occurrence) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Occurrence) ToEdge 

func (o *Occurrence) ToEdge(order *OccurrenceOrder) *OccurrenceEdge

ToEdge converts Occurrence into OccurrenceEdge.

func (*Occurrence) Unwrap 

func (o *Occurrence) Unwrap() *Occurrence

Unwrap unwraps the Occurrence entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Occurrence) Update 

func (o *Occurrence) Update() *OccurrenceUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Occurrence. Note that you need to call Occurrence.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Occurrence was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*Occurrence) Value 

func (o *Occurrence) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the Occurrence. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type OccurrenceClient 

type OccurrenceClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OccurrenceClient is a client for the Occurrence schema.

func NewOccurrenceClient 

func NewOccurrenceClient(c config) *OccurrenceClient

NewOccurrenceClient returns a client for the Occurrence from the given config.

func (*OccurrenceClient) Create 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) Create() *OccurrenceCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Occurrence entity.

func (*OccurrenceClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*OccurrenceCreate) *OccurrenceCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Occurrence entities.

func (*OccurrenceClient) Delete 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) Delete() *OccurrenceDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Occurrence.

func (*OccurrenceClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) DeleteOne(o *Occurrence) *OccurrenceDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*OccurrenceClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *OccurrenceDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*OccurrenceClient) Get 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*Occurrence, error)

Get returns a Occurrence entity by its id.

func (*OccurrenceClient) GetX 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *Occurrence

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceClient) Hooks 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*OccurrenceClient) Intercept 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `occurrence.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*OccurrenceClient) Interceptors 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*OccurrenceClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*OccurrenceCreate, int)) *OccurrenceCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*OccurrenceClient) Query 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) Query() *OccurrenceQuery

Query returns a query builder for Occurrence.

func (*OccurrenceClient) QueryArtifact 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) QueryArtifact(o *Occurrence) *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifact queries the artifact edge of a Occurrence.

func (*OccurrenceClient) QueryPackage 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) QueryPackage(o *Occurrence) *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackage queries the package edge of a Occurrence.

func (*OccurrenceClient) QuerySource 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) QuerySource(o *Occurrence) *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource queries the source edge of a Occurrence.

func (*OccurrenceClient) Update 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) Update() *OccurrenceUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Occurrence.

func (*OccurrenceClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) UpdateOne(o *Occurrence) *OccurrenceUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*OccurrenceClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *OccurrenceUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*OccurrenceClient) Use 

func (c *OccurrenceClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `occurrence.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type OccurrenceConnection 

type OccurrenceConnection struct {
	Edges      []*OccurrenceEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo          `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int               `json:"totalCount"`
}

OccurrenceConnection is the connection containing edges to Occurrence.

type OccurrenceCreate 

type OccurrenceCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OccurrenceCreate is the builder for creating a Occurrence entity.

func (*OccurrenceCreate) Exec 

func (oc *OccurrenceCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*OccurrenceCreate) ExecX 

func (oc *OccurrenceCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceCreate) Mutation 

func (oc *OccurrenceCreate) Mutation() *OccurrenceMutation

Mutation returns the OccurrenceMutation object of the builder.

func (*OccurrenceCreate) OnConflict 

func (oc *OccurrenceCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *OccurrenceUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Occurrence.Create().
	SetArtifactID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.OccurrenceUpsert) {
		SetArtifactID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*OccurrenceCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (oc *OccurrenceCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *OccurrenceUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Occurrence.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*OccurrenceCreate) Save 

func (oc *OccurrenceCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Occurrence, error)

Save creates the Occurrence in the database.

func (*OccurrenceCreate) SaveX 

func (oc *OccurrenceCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Occurrence

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*OccurrenceCreate) SetArtifact 

func (oc *OccurrenceCreate) SetArtifact(a *Artifact) *OccurrenceCreate

SetArtifact sets the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*OccurrenceCreate) SetArtifactID 

func (oc *OccurrenceCreate) SetArtifactID(i int) *OccurrenceCreate

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceCreate) SetCollector 

func (oc *OccurrenceCreate) SetCollector(s string) *OccurrenceCreate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*OccurrenceCreate) SetJustification 

func (oc *OccurrenceCreate) SetJustification(s string) *OccurrenceCreate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*OccurrenceCreate) SetNillablePackageID 

func (oc *OccurrenceCreate) SetNillablePackageID(i *int) *OccurrenceCreate

SetNillablePackageID sets the "package_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*OccurrenceCreate) SetNillableSourceID 

func (oc *OccurrenceCreate) SetNillableSourceID(i *int) *OccurrenceCreate

SetNillableSourceID sets the "source_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*OccurrenceCreate) SetOrigin 

func (oc *OccurrenceCreate) SetOrigin(s string) *OccurrenceCreate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*OccurrenceCreate) SetPackage 

func (oc *OccurrenceCreate) SetPackage(p *PackageVersion) *OccurrenceCreate

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*OccurrenceCreate) SetPackageID 

func (oc *OccurrenceCreate) SetPackageID(i int) *OccurrenceCreate

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceCreate) SetSource 

func (oc *OccurrenceCreate) SetSource(s *SourceName) *OccurrenceCreate

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*OccurrenceCreate) SetSourceID 

func (oc *OccurrenceCreate) SetSourceID(i int) *OccurrenceCreate

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

type OccurrenceCreateBulk 

type OccurrenceCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OccurrenceCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Occurrence entities in bulk.

func (*OccurrenceCreateBulk) Exec 

func (ocb *OccurrenceCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*OccurrenceCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (ocb *OccurrenceCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (ocb *OccurrenceCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Occurrence.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.OccurrenceUpsert) {
		SetArtifactID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*OccurrenceCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (ocb *OccurrenceCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Occurrence.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*OccurrenceCreateBulk) Save 

func (ocb *OccurrenceCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Occurrence, error)

Save creates the Occurrence entities in the database.

func (*OccurrenceCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (ocb *OccurrenceCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Occurrence

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type OccurrenceDelete 

type OccurrenceDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OccurrenceDelete is the builder for deleting a Occurrence entity.

func (*OccurrenceDelete) Exec 

func (od *OccurrenceDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*OccurrenceDelete) ExecX 

func (od *OccurrenceDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceDelete) Where 

func (od *OccurrenceDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Occurrence) *OccurrenceDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the OccurrenceDelete builder.

type OccurrenceDeleteOne 

type OccurrenceDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OccurrenceDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Occurrence entity.

func (*OccurrenceDeleteOne) Exec 

func (odo *OccurrenceDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*OccurrenceDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (odo *OccurrenceDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceDeleteOne) Where 

func (odo *OccurrenceDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.Occurrence) *OccurrenceDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the OccurrenceDelete builder.

type OccurrenceEdge 

type OccurrenceEdge struct {
	Node   *Occurrence `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor      `json:"cursor"`
}

OccurrenceEdge is the edge representation of Occurrence.

type OccurrenceEdges 

type OccurrenceEdges struct {
	// Artifact holds the value of the artifact edge.
	Artifact *Artifact `json:"artifact,omitempty"`
	// Package holds the value of the package edge.
	Package *PackageVersion `json:"package,omitempty"`
	// Source holds the value of the source edge.
	Source *SourceName `json:"source,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OccurrenceEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (OccurrenceEdges) ArtifactOrErr 

func (e OccurrenceEdges) ArtifactOrErr() (*Artifact, error)

ArtifactOrErr returns the Artifact value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (OccurrenceEdges) PackageOrErr 

func (e OccurrenceEdges) PackageOrErr() (*PackageVersion, error)

PackageOrErr returns the Package value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (OccurrenceEdges) SourceOrErr 

func (e OccurrenceEdges) SourceOrErr() (*SourceName, error)

SourceOrErr returns the Source value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type OccurrenceGroupBy 

type OccurrenceGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OccurrenceGroupBy is the group-by builder for Occurrence entities.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (ogb *OccurrenceGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *OccurrenceGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *OccurrenceGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *OccurrenceGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *OccurrenceGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *OccurrenceGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *OccurrenceGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *OccurrenceGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *OccurrenceGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *OccurrenceGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) Int 

func (s *OccurrenceGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *OccurrenceGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *OccurrenceGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *OccurrenceGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) Scan 

func (ogb *OccurrenceGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *OccurrenceGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) String 

func (s *OccurrenceGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *OccurrenceGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *OccurrenceGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OccurrenceGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *OccurrenceGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type OccurrenceMutation 

type OccurrenceMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OccurrenceMutation represents an operation that mutates the Occurrence nodes in the graph.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) AddField 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) AddedField 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ArtifactCleared 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ArtifactCleared() bool

ArtifactCleared reports if the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity was cleared.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ArtifactID 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ArtifactID() (r int, exists bool)

ArtifactID returns the value of the "artifact_id" field in the mutation.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ArtifactIDs 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ArtifactIDs() (ids []int)

ArtifactIDs returns the "artifact" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use ArtifactID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ClearArtifact 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ClearArtifact()

ClearArtifact clears the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ClearField 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ClearPackage 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ClearPackage()

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ClearPackageID 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ClearPackageID()

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ClearSource 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ClearSource()

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ClearSourceID 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ClearSourceID()

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (OccurrenceMutation) Client 

func (m OccurrenceMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) Collector 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) Collector() (r string, exists bool)

Collector returns the value of the "collector" field in the mutation.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) Field 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) Fields 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ID 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) IDs 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) Justification 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) Justification() (r string, exists bool)

Justification returns the value of the "justification" field in the mutation.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) OldArtifactID 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) OldArtifactID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldArtifactID returns the old "artifact_id" field's value of the Occurrence entity. If the Occurrence object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) OldCollector 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) OldCollector(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldCollector returns the old "collector" field's value of the Occurrence entity. If the Occurrence object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) OldField 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) OldJustification 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) OldJustification(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldJustification returns the old "justification" field's value of the Occurrence entity. If the Occurrence object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) OldOrigin 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) OldOrigin(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldOrigin returns the old "origin" field's value of the Occurrence entity. If the Occurrence object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) OldPackageID 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) OldPackageID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldPackageID returns the old "package_id" field's value of the Occurrence entity. If the Occurrence object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) OldSourceID 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) OldSourceID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldSourceID returns the old "source_id" field's value of the Occurrence entity. If the Occurrence object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) Op 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) Origin 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) Origin() (r string, exists bool)

Origin returns the value of the "origin" field in the mutation.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) PackageCleared 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) PackageCleared() bool

PackageCleared reports if the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity was cleared.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) PackageID 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) PackageID() (r int, exists bool)

PackageID returns the value of the "package_id" field in the mutation.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) PackageIDCleared 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) PackageIDCleared() bool

PackageIDCleared returns if the "package_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) PackageIDs 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) PackageIDs() (ids []int)

PackageIDs returns the "package" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use PackageID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ResetArtifact 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ResetArtifact()

ResetArtifact resets all changes to the "artifact" edge.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ResetArtifactID 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ResetArtifactID()

ResetArtifactID resets all changes to the "artifact_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ResetCollector 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ResetCollector()

ResetCollector resets all changes to the "collector" field.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ResetField 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ResetJustification 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ResetJustification()

ResetJustification resets all changes to the "justification" field.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ResetOrigin 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ResetOrigin()

ResetOrigin resets all changes to the "origin" field.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ResetPackage 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ResetPackage()

ResetPackage resets all changes to the "package" edge.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ResetPackageID 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ResetPackageID()

ResetPackageID resets all changes to the "package_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ResetSource 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ResetSource()

ResetSource resets all changes to the "source" edge.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) ResetSourceID 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) ResetSourceID()

ResetSourceID resets all changes to the "source_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) SetArtifactID 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) SetArtifactID(i int)

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) SetCollector 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) SetCollector(s string)

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) SetField 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) SetJustification 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) SetJustification(s string)

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) SetOp 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) SetOrigin 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) SetOrigin(s string)

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) SetPackageID 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) SetPackageID(i int)

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) SetSourceID 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) SetSourceID(i int)

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) SourceCleared 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) SourceCleared() bool

SourceCleared reports if the "source" edge to the SourceName entity was cleared.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) SourceID 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) SourceID() (r int, exists bool)

SourceID returns the value of the "source_id" field in the mutation.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) SourceIDCleared 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) SourceIDCleared() bool

SourceIDCleared returns if the "source_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) SourceIDs 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) SourceIDs() (ids []int)

SourceIDs returns the "source" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use SourceID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (OccurrenceMutation) Tx 

func (m OccurrenceMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) Type 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Occurrence).

func (*OccurrenceMutation) Where 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Occurrence)

Where appends a list predicates to the OccurrenceMutation builder.

func (*OccurrenceMutation) WhereP 

func (m *OccurrenceMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the OccurrenceMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type OccurrenceOrder 

type OccurrenceOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection        `json:"direction"`
	Field     *OccurrenceOrderField `json:"field"`
}

OccurrenceOrder defines the ordering of Occurrence.

type OccurrenceOrderField 

type OccurrenceOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given Occurrence.
	Value func(*Occurrence) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OccurrenceOrderField defines the ordering field of Occurrence.

type OccurrencePaginateOption 

type OccurrencePaginateOption func(*occurrencePager) error

OccurrencePaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithOccurrenceFilter 

func WithOccurrenceFilter(filter func(*OccurrenceQuery) (*OccurrenceQuery, error)) OccurrencePaginateOption

WithOccurrenceFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithOccurrenceOrder 

func WithOccurrenceOrder(order *OccurrenceOrder) OccurrencePaginateOption

WithOccurrenceOrder configures pagination ordering.

type OccurrenceQuery 

type OccurrenceQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OccurrenceQuery is the builder for querying Occurrence entities.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) Aggregate 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *OccurrenceSelect

Aggregate returns a OccurrenceSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) All 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Occurrence, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Occurrences.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) AllX 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Occurrence

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) Clone 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) Clone() *OccurrenceQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the OccurrenceQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) CollectFields 

func (o *OccurrenceQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*OccurrenceQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) Count 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) CountX 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) Exist 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) ExistX 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) First 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Occurrence, error)

First returns the first Occurrence entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Occurrence was found.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) FirstID 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first Occurrence ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Occurrence ID was found.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) FirstIDX 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) FirstX 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Occurrence

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) GroupBy 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *OccurrenceGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	ArtifactID int `json:"artifact_id,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Occurrence.Query().
	GroupBy(occurrence.FieldArtifactID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*OccurrenceQuery) IDs 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Occurrence IDs.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) IDsX 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) Limit 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) Limit(limit int) *OccurrenceQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) Offset 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) Offset(offset int) *OccurrenceQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) Only 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Occurrence, error)

Only returns a single Occurrence entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Occurrence entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Occurrence entities are found.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) OnlyID 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Occurrence ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Occurrence ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) OnlyX 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Occurrence

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) Order 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) Order(o ...occurrence.OrderOption) *OccurrenceQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) Paginate 

func (o *OccurrenceQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...OccurrencePaginateOption,
) (*OccurrenceConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to Occurrence.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) QueryArtifact 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) QueryArtifact() *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifact chains the current query on the "artifact" edge.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) QueryPackage 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) QueryPackage() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackage chains the current query on the "package" edge.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) QuerySource 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) QuerySource() *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource chains the current query on the "source" edge.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) Select 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) Select(fields ...string) *OccurrenceSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	ArtifactID int `json:"artifact_id,omitempty"`
}

client.Occurrence.Query().
	Select(occurrence.FieldArtifactID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*OccurrenceQuery) Unique 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) Unique(unique bool) *OccurrenceQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) Where 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Occurrence) *OccurrenceQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the OccurrenceQuery builder.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) WithArtifact 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) WithArtifact(opts ...func(*ArtifactQuery)) *OccurrenceQuery

WithArtifact tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "artifact" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) WithPackage 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) WithPackage(opts ...func(*PackageVersionQuery)) *OccurrenceQuery

WithPackage tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "package" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*OccurrenceQuery) WithSource 

func (oq *OccurrenceQuery) WithSource(opts ...func(*SourceNameQuery)) *OccurrenceQuery

WithSource tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "source" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type OccurrenceSelect 

type OccurrenceSelect struct {
	*OccurrenceQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OccurrenceSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Occurrence entities.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) Aggregate 

func (os *OccurrenceSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *OccurrenceSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) Bool 

func (s *OccurrenceSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) BoolX 

func (s *OccurrenceSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) Bools 

func (s *OccurrenceSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *OccurrenceSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) Float64 

func (s *OccurrenceSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) Float64X 

func (s *OccurrenceSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) Float64s 

func (s *OccurrenceSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *OccurrenceSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) Int 

func (s *OccurrenceSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) IntX 

func (s *OccurrenceSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) Ints 

func (s *OccurrenceSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) IntsX 

func (s *OccurrenceSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) Scan 

func (os *OccurrenceSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) ScanX 

func (s *OccurrenceSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) String 

func (s *OccurrenceSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) StringX 

func (s *OccurrenceSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) Strings 

func (s *OccurrenceSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*OccurrenceSelect) StringsX 

func (s *OccurrenceSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type OccurrenceUpdate 

type OccurrenceUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OccurrenceUpdate is the builder for updating Occurrence entities.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) ClearArtifact 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) ClearArtifact() *OccurrenceUpdate

ClearArtifact clears the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) ClearPackage 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) ClearPackage() *OccurrenceUpdate

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) ClearPackageID 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) ClearPackageID() *OccurrenceUpdate

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) ClearSource 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) ClearSource() *OccurrenceUpdate

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) ClearSourceID 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) ClearSourceID() *OccurrenceUpdate

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) Exec 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) ExecX 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) Mutation 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) Mutation() *OccurrenceMutation

Mutation returns the OccurrenceMutation object of the builder.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) Save 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) SaveX 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) SetArtifact 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) SetArtifact(a *Artifact) *OccurrenceUpdate

SetArtifact sets the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) SetArtifactID 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) SetArtifactID(i int) *OccurrenceUpdate

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) SetCollector 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) SetCollector(s string) *OccurrenceUpdate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) SetJustification 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) SetJustification(s string) *OccurrenceUpdate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) SetNillablePackageID 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) SetNillablePackageID(i *int) *OccurrenceUpdate

SetNillablePackageID sets the "package_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) SetNillableSourceID 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) SetNillableSourceID(i *int) *OccurrenceUpdate

SetNillableSourceID sets the "source_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) SetOrigin 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) SetOrigin(s string) *OccurrenceUpdate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) SetPackage 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) SetPackage(p *PackageVersion) *OccurrenceUpdate

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) SetPackageID 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) SetPackageID(i int) *OccurrenceUpdate

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) SetSource 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) SetSource(s *SourceName) *OccurrenceUpdate

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) SetSourceID 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) SetSourceID(i int) *OccurrenceUpdate

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpdate) Where 

func (ou *OccurrenceUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Occurrence) *OccurrenceUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the OccurrenceUpdate builder.

type OccurrenceUpdateOne 

type OccurrenceUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OccurrenceUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Occurrence entity.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) ClearArtifact 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) ClearArtifact() *OccurrenceUpdateOne

ClearArtifact clears the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) ClearPackage 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) ClearPackage() *OccurrenceUpdateOne

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) ClearPackageID 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) ClearPackageID() *OccurrenceUpdateOne

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) ClearSource 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) ClearSource() *OccurrenceUpdateOne

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) ClearSourceID 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) ClearSourceID() *OccurrenceUpdateOne

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) Exec 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) Mutation() *OccurrenceMutation

Mutation returns the OccurrenceMutation object of the builder.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) Save 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Occurrence, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Occurrence entity.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Occurrence

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) Select 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *OccurrenceUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetArtifact 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetArtifact(a *Artifact) *OccurrenceUpdateOne

SetArtifact sets the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetArtifactID 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetArtifactID(i int) *OccurrenceUpdateOne

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetCollector 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetCollector(s string) *OccurrenceUpdateOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetJustification 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetJustification(s string) *OccurrenceUpdateOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageID 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageID(i *int) *OccurrenceUpdateOne

SetNillablePackageID sets the "package_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetNillableSourceID 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetNillableSourceID(i *int) *OccurrenceUpdateOne

SetNillableSourceID sets the "source_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetOrigin 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetOrigin(s string) *OccurrenceUpdateOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetPackage 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetPackage(p *PackageVersion) *OccurrenceUpdateOne

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetPackageID 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetPackageID(i int) *OccurrenceUpdateOne

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetSource 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetSource(s *SourceName) *OccurrenceUpdateOne

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetSourceID 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) SetSourceID(i int) *OccurrenceUpdateOne

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpdateOne) Where 

func (ouo *OccurrenceUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.Occurrence) *OccurrenceUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the OccurrenceUpdate builder.

type OccurrenceUpsert 

type OccurrenceUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

OccurrenceUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*OccurrenceUpsert) ClearPackageID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsert) ClearPackageID() *OccurrenceUpsert

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsert) ClearSourceID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsert) ClearSourceID() *OccurrenceUpsert

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsert) SetArtifactID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsert) SetArtifactID(v int) *OccurrenceUpsert

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsert) SetCollector 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsert) SetCollector(v string) *OccurrenceUpsert

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsert) SetJustification 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsert) SetJustification(v string) *OccurrenceUpsert

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsert) SetOrigin 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsert) SetOrigin(v string) *OccurrenceUpsert

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsert) SetPackageID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsert) SetPackageID(v int) *OccurrenceUpsert

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsert) SetSourceID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsert) SetSourceID(v int) *OccurrenceUpsert

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsert) UpdateArtifactID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsert) UpdateArtifactID() *OccurrenceUpsert

UpdateArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*OccurrenceUpsert) UpdateCollector 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsert) UpdateCollector() *OccurrenceUpsert

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*OccurrenceUpsert) UpdateJustification 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsert) UpdateJustification() *OccurrenceUpsert

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*OccurrenceUpsert) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsert) UpdateOrigin() *OccurrenceUpsert

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*OccurrenceUpsert) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsert) UpdatePackageID() *OccurrenceUpsert

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*OccurrenceUpsert) UpdateSourceID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsert) UpdateSourceID() *OccurrenceUpsert

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type OccurrenceUpsertBulk 

type OccurrenceUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OccurrenceUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Occurrence nodes.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) ClearPackageID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) ClearPackageID() *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) ClearSourceID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) ClearSourceID() *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) Ignore() *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Occurrence.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) SetArtifactID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) SetArtifactID(v int) *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) SetCollector 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) SetCollector(v string) *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) SetJustification 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) SetJustification(v string) *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) SetOrigin 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) SetOrigin(v string) *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) SetPackageID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) SetPackageID(v int) *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) SetSourceID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) SetSourceID(v int) *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*OccurrenceUpsert)) *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the OccurrenceCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) UpdateArtifactID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) UpdateArtifactID() *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

UpdateArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector() *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification() *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Occurrence.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin() *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageID() *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertBulk) UpdateSourceID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertBulk) UpdateSourceID() *OccurrenceUpsertBulk

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type OccurrenceUpsertOne 

type OccurrenceUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OccurrenceUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Occurrence node.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) ClearPackageID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) ClearPackageID() *OccurrenceUpsertOne

ClearPackageID clears the value of the "package_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) ClearSourceID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) ClearSourceID() *OccurrenceUpsertOne

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) DoNothing() *OccurrenceUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) Ignore() *OccurrenceUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Occurrence.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) SetArtifactID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) SetArtifactID(v int) *OccurrenceUpsertOne

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) SetCollector 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) SetCollector(v string) *OccurrenceUpsertOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) SetJustification 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) SetJustification(v string) *OccurrenceUpsertOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) SetOrigin 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) SetOrigin(v string) *OccurrenceUpsertOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) SetPackageID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) SetPackageID(v int) *OccurrenceUpsertOne

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) SetSourceID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) SetSourceID(v int) *OccurrenceUpsertOne

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) Update(set func(*OccurrenceUpsert)) *OccurrenceUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the OccurrenceCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) UpdateArtifactID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) UpdateArtifactID() *OccurrenceUpsertOne

UpdateArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) UpdateCollector 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) UpdateCollector() *OccurrenceUpsertOne

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) UpdateJustification 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) UpdateJustification() *OccurrenceUpsertOne

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *OccurrenceUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Occurrence.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin() *OccurrenceUpsertOne

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) UpdatePackageID() *OccurrenceUpsertOne

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*OccurrenceUpsertOne) UpdateSourceID 

func (u *OccurrenceUpsertOne) UpdateSourceID() *OccurrenceUpsertOne

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type Occurrences 

type Occurrences []*Occurrence

Occurrences is a parsable slice of Occurrence.

type Op 

type Op = ent.Op

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type Option 

type Option func(*config)

Option function to configure the client.

func Debug 

func Debug() Option

Debug enables debug logging on the ent.Driver.

func Driver 

func Driver(driver dialect.Driver) Option

Driver configures the client driver.

func Log 

func Log(fn func(...any)) Option

Log sets the logging function for debug mode.

type OrderDirection 

type OrderDirection = entgql.OrderDirection

Common entgql types.

type OrderFunc 

type OrderFunc func(*sql.Selector)

OrderFunc applies an ordering on the sql selector. Deprecated: Use Asc/Desc functions or the package builders instead.

type PackageName 

type PackageName struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// NamespaceID holds the value of the "namespace_id" field.
	NamespaceID int `json:"namespace_id,omitempty"`
	// Name holds the value of the "name" field.
	Name string `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the PackageNameQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges PackageNameEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageName is the model entity for the PackageName schema.

func (*PackageName) IsNode 

func (n *PackageName) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*PackageName) NamedVersions 

func (pn *PackageName) NamedVersions(name string) ([]*PackageVersion, error)

NamedVersions returns the Versions named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*PackageName) Namespace 

func (pn *PackageName) Namespace(ctx context.Context) (*PackageNamespace, error)

func (*PackageName) QueryNamespace 

func (pn *PackageName) QueryNamespace() *PackageNamespaceQuery

QueryNamespace queries the "namespace" edge of the PackageName entity.

func (*PackageName) QueryVersions 

func (pn *PackageName) QueryVersions() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryVersions queries the "versions" edge of the PackageName entity.

func (*PackageName) String 

func (pn *PackageName) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*PackageName) ToEdge 

func (pn *PackageName) ToEdge(order *PackageNameOrder) *PackageNameEdge

ToEdge converts PackageName into PackageNameEdge.

func (*PackageName) Unwrap 

func (pn *PackageName) Unwrap() *PackageName

Unwrap unwraps the PackageName entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*PackageName) Update 

func (pn *PackageName) Update() *PackageNameUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this PackageName. Note that you need to call PackageName.Unwrap() before calling this method if this PackageName was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*PackageName) Value 

func (pn *PackageName) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the PackageName. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

func (*PackageName) Versions 

func (pn *PackageName) Versions(ctx context.Context) (result []*PackageVersion, err error)

type PackageNameClient 

type PackageNameClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNameClient is a client for the PackageName schema.

func NewPackageNameClient 

func NewPackageNameClient(c config) *PackageNameClient

NewPackageNameClient returns a client for the PackageName from the given config.

func (*PackageNameClient) Create 

func (c *PackageNameClient) Create() *PackageNameCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a PackageName entity.

func (*PackageNameClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *PackageNameClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*PackageNameCreate) *PackageNameCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of PackageName entities.

func (*PackageNameClient) Delete 

func (c *PackageNameClient) Delete() *PackageNameDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for PackageName.

func (*PackageNameClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *PackageNameClient) DeleteOne(pn *PackageName) *PackageNameDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*PackageNameClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *PackageNameClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *PackageNameDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*PackageNameClient) Get 

func (c *PackageNameClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*PackageName, error)

Get returns a PackageName entity by its id.

func (*PackageNameClient) GetX 

func (c *PackageNameClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *PackageName

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameClient) Hooks 

func (c *PackageNameClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*PackageNameClient) Intercept 

func (c *PackageNameClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `packagename.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*PackageNameClient) Interceptors 

func (c *PackageNameClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*PackageNameClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *PackageNameClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*PackageNameCreate, int)) *PackageNameCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*PackageNameClient) Query 

func (c *PackageNameClient) Query() *PackageNameQuery

Query returns a query builder for PackageName.

func (*PackageNameClient) QueryNamespace 

func (c *PackageNameClient) QueryNamespace(pn *PackageName) *PackageNamespaceQuery

QueryNamespace queries the namespace edge of a PackageName.

func (*PackageNameClient) QueryVersions 

func (c *PackageNameClient) QueryVersions(pn *PackageName) *PackageVersionQuery

QueryVersions queries the versions edge of a PackageName.

func (*PackageNameClient) Update 

func (c *PackageNameClient) Update() *PackageNameUpdate

Update returns an update builder for PackageName.

func (*PackageNameClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *PackageNameClient) UpdateOne(pn *PackageName) *PackageNameUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*PackageNameClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *PackageNameClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *PackageNameUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*PackageNameClient) Use 

func (c *PackageNameClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `packagename.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type PackageNameConnection 

type PackageNameConnection struct {
	Edges      []*PackageNameEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo           `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int                `json:"totalCount"`
}

PackageNameConnection is the connection containing edges to PackageName.

type PackageNameCreate 

type PackageNameCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNameCreate is the builder for creating a PackageName entity.

func (*PackageNameCreate) AddVersionIDs 

func (pnc *PackageNameCreate) AddVersionIDs(ids ...int) *PackageNameCreate

AddVersionIDs adds the "versions" edge to the PackageVersion entity by IDs.

func (*PackageNameCreate) AddVersions 

func (pnc *PackageNameCreate) AddVersions(p ...*PackageVersion) *PackageNameCreate

AddVersions adds the "versions" edges to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PackageNameCreate) Exec 

func (pnc *PackageNameCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageNameCreate) ExecX 

func (pnc *PackageNameCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameCreate) Mutation 

func (pnc *PackageNameCreate) Mutation() *PackageNameMutation

Mutation returns the PackageNameMutation object of the builder.

func (*PackageNameCreate) OnConflict 

func (pnc *PackageNameCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *PackageNameUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.PackageName.Create().
	SetNamespaceID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.PackageNameUpsert) {
		SetNamespaceID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageNameCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (pnc *PackageNameCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *PackageNameUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageName.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageNameCreate) Save 

func (pnc *PackageNameCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*PackageName, error)

Save creates the PackageName in the database.

func (*PackageNameCreate) SaveX 

func (pnc *PackageNameCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *PackageName

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*PackageNameCreate) SetName 

func (pnc *PackageNameCreate) SetName(s string) *PackageNameCreate

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*PackageNameCreate) SetNamespace 

func (pnc *PackageNameCreate) SetNamespace(p *PackageNamespace) *PackageNameCreate

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" edge to the PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageNameCreate) SetNamespaceID 

func (pnc *PackageNameCreate) SetNamespaceID(i int) *PackageNameCreate

SetNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field.

type PackageNameCreateBulk 

type PackageNameCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNameCreateBulk is the builder for creating many PackageName entities in bulk.

func (*PackageNameCreateBulk) Exec 

func (pncb *PackageNameCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageNameCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (pncb *PackageNameCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (pncb *PackageNameCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *PackageNameUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.PackageName.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.PackageNameUpsert) {
		SetNamespaceID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageNameCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (pncb *PackageNameCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *PackageNameUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageName.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageNameCreateBulk) Save 

func (pncb *PackageNameCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*PackageName, error)

Save creates the PackageName entities in the database.

func (*PackageNameCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (pncb *PackageNameCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*PackageName

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type PackageNameDelete 

type PackageNameDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNameDelete is the builder for deleting a PackageName entity.

func (*PackageNameDelete) Exec 

func (pnd *PackageNameDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*PackageNameDelete) ExecX 

func (pnd *PackageNameDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameDelete) Where 

func (pnd *PackageNameDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageName) *PackageNameDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageNameDelete builder.

type PackageNameDeleteOne 

type PackageNameDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNameDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single PackageName entity.

func (*PackageNameDeleteOne) Exec 

func (pndo *PackageNameDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*PackageNameDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (pndo *PackageNameDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameDeleteOne) Where 

func (pndo *PackageNameDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageName) *PackageNameDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageNameDelete builder.

type PackageNameEdge 

type PackageNameEdge struct {
	Node   *PackageName `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor       `json:"cursor"`
}

PackageNameEdge is the edge representation of PackageName.

type PackageNameEdges 

type PackageNameEdges struct {
	// Namespace holds the value of the namespace edge.
	Namespace *PackageNamespace `json:"namespace,omitempty"`
	// Versions holds the value of the versions edge.
	Versions []*PackageVersion `json:"versions,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNameEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (PackageNameEdges) NamespaceOrErr 

func (e PackageNameEdges) NamespaceOrErr() (*PackageNamespace, error)

NamespaceOrErr returns the Namespace value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (PackageNameEdges) VersionsOrErr 

func (e PackageNameEdges) VersionsOrErr() ([]*PackageVersion, error)

VersionsOrErr returns the Versions value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type PackageNameGroupBy 

type PackageNameGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNameGroupBy is the group-by builder for PackageName entities.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (pngb *PackageNameGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PackageNameGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *PackageNameGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *PackageNameGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *PackageNameGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *PackageNameGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *PackageNameGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *PackageNameGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *PackageNameGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *PackageNameGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) Int 

func (s *PackageNameGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *PackageNameGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *PackageNameGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *PackageNameGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) Scan 

func (pngb *PackageNameGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *PackageNameGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) String 

func (s *PackageNameGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *PackageNameGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *PackageNameGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNameGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *PackageNameGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type PackageNameMutation 

type PackageNameMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNameMutation represents an operation that mutates the PackageName nodes in the graph.

func (*PackageNameMutation) AddField 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*PackageNameMutation) AddVersionIDs 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) AddVersionIDs(ids ...int)

AddVersionIDs adds the "versions" edge to the PackageVersion entity by ids.

func (*PackageNameMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*PackageNameMutation) AddedField 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageNameMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*PackageNameMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*PackageNameMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageNameMutation) ClearField 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageNameMutation) ClearNamespace 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) ClearNamespace()

ClearNamespace clears the "namespace" edge to the PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageNameMutation) ClearVersions 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) ClearVersions()

ClearVersions clears the "versions" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PackageNameMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*PackageNameMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (PackageNameMutation) Client 

func (m PackageNameMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*PackageNameMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PackageNameMutation) Field 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageNameMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PackageNameMutation) Fields 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*PackageNameMutation) ID 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*PackageNameMutation) IDs 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*PackageNameMutation) Name 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) Name() (r string, exists bool)

Name returns the value of the "name" field in the mutation.

func (*PackageNameMutation) NamespaceCleared 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) NamespaceCleared() bool

NamespaceCleared reports if the "namespace" edge to the PackageNamespace entity was cleared.

func (*PackageNameMutation) NamespaceID 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) NamespaceID() (r int, exists bool)

NamespaceID returns the value of the "namespace_id" field in the mutation.

func (*PackageNameMutation) NamespaceIDs 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) NamespaceIDs() (ids []int)

NamespaceIDs returns the "namespace" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use NamespaceID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*PackageNameMutation) OldField 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*PackageNameMutation) OldName 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) OldName(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldName returns the old "name" field's value of the PackageName entity. If the PackageName object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PackageNameMutation) OldNamespaceID 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) OldNamespaceID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldNamespaceID returns the old "namespace_id" field's value of the PackageName entity. If the PackageName object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PackageNameMutation) Op 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*PackageNameMutation) RemoveVersionIDs 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) RemoveVersionIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveVersionIDs removes the "versions" edge to the PackageVersion entity by IDs.

func (*PackageNameMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*PackageNameMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*PackageNameMutation) RemovedVersionsIDs 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) RemovedVersionsIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedVersions returns the removed IDs of the "versions" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PackageNameMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageNameMutation) ResetField 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageNameMutation) ResetName 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) ResetName()

ResetName resets all changes to the "name" field.

func (*PackageNameMutation) ResetNamespace 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) ResetNamespace()

ResetNamespace resets all changes to the "namespace" edge.

func (*PackageNameMutation) ResetNamespaceID 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) ResetNamespaceID()

ResetNamespaceID resets all changes to the "namespace_id" field.

func (*PackageNameMutation) ResetVersions 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) ResetVersions()

ResetVersions resets all changes to the "versions" edge.

func (*PackageNameMutation) SetField 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*PackageNameMutation) SetName 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) SetName(s string)

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*PackageNameMutation) SetNamespaceID 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) SetNamespaceID(i int)

SetNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field.

func (*PackageNameMutation) SetOp 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (PackageNameMutation) Tx 

func (m PackageNameMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*PackageNameMutation) Type 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (PackageName).

func (*PackageNameMutation) VersionsCleared 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) VersionsCleared() bool

VersionsCleared reports if the "versions" edge to the PackageVersion entity was cleared.

func (*PackageNameMutation) VersionsIDs 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) VersionsIDs() (ids []int)

VersionsIDs returns the "versions" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*PackageNameMutation) Where 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageName)

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageNameMutation builder.

func (*PackageNameMutation) WhereP 

func (m *PackageNameMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the PackageNameMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type PackageNameOrder 

type PackageNameOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection         `json:"direction"`
	Field     *PackageNameOrderField `json:"field"`
}

PackageNameOrder defines the ordering of PackageName.

type PackageNameOrderField 

type PackageNameOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given PackageName.
	Value func(*PackageName) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNameOrderField defines the ordering field of PackageName.

type PackageNamePaginateOption 

type PackageNamePaginateOption func(*packagenamePager) error

PackageNamePaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithPackageNameFilter 

func WithPackageNameFilter(filter func(*PackageNameQuery) (*PackageNameQuery, error)) PackageNamePaginateOption

WithPackageNameFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithPackageNameOrder 

func WithPackageNameOrder(order *PackageNameOrder) PackageNamePaginateOption

WithPackageNameOrder configures pagination ordering.

type PackageNameQuery 

type PackageNameQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNameQuery is the builder for querying PackageName entities.

func (*PackageNameQuery) Aggregate 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PackageNameSelect

Aggregate returns a PackageNameSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*PackageNameQuery) All 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*PackageName, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of PackageNames.

func (*PackageNameQuery) AllX 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*PackageName

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameQuery) Clone 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) Clone() *PackageNameQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the PackageNameQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*PackageNameQuery) CollectFields 

func (pn *PackageNameQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*PackageNameQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*PackageNameQuery) Count 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*PackageNameQuery) CountX 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameQuery) Exist 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*PackageNameQuery) ExistX 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameQuery) First 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*PackageName, error)

First returns the first PackageName entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no PackageName was found.

func (*PackageNameQuery) FirstID 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first PackageName ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no PackageName ID was found.

func (*PackageNameQuery) FirstIDX 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameQuery) FirstX 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *PackageName

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameQuery) GroupBy 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *PackageNameGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	NamespaceID int `json:"namespace_id,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.PackageName.Query().
	GroupBy(packagename.FieldNamespaceID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*PackageNameQuery) IDs 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of PackageName IDs.

func (*PackageNameQuery) IDsX 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameQuery) Limit 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) Limit(limit int) *PackageNameQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*PackageNameQuery) Offset 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) Offset(offset int) *PackageNameQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*PackageNameQuery) Only 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*PackageName, error)

Only returns a single PackageName entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one PackageName entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no PackageName entities are found.

func (*PackageNameQuery) OnlyID 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only PackageName ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one PackageName ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*PackageNameQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameQuery) OnlyX 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *PackageName

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameQuery) Order 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) Order(o ...packagename.OrderOption) *PackageNameQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*PackageNameQuery) Paginate 

func (pn *PackageNameQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...PackageNamePaginateOption,
) (*PackageNameConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to PackageName.

func (*PackageNameQuery) QueryNamespace 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) QueryNamespace() *PackageNamespaceQuery

QueryNamespace chains the current query on the "namespace" edge.

func (*PackageNameQuery) QueryVersions 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) QueryVersions() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryVersions chains the current query on the "versions" edge.

func (*PackageNameQuery) Select 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) Select(fields ...string) *PackageNameSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	NamespaceID int `json:"namespace_id,omitempty"`
}

client.PackageName.Query().
	Select(packagename.FieldNamespaceID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*PackageNameQuery) Unique 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) Unique(unique bool) *PackageNameQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*PackageNameQuery) Where 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageName) *PackageNameQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the PackageNameQuery builder.

func (*PackageNameQuery) WithNamedVersions 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) WithNamedVersions(name string, opts ...func(*PackageVersionQuery)) *PackageNameQuery

WithNamedVersions tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "versions" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PackageNameQuery) WithNamespace 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) WithNamespace(opts ...func(*PackageNamespaceQuery)) *PackageNameQuery

WithNamespace tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "namespace" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PackageNameQuery) WithVersions 

func (pnq *PackageNameQuery) WithVersions(opts ...func(*PackageVersionQuery)) *PackageNameQuery

WithVersions tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "versions" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type PackageNameSelect 

type PackageNameSelect struct {
	*PackageNameQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNameSelect is the builder for selecting fields of PackageName entities.

func (*PackageNameSelect) Aggregate 

func (pns *PackageNameSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PackageNameSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*PackageNameSelect) Bool 

func (s *PackageNameSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNameSelect) BoolX 

func (s *PackageNameSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameSelect) Bools 

func (s *PackageNameSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNameSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *PackageNameSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameSelect) Float64 

func (s *PackageNameSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNameSelect) Float64X 

func (s *PackageNameSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameSelect) Float64s 

func (s *PackageNameSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNameSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *PackageNameSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameSelect) Int 

func (s *PackageNameSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNameSelect) IntX 

func (s *PackageNameSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameSelect) Ints 

func (s *PackageNameSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNameSelect) IntsX 

func (s *PackageNameSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameSelect) Scan 

func (pns *PackageNameSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*PackageNameSelect) ScanX 

func (s *PackageNameSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameSelect) String 

func (s *PackageNameSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNameSelect) StringX 

func (s *PackageNameSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameSelect) Strings 

func (s *PackageNameSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNameSelect) StringsX 

func (s *PackageNameSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type PackageNameUpdate 

type PackageNameUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNameUpdate is the builder for updating PackageName entities.

func (*PackageNameUpdate) AddVersionIDs 

func (pnu *PackageNameUpdate) AddVersionIDs(ids ...int) *PackageNameUpdate

AddVersionIDs adds the "versions" edge to the PackageVersion entity by IDs.

func (*PackageNameUpdate) AddVersions 

func (pnu *PackageNameUpdate) AddVersions(p ...*PackageVersion) *PackageNameUpdate

AddVersions adds the "versions" edges to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PackageNameUpdate) ClearNamespace 

func (pnu *PackageNameUpdate) ClearNamespace() *PackageNameUpdate

ClearNamespace clears the "namespace" edge to the PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageNameUpdate) ClearVersions 

func (pnu *PackageNameUpdate) ClearVersions() *PackageNameUpdate

ClearVersions clears all "versions" edges to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PackageNameUpdate) Exec 

func (pnu *PackageNameUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageNameUpdate) ExecX 

func (pnu *PackageNameUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameUpdate) Mutation 

func (pnu *PackageNameUpdate) Mutation() *PackageNameMutation

Mutation returns the PackageNameMutation object of the builder.

func (*PackageNameUpdate) RemoveVersionIDs 

func (pnu *PackageNameUpdate) RemoveVersionIDs(ids ...int) *PackageNameUpdate

RemoveVersionIDs removes the "versions" edge to PackageVersion entities by IDs.

func (*PackageNameUpdate) RemoveVersions 

func (pnu *PackageNameUpdate) RemoveVersions(p ...*PackageVersion) *PackageNameUpdate

RemoveVersions removes "versions" edges to PackageVersion entities.

func (*PackageNameUpdate) Save 

func (pnu *PackageNameUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*PackageNameUpdate) SaveX 

func (pnu *PackageNameUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameUpdate) SetName 

func (pnu *PackageNameUpdate) SetName(s string) *PackageNameUpdate

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*PackageNameUpdate) SetNamespace 

func (pnu *PackageNameUpdate) SetNamespace(p *PackageNamespace) *PackageNameUpdate

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" edge to the PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageNameUpdate) SetNamespaceID 

func (pnu *PackageNameUpdate) SetNamespaceID(i int) *PackageNameUpdate

SetNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field.

func (*PackageNameUpdate) Where 

func (pnu *PackageNameUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageName) *PackageNameUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageNameUpdate builder.

type PackageNameUpdateOne 

type PackageNameUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNameUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single PackageName entity.

func (*PackageNameUpdateOne) AddVersionIDs 

func (pnuo *PackageNameUpdateOne) AddVersionIDs(ids ...int) *PackageNameUpdateOne

AddVersionIDs adds the "versions" edge to the PackageVersion entity by IDs.

func (*PackageNameUpdateOne) AddVersions 

func (pnuo *PackageNameUpdateOne) AddVersions(p ...*PackageVersion) *PackageNameUpdateOne

AddVersions adds the "versions" edges to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PackageNameUpdateOne) ClearNamespace 

func (pnuo *PackageNameUpdateOne) ClearNamespace() *PackageNameUpdateOne

ClearNamespace clears the "namespace" edge to the PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageNameUpdateOne) ClearVersions 

func (pnuo *PackageNameUpdateOne) ClearVersions() *PackageNameUpdateOne

ClearVersions clears all "versions" edges to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PackageNameUpdateOne) Exec 

func (pnuo *PackageNameUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*PackageNameUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (pnuo *PackageNameUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (pnuo *PackageNameUpdateOne) Mutation() *PackageNameMutation

Mutation returns the PackageNameMutation object of the builder.

func (*PackageNameUpdateOne) RemoveVersionIDs 

func (pnuo *PackageNameUpdateOne) RemoveVersionIDs(ids ...int) *PackageNameUpdateOne

RemoveVersionIDs removes the "versions" edge to PackageVersion entities by IDs.

func (*PackageNameUpdateOne) RemoveVersions 

func (pnuo *PackageNameUpdateOne) RemoveVersions(p ...*PackageVersion) *PackageNameUpdateOne

RemoveVersions removes "versions" edges to PackageVersion entities.

func (*PackageNameUpdateOne) Save 

func (pnuo *PackageNameUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*PackageName, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated PackageName entity.

func (*PackageNameUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (pnuo *PackageNameUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *PackageName

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameUpdateOne) Select 

func (pnuo *PackageNameUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *PackageNameUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*PackageNameUpdateOne) SetName 

func (pnuo *PackageNameUpdateOne) SetName(s string) *PackageNameUpdateOne

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*PackageNameUpdateOne) SetNamespace 

func (pnuo *PackageNameUpdateOne) SetNamespace(p *PackageNamespace) *PackageNameUpdateOne

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" edge to the PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageNameUpdateOne) SetNamespaceID 

func (pnuo *PackageNameUpdateOne) SetNamespaceID(i int) *PackageNameUpdateOne

SetNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field.

func (*PackageNameUpdateOne) Where 

func (pnuo *PackageNameUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageName) *PackageNameUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageNameUpdate builder.

type PackageNameUpsert 

type PackageNameUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

PackageNameUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*PackageNameUpsert) SetName 

func (u *PackageNameUpsert) SetName(v string) *PackageNameUpsert

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*PackageNameUpsert) SetNamespaceID 

func (u *PackageNameUpsert) SetNamespaceID(v int) *PackageNameUpsert

SetNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field.

func (*PackageNameUpsert) UpdateName 

func (u *PackageNameUpsert) UpdateName() *PackageNameUpsert

UpdateName sets the "name" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageNameUpsert) UpdateNamespaceID 

func (u *PackageNameUpsert) UpdateNamespaceID() *PackageNameUpsert

UpdateNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type PackageNameUpsertBulk 

type PackageNameUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNameUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of PackageName nodes.

func (*PackageNameUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *PackageNameUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*PackageNameUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageNameUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertBulk) Ignore() *PackageNameUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageName.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageNameUpsertBulk) SetName 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertBulk) SetName(v string) *PackageNameUpsertBulk

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*PackageNameUpsertBulk) SetNamespaceID 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertBulk) SetNamespaceID(v int) *PackageNameUpsertBulk

SetNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field.

func (*PackageNameUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*PackageNameUpsert)) *PackageNameUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the PackageNameCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*PackageNameUpsertBulk) UpdateName 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertBulk) UpdateName() *PackageNameUpsertBulk

UpdateName sets the "name" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageNameUpsertBulk) UpdateNamespaceID 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertBulk) UpdateNamespaceID() *PackageNameUpsertBulk

UpdateNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageNameUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *PackageNameUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageName.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type PackageNameUpsertOne 

type PackageNameUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNameUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one PackageName node.

func (*PackageNameUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertOne) DoNothing() *PackageNameUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*PackageNameUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageNameUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*PackageNameUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNameUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertOne) Ignore() *PackageNameUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageName.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageNameUpsertOne) SetName 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertOne) SetName(v string) *PackageNameUpsertOne

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*PackageNameUpsertOne) SetNamespaceID 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertOne) SetNamespaceID(v int) *PackageNameUpsertOne

SetNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field.

func (*PackageNameUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertOne) Update(set func(*PackageNameUpsert)) *PackageNameUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the PackageNameCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*PackageNameUpsertOne) UpdateName 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertOne) UpdateName() *PackageNameUpsertOne

UpdateName sets the "name" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageNameUpsertOne) UpdateNamespaceID 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertOne) UpdateNamespaceID() *PackageNameUpsertOne

UpdateNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageNameUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *PackageNameUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *PackageNameUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageName.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

type PackageNames 

type PackageNames []*PackageName

PackageNames is a parsable slice of PackageName.

type PackageNamespace 

type PackageNamespace struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// PackageID holds the value of the "package_id" field.
	PackageID int `json:"package_id,omitempty"`
	// In the pURL representation, each PackageNamespace matches the pkg:<type>/<namespace>/ partial pURL
	Namespace string `json:"namespace,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the PackageNamespaceQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges PackageNamespaceEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNamespace is the model entity for the PackageNamespace schema.

func (*PackageNamespace) IsNode 

func (n *PackageNamespace) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*PackageNamespace) NamedNames 

func (pn *PackageNamespace) NamedNames(name string) ([]*PackageName, error)

NamedNames returns the Names named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*PackageNamespace) Names 

func (pn *PackageNamespace) Names(ctx context.Context) (result []*PackageName, err error)

func (*PackageNamespace) Package 

func (pn *PackageNamespace) Package(ctx context.Context) (*PackageType, error)

func (*PackageNamespace) QueryNames 

func (pn *PackageNamespace) QueryNames() *PackageNameQuery

QueryNames queries the "names" edge of the PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageNamespace) QueryPackage 

func (pn *PackageNamespace) QueryPackage() *PackageTypeQuery

QueryPackage queries the "package" edge of the PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageNamespace) String 

func (pn *PackageNamespace) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*PackageNamespace) ToEdge 

func (pn *PackageNamespace) ToEdge(order *PackageNamespaceOrder) *PackageNamespaceEdge

ToEdge converts PackageNamespace into PackageNamespaceEdge.

func (*PackageNamespace) Unwrap 

func (pn *PackageNamespace) Unwrap() *PackageNamespace

Unwrap unwraps the PackageNamespace entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*PackageNamespace) Update 

func (pn *PackageNamespace) Update() *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this PackageNamespace. Note that you need to call PackageNamespace.Unwrap() before calling this method if this PackageNamespace was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*PackageNamespace) Value 

func (pn *PackageNamespace) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the PackageNamespace. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type PackageNamespaceClient 

type PackageNamespaceClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNamespaceClient is a client for the PackageNamespace schema.

func NewPackageNamespaceClient 

func NewPackageNamespaceClient(c config) *PackageNamespaceClient

NewPackageNamespaceClient returns a client for the PackageNamespace from the given config.

func (*PackageNamespaceClient) Create 

func (c *PackageNamespaceClient) Create() *PackageNamespaceCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *PackageNamespaceClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*PackageNamespaceCreate) *PackageNamespaceCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of PackageNamespace entities.

func (*PackageNamespaceClient) Delete 

func (c *PackageNamespaceClient) Delete() *PackageNamespaceDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for PackageNamespace.

func (*PackageNamespaceClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *PackageNamespaceClient) DeleteOne(pn *PackageNamespace) *PackageNamespaceDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *PackageNamespaceClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *PackageNamespaceDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*PackageNamespaceClient) Get 

func (c *PackageNamespaceClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*PackageNamespace, error)

Get returns a PackageNamespace entity by its id.

func (*PackageNamespaceClient) GetX 

func (c *PackageNamespaceClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *PackageNamespace

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceClient) Hooks 

func (c *PackageNamespaceClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*PackageNamespaceClient) Intercept 

func (c *PackageNamespaceClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `packagenamespace.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*PackageNamespaceClient) Interceptors 

func (c *PackageNamespaceClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*PackageNamespaceClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *PackageNamespaceClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*PackageNamespaceCreate, int)) *PackageNamespaceCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*PackageNamespaceClient) Query 

func (c *PackageNamespaceClient) Query() *PackageNamespaceQuery

Query returns a query builder for PackageNamespace.

func (*PackageNamespaceClient) QueryNames 

func (c *PackageNamespaceClient) QueryNames(pn *PackageNamespace) *PackageNameQuery

QueryNames queries the names edge of a PackageNamespace.

func (*PackageNamespaceClient) QueryPackage 

func (c *PackageNamespaceClient) QueryPackage(pn *PackageNamespace) *PackageTypeQuery

QueryPackage queries the package edge of a PackageNamespace.

func (*PackageNamespaceClient) Update 

func (c *PackageNamespaceClient) Update() *PackageNamespaceUpdate

Update returns an update builder for PackageNamespace.

func (*PackageNamespaceClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *PackageNamespaceClient) UpdateOne(pn *PackageNamespace) *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *PackageNamespaceClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*PackageNamespaceClient) Use 

func (c *PackageNamespaceClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `packagenamespace.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type PackageNamespaceConnection 

type PackageNamespaceConnection struct {
	Edges      []*PackageNamespaceEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo                `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int                     `json:"totalCount"`
}

PackageNamespaceConnection is the connection containing edges to PackageNamespace.

type PackageNamespaceCreate 

type PackageNamespaceCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNamespaceCreate is the builder for creating a PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceCreate) AddNameIDs 

func (pnc *PackageNamespaceCreate) AddNameIDs(ids ...int) *PackageNamespaceCreate

AddNameIDs adds the "names" edge to the PackageName entity by IDs.

func (*PackageNamespaceCreate) AddNames 

func (pnc *PackageNamespaceCreate) AddNames(p ...*PackageName) *PackageNamespaceCreate

AddNames adds the "names" edges to the PackageName entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceCreate) Exec 

func (pnc *PackageNamespaceCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageNamespaceCreate) ExecX 

func (pnc *PackageNamespaceCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceCreate) Mutation 

func (pnc *PackageNamespaceCreate) Mutation() *PackageNamespaceMutation

Mutation returns the PackageNamespaceMutation object of the builder.

func (*PackageNamespaceCreate) OnConflict 

func (pnc *PackageNamespaceCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.PackageNamespace.Create().
	SetPackageID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.PackageNamespaceUpsert) {
		SetPackageID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageNamespaceCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (pnc *PackageNamespaceCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageNamespace.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageNamespaceCreate) Save 

func (pnc *PackageNamespaceCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*PackageNamespace, error)

Save creates the PackageNamespace in the database.

func (*PackageNamespaceCreate) SaveX 

func (pnc *PackageNamespaceCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *PackageNamespace

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*PackageNamespaceCreate) SetNamespace 

func (pnc *PackageNamespaceCreate) SetNamespace(s string) *PackageNamespaceCreate

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" field.

func (*PackageNamespaceCreate) SetPackage 

func (pnc *PackageNamespaceCreate) SetPackage(p *PackageType) *PackageNamespaceCreate

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageType entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceCreate) SetPackageID 

func (pnc *PackageNamespaceCreate) SetPackageID(i int) *PackageNamespaceCreate

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

type PackageNamespaceCreateBulk 

type PackageNamespaceCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNamespaceCreateBulk is the builder for creating many PackageNamespace entities in bulk.

func (*PackageNamespaceCreateBulk) Exec 

func (pncb *PackageNamespaceCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageNamespaceCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (pncb *PackageNamespaceCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (pncb *PackageNamespaceCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.PackageNamespace.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.PackageNamespaceUpsert) {
		SetPackageID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageNamespaceCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (pncb *PackageNamespaceCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageNamespace.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageNamespaceCreateBulk) Save 

func (pncb *PackageNamespaceCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*PackageNamespace, error)

Save creates the PackageNamespace entities in the database.

func (*PackageNamespaceCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (pncb *PackageNamespaceCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*PackageNamespace

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type PackageNamespaceDelete 

type PackageNamespaceDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNamespaceDelete is the builder for deleting a PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceDelete) Exec 

func (pnd *PackageNamespaceDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*PackageNamespaceDelete) ExecX 

func (pnd *PackageNamespaceDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceDelete) Where 

func (pnd *PackageNamespaceDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageNamespace) *PackageNamespaceDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageNamespaceDelete builder.

type PackageNamespaceDeleteOne 

type PackageNamespaceDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNamespaceDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceDeleteOne) Exec 

func (pndo *PackageNamespaceDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*PackageNamespaceDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (pndo *PackageNamespaceDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceDeleteOne) Where 

func (pndo *PackageNamespaceDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageNamespace) *PackageNamespaceDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageNamespaceDelete builder.

type PackageNamespaceEdge 

type PackageNamespaceEdge struct {
	Node   *PackageNamespace `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor            `json:"cursor"`
}

PackageNamespaceEdge is the edge representation of PackageNamespace.

type PackageNamespaceEdges 

type PackageNamespaceEdges struct {
	// Package holds the value of the package edge.
	Package *PackageType `json:"package,omitempty"`
	// Names holds the value of the names edge.
	Names []*PackageName `json:"names,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNamespaceEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (PackageNamespaceEdges) NamesOrErr 

func (e PackageNamespaceEdges) NamesOrErr() ([]*PackageName, error)

NamesOrErr returns the Names value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (PackageNamespaceEdges) PackageOrErr 

func (e PackageNamespaceEdges) PackageOrErr() (*PackageType, error)

PackageOrErr returns the Package value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type PackageNamespaceGroupBy 

type PackageNamespaceGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNamespaceGroupBy is the group-by builder for PackageNamespace entities.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (pngb *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PackageNamespaceGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Int 

func (s *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Scan 

func (pngb *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) String 

func (s *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNamespaceGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *PackageNamespaceGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type PackageNamespaceMutation 

type PackageNamespaceMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNamespaceMutation represents an operation that mutates the PackageNamespace nodes in the graph.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) AddField 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) AddNameIDs 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) AddNameIDs(ids ...int)

AddNameIDs adds the "names" edge to the PackageName entity by ids.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) AddedField 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) ClearField 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) ClearNames 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) ClearNames()

ClearNames clears the "names" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) ClearPackage 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) ClearPackage()

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageType entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (PackageNamespaceMutation) Client 

func (m PackageNamespaceMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) Field 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) Fields 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) ID 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) IDs 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) NamesCleared 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) NamesCleared() bool

NamesCleared reports if the "names" edge to the PackageName entity was cleared.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) NamesIDs 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) NamesIDs() (ids []int)

NamesIDs returns the "names" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) Namespace 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) Namespace() (r string, exists bool)

Namespace returns the value of the "namespace" field in the mutation.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) OldField 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) OldNamespace 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) OldNamespace(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldNamespace returns the old "namespace" field's value of the PackageNamespace entity. If the PackageNamespace object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) OldPackageID 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) OldPackageID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldPackageID returns the old "package_id" field's value of the PackageNamespace entity. If the PackageNamespace object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) Op 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) PackageCleared 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) PackageCleared() bool

PackageCleared reports if the "package" edge to the PackageType entity was cleared.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) PackageID 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) PackageID() (r int, exists bool)

PackageID returns the value of the "package_id" field in the mutation.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) PackageIDs 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) PackageIDs() (ids []int)

PackageIDs returns the "package" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use PackageID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) RemoveNameIDs 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) RemoveNameIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveNameIDs removes the "names" edge to the PackageName entity by IDs.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) RemovedNamesIDs 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) RemovedNamesIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedNames returns the removed IDs of the "names" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) ResetField 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) ResetNames 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) ResetNames()

ResetNames resets all changes to the "names" edge.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) ResetNamespace 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) ResetNamespace()

ResetNamespace resets all changes to the "namespace" field.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) ResetPackage 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) ResetPackage()

ResetPackage resets all changes to the "package" edge.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) ResetPackageID 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) ResetPackageID()

ResetPackageID resets all changes to the "package_id" field.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) SetField 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) SetNamespace 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) SetNamespace(s string)

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" field.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) SetOp 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) SetPackageID 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) SetPackageID(i int)

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (PackageNamespaceMutation) Tx 

func (m PackageNamespaceMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) Type 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (PackageNamespace).

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) Where 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageNamespace)

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageNamespaceMutation builder.

func (*PackageNamespaceMutation) WhereP 

func (m *PackageNamespaceMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the PackageNamespaceMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type PackageNamespaceOrder 

type PackageNamespaceOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection              `json:"direction"`
	Field     *PackageNamespaceOrderField `json:"field"`
}

PackageNamespaceOrder defines the ordering of PackageNamespace.

type PackageNamespaceOrderField 

type PackageNamespaceOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given PackageNamespace.
	Value func(*PackageNamespace) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNamespaceOrderField defines the ordering field of PackageNamespace.

type PackageNamespacePaginateOption 

type PackageNamespacePaginateOption func(*packagenamespacePager) error

PackageNamespacePaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithPackageNamespaceFilter 

func WithPackageNamespaceFilter(filter func(*PackageNamespaceQuery) (*PackageNamespaceQuery, error)) PackageNamespacePaginateOption

WithPackageNamespaceFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithPackageNamespaceOrder 

func WithPackageNamespaceOrder(order *PackageNamespaceOrder) PackageNamespacePaginateOption

WithPackageNamespaceOrder configures pagination ordering.

type PackageNamespaceQuery 

type PackageNamespaceQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNamespaceQuery is the builder for querying PackageNamespace entities.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) Aggregate 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PackageNamespaceSelect

Aggregate returns a PackageNamespaceSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) All 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*PackageNamespace, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of PackageNamespaces.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) AllX 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*PackageNamespace

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) Clone 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) Clone() *PackageNamespaceQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the PackageNamespaceQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) CollectFields 

func (pn *PackageNamespaceQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*PackageNamespaceQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) Count 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) CountX 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) Exist 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) ExistX 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) First 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*PackageNamespace, error)

First returns the first PackageNamespace entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no PackageNamespace was found.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) FirstID 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first PackageNamespace ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no PackageNamespace ID was found.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) FirstIDX 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) FirstX 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *PackageNamespace

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) GroupBy 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *PackageNamespaceGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	PackageID int `json:"package_id,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.PackageNamespace.Query().
	GroupBy(packagenamespace.FieldPackageID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) IDs 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of PackageNamespace IDs.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) IDsX 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) Limit 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) Limit(limit int) *PackageNamespaceQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) Offset 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) Offset(offset int) *PackageNamespaceQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) Only 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*PackageNamespace, error)

Only returns a single PackageNamespace entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one PackageNamespace entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no PackageNamespace entities are found.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) OnlyID 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only PackageNamespace ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one PackageNamespace ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) OnlyX 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *PackageNamespace

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) Order 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) Order(o ...packagenamespace.OrderOption) *PackageNamespaceQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) Paginate 

func (pn *PackageNamespaceQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...PackageNamespacePaginateOption,
) (*PackageNamespaceConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to PackageNamespace.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) QueryNames 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) QueryNames() *PackageNameQuery

QueryNames chains the current query on the "names" edge.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) QueryPackage 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) QueryPackage() *PackageTypeQuery

QueryPackage chains the current query on the "package" edge.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) Select 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) Select(fields ...string) *PackageNamespaceSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	PackageID int `json:"package_id,omitempty"`
}

client.PackageNamespace.Query().
	Select(packagenamespace.FieldPackageID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) Unique 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) Unique(unique bool) *PackageNamespaceQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) Where 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageNamespace) *PackageNamespaceQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the PackageNamespaceQuery builder.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) WithNamedNames 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) WithNamedNames(name string, opts ...func(*PackageNameQuery)) *PackageNamespaceQuery

WithNamedNames tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "names" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) WithNames 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) WithNames(opts ...func(*PackageNameQuery)) *PackageNamespaceQuery

WithNames tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "names" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PackageNamespaceQuery) WithPackage 

func (pnq *PackageNamespaceQuery) WithPackage(opts ...func(*PackageTypeQuery)) *PackageNamespaceQuery

WithPackage tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "package" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type PackageNamespaceSelect 

type PackageNamespaceSelect struct {
	*PackageNamespaceQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNamespaceSelect is the builder for selecting fields of PackageNamespace entities.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) Aggregate 

func (pns *PackageNamespaceSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PackageNamespaceSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) Bool 

func (s *PackageNamespaceSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) BoolX 

func (s *PackageNamespaceSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) Bools 

func (s *PackageNamespaceSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *PackageNamespaceSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) Float64 

func (s *PackageNamespaceSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) Float64X 

func (s *PackageNamespaceSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) Float64s 

func (s *PackageNamespaceSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *PackageNamespaceSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) Int 

func (s *PackageNamespaceSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) IntX 

func (s *PackageNamespaceSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) Ints 

func (s *PackageNamespaceSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) IntsX 

func (s *PackageNamespaceSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) Scan 

func (pns *PackageNamespaceSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) ScanX 

func (s *PackageNamespaceSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) String 

func (s *PackageNamespaceSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) StringX 

func (s *PackageNamespaceSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) Strings 

func (s *PackageNamespaceSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageNamespaceSelect) StringsX 

func (s *PackageNamespaceSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type PackageNamespaceUpdate 

type PackageNamespaceUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNamespaceUpdate is the builder for updating PackageNamespace entities.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdate) AddNameIDs 

func (pnu *PackageNamespaceUpdate) AddNameIDs(ids ...int) *PackageNamespaceUpdate

AddNameIDs adds the "names" edge to the PackageName entity by IDs.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdate) AddNames 

func (pnu *PackageNamespaceUpdate) AddNames(p ...*PackageName) *PackageNamespaceUpdate

AddNames adds the "names" edges to the PackageName entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdate) ClearNames 

func (pnu *PackageNamespaceUpdate) ClearNames() *PackageNamespaceUpdate

ClearNames clears all "names" edges to the PackageName entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdate) ClearPackage 

func (pnu *PackageNamespaceUpdate) ClearPackage() *PackageNamespaceUpdate

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageType entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdate) Exec 

func (pnu *PackageNamespaceUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdate) ExecX 

func (pnu *PackageNamespaceUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdate) Mutation 

func (pnu *PackageNamespaceUpdate) Mutation() *PackageNamespaceMutation

Mutation returns the PackageNamespaceMutation object of the builder.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdate) RemoveNameIDs 

func (pnu *PackageNamespaceUpdate) RemoveNameIDs(ids ...int) *PackageNamespaceUpdate

RemoveNameIDs removes the "names" edge to PackageName entities by IDs.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdate) RemoveNames 

func (pnu *PackageNamespaceUpdate) RemoveNames(p ...*PackageName) *PackageNamespaceUpdate

RemoveNames removes "names" edges to PackageName entities.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdate) Save 

func (pnu *PackageNamespaceUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdate) SaveX 

func (pnu *PackageNamespaceUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdate) SetNamespace 

func (pnu *PackageNamespaceUpdate) SetNamespace(s string) *PackageNamespaceUpdate

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" field.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdate) SetPackage 

func (pnu *PackageNamespaceUpdate) SetPackage(p *PackageType) *PackageNamespaceUpdate

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageType entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdate) SetPackageID 

func (pnu *PackageNamespaceUpdate) SetPackageID(i int) *PackageNamespaceUpdate

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdate) Where 

func (pnu *PackageNamespaceUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageNamespace) *PackageNamespaceUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageNamespaceUpdate builder.

type PackageNamespaceUpdateOne 

type PackageNamespaceUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNamespaceUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) AddNameIDs 

func (pnuo *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) AddNameIDs(ids ...int) *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne

AddNameIDs adds the "names" edge to the PackageName entity by IDs.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) AddNames 

func (pnuo *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) AddNames(p ...*PackageName) *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne

AddNames adds the "names" edges to the PackageName entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) ClearNames 

func (pnuo *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) ClearNames() *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne

ClearNames clears all "names" edges to the PackageName entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) ClearPackage 

func (pnuo *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) ClearPackage() *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne

ClearPackage clears the "package" edge to the PackageType entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) Exec 

func (pnuo *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (pnuo *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (pnuo *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) Mutation() *PackageNamespaceMutation

Mutation returns the PackageNamespaceMutation object of the builder.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) RemoveNameIDs 

func (pnuo *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) RemoveNameIDs(ids ...int) *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne

RemoveNameIDs removes the "names" edge to PackageName entities by IDs.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) RemoveNames 

func (pnuo *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) RemoveNames(p ...*PackageName) *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne

RemoveNames removes "names" edges to PackageName entities.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) Save 

func (pnuo *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*PackageNamespace, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (pnuo *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *PackageNamespace

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) Select 

func (pnuo *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) SetNamespace 

func (pnuo *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) SetNamespace(s string) *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" field.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) SetPackage 

func (pnuo *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) SetPackage(p *PackageType) *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne

SetPackage sets the "package" edge to the PackageType entity.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) SetPackageID 

func (pnuo *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) SetPackageID(i int) *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) Where 

func (pnuo *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageNamespace) *PackageNamespaceUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageNamespaceUpdate builder.

type PackageNamespaceUpsert 

type PackageNamespaceUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

PackageNamespaceUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsert) SetNamespace 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsert) SetNamespace(v string) *PackageNamespaceUpsert

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" field.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsert) SetPackageID 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsert) SetPackageID(v int) *PackageNamespaceUpsert

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsert) UpdateNamespace 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsert) UpdateNamespace() *PackageNamespaceUpsert

UpdateNamespace sets the "namespace" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsert) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsert) UpdatePackageID() *PackageNamespaceUpsert

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk 

type PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of PackageNamespace nodes.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) Ignore() *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageNamespace.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) SetNamespace 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) SetNamespace(v string) *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" field.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) SetPackageID 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) SetPackageID(v int) *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*PackageNamespaceUpsert)) *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the PackageNamespaceCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) UpdateNamespace 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) UpdateNamespace() *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk

UpdateNamespace sets the "namespace" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageNamespace.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageID() *PackageNamespaceUpsertBulk

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type PackageNamespaceUpsertOne 

type PackageNamespaceUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageNamespaceUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one PackageNamespace node.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) DoNothing() *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) Ignore() *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageNamespace.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) SetNamespace 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) SetNamespace(v string) *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" field.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) SetPackageID 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) SetPackageID(v int) *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne

SetPackageID sets the "package_id" field.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) Update(set func(*PackageNamespaceUpsert)) *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the PackageNamespaceCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) UpdateNamespace 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) UpdateNamespace() *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne

UpdateNamespace sets the "namespace" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageNamespace.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) UpdatePackageID 

func (u *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne) UpdatePackageID() *PackageNamespaceUpsertOne

UpdatePackageID sets the "package_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type PackageNamespaces 

type PackageNamespaces []*PackageNamespace

PackageNamespaces is a parsable slice of PackageNamespace.

type PackageType 

type PackageType struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// This node matches a pkg:<type> partial pURL
	Type string `json:"type,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the PackageTypeQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges PackageTypeEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageType is the model entity for the PackageType schema.

func (*PackageType) IsNode 

func (n *PackageType) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*PackageType) NamedNamespaces 

func (pt *PackageType) NamedNamespaces(name string) ([]*PackageNamespace, error)

NamedNamespaces returns the Namespaces named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*PackageType) Namespaces 

func (pt *PackageType) Namespaces(ctx context.Context) (result []*PackageNamespace, err error)

func (*PackageType) QueryNamespaces 

func (pt *PackageType) QueryNamespaces() *PackageNamespaceQuery

QueryNamespaces queries the "namespaces" edge of the PackageType entity.

func (*PackageType) String 

func (pt *PackageType) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*PackageType) ToEdge 

func (pt *PackageType) ToEdge(order *PackageTypeOrder) *PackageTypeEdge

ToEdge converts PackageType into PackageTypeEdge.

func (*PackageType) Unwrap 

func (pt *PackageType) Unwrap() *PackageType

Unwrap unwraps the PackageType entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*PackageType) Update 

func (pt *PackageType) Update() *PackageTypeUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this PackageType. Note that you need to call PackageType.Unwrap() before calling this method if this PackageType was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*PackageType) Value 

func (pt *PackageType) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the PackageType. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type PackageTypeClient 

type PackageTypeClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageTypeClient is a client for the PackageType schema.

func NewPackageTypeClient 

func NewPackageTypeClient(c config) *PackageTypeClient

NewPackageTypeClient returns a client for the PackageType from the given config.

func (*PackageTypeClient) Create 

func (c *PackageTypeClient) Create() *PackageTypeCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a PackageType entity.

func (*PackageTypeClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *PackageTypeClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*PackageTypeCreate) *PackageTypeCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of PackageType entities.

func (*PackageTypeClient) Delete 

func (c *PackageTypeClient) Delete() *PackageTypeDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for PackageType.

func (*PackageTypeClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *PackageTypeClient) DeleteOne(pt *PackageType) *PackageTypeDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*PackageTypeClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *PackageTypeClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *PackageTypeDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*PackageTypeClient) Get 

func (c *PackageTypeClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*PackageType, error)

Get returns a PackageType entity by its id.

func (*PackageTypeClient) GetX 

func (c *PackageTypeClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *PackageType

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeClient) Hooks 

func (c *PackageTypeClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*PackageTypeClient) Intercept 

func (c *PackageTypeClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `packagetype.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*PackageTypeClient) Interceptors 

func (c *PackageTypeClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*PackageTypeClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *PackageTypeClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*PackageTypeCreate, int)) *PackageTypeCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*PackageTypeClient) Query 

func (c *PackageTypeClient) Query() *PackageTypeQuery

Query returns a query builder for PackageType.

func (*PackageTypeClient) QueryNamespaces 

func (c *PackageTypeClient) QueryNamespaces(pt *PackageType) *PackageNamespaceQuery

QueryNamespaces queries the namespaces edge of a PackageType.

func (*PackageTypeClient) Update 

func (c *PackageTypeClient) Update() *PackageTypeUpdate

Update returns an update builder for PackageType.

func (*PackageTypeClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *PackageTypeClient) UpdateOne(pt *PackageType) *PackageTypeUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*PackageTypeClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *PackageTypeClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *PackageTypeUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*PackageTypeClient) Use 

func (c *PackageTypeClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `packagetype.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type PackageTypeConnection 

type PackageTypeConnection struct {
	Edges      []*PackageTypeEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo           `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int                `json:"totalCount"`
}

PackageTypeConnection is the connection containing edges to PackageType.

type PackageTypeCreate 

type PackageTypeCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageTypeCreate is the builder for creating a PackageType entity.

func (*PackageTypeCreate) AddNamespaceIDs 

func (ptc *PackageTypeCreate) AddNamespaceIDs(ids ...int) *PackageTypeCreate

AddNamespaceIDs adds the "namespaces" edge to the PackageNamespace entity by IDs.

func (*PackageTypeCreate) AddNamespaces 

func (ptc *PackageTypeCreate) AddNamespaces(p ...*PackageNamespace) *PackageTypeCreate

AddNamespaces adds the "namespaces" edges to the PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageTypeCreate) Exec 

func (ptc *PackageTypeCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageTypeCreate) ExecX 

func (ptc *PackageTypeCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeCreate) Mutation 

func (ptc *PackageTypeCreate) Mutation() *PackageTypeMutation

Mutation returns the PackageTypeMutation object of the builder.

func (*PackageTypeCreate) OnConflict 

func (ptc *PackageTypeCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *PackageTypeUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.PackageType.Create().
	SetType(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.PackageTypeUpsert) {
		SetType(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageTypeCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (ptc *PackageTypeCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *PackageTypeUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageType.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageTypeCreate) Save 

func (ptc *PackageTypeCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*PackageType, error)

Save creates the PackageType in the database.

func (*PackageTypeCreate) SaveX 

func (ptc *PackageTypeCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *PackageType

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*PackageTypeCreate) SetType 

func (ptc *PackageTypeCreate) SetType(s string) *PackageTypeCreate

SetType sets the "type" field.

type PackageTypeCreateBulk 

type PackageTypeCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageTypeCreateBulk is the builder for creating many PackageType entities in bulk.

func (*PackageTypeCreateBulk) Exec 

func (ptcb *PackageTypeCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageTypeCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (ptcb *PackageTypeCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (ptcb *PackageTypeCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *PackageTypeUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.PackageType.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.PackageTypeUpsert) {
		SetType(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageTypeCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (ptcb *PackageTypeCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *PackageTypeUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageType.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageTypeCreateBulk) Save 

func (ptcb *PackageTypeCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*PackageType, error)

Save creates the PackageType entities in the database.

func (*PackageTypeCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (ptcb *PackageTypeCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*PackageType

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type PackageTypeDelete 

type PackageTypeDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageTypeDelete is the builder for deleting a PackageType entity.

func (*PackageTypeDelete) Exec 

func (ptd *PackageTypeDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*PackageTypeDelete) ExecX 

func (ptd *PackageTypeDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeDelete) Where 

func (ptd *PackageTypeDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageType) *PackageTypeDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageTypeDelete builder.

type PackageTypeDeleteOne 

type PackageTypeDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageTypeDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single PackageType entity.

func (*PackageTypeDeleteOne) Exec 

func (ptdo *PackageTypeDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*PackageTypeDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (ptdo *PackageTypeDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeDeleteOne) Where 

func (ptdo *PackageTypeDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageType) *PackageTypeDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageTypeDelete builder.

type PackageTypeEdge 

type PackageTypeEdge struct {
	Node   *PackageType `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor       `json:"cursor"`
}

PackageTypeEdge is the edge representation of PackageType.

type PackageTypeEdges 

type PackageTypeEdges struct {
	// Namespaces holds the value of the namespaces edge.
	Namespaces []*PackageNamespace `json:"namespaces,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageTypeEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (PackageTypeEdges) NamespacesOrErr 

func (e PackageTypeEdges) NamespacesOrErr() ([]*PackageNamespace, error)

NamespacesOrErr returns the Namespaces value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type PackageTypeGroupBy 

type PackageTypeGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageTypeGroupBy is the group-by builder for PackageType entities.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (ptgb *PackageTypeGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PackageTypeGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *PackageTypeGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *PackageTypeGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *PackageTypeGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *PackageTypeGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *PackageTypeGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *PackageTypeGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *PackageTypeGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *PackageTypeGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) Int 

func (s *PackageTypeGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *PackageTypeGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *PackageTypeGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *PackageTypeGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) Scan 

func (ptgb *PackageTypeGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *PackageTypeGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) String 

func (s *PackageTypeGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *PackageTypeGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *PackageTypeGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageTypeGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *PackageTypeGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type PackageTypeMutation 

type PackageTypeMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageTypeMutation represents an operation that mutates the PackageType nodes in the graph.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) AddField 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) AddNamespaceIDs 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) AddNamespaceIDs(ids ...int)

AddNamespaceIDs adds the "namespaces" edge to the PackageNamespace entity by ids.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) AddedField 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) ClearField 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) ClearNamespaces 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) ClearNamespaces()

ClearNamespaces clears the "namespaces" edge to the PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (PackageTypeMutation) Client 

func (m PackageTypeMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) Field 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) Fields 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*PackageTypeMutation) GetType 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) GetType() (r string, exists bool)

GetType returns the value of the "type" field in the mutation.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) ID 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) IDs 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) NamespacesCleared 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) NamespacesCleared() bool

NamespacesCleared reports if the "namespaces" edge to the PackageNamespace entity was cleared.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) NamespacesIDs 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) NamespacesIDs() (ids []int)

NamespacesIDs returns the "namespaces" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) OldField 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) OldType 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) OldType(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldType returns the old "type" field's value of the PackageType entity. If the PackageType object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) Op 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) RemoveNamespaceIDs 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) RemoveNamespaceIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveNamespaceIDs removes the "namespaces" edge to the PackageNamespace entity by IDs.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) RemovedNamespacesIDs 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) RemovedNamespacesIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedNamespaces returns the removed IDs of the "namespaces" edge to the PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) ResetField 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) ResetNamespaces 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) ResetNamespaces()

ResetNamespaces resets all changes to the "namespaces" edge.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) ResetType 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) ResetType()

ResetType resets all changes to the "type" field.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) SetField 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) SetOp 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) SetType 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) SetType(s string)

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (PackageTypeMutation) Tx 

func (m PackageTypeMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) Type 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (PackageType).

func (*PackageTypeMutation) Where 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageType)

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageTypeMutation builder.

func (*PackageTypeMutation) WhereP 

func (m *PackageTypeMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the PackageTypeMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type PackageTypeOrder 

type PackageTypeOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection         `json:"direction"`
	Field     *PackageTypeOrderField `json:"field"`
}

PackageTypeOrder defines the ordering of PackageType.

type PackageTypeOrderField 

type PackageTypeOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given PackageType.
	Value func(*PackageType) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageTypeOrderField defines the ordering field of PackageType.

type PackageTypePaginateOption 

type PackageTypePaginateOption func(*packagetypePager) error

PackageTypePaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithPackageTypeFilter 

func WithPackageTypeFilter(filter func(*PackageTypeQuery) (*PackageTypeQuery, error)) PackageTypePaginateOption

WithPackageTypeFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithPackageTypeOrder 

func WithPackageTypeOrder(order *PackageTypeOrder) PackageTypePaginateOption

WithPackageTypeOrder configures pagination ordering.

type PackageTypeQuery 

type PackageTypeQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageTypeQuery is the builder for querying PackageType entities.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) Aggregate 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PackageTypeSelect

Aggregate returns a PackageTypeSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) All 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*PackageType, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of PackageTypes.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) AllX 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*PackageType

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) Clone 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) Clone() *PackageTypeQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the PackageTypeQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) CollectFields 

func (pt *PackageTypeQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*PackageTypeQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) Count 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) CountX 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) Exist 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) ExistX 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) First 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*PackageType, error)

First returns the first PackageType entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no PackageType was found.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) FirstID 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first PackageType ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no PackageType ID was found.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) FirstIDX 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) FirstX 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *PackageType

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) GroupBy 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *PackageTypeGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Type string `json:"type,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.PackageType.Query().
	GroupBy(packagetype.FieldType).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*PackageTypeQuery) IDs 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of PackageType IDs.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) IDsX 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) Limit 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) Limit(limit int) *PackageTypeQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) Offset 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) Offset(offset int) *PackageTypeQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) Only 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*PackageType, error)

Only returns a single PackageType entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one PackageType entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no PackageType entities are found.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) OnlyID 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only PackageType ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one PackageType ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) OnlyX 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *PackageType

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) Order 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) Order(o ...packagetype.OrderOption) *PackageTypeQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) Paginate 

func (pt *PackageTypeQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...PackageTypePaginateOption,
) (*PackageTypeConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to PackageType.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) QueryNamespaces 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) QueryNamespaces() *PackageNamespaceQuery

QueryNamespaces chains the current query on the "namespaces" edge.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) Select 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) Select(fields ...string) *PackageTypeSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Type string `json:"type,omitempty"`
}

client.PackageType.Query().
	Select(packagetype.FieldType).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*PackageTypeQuery) Unique 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) Unique(unique bool) *PackageTypeQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) Where 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageType) *PackageTypeQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the PackageTypeQuery builder.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) WithNamedNamespaces 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) WithNamedNamespaces(name string, opts ...func(*PackageNamespaceQuery)) *PackageTypeQuery

WithNamedNamespaces tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "namespaces" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PackageTypeQuery) WithNamespaces 

func (ptq *PackageTypeQuery) WithNamespaces(opts ...func(*PackageNamespaceQuery)) *PackageTypeQuery

WithNamespaces tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "namespaces" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type PackageTypeSelect 

type PackageTypeSelect struct {
	*PackageTypeQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageTypeSelect is the builder for selecting fields of PackageType entities.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) Aggregate 

func (pts *PackageTypeSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PackageTypeSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) Bool 

func (s *PackageTypeSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) BoolX 

func (s *PackageTypeSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) Bools 

func (s *PackageTypeSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *PackageTypeSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) Float64 

func (s *PackageTypeSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) Float64X 

func (s *PackageTypeSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) Float64s 

func (s *PackageTypeSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *PackageTypeSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) Int 

func (s *PackageTypeSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) IntX 

func (s *PackageTypeSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) Ints 

func (s *PackageTypeSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) IntsX 

func (s *PackageTypeSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) Scan 

func (pts *PackageTypeSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) ScanX 

func (s *PackageTypeSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) String 

func (s *PackageTypeSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) StringX 

func (s *PackageTypeSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) Strings 

func (s *PackageTypeSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageTypeSelect) StringsX 

func (s *PackageTypeSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type PackageTypeUpdate 

type PackageTypeUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageTypeUpdate is the builder for updating PackageType entities.

func (*PackageTypeUpdate) AddNamespaceIDs 

func (ptu *PackageTypeUpdate) AddNamespaceIDs(ids ...int) *PackageTypeUpdate

AddNamespaceIDs adds the "namespaces" edge to the PackageNamespace entity by IDs.

func (*PackageTypeUpdate) AddNamespaces 

func (ptu *PackageTypeUpdate) AddNamespaces(p ...*PackageNamespace) *PackageTypeUpdate

AddNamespaces adds the "namespaces" edges to the PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageTypeUpdate) ClearNamespaces 

func (ptu *PackageTypeUpdate) ClearNamespaces() *PackageTypeUpdate

ClearNamespaces clears all "namespaces" edges to the PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageTypeUpdate) Exec 

func (ptu *PackageTypeUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageTypeUpdate) ExecX 

func (ptu *PackageTypeUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeUpdate) Mutation 

func (ptu *PackageTypeUpdate) Mutation() *PackageTypeMutation

Mutation returns the PackageTypeMutation object of the builder.

func (*PackageTypeUpdate) RemoveNamespaceIDs 

func (ptu *PackageTypeUpdate) RemoveNamespaceIDs(ids ...int) *PackageTypeUpdate

RemoveNamespaceIDs removes the "namespaces" edge to PackageNamespace entities by IDs.

func (*PackageTypeUpdate) RemoveNamespaces 

func (ptu *PackageTypeUpdate) RemoveNamespaces(p ...*PackageNamespace) *PackageTypeUpdate

RemoveNamespaces removes "namespaces" edges to PackageNamespace entities.

func (*PackageTypeUpdate) Save 

func (ptu *PackageTypeUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*PackageTypeUpdate) SaveX 

func (ptu *PackageTypeUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeUpdate) SetType 

func (ptu *PackageTypeUpdate) SetType(s string) *PackageTypeUpdate

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*PackageTypeUpdate) Where 

func (ptu *PackageTypeUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageType) *PackageTypeUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageTypeUpdate builder.

type PackageTypeUpdateOne 

type PackageTypeUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageTypeUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single PackageType entity.

func (*PackageTypeUpdateOne) AddNamespaceIDs 

func (ptuo *PackageTypeUpdateOne) AddNamespaceIDs(ids ...int) *PackageTypeUpdateOne

AddNamespaceIDs adds the "namespaces" edge to the PackageNamespace entity by IDs.

func (*PackageTypeUpdateOne) AddNamespaces 

func (ptuo *PackageTypeUpdateOne) AddNamespaces(p ...*PackageNamespace) *PackageTypeUpdateOne

AddNamespaces adds the "namespaces" edges to the PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageTypeUpdateOne) ClearNamespaces 

func (ptuo *PackageTypeUpdateOne) ClearNamespaces() *PackageTypeUpdateOne

ClearNamespaces clears all "namespaces" edges to the PackageNamespace entity.

func (*PackageTypeUpdateOne) Exec 

func (ptuo *PackageTypeUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*PackageTypeUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (ptuo *PackageTypeUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (ptuo *PackageTypeUpdateOne) Mutation() *PackageTypeMutation

Mutation returns the PackageTypeMutation object of the builder.

func (*PackageTypeUpdateOne) RemoveNamespaceIDs 

func (ptuo *PackageTypeUpdateOne) RemoveNamespaceIDs(ids ...int) *PackageTypeUpdateOne

RemoveNamespaceIDs removes the "namespaces" edge to PackageNamespace entities by IDs.

func (*PackageTypeUpdateOne) RemoveNamespaces 

func (ptuo *PackageTypeUpdateOne) RemoveNamespaces(p ...*PackageNamespace) *PackageTypeUpdateOne

RemoveNamespaces removes "namespaces" edges to PackageNamespace entities.

func (*PackageTypeUpdateOne) Save 

func (ptuo *PackageTypeUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*PackageType, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated PackageType entity.

func (*PackageTypeUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (ptuo *PackageTypeUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *PackageType

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeUpdateOne) Select 

func (ptuo *PackageTypeUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *PackageTypeUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*PackageTypeUpdateOne) SetType 

func (ptuo *PackageTypeUpdateOne) SetType(s string) *PackageTypeUpdateOne

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*PackageTypeUpdateOne) Where 

func (ptuo *PackageTypeUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageType) *PackageTypeUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageTypeUpdate builder.

type PackageTypeUpsert 

type PackageTypeUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

PackageTypeUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*PackageTypeUpsert) SetType 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsert) SetType(v string) *PackageTypeUpsert

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*PackageTypeUpsert) UpdateType 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsert) UpdateType() *PackageTypeUpsert

UpdateType sets the "type" field to the value that was provided on create.

type PackageTypeUpsertBulk 

type PackageTypeUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageTypeUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of PackageType nodes.

func (*PackageTypeUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *PackageTypeUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*PackageTypeUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageTypeUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsertBulk) Ignore() *PackageTypeUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageType.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageTypeUpsertBulk) SetType 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsertBulk) SetType(v string) *PackageTypeUpsertBulk

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*PackageTypeUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*PackageTypeUpsert)) *PackageTypeUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the PackageTypeCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*PackageTypeUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *PackageTypeUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageType.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageTypeUpsertBulk) UpdateType 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsertBulk) UpdateType() *PackageTypeUpsertBulk

UpdateType sets the "type" field to the value that was provided on create.

type PackageTypeUpsertOne 

type PackageTypeUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageTypeUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one PackageType node.

func (*PackageTypeUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsertOne) DoNothing() *PackageTypeUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*PackageTypeUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageTypeUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*PackageTypeUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageTypeUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsertOne) Ignore() *PackageTypeUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageType.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageTypeUpsertOne) SetType 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsertOne) SetType(v string) *PackageTypeUpsertOne

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*PackageTypeUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsertOne) Update(set func(*PackageTypeUpsert)) *PackageTypeUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the PackageTypeCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*PackageTypeUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *PackageTypeUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageType.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageTypeUpsertOne) UpdateType 

func (u *PackageTypeUpsertOne) UpdateType() *PackageTypeUpsertOne

UpdateType sets the "type" field to the value that was provided on create.

type PackageTypes 

type PackageTypes []*PackageType

PackageTypes is a parsable slice of PackageType.

type PackageVersion 

type PackageVersion struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// NameID holds the value of the "name_id" field.
	NameID int `json:"name_id,omitempty"`
	// Version holds the value of the "version" field.
	Version string `json:"version,omitempty"`
	// Subpath holds the value of the "subpath" field.
	Subpath string `json:"subpath,omitempty"`
	// Qualifiers holds the value of the "qualifiers" field.
	Qualifiers []model.PackageQualifier `json:"qualifiers,omitempty"`
	// A SHA1 of the qualifiers, subpath, version fields after sorting keys, used to ensure uniqueness of version records.
	Hash string `json:"hash,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the PackageVersionQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges PackageVersionEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageVersion is the model entity for the PackageVersion schema.

func (*PackageVersion) EqualPackages 

func (pv *PackageVersion) EqualPackages(ctx context.Context) (result []*PkgEqual, err error)

func (*PackageVersion) IsNode 

func (n *PackageVersion) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*PackageVersion) Name 

func (pv *PackageVersion) Name(ctx context.Context) (*PackageName, error)

func (*PackageVersion) NamedEqualPackages 

func (pv *PackageVersion) NamedEqualPackages(name string) ([]*PkgEqual, error)

NamedEqualPackages returns the EqualPackages named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*PackageVersion) NamedOccurrences 

func (pv *PackageVersion) NamedOccurrences(name string) ([]*Occurrence, error)

NamedOccurrences returns the Occurrences named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*PackageVersion) NamedSbom 

func (pv *PackageVersion) NamedSbom(name string) ([]*BillOfMaterials, error)

NamedSbom returns the Sbom named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*PackageVersion) Occurrences 

func (pv *PackageVersion) Occurrences(ctx context.Context) (result []*Occurrence, err error)

func (*PackageVersion) QueryEqualPackages 

func (pv *PackageVersion) QueryEqualPackages() *PkgEqualQuery

QueryEqualPackages queries the "equal_packages" edge of the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PackageVersion) QueryName 

func (pv *PackageVersion) QueryName() *PackageNameQuery

QueryName queries the "name" edge of the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PackageVersion) QueryOccurrences 

func (pv *PackageVersion) QueryOccurrences() *OccurrenceQuery

QueryOccurrences queries the "occurrences" edge of the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PackageVersion) QuerySbom 

func (pv *PackageVersion) QuerySbom() *BillOfMaterialsQuery

QuerySbom queries the "sbom" edge of the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PackageVersion) Sbom 

func (pv *PackageVersion) Sbom(ctx context.Context) (result []*BillOfMaterials, err error)

func (*PackageVersion) String 

func (pv *PackageVersion) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*PackageVersion) ToEdge 

func (pv *PackageVersion) ToEdge(order *PackageVersionOrder) *PackageVersionEdge

ToEdge converts PackageVersion into PackageVersionEdge.

func (*PackageVersion) Unwrap 

func (pv *PackageVersion) Unwrap() *PackageVersion

Unwrap unwraps the PackageVersion entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*PackageVersion) Update 

func (pv *PackageVersion) Update() *PackageVersionUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this PackageVersion. Note that you need to call PackageVersion.Unwrap() before calling this method if this PackageVersion was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*PackageVersion) Value 

func (pv *PackageVersion) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the PackageVersion. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type PackageVersionClient 

type PackageVersionClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageVersionClient is a client for the PackageVersion schema.

func NewPackageVersionClient 

func NewPackageVersionClient(c config) *PackageVersionClient

NewPackageVersionClient returns a client for the PackageVersion from the given config.

func (*PackageVersionClient) Create 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) Create() *PackageVersionCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a PackageVersion entity.

func (*PackageVersionClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*PackageVersionCreate) *PackageVersionCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of PackageVersion entities.

func (*PackageVersionClient) Delete 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) Delete() *PackageVersionDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for PackageVersion.

func (*PackageVersionClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) DeleteOne(pv *PackageVersion) *PackageVersionDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*PackageVersionClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *PackageVersionDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*PackageVersionClient) Get 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*PackageVersion, error)

Get returns a PackageVersion entity by its id.

func (*PackageVersionClient) GetX 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *PackageVersion

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionClient) Hooks 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*PackageVersionClient) Intercept 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `packageversion.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*PackageVersionClient) Interceptors 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*PackageVersionClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*PackageVersionCreate, int)) *PackageVersionCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*PackageVersionClient) Query 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) Query() *PackageVersionQuery

Query returns a query builder for PackageVersion.

func (*PackageVersionClient) QueryEqualPackages 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) QueryEqualPackages(pv *PackageVersion) *PkgEqualQuery

QueryEqualPackages queries the equal_packages edge of a PackageVersion.

func (*PackageVersionClient) QueryName 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) QueryName(pv *PackageVersion) *PackageNameQuery

QueryName queries the name edge of a PackageVersion.

func (*PackageVersionClient) QueryOccurrences 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) QueryOccurrences(pv *PackageVersion) *OccurrenceQuery

QueryOccurrences queries the occurrences edge of a PackageVersion.

func (*PackageVersionClient) QuerySbom 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) QuerySbom(pv *PackageVersion) *BillOfMaterialsQuery

QuerySbom queries the sbom edge of a PackageVersion.

func (*PackageVersionClient) Update 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) Update() *PackageVersionUpdate

Update returns an update builder for PackageVersion.

func (*PackageVersionClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) UpdateOne(pv *PackageVersion) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*PackageVersionClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*PackageVersionClient) Use 

func (c *PackageVersionClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `packageversion.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type PackageVersionConnection 

type PackageVersionConnection struct {
	Edges      []*PackageVersionEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo              `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int                   `json:"totalCount"`
}

PackageVersionConnection is the connection containing edges to PackageVersion.

type PackageVersionCreate 

type PackageVersionCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageVersionCreate is the builder for creating a PackageVersion entity.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) AddEqualPackageIDs 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) AddEqualPackageIDs(ids ...int) *PackageVersionCreate

AddEqualPackageIDs adds the "equal_packages" edge to the PkgEqual entity by IDs.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) AddEqualPackages 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) AddEqualPackages(p ...*PkgEqual) *PackageVersionCreate

AddEqualPackages adds the "equal_packages" edges to the PkgEqual entity.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) AddOccurrenceIDs 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) AddOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int) *PackageVersionCreate

AddOccurrenceIDs adds the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity by IDs.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) AddOccurrences 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) AddOccurrences(o ...*Occurrence) *PackageVersionCreate

AddOccurrences adds the "occurrences" edges to the Occurrence entity.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) AddSbom 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) AddSbom(b ...*BillOfMaterials) *PackageVersionCreate

AddSbom adds the "sbom" edges to the BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) AddSbomIDs 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) AddSbomIDs(ids ...int) *PackageVersionCreate

AddSbomIDs adds the "sbom" edge to the BillOfMaterials entity by IDs.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) Exec 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) ExecX 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) Mutation 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) Mutation() *PackageVersionMutation

Mutation returns the PackageVersionMutation object of the builder.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) OnConflict 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *PackageVersionUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.PackageVersion.Create().
	SetNameID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.PackageVersionUpsert) {
		SetNameID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageVersionCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *PackageVersionUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageVersion.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageVersionCreate) Save 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*PackageVersion, error)

Save creates the PackageVersion in the database.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) SaveX 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *PackageVersion

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) SetHash 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) SetHash(s string) *PackageVersionCreate

SetHash sets the "hash" field.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) SetName 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) SetName(p *PackageName) *PackageVersionCreate

SetName sets the "name" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) SetNameID 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) SetNameID(i int) *PackageVersionCreate

SetNameID sets the "name_id" field.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) SetNillableSubpath 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) SetNillableSubpath(s *string) *PackageVersionCreate

SetNillableSubpath sets the "subpath" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) SetNillableVersion 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) SetNillableVersion(s *string) *PackageVersionCreate

SetNillableVersion sets the "version" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) SetQualifiers 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) SetQualifiers(mq []model.PackageQualifier) *PackageVersionCreate

SetQualifiers sets the "qualifiers" field.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) SetSubpath 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) SetSubpath(s string) *PackageVersionCreate

SetSubpath sets the "subpath" field.

func (*PackageVersionCreate) SetVersion 

func (pvc *PackageVersionCreate) SetVersion(s string) *PackageVersionCreate

SetVersion sets the "version" field.

type PackageVersionCreateBulk 

type PackageVersionCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageVersionCreateBulk is the builder for creating many PackageVersion entities in bulk.

func (*PackageVersionCreateBulk) Exec 

func (pvcb *PackageVersionCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageVersionCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (pvcb *PackageVersionCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (pvcb *PackageVersionCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *PackageVersionUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.PackageVersion.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.PackageVersionUpsert) {
		SetNameID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageVersionCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (pvcb *PackageVersionCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *PackageVersionUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageVersion.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageVersionCreateBulk) Save 

func (pvcb *PackageVersionCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*PackageVersion, error)

Save creates the PackageVersion entities in the database.

func (*PackageVersionCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (pvcb *PackageVersionCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*PackageVersion

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type PackageVersionDelete 

type PackageVersionDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageVersionDelete is the builder for deleting a PackageVersion entity.

func (*PackageVersionDelete) Exec 

func (pvd *PackageVersionDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*PackageVersionDelete) ExecX 

func (pvd *PackageVersionDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionDelete) Where 

func (pvd *PackageVersionDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageVersion) *PackageVersionDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageVersionDelete builder.

type PackageVersionDeleteOne 

type PackageVersionDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageVersionDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single PackageVersion entity.

func (*PackageVersionDeleteOne) Exec 

func (pvdo *PackageVersionDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*PackageVersionDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (pvdo *PackageVersionDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionDeleteOne) Where 

func (pvdo *PackageVersionDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageVersion) *PackageVersionDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageVersionDelete builder.

type PackageVersionEdge 

type PackageVersionEdge struct {
	Node   *PackageVersion `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor          `json:"cursor"`
}

PackageVersionEdge is the edge representation of PackageVersion.

type PackageVersionEdges 

type PackageVersionEdges struct {
	// Name holds the value of the name edge.
	Name *PackageName `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// Occurrences holds the value of the occurrences edge.
	Occurrences []*Occurrence `json:"occurrences,omitempty"`
	// Sbom holds the value of the sbom edge.
	Sbom []*BillOfMaterials `json:"sbom,omitempty"`
	// EqualPackages holds the value of the equal_packages edge.
	EqualPackages []*PkgEqual `json:"equal_packages,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageVersionEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (PackageVersionEdges) EqualPackagesOrErr 

func (e PackageVersionEdges) EqualPackagesOrErr() ([]*PkgEqual, error)

EqualPackagesOrErr returns the EqualPackages value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (PackageVersionEdges) NameOrErr 

func (e PackageVersionEdges) NameOrErr() (*PackageName, error)

NameOrErr returns the Name value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (PackageVersionEdges) OccurrencesOrErr 

func (e PackageVersionEdges) OccurrencesOrErr() ([]*Occurrence, error)

OccurrencesOrErr returns the Occurrences value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (PackageVersionEdges) SbomOrErr 

func (e PackageVersionEdges) SbomOrErr() ([]*BillOfMaterials, error)

SbomOrErr returns the Sbom value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type PackageVersionGroupBy 

type PackageVersionGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageVersionGroupBy is the group-by builder for PackageVersion entities.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (pvgb *PackageVersionGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PackageVersionGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *PackageVersionGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *PackageVersionGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *PackageVersionGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *PackageVersionGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *PackageVersionGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *PackageVersionGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *PackageVersionGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *PackageVersionGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) Int 

func (s *PackageVersionGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *PackageVersionGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *PackageVersionGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *PackageVersionGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) Scan 

func (pvgb *PackageVersionGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *PackageVersionGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) String 

func (s *PackageVersionGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *PackageVersionGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *PackageVersionGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageVersionGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *PackageVersionGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type PackageVersionMutation 

type PackageVersionMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageVersionMutation represents an operation that mutates the PackageVersion nodes in the graph.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) AddEqualPackageIDs 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) AddEqualPackageIDs(ids ...int)

AddEqualPackageIDs adds the "equal_packages" edge to the PkgEqual entity by ids.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) AddField 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) AddOccurrenceIDs 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) AddOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int)

AddOccurrenceIDs adds the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity by ids.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) AddSbomIDs 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) AddSbomIDs(ids ...int)

AddSbomIDs adds the "sbom" edge to the BillOfMaterials entity by ids.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) AddedField 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) AppendQualifiers 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) AppendQualifiers(mq []model.PackageQualifier)

AppendQualifiers adds mq to the "qualifiers" field.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) AppendedQualifiers 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) AppendedQualifiers() ([]model.PackageQualifier, bool)

AppendedQualifiers returns the list of values that were appended to the "qualifiers" field in this mutation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ClearEqualPackages 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ClearEqualPackages()

ClearEqualPackages clears the "equal_packages" edge to the PkgEqual entity.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ClearField 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ClearName 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ClearName()

ClearName clears the "name" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ClearOccurrences 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ClearOccurrences()

ClearOccurrences clears the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ClearQualifiers 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ClearQualifiers()

ClearQualifiers clears the value of the "qualifiers" field.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ClearSbom 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ClearSbom()

ClearSbom clears the "sbom" edge to the BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (PackageVersionMutation) Client 

func (m PackageVersionMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) EqualPackagesCleared 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) EqualPackagesCleared() bool

EqualPackagesCleared reports if the "equal_packages" edge to the PkgEqual entity was cleared.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) EqualPackagesIDs 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) EqualPackagesIDs() (ids []int)

EqualPackagesIDs returns the "equal_packages" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) Field 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) Fields 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*PackageVersionMutation) Hash 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) Hash() (r string, exists bool)

Hash returns the value of the "hash" field in the mutation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ID 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) IDs 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) NameCleared 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) NameCleared() bool

NameCleared reports if the "name" edge to the PackageName entity was cleared.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) NameID 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) NameID() (r int, exists bool)

NameID returns the value of the "name_id" field in the mutation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) NameIDs 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) NameIDs() (ids []int)

NameIDs returns the "name" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use NameID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) OccurrencesCleared 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) OccurrencesCleared() bool

OccurrencesCleared reports if the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity was cleared.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) OccurrencesIDs 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) OccurrencesIDs() (ids []int)

OccurrencesIDs returns the "occurrences" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) OldField 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) OldHash 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) OldHash(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldHash returns the old "hash" field's value of the PackageVersion entity. If the PackageVersion object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) OldNameID 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) OldNameID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldNameID returns the old "name_id" field's value of the PackageVersion entity. If the PackageVersion object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) OldQualifiers 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) OldQualifiers(ctx context.Context) (v []model.PackageQualifier, err error)

OldQualifiers returns the old "qualifiers" field's value of the PackageVersion entity. If the PackageVersion object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) OldSubpath 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) OldSubpath(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldSubpath returns the old "subpath" field's value of the PackageVersion entity. If the PackageVersion object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) OldVersion 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) OldVersion(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldVersion returns the old "version" field's value of the PackageVersion entity. If the PackageVersion object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) Op 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) Qualifiers 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) Qualifiers() (r []model.PackageQualifier, exists bool)

Qualifiers returns the value of the "qualifiers" field in the mutation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) QualifiersCleared 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) QualifiersCleared() bool

QualifiersCleared returns if the "qualifiers" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) RemoveEqualPackageIDs 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) RemoveEqualPackageIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveEqualPackageIDs removes the "equal_packages" edge to the PkgEqual entity by IDs.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) RemoveOccurrenceIDs 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) RemoveOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveOccurrenceIDs removes the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity by IDs.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) RemoveSbomIDs 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) RemoveSbomIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveSbomIDs removes the "sbom" edge to the BillOfMaterials entity by IDs.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) RemovedEqualPackagesIDs 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) RemovedEqualPackagesIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedEqualPackages returns the removed IDs of the "equal_packages" edge to the PkgEqual entity.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) RemovedOccurrencesIDs 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) RemovedOccurrencesIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedOccurrences returns the removed IDs of the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) RemovedSbomIDs 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) RemovedSbomIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedSbom returns the removed IDs of the "sbom" edge to the BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ResetEqualPackages 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ResetEqualPackages()

ResetEqualPackages resets all changes to the "equal_packages" edge.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ResetField 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ResetHash 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ResetHash()

ResetHash resets all changes to the "hash" field.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ResetName 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ResetName()

ResetName resets all changes to the "name" edge.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ResetNameID 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ResetNameID()

ResetNameID resets all changes to the "name_id" field.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ResetOccurrences 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ResetOccurrences()

ResetOccurrences resets all changes to the "occurrences" edge.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ResetQualifiers 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ResetQualifiers()

ResetQualifiers resets all changes to the "qualifiers" field.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ResetSbom 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ResetSbom()

ResetSbom resets all changes to the "sbom" edge.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ResetSubpath 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ResetSubpath()

ResetSubpath resets all changes to the "subpath" field.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) ResetVersion 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) ResetVersion()

ResetVersion resets all changes to the "version" field.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) SbomCleared 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) SbomCleared() bool

SbomCleared reports if the "sbom" edge to the BillOfMaterials entity was cleared.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) SbomIDs 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) SbomIDs() (ids []int)

SbomIDs returns the "sbom" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) SetField 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) SetHash 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) SetHash(s string)

SetHash sets the "hash" field.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) SetNameID 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) SetNameID(i int)

SetNameID sets the "name_id" field.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) SetOp 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) SetQualifiers 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) SetQualifiers(mq []model.PackageQualifier)

SetQualifiers sets the "qualifiers" field.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) SetSubpath 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) SetSubpath(s string)

SetSubpath sets the "subpath" field.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) SetVersion 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) SetVersion(s string)

SetVersion sets the "version" field.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) Subpath 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) Subpath() (r string, exists bool)

Subpath returns the value of the "subpath" field in the mutation.

func (PackageVersionMutation) Tx 

func (m PackageVersionMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) Type 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (PackageVersion).

func (*PackageVersionMutation) Version 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) Version() (r string, exists bool)

Version returns the value of the "version" field in the mutation.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) Where 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageVersion)

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageVersionMutation builder.

func (*PackageVersionMutation) WhereP 

func (m *PackageVersionMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the PackageVersionMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type PackageVersionOrder 

type PackageVersionOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection            `json:"direction"`
	Field     *PackageVersionOrderField `json:"field"`
}

PackageVersionOrder defines the ordering of PackageVersion.

type PackageVersionOrderField 

type PackageVersionOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given PackageVersion.
	Value func(*PackageVersion) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageVersionOrderField defines the ordering field of PackageVersion.

type PackageVersionPaginateOption 

type PackageVersionPaginateOption func(*packageversionPager) error

PackageVersionPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithPackageVersionFilter 

func WithPackageVersionFilter(filter func(*PackageVersionQuery) (*PackageVersionQuery, error)) PackageVersionPaginateOption

WithPackageVersionFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithPackageVersionOrder 

func WithPackageVersionOrder(order *PackageVersionOrder) PackageVersionPaginateOption

WithPackageVersionOrder configures pagination ordering.

type PackageVersionQuery 

type PackageVersionQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageVersionQuery is the builder for querying PackageVersion entities.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) Aggregate 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PackageVersionSelect

Aggregate returns a PackageVersionSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) All 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*PackageVersion, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of PackageVersions.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) AllX 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*PackageVersion

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) Clone 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) Clone() *PackageVersionQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the PackageVersionQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) CollectFields 

func (pv *PackageVersionQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*PackageVersionQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) Count 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) CountX 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) Exist 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) ExistX 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) First 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*PackageVersion, error)

First returns the first PackageVersion entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no PackageVersion was found.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) FirstID 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first PackageVersion ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no PackageVersion ID was found.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) FirstIDX 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) FirstX 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *PackageVersion

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) GroupBy 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *PackageVersionGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	NameID int `json:"name_id,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.PackageVersion.Query().
	GroupBy(packageversion.FieldNameID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*PackageVersionQuery) IDs 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of PackageVersion IDs.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) IDsX 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) Limit 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) Limit(limit int) *PackageVersionQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) Offset 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) Offset(offset int) *PackageVersionQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) Only 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*PackageVersion, error)

Only returns a single PackageVersion entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one PackageVersion entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no PackageVersion entities are found.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) OnlyID 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only PackageVersion ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one PackageVersion ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) OnlyX 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *PackageVersion

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) Order 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) Order(o ...packageversion.OrderOption) *PackageVersionQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) Paginate 

func (pv *PackageVersionQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...PackageVersionPaginateOption,
) (*PackageVersionConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to PackageVersion.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) QueryEqualPackages 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) QueryEqualPackages() *PkgEqualQuery

QueryEqualPackages chains the current query on the "equal_packages" edge.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) QueryName 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) QueryName() *PackageNameQuery

QueryName chains the current query on the "name" edge.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) QueryOccurrences 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) QueryOccurrences() *OccurrenceQuery

QueryOccurrences chains the current query on the "occurrences" edge.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) QuerySbom 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) QuerySbom() *BillOfMaterialsQuery

QuerySbom chains the current query on the "sbom" edge.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) Select 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) Select(fields ...string) *PackageVersionSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	NameID int `json:"name_id,omitempty"`
}

client.PackageVersion.Query().
	Select(packageversion.FieldNameID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*PackageVersionQuery) Unique 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) Unique(unique bool) *PackageVersionQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) Where 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageVersion) *PackageVersionQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the PackageVersionQuery builder.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) WithEqualPackages 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) WithEqualPackages(opts ...func(*PkgEqualQuery)) *PackageVersionQuery

WithEqualPackages tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "equal_packages" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) WithName 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) WithName(opts ...func(*PackageNameQuery)) *PackageVersionQuery

WithName tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "name" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) WithNamedEqualPackages 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) WithNamedEqualPackages(name string, opts ...func(*PkgEqualQuery)) *PackageVersionQuery

WithNamedEqualPackages tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "equal_packages" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) WithNamedOccurrences 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) WithNamedOccurrences(name string, opts ...func(*OccurrenceQuery)) *PackageVersionQuery

WithNamedOccurrences tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "occurrences" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) WithNamedSbom 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) WithNamedSbom(name string, opts ...func(*BillOfMaterialsQuery)) *PackageVersionQuery

WithNamedSbom tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "sbom" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) WithOccurrences 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) WithOccurrences(opts ...func(*OccurrenceQuery)) *PackageVersionQuery

WithOccurrences tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "occurrences" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PackageVersionQuery) WithSbom 

func (pvq *PackageVersionQuery) WithSbom(opts ...func(*BillOfMaterialsQuery)) *PackageVersionQuery

WithSbom tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "sbom" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type PackageVersionSelect 

type PackageVersionSelect struct {
	*PackageVersionQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageVersionSelect is the builder for selecting fields of PackageVersion entities.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) Aggregate 

func (pvs *PackageVersionSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PackageVersionSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) Bool 

func (s *PackageVersionSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) BoolX 

func (s *PackageVersionSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) Bools 

func (s *PackageVersionSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *PackageVersionSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) Float64 

func (s *PackageVersionSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) Float64X 

func (s *PackageVersionSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) Float64s 

func (s *PackageVersionSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *PackageVersionSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) Int 

func (s *PackageVersionSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) IntX 

func (s *PackageVersionSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) Ints 

func (s *PackageVersionSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) IntsX 

func (s *PackageVersionSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) Scan 

func (pvs *PackageVersionSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) ScanX 

func (s *PackageVersionSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) String 

func (s *PackageVersionSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) StringX 

func (s *PackageVersionSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) Strings 

func (s *PackageVersionSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PackageVersionSelect) StringsX 

func (s *PackageVersionSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type PackageVersionUpdate 

type PackageVersionUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageVersionUpdate is the builder for updating PackageVersion entities.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) AddEqualPackageIDs 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) AddEqualPackageIDs(ids ...int) *PackageVersionUpdate

AddEqualPackageIDs adds the "equal_packages" edge to the PkgEqual entity by IDs.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) AddEqualPackages 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) AddEqualPackages(p ...*PkgEqual) *PackageVersionUpdate

AddEqualPackages adds the "equal_packages" edges to the PkgEqual entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) AddOccurrenceIDs 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) AddOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int) *PackageVersionUpdate

AddOccurrenceIDs adds the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity by IDs.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) AddOccurrences 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) AddOccurrences(o ...*Occurrence) *PackageVersionUpdate

AddOccurrences adds the "occurrences" edges to the Occurrence entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) AddSbom 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) AddSbom(b ...*BillOfMaterials) *PackageVersionUpdate

AddSbom adds the "sbom" edges to the BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) AddSbomIDs 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) AddSbomIDs(ids ...int) *PackageVersionUpdate

AddSbomIDs adds the "sbom" edge to the BillOfMaterials entity by IDs.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) AppendQualifiers 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) AppendQualifiers(mq []model.PackageQualifier) *PackageVersionUpdate

AppendQualifiers appends mq to the "qualifiers" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) ClearEqualPackages 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) ClearEqualPackages() *PackageVersionUpdate

ClearEqualPackages clears all "equal_packages" edges to the PkgEqual entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) ClearName 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) ClearName() *PackageVersionUpdate

ClearName clears the "name" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) ClearOccurrences 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) ClearOccurrences() *PackageVersionUpdate

ClearOccurrences clears all "occurrences" edges to the Occurrence entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) ClearQualifiers 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) ClearQualifiers() *PackageVersionUpdate

ClearQualifiers clears the value of the "qualifiers" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) ClearSbom 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) ClearSbom() *PackageVersionUpdate

ClearSbom clears all "sbom" edges to the BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) Exec 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) ExecX 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) Mutation 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) Mutation() *PackageVersionMutation

Mutation returns the PackageVersionMutation object of the builder.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) RemoveEqualPackageIDs 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) RemoveEqualPackageIDs(ids ...int) *PackageVersionUpdate

RemoveEqualPackageIDs removes the "equal_packages" edge to PkgEqual entities by IDs.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) RemoveEqualPackages 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) RemoveEqualPackages(p ...*PkgEqual) *PackageVersionUpdate

RemoveEqualPackages removes "equal_packages" edges to PkgEqual entities.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) RemoveOccurrenceIDs 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) RemoveOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int) *PackageVersionUpdate

RemoveOccurrenceIDs removes the "occurrences" edge to Occurrence entities by IDs.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) RemoveOccurrences 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) RemoveOccurrences(o ...*Occurrence) *PackageVersionUpdate

RemoveOccurrences removes "occurrences" edges to Occurrence entities.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) RemoveSbom 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) RemoveSbom(b ...*BillOfMaterials) *PackageVersionUpdate

RemoveSbom removes "sbom" edges to BillOfMaterials entities.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) RemoveSbomIDs 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) RemoveSbomIDs(ids ...int) *PackageVersionUpdate

RemoveSbomIDs removes the "sbom" edge to BillOfMaterials entities by IDs.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) Save 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) SaveX 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) SetHash 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) SetHash(s string) *PackageVersionUpdate

SetHash sets the "hash" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) SetName 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) SetName(p *PackageName) *PackageVersionUpdate

SetName sets the "name" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) SetNameID 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) SetNameID(i int) *PackageVersionUpdate

SetNameID sets the "name_id" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) SetNillableSubpath 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) SetNillableSubpath(s *string) *PackageVersionUpdate

SetNillableSubpath sets the "subpath" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) SetNillableVersion 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) SetNillableVersion(s *string) *PackageVersionUpdate

SetNillableVersion sets the "version" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) SetQualifiers 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) SetQualifiers(mq []model.PackageQualifier) *PackageVersionUpdate

SetQualifiers sets the "qualifiers" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) SetSubpath 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) SetSubpath(s string) *PackageVersionUpdate

SetSubpath sets the "subpath" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) SetVersion 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) SetVersion(s string) *PackageVersionUpdate

SetVersion sets the "version" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpdate) Where 

func (pvu *PackageVersionUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageVersion) *PackageVersionUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageVersionUpdate builder.

type PackageVersionUpdateOne 

type PackageVersionUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageVersionUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single PackageVersion entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) AddEqualPackageIDs 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) AddEqualPackageIDs(ids ...int) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

AddEqualPackageIDs adds the "equal_packages" edge to the PkgEqual entity by IDs.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) AddEqualPackages 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) AddEqualPackages(p ...*PkgEqual) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

AddEqualPackages adds the "equal_packages" edges to the PkgEqual entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) AddOccurrenceIDs 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) AddOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

AddOccurrenceIDs adds the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity by IDs.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) AddOccurrences 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) AddOccurrences(o ...*Occurrence) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

AddOccurrences adds the "occurrences" edges to the Occurrence entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) AddSbom 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) AddSbom(b ...*BillOfMaterials) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

AddSbom adds the "sbom" edges to the BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) AddSbomIDs 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) AddSbomIDs(ids ...int) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

AddSbomIDs adds the "sbom" edge to the BillOfMaterials entity by IDs.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) AppendQualifiers 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) AppendQualifiers(mq []model.PackageQualifier) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

AppendQualifiers appends mq to the "qualifiers" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) ClearEqualPackages 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) ClearEqualPackages() *PackageVersionUpdateOne

ClearEqualPackages clears all "equal_packages" edges to the PkgEqual entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) ClearName 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) ClearName() *PackageVersionUpdateOne

ClearName clears the "name" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) ClearOccurrences 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) ClearOccurrences() *PackageVersionUpdateOne

ClearOccurrences clears all "occurrences" edges to the Occurrence entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) ClearQualifiers 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) ClearQualifiers() *PackageVersionUpdateOne

ClearQualifiers clears the value of the "qualifiers" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) ClearSbom 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) ClearSbom() *PackageVersionUpdateOne

ClearSbom clears all "sbom" edges to the BillOfMaterials entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) Exec 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) Mutation() *PackageVersionMutation

Mutation returns the PackageVersionMutation object of the builder.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) RemoveEqualPackageIDs 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) RemoveEqualPackageIDs(ids ...int) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

RemoveEqualPackageIDs removes the "equal_packages" edge to PkgEqual entities by IDs.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) RemoveEqualPackages 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) RemoveEqualPackages(p ...*PkgEqual) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

RemoveEqualPackages removes "equal_packages" edges to PkgEqual entities.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) RemoveOccurrenceIDs 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) RemoveOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

RemoveOccurrenceIDs removes the "occurrences" edge to Occurrence entities by IDs.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) RemoveOccurrences 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) RemoveOccurrences(o ...*Occurrence) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

RemoveOccurrences removes "occurrences" edges to Occurrence entities.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) RemoveSbom 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) RemoveSbom(b ...*BillOfMaterials) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

RemoveSbom removes "sbom" edges to BillOfMaterials entities.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) RemoveSbomIDs 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) RemoveSbomIDs(ids ...int) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

RemoveSbomIDs removes the "sbom" edge to BillOfMaterials entities by IDs.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) Save 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*PackageVersion, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated PackageVersion entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *PackageVersion

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) Select 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) SetHash 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) SetHash(s string) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

SetHash sets the "hash" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) SetName 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) SetName(p *PackageName) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

SetName sets the "name" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) SetNameID 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) SetNameID(i int) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

SetNameID sets the "name_id" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) SetNillableSubpath 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) SetNillableSubpath(s *string) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

SetNillableSubpath sets the "subpath" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) SetNillableVersion 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) SetNillableVersion(s *string) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

SetNillableVersion sets the "version" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) SetQualifiers 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) SetQualifiers(mq []model.PackageQualifier) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

SetQualifiers sets the "qualifiers" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) SetSubpath 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) SetSubpath(s string) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

SetSubpath sets the "subpath" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) SetVersion 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) SetVersion(s string) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

SetVersion sets the "version" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpdateOne) Where 

func (pvuo *PackageVersionUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.PackageVersion) *PackageVersionUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the PackageVersionUpdate builder.

type PackageVersionUpsert 

type PackageVersionUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

PackageVersionUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*PackageVersionUpsert) ClearQualifiers 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsert) ClearQualifiers() *PackageVersionUpsert

ClearQualifiers clears the value of the "qualifiers" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpsert) SetHash 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsert) SetHash(v string) *PackageVersionUpsert

SetHash sets the "hash" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpsert) SetNameID 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsert) SetNameID(v int) *PackageVersionUpsert

SetNameID sets the "name_id" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpsert) SetQualifiers 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsert) SetQualifiers(v []model.PackageQualifier) *PackageVersionUpsert

SetQualifiers sets the "qualifiers" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpsert) SetSubpath 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsert) SetSubpath(v string) *PackageVersionUpsert

SetSubpath sets the "subpath" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpsert) SetVersion 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsert) SetVersion(v string) *PackageVersionUpsert

SetVersion sets the "version" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpsert) UpdateHash 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsert) UpdateHash() *PackageVersionUpsert

UpdateHash sets the "hash" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageVersionUpsert) UpdateNameID 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsert) UpdateNameID() *PackageVersionUpsert

UpdateNameID sets the "name_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageVersionUpsert) UpdateQualifiers 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsert) UpdateQualifiers() *PackageVersionUpsert

UpdateQualifiers sets the "qualifiers" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageVersionUpsert) UpdateSubpath 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsert) UpdateSubpath() *PackageVersionUpsert

UpdateSubpath sets the "subpath" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageVersionUpsert) UpdateVersion 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsert) UpdateVersion() *PackageVersionUpsert

UpdateVersion sets the "version" field to the value that was provided on create.

type PackageVersionUpsertBulk 

type PackageVersionUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageVersionUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of PackageVersion nodes.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertBulk) ClearQualifiers 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertBulk) ClearQualifiers() *PackageVersionUpsertBulk

ClearQualifiers clears the value of the "qualifiers" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *PackageVersionUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertBulk) Ignore() *PackageVersionUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageVersion.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageVersionUpsertBulk) SetHash 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertBulk) SetHash(v string) *PackageVersionUpsertBulk

SetHash sets the "hash" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertBulk) SetNameID 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertBulk) SetNameID(v int) *PackageVersionUpsertBulk

SetNameID sets the "name_id" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertBulk) SetQualifiers 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertBulk) SetQualifiers(v []model.PackageQualifier) *PackageVersionUpsertBulk

SetQualifiers sets the "qualifiers" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertBulk) SetSubpath 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertBulk) SetSubpath(v string) *PackageVersionUpsertBulk

SetSubpath sets the "subpath" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertBulk) SetVersion 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertBulk) SetVersion(v string) *PackageVersionUpsertBulk

SetVersion sets the "version" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*PackageVersionUpsert)) *PackageVersionUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the PackageVersionCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertBulk) UpdateHash 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertBulk) UpdateHash() *PackageVersionUpsertBulk

UpdateHash sets the "hash" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertBulk) UpdateNameID 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertBulk) UpdateNameID() *PackageVersionUpsertBulk

UpdateNameID sets the "name_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *PackageVersionUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageVersion.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageVersionUpsertBulk) UpdateQualifiers 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertBulk) UpdateQualifiers() *PackageVersionUpsertBulk

UpdateQualifiers sets the "qualifiers" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertBulk) UpdateSubpath 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertBulk) UpdateSubpath() *PackageVersionUpsertBulk

UpdateSubpath sets the "subpath" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertBulk) UpdateVersion 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertBulk) UpdateVersion() *PackageVersionUpsertBulk

UpdateVersion sets the "version" field to the value that was provided on create.

type PackageVersionUpsertOne 

type PackageVersionUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PackageVersionUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one PackageVersion node.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) ClearQualifiers 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) ClearQualifiers() *PackageVersionUpsertOne

ClearQualifiers clears the value of the "qualifiers" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) DoNothing() *PackageVersionUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) Ignore() *PackageVersionUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageVersion.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) SetHash 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) SetHash(v string) *PackageVersionUpsertOne

SetHash sets the "hash" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) SetNameID 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) SetNameID(v int) *PackageVersionUpsertOne

SetNameID sets the "name_id" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) SetQualifiers 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) SetQualifiers(v []model.PackageQualifier) *PackageVersionUpsertOne

SetQualifiers sets the "qualifiers" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) SetSubpath 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) SetSubpath(v string) *PackageVersionUpsertOne

SetSubpath sets the "subpath" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) SetVersion 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) SetVersion(v string) *PackageVersionUpsertOne

SetVersion sets the "version" field.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) Update(set func(*PackageVersionUpsert)) *PackageVersionUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the PackageVersionCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) UpdateHash 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) UpdateHash() *PackageVersionUpsertOne

UpdateHash sets the "hash" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) UpdateNameID 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) UpdateNameID() *PackageVersionUpsertOne

UpdateNameID sets the "name_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *PackageVersionUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PackageVersion.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) UpdateQualifiers 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) UpdateQualifiers() *PackageVersionUpsertOne

UpdateQualifiers sets the "qualifiers" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) UpdateSubpath 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) UpdateSubpath() *PackageVersionUpsertOne

UpdateSubpath sets the "subpath" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PackageVersionUpsertOne) UpdateVersion 

func (u *PackageVersionUpsertOne) UpdateVersion() *PackageVersionUpsertOne

UpdateVersion sets the "version" field to the value that was provided on create.

type PackageVersions 

type PackageVersions []*PackageVersion

PackageVersions is a parsable slice of PackageVersion.

type PageInfo 

type PageInfo = entgql.PageInfo[int]

Common entgql types.

type PkgEqual 

type PkgEqual struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Origin holds the value of the "origin" field.
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
	// Collector holds the value of the "collector" field.
	Collector string `json:"collector,omitempty"`
	// Justification holds the value of the "justification" field.
	Justification string `json:"justification,omitempty"`
	// An opaque hash of the packages that are equal
	PackagesHash string `json:"packages_hash,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the PkgEqualQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges PkgEqualEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PkgEqual is the model entity for the PkgEqual schema.

func (*PkgEqual) IsNode 

func (n *PkgEqual) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*PkgEqual) NamedPackages 

func (pe *PkgEqual) NamedPackages(name string) ([]*PackageVersion, error)

NamedPackages returns the Packages named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*PkgEqual) Packages 

func (pe *PkgEqual) Packages(ctx context.Context) (result []*PackageVersion, err error)

func (*PkgEqual) QueryPackages 

func (pe *PkgEqual) QueryPackages() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackages queries the "packages" edge of the PkgEqual entity.

func (*PkgEqual) String 

func (pe *PkgEqual) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*PkgEqual) ToEdge 

func (pe *PkgEqual) ToEdge(order *PkgEqualOrder) *PkgEqualEdge

ToEdge converts PkgEqual into PkgEqualEdge.

func (*PkgEqual) Unwrap 

func (pe *PkgEqual) Unwrap() *PkgEqual

Unwrap unwraps the PkgEqual entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*PkgEqual) Update 

func (pe *PkgEqual) Update() *PkgEqualUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this PkgEqual. Note that you need to call PkgEqual.Unwrap() before calling this method if this PkgEqual was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*PkgEqual) Value 

func (pe *PkgEqual) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the PkgEqual. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type PkgEqualClient 

type PkgEqualClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PkgEqualClient is a client for the PkgEqual schema.

func NewPkgEqualClient 

func NewPkgEqualClient(c config) *PkgEqualClient

NewPkgEqualClient returns a client for the PkgEqual from the given config.

func (*PkgEqualClient) Create 

func (c *PkgEqualClient) Create() *PkgEqualCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a PkgEqual entity.

func (*PkgEqualClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *PkgEqualClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*PkgEqualCreate) *PkgEqualCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of PkgEqual entities.

func (*PkgEqualClient) Delete 

func (c *PkgEqualClient) Delete() *PkgEqualDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for PkgEqual.

func (*PkgEqualClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *PkgEqualClient) DeleteOne(pe *PkgEqual) *PkgEqualDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*PkgEqualClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *PkgEqualClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *PkgEqualDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*PkgEqualClient) Get 

func (c *PkgEqualClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*PkgEqual, error)

Get returns a PkgEqual entity by its id.

func (*PkgEqualClient) GetX 

func (c *PkgEqualClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *PkgEqual

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualClient) Hooks 

func (c *PkgEqualClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*PkgEqualClient) Intercept 

func (c *PkgEqualClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `pkgequal.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*PkgEqualClient) Interceptors 

func (c *PkgEqualClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*PkgEqualClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *PkgEqualClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*PkgEqualCreate, int)) *PkgEqualCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*PkgEqualClient) Query 

func (c *PkgEqualClient) Query() *PkgEqualQuery

Query returns a query builder for PkgEqual.

func (*PkgEqualClient) QueryPackages 

func (c *PkgEqualClient) QueryPackages(pe *PkgEqual) *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackages queries the packages edge of a PkgEqual.

func (*PkgEqualClient) Update 

func (c *PkgEqualClient) Update() *PkgEqualUpdate

Update returns an update builder for PkgEqual.

func (*PkgEqualClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *PkgEqualClient) UpdateOne(pe *PkgEqual) *PkgEqualUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*PkgEqualClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *PkgEqualClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *PkgEqualUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*PkgEqualClient) Use 

func (c *PkgEqualClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `pkgequal.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type PkgEqualConnection 

type PkgEqualConnection struct {
	Edges      []*PkgEqualEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo        `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int             `json:"totalCount"`
}

PkgEqualConnection is the connection containing edges to PkgEqual.

type PkgEqualCreate 

type PkgEqualCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PkgEqualCreate is the builder for creating a PkgEqual entity.

func (*PkgEqualCreate) AddPackageIDs 

func (pec *PkgEqualCreate) AddPackageIDs(ids ...int) *PkgEqualCreate

AddPackageIDs adds the "packages" edge to the PackageVersion entity by IDs.

func (*PkgEqualCreate) AddPackages 

func (pec *PkgEqualCreate) AddPackages(p ...*PackageVersion) *PkgEqualCreate

AddPackages adds the "packages" edges to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PkgEqualCreate) Exec 

func (pec *PkgEqualCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PkgEqualCreate) ExecX 

func (pec *PkgEqualCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualCreate) Mutation 

func (pec *PkgEqualCreate) Mutation() *PkgEqualMutation

Mutation returns the PkgEqualMutation object of the builder.

func (*PkgEqualCreate) OnConflict 

func (pec *PkgEqualCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *PkgEqualUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.PkgEqual.Create().
	SetOrigin(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.PkgEqualUpsert) {
		SetOrigin(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PkgEqualCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (pec *PkgEqualCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *PkgEqualUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PkgEqual.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PkgEqualCreate) Save 

func (pec *PkgEqualCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*PkgEqual, error)

Save creates the PkgEqual in the database.

func (*PkgEqualCreate) SaveX 

func (pec *PkgEqualCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *PkgEqual

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*PkgEqualCreate) SetCollector 

func (pec *PkgEqualCreate) SetCollector(s string) *PkgEqualCreate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*PkgEqualCreate) SetJustification 

func (pec *PkgEqualCreate) SetJustification(s string) *PkgEqualCreate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*PkgEqualCreate) SetOrigin 

func (pec *PkgEqualCreate) SetOrigin(s string) *PkgEqualCreate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*PkgEqualCreate) SetPackagesHash 

func (pec *PkgEqualCreate) SetPackagesHash(s string) *PkgEqualCreate

SetPackagesHash sets the "packages_hash" field.

type PkgEqualCreateBulk 

type PkgEqualCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PkgEqualCreateBulk is the builder for creating many PkgEqual entities in bulk.

func (*PkgEqualCreateBulk) Exec 

func (pecb *PkgEqualCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PkgEqualCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (pecb *PkgEqualCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (pecb *PkgEqualCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *PkgEqualUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.PkgEqual.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.PkgEqualUpsert) {
		SetOrigin(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PkgEqualCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (pecb *PkgEqualCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *PkgEqualUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PkgEqual.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PkgEqualCreateBulk) Save 

func (pecb *PkgEqualCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*PkgEqual, error)

Save creates the PkgEqual entities in the database.

func (*PkgEqualCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (pecb *PkgEqualCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*PkgEqual

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type PkgEqualDelete 

type PkgEqualDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PkgEqualDelete is the builder for deleting a PkgEqual entity.

func (*PkgEqualDelete) Exec 

func (ped *PkgEqualDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*PkgEqualDelete) ExecX 

func (ped *PkgEqualDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualDelete) Where 

func (ped *PkgEqualDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.PkgEqual) *PkgEqualDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the PkgEqualDelete builder.

type PkgEqualDeleteOne 

type PkgEqualDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PkgEqualDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single PkgEqual entity.

func (*PkgEqualDeleteOne) Exec 

func (pedo *PkgEqualDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*PkgEqualDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (pedo *PkgEqualDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualDeleteOne) Where 

func (pedo *PkgEqualDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.PkgEqual) *PkgEqualDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the PkgEqualDelete builder.

type PkgEqualEdge 

type PkgEqualEdge struct {
	Node   *PkgEqual `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor    `json:"cursor"`
}

PkgEqualEdge is the edge representation of PkgEqual.

type PkgEqualEdges 

type PkgEqualEdges struct {
	// Packages holds the value of the packages edge.
	Packages []*PackageVersion `json:"packages,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PkgEqualEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (PkgEqualEdges) PackagesOrErr 

func (e PkgEqualEdges) PackagesOrErr() ([]*PackageVersion, error)

PackagesOrErr returns the Packages value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type PkgEqualGroupBy 

type PkgEqualGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PkgEqualGroupBy is the group-by builder for PkgEqual entities.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (pegb *PkgEqualGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PkgEqualGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *PkgEqualGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *PkgEqualGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *PkgEqualGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *PkgEqualGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *PkgEqualGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *PkgEqualGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *PkgEqualGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *PkgEqualGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) Int 

func (s *PkgEqualGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *PkgEqualGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *PkgEqualGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *PkgEqualGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) Scan 

func (pegb *PkgEqualGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *PkgEqualGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) String 

func (s *PkgEqualGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *PkgEqualGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *PkgEqualGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PkgEqualGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *PkgEqualGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type PkgEqualMutation 

type PkgEqualMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PkgEqualMutation represents an operation that mutates the PkgEqual nodes in the graph.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) AddField 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) AddPackageIDs 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) AddPackageIDs(ids ...int)

AddPackageIDs adds the "packages" edge to the PackageVersion entity by ids.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) AddedField 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) ClearField 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) ClearPackages 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) ClearPackages()

ClearPackages clears the "packages" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (PkgEqualMutation) Client 

func (m PkgEqualMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) Collector 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) Collector() (r string, exists bool)

Collector returns the value of the "collector" field in the mutation.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) Field 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) Fields 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*PkgEqualMutation) ID 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) IDs 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) Justification 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) Justification() (r string, exists bool)

Justification returns the value of the "justification" field in the mutation.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) OldCollector 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) OldCollector(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldCollector returns the old "collector" field's value of the PkgEqual entity. If the PkgEqual object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) OldField 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) OldJustification 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) OldJustification(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldJustification returns the old "justification" field's value of the PkgEqual entity. If the PkgEqual object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) OldOrigin 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) OldOrigin(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldOrigin returns the old "origin" field's value of the PkgEqual entity. If the PkgEqual object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) OldPackagesHash 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) OldPackagesHash(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldPackagesHash returns the old "packages_hash" field's value of the PkgEqual entity. If the PkgEqual object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) Op 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) Origin 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) Origin() (r string, exists bool)

Origin returns the value of the "origin" field in the mutation.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) PackagesCleared 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) PackagesCleared() bool

PackagesCleared reports if the "packages" edge to the PackageVersion entity was cleared.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) PackagesHash 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) PackagesHash() (r string, exists bool)

PackagesHash returns the value of the "packages_hash" field in the mutation.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) PackagesIDs 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) PackagesIDs() (ids []int)

PackagesIDs returns the "packages" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) RemovePackageIDs 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) RemovePackageIDs(ids ...int)

RemovePackageIDs removes the "packages" edge to the PackageVersion entity by IDs.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) RemovedPackagesIDs 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) RemovedPackagesIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedPackages returns the removed IDs of the "packages" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) ResetCollector 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) ResetCollector()

ResetCollector resets all changes to the "collector" field.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) ResetField 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) ResetJustification 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) ResetJustification()

ResetJustification resets all changes to the "justification" field.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) ResetOrigin 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) ResetOrigin()

ResetOrigin resets all changes to the "origin" field.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) ResetPackages 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) ResetPackages()

ResetPackages resets all changes to the "packages" edge.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) ResetPackagesHash 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) ResetPackagesHash()

ResetPackagesHash resets all changes to the "packages_hash" field.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) SetCollector 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) SetCollector(s string)

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) SetField 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) SetJustification 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) SetJustification(s string)

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) SetOp 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) SetOrigin 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) SetOrigin(s string)

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) SetPackagesHash 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) SetPackagesHash(s string)

SetPackagesHash sets the "packages_hash" field.

func (PkgEqualMutation) Tx 

func (m PkgEqualMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) Type 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (PkgEqual).

func (*PkgEqualMutation) Where 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.PkgEqual)

Where appends a list predicates to the PkgEqualMutation builder.

func (*PkgEqualMutation) WhereP 

func (m *PkgEqualMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the PkgEqualMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type PkgEqualOrder 

type PkgEqualOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection      `json:"direction"`
	Field     *PkgEqualOrderField `json:"field"`
}

PkgEqualOrder defines the ordering of PkgEqual.

type PkgEqualOrderField 

type PkgEqualOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given PkgEqual.
	Value func(*PkgEqual) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PkgEqualOrderField defines the ordering field of PkgEqual.

type PkgEqualPaginateOption 

type PkgEqualPaginateOption func(*pkgequalPager) error

PkgEqualPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithPkgEqualFilter 

func WithPkgEqualFilter(filter func(*PkgEqualQuery) (*PkgEqualQuery, error)) PkgEqualPaginateOption

WithPkgEqualFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithPkgEqualOrder 

func WithPkgEqualOrder(order *PkgEqualOrder) PkgEqualPaginateOption

WithPkgEqualOrder configures pagination ordering.

type PkgEqualQuery 

type PkgEqualQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PkgEqualQuery is the builder for querying PkgEqual entities.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) Aggregate 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PkgEqualSelect

Aggregate returns a PkgEqualSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) All 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*PkgEqual, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of PkgEquals.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) AllX 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*PkgEqual

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) Clone 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) Clone() *PkgEqualQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the PkgEqualQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) CollectFields 

func (pe *PkgEqualQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*PkgEqualQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) Count 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) CountX 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) Exist 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) ExistX 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) First 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*PkgEqual, error)

First returns the first PkgEqual entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no PkgEqual was found.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) FirstID 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first PkgEqual ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no PkgEqual ID was found.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) FirstIDX 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) FirstX 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *PkgEqual

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) GroupBy 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *PkgEqualGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.PkgEqual.Query().
	GroupBy(pkgequal.FieldOrigin).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*PkgEqualQuery) IDs 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of PkgEqual IDs.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) IDsX 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) Limit 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) Limit(limit int) *PkgEqualQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) Offset 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) Offset(offset int) *PkgEqualQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) Only 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*PkgEqual, error)

Only returns a single PkgEqual entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one PkgEqual entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no PkgEqual entities are found.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) OnlyID 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only PkgEqual ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one PkgEqual ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) OnlyX 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *PkgEqual

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) Order 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) Order(o ...pkgequal.OrderOption) *PkgEqualQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) Paginate 

func (pe *PkgEqualQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...PkgEqualPaginateOption,
) (*PkgEqualConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to PkgEqual.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) QueryPackages 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) QueryPackages() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackages chains the current query on the "packages" edge.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) Select 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) Select(fields ...string) *PkgEqualSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
}

client.PkgEqual.Query().
	Select(pkgequal.FieldOrigin).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*PkgEqualQuery) Unique 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) Unique(unique bool) *PkgEqualQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) Where 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.PkgEqual) *PkgEqualQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the PkgEqualQuery builder.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) WithNamedPackages 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) WithNamedPackages(name string, opts ...func(*PackageVersionQuery)) *PkgEqualQuery

WithNamedPackages tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "packages" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PkgEqualQuery) WithPackages 

func (peq *PkgEqualQuery) WithPackages(opts ...func(*PackageVersionQuery)) *PkgEqualQuery

WithPackages tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "packages" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type PkgEqualSelect 

type PkgEqualSelect struct {
	*PkgEqualQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PkgEqualSelect is the builder for selecting fields of PkgEqual entities.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) Aggregate 

func (pes *PkgEqualSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PkgEqualSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) Bool 

func (s *PkgEqualSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) BoolX 

func (s *PkgEqualSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) Bools 

func (s *PkgEqualSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *PkgEqualSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) Float64 

func (s *PkgEqualSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) Float64X 

func (s *PkgEqualSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) Float64s 

func (s *PkgEqualSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *PkgEqualSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) Int 

func (s *PkgEqualSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) IntX 

func (s *PkgEqualSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) Ints 

func (s *PkgEqualSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) IntsX 

func (s *PkgEqualSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) Scan 

func (pes *PkgEqualSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) ScanX 

func (s *PkgEqualSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) String 

func (s *PkgEqualSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) StringX 

func (s *PkgEqualSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) Strings 

func (s *PkgEqualSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PkgEqualSelect) StringsX 

func (s *PkgEqualSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type PkgEqualUpdate 

type PkgEqualUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PkgEqualUpdate is the builder for updating PkgEqual entities.

func (*PkgEqualUpdate) AddPackageIDs 

func (peu *PkgEqualUpdate) AddPackageIDs(ids ...int) *PkgEqualUpdate

AddPackageIDs adds the "packages" edge to the PackageVersion entity by IDs.

func (*PkgEqualUpdate) AddPackages 

func (peu *PkgEqualUpdate) AddPackages(p ...*PackageVersion) *PkgEqualUpdate

AddPackages adds the "packages" edges to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PkgEqualUpdate) ClearPackages 

func (peu *PkgEqualUpdate) ClearPackages() *PkgEqualUpdate

ClearPackages clears all "packages" edges to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PkgEqualUpdate) Exec 

func (peu *PkgEqualUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PkgEqualUpdate) ExecX 

func (peu *PkgEqualUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualUpdate) Mutation 

func (peu *PkgEqualUpdate) Mutation() *PkgEqualMutation

Mutation returns the PkgEqualMutation object of the builder.

func (*PkgEqualUpdate) RemovePackageIDs 

func (peu *PkgEqualUpdate) RemovePackageIDs(ids ...int) *PkgEqualUpdate

RemovePackageIDs removes the "packages" edge to PackageVersion entities by IDs.

func (*PkgEqualUpdate) RemovePackages 

func (peu *PkgEqualUpdate) RemovePackages(p ...*PackageVersion) *PkgEqualUpdate

RemovePackages removes "packages" edges to PackageVersion entities.

func (*PkgEqualUpdate) Save 

func (peu *PkgEqualUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*PkgEqualUpdate) SaveX 

func (peu *PkgEqualUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualUpdate) SetCollector 

func (peu *PkgEqualUpdate) SetCollector(s string) *PkgEqualUpdate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpdate) SetJustification 

func (peu *PkgEqualUpdate) SetJustification(s string) *PkgEqualUpdate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpdate) SetOrigin 

func (peu *PkgEqualUpdate) SetOrigin(s string) *PkgEqualUpdate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpdate) SetPackagesHash 

func (peu *PkgEqualUpdate) SetPackagesHash(s string) *PkgEqualUpdate

SetPackagesHash sets the "packages_hash" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpdate) Where 

func (peu *PkgEqualUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.PkgEqual) *PkgEqualUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the PkgEqualUpdate builder.

type PkgEqualUpdateOne 

type PkgEqualUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PkgEqualUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single PkgEqual entity.

func (*PkgEqualUpdateOne) AddPackageIDs 

func (peuo *PkgEqualUpdateOne) AddPackageIDs(ids ...int) *PkgEqualUpdateOne

AddPackageIDs adds the "packages" edge to the PackageVersion entity by IDs.

func (*PkgEqualUpdateOne) AddPackages 

func (peuo *PkgEqualUpdateOne) AddPackages(p ...*PackageVersion) *PkgEqualUpdateOne

AddPackages adds the "packages" edges to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PkgEqualUpdateOne) ClearPackages 

func (peuo *PkgEqualUpdateOne) ClearPackages() *PkgEqualUpdateOne

ClearPackages clears all "packages" edges to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PkgEqualUpdateOne) Exec 

func (peuo *PkgEqualUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*PkgEqualUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (peuo *PkgEqualUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (peuo *PkgEqualUpdateOne) Mutation() *PkgEqualMutation

Mutation returns the PkgEqualMutation object of the builder.

func (*PkgEqualUpdateOne) RemovePackageIDs 

func (peuo *PkgEqualUpdateOne) RemovePackageIDs(ids ...int) *PkgEqualUpdateOne

RemovePackageIDs removes the "packages" edge to PackageVersion entities by IDs.

func (*PkgEqualUpdateOne) RemovePackages 

func (peuo *PkgEqualUpdateOne) RemovePackages(p ...*PackageVersion) *PkgEqualUpdateOne

RemovePackages removes "packages" edges to PackageVersion entities.

func (*PkgEqualUpdateOne) Save 

func (peuo *PkgEqualUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*PkgEqual, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated PkgEqual entity.

func (*PkgEqualUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (peuo *PkgEqualUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *PkgEqual

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualUpdateOne) Select 

func (peuo *PkgEqualUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *PkgEqualUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*PkgEqualUpdateOne) SetCollector 

func (peuo *PkgEqualUpdateOne) SetCollector(s string) *PkgEqualUpdateOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpdateOne) SetJustification 

func (peuo *PkgEqualUpdateOne) SetJustification(s string) *PkgEqualUpdateOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpdateOne) SetOrigin 

func (peuo *PkgEqualUpdateOne) SetOrigin(s string) *PkgEqualUpdateOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpdateOne) SetPackagesHash 

func (peuo *PkgEqualUpdateOne) SetPackagesHash(s string) *PkgEqualUpdateOne

SetPackagesHash sets the "packages_hash" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpdateOne) Where 

func (peuo *PkgEqualUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.PkgEqual) *PkgEqualUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the PkgEqualUpdate builder.

type PkgEqualUpsert 

type PkgEqualUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

PkgEqualUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*PkgEqualUpsert) SetCollector 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsert) SetCollector(v string) *PkgEqualUpsert

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpsert) SetJustification 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsert) SetJustification(v string) *PkgEqualUpsert

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpsert) SetOrigin 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsert) SetOrigin(v string) *PkgEqualUpsert

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpsert) SetPackagesHash 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsert) SetPackagesHash(v string) *PkgEqualUpsert

SetPackagesHash sets the "packages_hash" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpsert) UpdateCollector 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsert) UpdateCollector() *PkgEqualUpsert

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PkgEqualUpsert) UpdateJustification 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsert) UpdateJustification() *PkgEqualUpsert

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PkgEqualUpsert) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsert) UpdateOrigin() *PkgEqualUpsert

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PkgEqualUpsert) UpdatePackagesHash 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsert) UpdatePackagesHash() *PkgEqualUpsert

UpdatePackagesHash sets the "packages_hash" field to the value that was provided on create.

type PkgEqualUpsertBulk 

type PkgEqualUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PkgEqualUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of PkgEqual nodes.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *PkgEqualUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertBulk) Ignore() *PkgEqualUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PkgEqual.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PkgEqualUpsertBulk) SetCollector 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertBulk) SetCollector(v string) *PkgEqualUpsertBulk

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertBulk) SetJustification 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertBulk) SetJustification(v string) *PkgEqualUpsertBulk

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertBulk) SetOrigin 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertBulk) SetOrigin(v string) *PkgEqualUpsertBulk

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertBulk) SetPackagesHash 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertBulk) SetPackagesHash(v string) *PkgEqualUpsertBulk

SetPackagesHash sets the "packages_hash" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*PkgEqualUpsert)) *PkgEqualUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the PkgEqualCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector() *PkgEqualUpsertBulk

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification() *PkgEqualUpsertBulk

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *PkgEqualUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PkgEqual.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PkgEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin() *PkgEqualUpsertBulk

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertBulk) UpdatePackagesHash 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertBulk) UpdatePackagesHash() *PkgEqualUpsertBulk

UpdatePackagesHash sets the "packages_hash" field to the value that was provided on create.

type PkgEqualUpsertOne 

type PkgEqualUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PkgEqualUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one PkgEqual node.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertOne) DoNothing() *PkgEqualUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertOne) Ignore() *PkgEqualUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PkgEqual.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*PkgEqualUpsertOne) SetCollector 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertOne) SetCollector(v string) *PkgEqualUpsertOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertOne) SetJustification 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertOne) SetJustification(v string) *PkgEqualUpsertOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertOne) SetOrigin 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertOne) SetOrigin(v string) *PkgEqualUpsertOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertOne) SetPackagesHash 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertOne) SetPackagesHash(v string) *PkgEqualUpsertOne

SetPackagesHash sets the "packages_hash" field.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertOne) Update(set func(*PkgEqualUpsert)) *PkgEqualUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the PkgEqualCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertOne) UpdateCollector 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertOne) UpdateCollector() *PkgEqualUpsertOne

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertOne) UpdateJustification 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertOne) UpdateJustification() *PkgEqualUpsertOne

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *PkgEqualUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PkgEqual.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PkgEqualUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin() *PkgEqualUpsertOne

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PkgEqualUpsertOne) UpdatePackagesHash 

func (u *PkgEqualUpsertOne) UpdatePackagesHash() *PkgEqualUpsertOne

UpdatePackagesHash sets the "packages_hash" field to the value that was provided on create.

type PkgEquals 

type PkgEquals []*PkgEqual

PkgEquals is a parsable slice of PkgEqual.

type PointOfContact added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContact struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// SourceID holds the value of the "source_id" field.
	SourceID *int `json:"source_id,omitempty"`
	// PackageVersionID holds the value of the "package_version_id" field.
	PackageVersionID *int `json:"package_version_id,omitempty"`
	// PackageNameID holds the value of the "package_name_id" field.
	PackageNameID *int `json:"package_name_id,omitempty"`
	// ArtifactID holds the value of the "artifact_id" field.
	ArtifactID *int `json:"artifact_id,omitempty"`
	// Email holds the value of the "email" field.
	Email string `json:"email,omitempty"`
	// Info holds the value of the "info" field.
	Info string `json:"info,omitempty"`
	// Since holds the value of the "since" field.
	Since time.Time `json:"since,omitempty"`
	// Justification holds the value of the "justification" field.
	Justification string `json:"justification,omitempty"`
	// Origin holds the value of the "origin" field.
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
	// Collector holds the value of the "collector" field.
	Collector string `json:"collector,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the PointOfContactQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges PointOfContactEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PointOfContact is the model entity for the PointOfContact schema.

func (*PointOfContact) AllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (poc *PointOfContact) AllVersions(ctx context.Context) (*PackageName, error)

func (*PointOfContact) Artifact added in v0.2.1 

func (poc *PointOfContact) Artifact(ctx context.Context) (*Artifact, error)

func (*PointOfContact) IsNode added in v0.2.1 

func (n *PointOfContact) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*PointOfContact) PackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (poc *PointOfContact) PackageVersion(ctx context.Context) (*PackageVersion, error)

func (*PointOfContact) QueryAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (poc *PointOfContact) QueryAllVersions() *PackageNameQuery

QueryAllVersions queries the "all_versions" edge of the PointOfContact entity.

func (*PointOfContact) QueryArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (poc *PointOfContact) QueryArtifact() *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifact queries the "artifact" edge of the PointOfContact entity.

func (*PointOfContact) QueryPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (poc *PointOfContact) QueryPackageVersion() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackageVersion queries the "package_version" edge of the PointOfContact entity.

func (*PointOfContact) QuerySource added in v0.2.1 

func (poc *PointOfContact) QuerySource() *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource queries the "source" edge of the PointOfContact entity.

func (*PointOfContact) Source added in v0.2.1 

func (poc *PointOfContact) Source(ctx context.Context) (*SourceName, error)

func (*PointOfContact) String added in v0.2.1 

func (poc *PointOfContact) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*PointOfContact) ToEdge added in v0.2.1 

func (poc *PointOfContact) ToEdge(order *PointOfContactOrder) *PointOfContactEdge

ToEdge converts PointOfContact into PointOfContactEdge.

func (*PointOfContact) Unwrap added in v0.2.1 

func (poc *PointOfContact) Unwrap() *PointOfContact

Unwrap unwraps the PointOfContact entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*PointOfContact) Update added in v0.2.1 

func (poc *PointOfContact) Update() *PointOfContactUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this PointOfContact. Note that you need to call PointOfContact.Unwrap() before calling this method if this PointOfContact was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*PointOfContact) Value added in v0.2.1 

func (poc *PointOfContact) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the PointOfContact. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type PointOfContactClient added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PointOfContactClient is a client for the PointOfContact schema.

func NewPointOfContactClient added in v0.2.1 

func NewPointOfContactClient(c config) *PointOfContactClient

NewPointOfContactClient returns a client for the PointOfContact from the given config.

func (*PointOfContactClient) Create added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) Create() *PointOfContactCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a PointOfContact entity.

func (*PointOfContactClient) CreateBulk added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*PointOfContactCreate) *PointOfContactCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of PointOfContact entities.

func (*PointOfContactClient) Delete added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) Delete() *PointOfContactDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for PointOfContact.

func (*PointOfContactClient) DeleteOne added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) DeleteOne(poc *PointOfContact) *PointOfContactDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*PointOfContactClient) DeleteOneID added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *PointOfContactDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*PointOfContactClient) Get added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*PointOfContact, error)

Get returns a PointOfContact entity by its id.

func (*PointOfContactClient) GetX added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *PointOfContact

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactClient) Hooks added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*PointOfContactClient) Intercept added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `pointofcontact.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*PointOfContactClient) Interceptors added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*PointOfContactClient) MapCreateBulk added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*PointOfContactCreate, int)) *PointOfContactCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*PointOfContactClient) Query added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) Query() *PointOfContactQuery

Query returns a query builder for PointOfContact.

func (*PointOfContactClient) QueryAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) QueryAllVersions(poc *PointOfContact) *PackageNameQuery

QueryAllVersions queries the all_versions edge of a PointOfContact.

func (*PointOfContactClient) QueryArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) QueryArtifact(poc *PointOfContact) *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifact queries the artifact edge of a PointOfContact.

func (*PointOfContactClient) QueryPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) QueryPackageVersion(poc *PointOfContact) *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackageVersion queries the package_version edge of a PointOfContact.

func (*PointOfContactClient) QuerySource added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) QuerySource(poc *PointOfContact) *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource queries the source edge of a PointOfContact.

func (*PointOfContactClient) Update added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) Update() *PointOfContactUpdate

Update returns an update builder for PointOfContact.

func (*PointOfContactClient) UpdateOne added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) UpdateOne(poc *PointOfContact) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*PointOfContactClient) UpdateOneID added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*PointOfContactClient) Use added in v0.2.1 

func (c *PointOfContactClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `pointofcontact.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type PointOfContactConnection added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactConnection struct {
	Edges      []*PointOfContactEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo              `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int                   `json:"totalCount"`
}

PointOfContactConnection is the connection containing edges to PointOfContact.

type PointOfContactCreate added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PointOfContactCreate is the builder for creating a PointOfContact entity.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) Exec added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) ExecX added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) Mutation added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) Mutation() *PointOfContactMutation

Mutation returns the PointOfContactMutation object of the builder.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) OnConflict added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *PointOfContactUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.PointOfContact.Create().
	SetSourceID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.PointOfContactUpsert) {
		SetSourceID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PointOfContactCreate) OnConflictColumns added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *PointOfContactUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PointOfContact.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PointOfContactCreate) Save added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*PointOfContact, error)

Save creates the PointOfContact in the database.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SaveX added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *PointOfContact

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetAllVersions(p *PackageName) *PointOfContactCreate

SetAllVersions sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetAllVersionsID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetAllVersionsID(id int) *PointOfContactCreate

SetAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetArtifact(a *Artifact) *PointOfContactCreate

SetArtifact sets the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetArtifactID(i int) *PointOfContactCreate

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetCollector(s string) *PointOfContactCreate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetEmail added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetEmail(s string) *PointOfContactCreate

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetInfo added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetInfo(s string) *PointOfContactCreate

SetInfo sets the "info" field.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetJustification(s string) *PointOfContactCreate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetNillableAllVersionsID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetNillableAllVersionsID(id *int) *PointOfContactCreate

SetNillableAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetNillableArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetNillableArtifactID(i *int) *PointOfContactCreate

SetNillableArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetNillablePackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetNillablePackageNameID(i *int) *PointOfContactCreate

SetNillablePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetNillablePackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetNillablePackageVersionID(i *int) *PointOfContactCreate

SetNillablePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetNillableSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetNillableSourceID(i *int) *PointOfContactCreate

SetNillableSourceID sets the "source_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetOrigin(s string) *PointOfContactCreate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetPackageNameID(i int) *PointOfContactCreate

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetPackageVersion(p *PackageVersion) *PointOfContactCreate

SetPackageVersion sets the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetPackageVersionID(i int) *PointOfContactCreate

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetSince added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetSince(t time.Time) *PointOfContactCreate

SetSince sets the "since" field.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetSource added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetSource(s *SourceName) *PointOfContactCreate

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*PointOfContactCreate) SetSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocc *PointOfContactCreate) SetSourceID(i int) *PointOfContactCreate

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

type PointOfContactCreateBulk added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PointOfContactCreateBulk is the builder for creating many PointOfContact entities in bulk.

func (*PointOfContactCreateBulk) Exec added in v0.2.1 

func (poccb *PointOfContactCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PointOfContactCreateBulk) ExecX added in v0.2.1 

func (poccb *PointOfContactCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactCreateBulk) OnConflict added in v0.2.1 

func (poccb *PointOfContactCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.PointOfContact.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.PointOfContactUpsert) {
		SetSourceID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PointOfContactCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns added in v0.2.1 

func (poccb *PointOfContactCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PointOfContact.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PointOfContactCreateBulk) Save added in v0.2.1 

func (poccb *PointOfContactCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*PointOfContact, error)

Save creates the PointOfContact entities in the database.

func (*PointOfContactCreateBulk) SaveX added in v0.2.1 

func (poccb *PointOfContactCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*PointOfContact

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type PointOfContactDelete added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PointOfContactDelete is the builder for deleting a PointOfContact entity.

func (*PointOfContactDelete) Exec added in v0.2.1 

func (pocd *PointOfContactDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*PointOfContactDelete) ExecX added in v0.2.1 

func (pocd *PointOfContactDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactDelete) Where added in v0.2.1 

func (pocd *PointOfContactDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.PointOfContact) *PointOfContactDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the PointOfContactDelete builder.

type PointOfContactDeleteOne added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PointOfContactDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single PointOfContact entity.

func (*PointOfContactDeleteOne) Exec added in v0.2.1 

func (pocdo *PointOfContactDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*PointOfContactDeleteOne) ExecX added in v0.2.1 

func (pocdo *PointOfContactDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactDeleteOne) Where added in v0.2.1 

func (pocdo *PointOfContactDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.PointOfContact) *PointOfContactDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the PointOfContactDelete builder.

type PointOfContactEdge added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactEdge struct {
	Node   *PointOfContact `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor          `json:"cursor"`
}

PointOfContactEdge is the edge representation of PointOfContact.

type PointOfContactEdges added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactEdges struct {
	// Source holds the value of the source edge.
	Source *SourceName `json:"source,omitempty"`
	// PackageVersion holds the value of the package_version edge.
	PackageVersion *PackageVersion `json:"package_version,omitempty"`
	// AllVersions holds the value of the all_versions edge.
	AllVersions *PackageName `json:"all_versions,omitempty"`
	// Artifact holds the value of the artifact edge.
	Artifact *Artifact `json:"artifact,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PointOfContactEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (PointOfContactEdges) AllVersionsOrErr added in v0.2.1 

func (e PointOfContactEdges) AllVersionsOrErr() (*PackageName, error)

AllVersionsOrErr returns the AllVersions value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (PointOfContactEdges) ArtifactOrErr added in v0.2.1 

func (e PointOfContactEdges) ArtifactOrErr() (*Artifact, error)

ArtifactOrErr returns the Artifact value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (PointOfContactEdges) PackageVersionOrErr added in v0.2.1 

func (e PointOfContactEdges) PackageVersionOrErr() (*PackageVersion, error)

PackageVersionOrErr returns the PackageVersion value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (PointOfContactEdges) SourceOrErr added in v0.2.1 

func (e PointOfContactEdges) SourceOrErr() (*SourceName, error)

SourceOrErr returns the Source value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type PointOfContactGroupBy added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PointOfContactGroupBy is the group-by builder for PointOfContact entities.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) Aggregate added in v0.2.1 

func (pocgb *PointOfContactGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PointOfContactGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) Bool added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) BoolX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) Bools added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) BoolsX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) Float64 added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) Float64X added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) Float64s added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) Float64sX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) Int added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) IntX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) Ints added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) IntsX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) Scan added in v0.2.1 

func (pocgb *PointOfContactGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) ScanX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) String added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) StringX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) Strings added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PointOfContactGroupBy) StringsX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type PointOfContactMutation added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PointOfContactMutation represents an operation that mutates the PointOfContact nodes in the graph.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) AddField added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) AddedEdges added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) AddedField added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) AddedFields added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) AddedIDs added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) AllVersionsCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) AllVersionsCleared() bool

AllVersionsCleared reports if the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity was cleared.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) AllVersionsID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) AllVersionsID() (id int, exists bool)

AllVersionsID returns the "all_versions" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) AllVersionsIDs added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) AllVersionsIDs() (ids []int)

AllVersionsIDs returns the "all_versions" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use AllVersionsID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ArtifactCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ArtifactCleared() bool

ArtifactCleared reports if the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity was cleared.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ArtifactID() (r int, exists bool)

ArtifactID returns the value of the "artifact_id" field in the mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ArtifactIDCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ArtifactIDCleared() bool

ArtifactIDCleared returns if the "artifact_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ArtifactIDs added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ArtifactIDs() (ids []int)

ArtifactIDs returns the "artifact" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use ArtifactID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ClearAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ClearAllVersions()

ClearAllVersions clears the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ClearArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ClearArtifact()

ClearArtifact clears the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ClearArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ClearArtifactID()

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ClearEdge added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ClearField added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ClearPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ClearPackageNameID()

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ClearPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ClearPackageVersion()

ClearPackageVersion clears the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ClearPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ClearPackageVersionID()

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ClearSource added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ClearSource()

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ClearSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ClearSourceID()

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ClearedEdges added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ClearedFields added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (PointOfContactMutation) Client added in v0.2.1 

func (m PointOfContactMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) Collector added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) Collector() (r string, exists bool)

Collector returns the value of the "collector" field in the mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) EdgeCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) Email added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) Email() (r string, exists bool)

Email returns the value of the "email" field in the mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) Field added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) FieldCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) Fields added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) IDs added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) Info added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) Info() (r string, exists bool)

Info returns the value of the "info" field in the mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) Justification added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) Justification() (r string, exists bool)

Justification returns the value of the "justification" field in the mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) OldArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) OldArtifactID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldArtifactID returns the old "artifact_id" field's value of the PointOfContact entity. If the PointOfContact object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) OldCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) OldCollector(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldCollector returns the old "collector" field's value of the PointOfContact entity. If the PointOfContact object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) OldEmail added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) OldEmail(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldEmail returns the old "email" field's value of the PointOfContact entity. If the PointOfContact object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) OldField added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) OldInfo added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) OldInfo(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldInfo returns the old "info" field's value of the PointOfContact entity. If the PointOfContact object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) OldJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) OldJustification(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldJustification returns the old "justification" field's value of the PointOfContact entity. If the PointOfContact object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) OldOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) OldOrigin(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldOrigin returns the old "origin" field's value of the PointOfContact entity. If the PointOfContact object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) OldPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) OldPackageNameID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldPackageNameID returns the old "package_name_id" field's value of the PointOfContact entity. If the PointOfContact object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) OldPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) OldPackageVersionID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldPackageVersionID returns the old "package_version_id" field's value of the PointOfContact entity. If the PointOfContact object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) OldSince added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) OldSince(ctx context.Context) (v time.Time, err error)

OldSince returns the old "since" field's value of the PointOfContact entity. If the PointOfContact object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) OldSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) OldSourceID(ctx context.Context) (v *int, err error)

OldSourceID returns the old "source_id" field's value of the PointOfContact entity. If the PointOfContact object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) Op added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) Origin added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) Origin() (r string, exists bool)

Origin returns the value of the "origin" field in the mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) PackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) PackageNameID() (r int, exists bool)

PackageNameID returns the value of the "package_name_id" field in the mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) PackageNameIDCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) PackageNameIDCleared() bool

PackageNameIDCleared returns if the "package_name_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) PackageVersionCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) PackageVersionCleared() bool

PackageVersionCleared reports if the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity was cleared.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) PackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) PackageVersionID() (r int, exists bool)

PackageVersionID returns the value of the "package_version_id" field in the mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) PackageVersionIDCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) PackageVersionIDCleared() bool

PackageVersionIDCleared returns if the "package_version_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) PackageVersionIDs added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) PackageVersionIDs() (ids []int)

PackageVersionIDs returns the "package_version" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use PackageVersionID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) RemovedEdges added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) RemovedIDs added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ResetAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ResetAllVersions()

ResetAllVersions resets all changes to the "all_versions" edge.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ResetArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ResetArtifact()

ResetArtifact resets all changes to the "artifact" edge.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ResetArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ResetArtifactID()

ResetArtifactID resets all changes to the "artifact_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ResetCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ResetCollector()

ResetCollector resets all changes to the "collector" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ResetEdge added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ResetEmail added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ResetEmail()

ResetEmail resets all changes to the "email" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ResetField added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ResetInfo added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ResetInfo()

ResetInfo resets all changes to the "info" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ResetJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ResetJustification()

ResetJustification resets all changes to the "justification" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ResetOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ResetOrigin()

ResetOrigin resets all changes to the "origin" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ResetPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ResetPackageNameID()

ResetPackageNameID resets all changes to the "package_name_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ResetPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ResetPackageVersion()

ResetPackageVersion resets all changes to the "package_version" edge.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ResetPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ResetPackageVersionID()

ResetPackageVersionID resets all changes to the "package_version_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ResetSince added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ResetSince()

ResetSince resets all changes to the "since" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ResetSource added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ResetSource()

ResetSource resets all changes to the "source" edge.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) ResetSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) ResetSourceID()

ResetSourceID resets all changes to the "source_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) SetAllVersionsID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) SetAllVersionsID(id int)

SetAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by id.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) SetArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) SetArtifactID(i int)

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) SetCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) SetCollector(s string)

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) SetEmail added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) SetEmail(s string)

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) SetField added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) SetInfo added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) SetInfo(s string)

SetInfo sets the "info" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) SetJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) SetJustification(s string)

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) SetOp added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) SetOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) SetOrigin(s string)

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) SetPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) SetPackageNameID(i int)

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) SetPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) SetPackageVersionID(i int)

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) SetSince added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) SetSince(t time.Time)

SetSince sets the "since" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) SetSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) SetSourceID(i int)

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) Since added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) Since() (r time.Time, exists bool)

Since returns the value of the "since" field in the mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) SourceCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) SourceCleared() bool

SourceCleared reports if the "source" edge to the SourceName entity was cleared.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) SourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) SourceID() (r int, exists bool)

SourceID returns the value of the "source_id" field in the mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) SourceIDCleared added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) SourceIDCleared() bool

SourceIDCleared returns if the "source_id" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) SourceIDs added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) SourceIDs() (ids []int)

SourceIDs returns the "source" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use SourceID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (PointOfContactMutation) Tx added in v0.2.1 

func (m PointOfContactMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) Type added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (PointOfContact).

func (*PointOfContactMutation) Where added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.PointOfContact)

Where appends a list predicates to the PointOfContactMutation builder.

func (*PointOfContactMutation) WhereP added in v0.2.1 

func (m *PointOfContactMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the PointOfContactMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type PointOfContactOrder added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection            `json:"direction"`
	Field     *PointOfContactOrderField `json:"field"`
}

PointOfContactOrder defines the ordering of PointOfContact.

type PointOfContactOrderField added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given PointOfContact.
	Value func(*PointOfContact) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PointOfContactOrderField defines the ordering field of PointOfContact.

type PointOfContactPaginateOption added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactPaginateOption func(*pointofcontactPager) error

PointOfContactPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithPointOfContactFilter added in v0.2.1 

func WithPointOfContactFilter(filter func(*PointOfContactQuery) (*PointOfContactQuery, error)) PointOfContactPaginateOption

WithPointOfContactFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithPointOfContactOrder added in v0.2.1 

func WithPointOfContactOrder(order *PointOfContactOrder) PointOfContactPaginateOption

WithPointOfContactOrder configures pagination ordering.

type PointOfContactQuery added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PointOfContactQuery is the builder for querying PointOfContact entities.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) Aggregate added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PointOfContactSelect

Aggregate returns a PointOfContactSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) All added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*PointOfContact, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of PointOfContacts.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) AllX added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*PointOfContact

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) Clone added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) Clone() *PointOfContactQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the PointOfContactQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) CollectFields added in v0.2.1 

func (poc *PointOfContactQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*PointOfContactQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) Count added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) CountX added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) Exist added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) ExistX added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) First added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*PointOfContact, error)

First returns the first PointOfContact entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no PointOfContact was found.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) FirstID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first PointOfContact ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no PointOfContact ID was found.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) FirstIDX added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) FirstX added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *PointOfContact

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) GroupBy added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *PointOfContactGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	SourceID int `json:"source_id,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.PointOfContact.Query().
	GroupBy(pointofcontact.FieldSourceID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*PointOfContactQuery) IDs added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of PointOfContact IDs.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) IDsX added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) Limit added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) Limit(limit int) *PointOfContactQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) Offset added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) Offset(offset int) *PointOfContactQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) Only added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*PointOfContact, error)

Only returns a single PointOfContact entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one PointOfContact entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no PointOfContact entities are found.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) OnlyID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only PointOfContact ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one PointOfContact ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) OnlyIDX added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) OnlyX added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *PointOfContact

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) Order added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) Order(o ...pointofcontact.OrderOption) *PointOfContactQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) Paginate added in v0.2.1 

func (poc *PointOfContactQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...PointOfContactPaginateOption,
) (*PointOfContactConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to PointOfContact.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) QueryAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) QueryAllVersions() *PackageNameQuery

QueryAllVersions chains the current query on the "all_versions" edge.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) QueryArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) QueryArtifact() *ArtifactQuery

QueryArtifact chains the current query on the "artifact" edge.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) QueryPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) QueryPackageVersion() *PackageVersionQuery

QueryPackageVersion chains the current query on the "package_version" edge.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) QuerySource added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) QuerySource() *SourceNameQuery

QuerySource chains the current query on the "source" edge.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) Select added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) Select(fields ...string) *PointOfContactSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	SourceID int `json:"source_id,omitempty"`
}

client.PointOfContact.Query().
	Select(pointofcontact.FieldSourceID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*PointOfContactQuery) Unique added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) Unique(unique bool) *PointOfContactQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) Where added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.PointOfContact) *PointOfContactQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the PointOfContactQuery builder.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) WithAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) WithAllVersions(opts ...func(*PackageNameQuery)) *PointOfContactQuery

WithAllVersions tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "all_versions" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) WithArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) WithArtifact(opts ...func(*ArtifactQuery)) *PointOfContactQuery

WithArtifact tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "artifact" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) WithPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) WithPackageVersion(opts ...func(*PackageVersionQuery)) *PointOfContactQuery

WithPackageVersion tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "package_version" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*PointOfContactQuery) WithSource added in v0.2.1 

func (pocq *PointOfContactQuery) WithSource(opts ...func(*SourceNameQuery)) *PointOfContactQuery

WithSource tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "source" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type PointOfContactSelect added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactSelect struct {
	*PointOfContactQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PointOfContactSelect is the builder for selecting fields of PointOfContact entities.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) Aggregate added in v0.2.1 

func (pocs *PointOfContactSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *PointOfContactSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) Bool added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) BoolX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) Bools added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) BoolsX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) Float64 added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) Float64X added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) Float64s added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) Float64sX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) Int added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) IntX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) Ints added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) IntsX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) Scan added in v0.2.1 

func (pocs *PointOfContactSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) ScanX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) String added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) StringX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) Strings added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*PointOfContactSelect) StringsX added in v0.2.1 

func (s *PointOfContactSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type PointOfContactUpdate added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PointOfContactUpdate is the builder for updating PointOfContact entities.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) ClearAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) ClearAllVersions() *PointOfContactUpdate

ClearAllVersions clears the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) ClearArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) ClearArtifact() *PointOfContactUpdate

ClearArtifact clears the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) ClearArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) ClearArtifactID() *PointOfContactUpdate

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) ClearPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) ClearPackageNameID() *PointOfContactUpdate

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) ClearPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) ClearPackageVersion() *PointOfContactUpdate

ClearPackageVersion clears the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) ClearPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) ClearPackageVersionID() *PointOfContactUpdate

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) ClearSource added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) ClearSource() *PointOfContactUpdate

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) ClearSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) ClearSourceID() *PointOfContactUpdate

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) Exec added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) ExecX added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) Mutation added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) Mutation() *PointOfContactMutation

Mutation returns the PointOfContactMutation object of the builder.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) Save added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SaveX added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetAllVersions(p *PackageName) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetAllVersions sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetAllVersionsID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetAllVersionsID(id int) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetArtifact(a *Artifact) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetArtifact sets the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetArtifactID(i int) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetCollector(s string) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetEmail added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetEmail(s string) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetInfo added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetInfo(s string) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetInfo sets the "info" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetJustification(s string) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetNillableAllVersionsID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetNillableAllVersionsID(id *int) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetNillableAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetNillableArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetNillableArtifactID(i *int) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetNillableArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetNillablePackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetNillablePackageNameID(i *int) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetNillablePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetNillablePackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetNillablePackageVersionID(i *int) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetNillablePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetNillableSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetNillableSourceID(i *int) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetNillableSourceID sets the "source_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetOrigin(s string) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetPackageNameID(i int) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetPackageVersion(p *PackageVersion) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetPackageVersion sets the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetPackageVersionID(i int) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetSince added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetSince(t time.Time) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetSince sets the "since" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetSource added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetSource(s *SourceName) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) SetSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) SetSourceID(i int) *PointOfContactUpdate

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdate) Where added in v0.2.1 

func (pocu *PointOfContactUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.PointOfContact) *PointOfContactUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the PointOfContactUpdate builder.

type PointOfContactUpdateOne added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PointOfContactUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single PointOfContact entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) ClearAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) ClearAllVersions() *PointOfContactUpdateOne

ClearAllVersions clears the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) ClearArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) ClearArtifact() *PointOfContactUpdateOne

ClearArtifact clears the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) ClearArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) ClearArtifactID() *PointOfContactUpdateOne

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) ClearPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) ClearPackageNameID() *PointOfContactUpdateOne

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) ClearPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) ClearPackageVersion() *PointOfContactUpdateOne

ClearPackageVersion clears the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) ClearPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) ClearPackageVersionID() *PointOfContactUpdateOne

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) ClearSource added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) ClearSource() *PointOfContactUpdateOne

ClearSource clears the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) ClearSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) ClearSourceID() *PointOfContactUpdateOne

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) Exec added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) ExecX added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) Mutation added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) Mutation() *PointOfContactMutation

Mutation returns the PointOfContactMutation object of the builder.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) Save added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*PointOfContact, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated PointOfContact entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SaveX added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *PointOfContact

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) Select added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetAllVersions added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetAllVersions(p *PackageName) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetAllVersions sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetAllVersionsID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetAllVersionsID(id int) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetArtifact added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetArtifact(a *Artifact) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetArtifact sets the "artifact" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetArtifactID(i int) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetCollector(s string) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetEmail added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetEmail(s string) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetInfo added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetInfo(s string) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetInfo sets the "info" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetJustification(s string) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetNillableAllVersionsID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetNillableAllVersionsID(id *int) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetNillableAllVersionsID sets the "all_versions" edge to the PackageName entity by ID if the given value is not nil.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetNillableArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetNillableArtifactID(i *int) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetNillableArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageNameID(i *int) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetNillablePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetNillablePackageVersionID(i *int) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetNillablePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetNillableSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetNillableSourceID(i *int) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetNillableSourceID sets the "source_id" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetOrigin(s string) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetPackageNameID(i int) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetPackageVersion added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetPackageVersion(p *PackageVersion) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetPackageVersion sets the "package_version" edge to the PackageVersion entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetPackageVersionID(i int) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetSince added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetSince(t time.Time) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetSince sets the "since" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetSource added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetSource(s *SourceName) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetSource sets the "source" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) SetSourceID(i int) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpdateOne) Where added in v0.2.1 

func (pocuo *PointOfContactUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.PointOfContact) *PointOfContactUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the PointOfContactUpdate builder.

type PointOfContactUpsert added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

PointOfContactUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) ClearArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) ClearArtifactID() *PointOfContactUpsert

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) ClearPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) ClearPackageNameID() *PointOfContactUpsert

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) ClearPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) ClearPackageVersionID() *PointOfContactUpsert

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) ClearSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) ClearSourceID() *PointOfContactUpsert

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) SetArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) SetArtifactID(v int) *PointOfContactUpsert

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) SetCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) SetCollector(v string) *PointOfContactUpsert

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) SetEmail added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) SetEmail(v string) *PointOfContactUpsert

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) SetInfo added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) SetInfo(v string) *PointOfContactUpsert

SetInfo sets the "info" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) SetJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) SetJustification(v string) *PointOfContactUpsert

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) SetOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) SetOrigin(v string) *PointOfContactUpsert

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) SetPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) SetPackageNameID(v int) *PointOfContactUpsert

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) SetPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) SetPackageVersionID(v int) *PointOfContactUpsert

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) SetSince added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) SetSince(v time.Time) *PointOfContactUpsert

SetSince sets the "since" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) SetSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) SetSourceID(v int) *PointOfContactUpsert

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) UpdateArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) UpdateArtifactID() *PointOfContactUpsert

UpdateArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) UpdateCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) UpdateCollector() *PointOfContactUpsert

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) UpdateEmail added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) UpdateEmail() *PointOfContactUpsert

UpdateEmail sets the "email" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) UpdateInfo added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) UpdateInfo() *PointOfContactUpsert

UpdateInfo sets the "info" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) UpdateJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) UpdateJustification() *PointOfContactUpsert

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) UpdateOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) UpdateOrigin() *PointOfContactUpsert

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) UpdatePackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) UpdatePackageNameID() *PointOfContactUpsert

UpdatePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) UpdatePackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) UpdatePackageVersionID() *PointOfContactUpsert

UpdatePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) UpdateSince added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) UpdateSince() *PointOfContactUpsert

UpdateSince sets the "since" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsert) UpdateSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsert) UpdateSourceID() *PointOfContactUpsert

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type PointOfContactUpsertBulk added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PointOfContactUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of PointOfContact nodes.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) ClearArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) ClearArtifactID() *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) ClearPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) ClearPackageNameID() *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) ClearPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) ClearPackageVersionID() *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) ClearSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) ClearSourceID() *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) DoNothing added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) Exec added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) ExecX added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) Ignore added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) Ignore() *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PointOfContact.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetArtifactID(v int) *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetCollector(v string) *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetEmail added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetEmail(v string) *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetInfo added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetInfo(v string) *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

SetInfo sets the "info" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetJustification(v string) *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetOrigin(v string) *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetPackageNameID(v int) *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetPackageVersionID(v int) *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetSince added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetSince(v time.Time) *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

SetSince sets the "since" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) SetSourceID(v int) *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) Update added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*PointOfContactUpsert)) *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the PointOfContactCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdateArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdateArtifactID() *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

UpdateArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector() *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdateEmail added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdateEmail() *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

UpdateEmail sets the "email" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdateInfo added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdateInfo() *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

UpdateInfo sets the "info" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification() *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PointOfContact.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin() *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageNameID() *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

UpdatePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdatePackageVersionID() *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

UpdatePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdateSince added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdateSince() *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

UpdateSince sets the "since" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdateSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertBulk) UpdateSourceID() *PointOfContactUpsertBulk

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type PointOfContactUpsertOne added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContactUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

PointOfContactUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one PointOfContact node.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) ClearArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) ClearArtifactID() *PointOfContactUpsertOne

ClearArtifactID clears the value of the "artifact_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) ClearPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) ClearPackageNameID() *PointOfContactUpsertOne

ClearPackageNameID clears the value of the "package_name_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) ClearPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) ClearPackageVersionID() *PointOfContactUpsertOne

ClearPackageVersionID clears the value of the "package_version_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) ClearSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) ClearSourceID() *PointOfContactUpsertOne

ClearSourceID clears the value of the "source_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) DoNothing added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) DoNothing() *PointOfContactUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) Exec added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) ExecX added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) ID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) IDX added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) Ignore added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) Ignore() *PointOfContactUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PointOfContact.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetArtifactID(v int) *PointOfContactUpsertOne

SetArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetCollector(v string) *PointOfContactUpsertOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetEmail added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetEmail(v string) *PointOfContactUpsertOne

SetEmail sets the "email" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetInfo added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetInfo(v string) *PointOfContactUpsertOne

SetInfo sets the "info" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetJustification(v string) *PointOfContactUpsertOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetOrigin(v string) *PointOfContactUpsertOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetPackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetPackageNameID(v int) *PointOfContactUpsertOne

SetPackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetPackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetPackageVersionID(v int) *PointOfContactUpsertOne

SetPackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetSince added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetSince(v time.Time) *PointOfContactUpsertOne

SetSince sets the "since" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) SetSourceID(v int) *PointOfContactUpsertOne

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) Update added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) Update(set func(*PointOfContactUpsert)) *PointOfContactUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the PointOfContactCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdateArtifactID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdateArtifactID() *PointOfContactUpsertOne

UpdateArtifactID sets the "artifact_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdateCollector added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdateCollector() *PointOfContactUpsertOne

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdateEmail added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdateEmail() *PointOfContactUpsertOne

UpdateEmail sets the "email" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdateInfo added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdateInfo() *PointOfContactUpsertOne

UpdateInfo sets the "info" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdateJustification added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdateJustification() *PointOfContactUpsertOne

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *PointOfContactUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.PointOfContact.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin() *PointOfContactUpsertOne

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdatePackageNameID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdatePackageNameID() *PointOfContactUpsertOne

UpdatePackageNameID sets the "package_name_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdatePackageVersionID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdatePackageVersionID() *PointOfContactUpsertOne

UpdatePackageVersionID sets the "package_version_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdateSince added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdateSince() *PointOfContactUpsertOne

UpdateSince sets the "since" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdateSourceID added in v0.2.1 

func (u *PointOfContactUpsertOne) UpdateSourceID() *PointOfContactUpsertOne

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type PointOfContacts added in v0.2.1 

type PointOfContacts []*PointOfContact

PointOfContacts is a parsable slice of PointOfContact.

type Policy 

type Policy = ent.Policy

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type Querier 

type Querier = ent.Querier

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type QuerierFunc 

type QuerierFunc = ent.QuerierFunc

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type Query 

type Query = ent.Query

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type QueryContext 

type QueryContext = ent.QueryContext

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type RollbackFunc 

type RollbackFunc func(context.Context, *Tx) error

The RollbackFunc type is an adapter to allow the use of ordinary function as a Rollbacker. If f is a function with the appropriate signature, RollbackFunc(f) is a Rollbacker that calls f.

func (RollbackFunc) Rollback 

func (f RollbackFunc) Rollback(ctx context.Context, tx *Tx) error

Rollback calls f(ctx, m).

type RollbackHook 

type RollbackHook func(Rollbacker) Rollbacker

RollbackHook defines the "rollback middleware". A function that gets a Rollbacker and returns a Rollbacker. For example: 

hook := func(next ent.Rollbacker) ent.Rollbacker {
	return ent.RollbackFunc(func(ctx context.Context, tx *ent.Tx) error {
		// Do some stuff before.
		if err := next.Rollback(ctx, tx); err != nil {
			return err
		}
		// Do some stuff after.
		return nil
	})
}

type Rollbacker 

type Rollbacker interface {
	Rollback(context.Context, *Tx) error
}

Rollbacker is the interface that wraps the Rollback method.

type SLSAAttestation 

type SLSAAttestation struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Type of the builder
	BuildType string `json:"build_type,omitempty"`
	// ID of the builder
	BuiltByID int `json:"built_by_id,omitempty"`
	// ID of the subject artifact
	SubjectID int `json:"subject_id,omitempty"`
	// Individual predicates found in the attestation
	SlsaPredicate []*model.SLSAPredicate `json:"slsa_predicate,omitempty"`
	// Version of the SLSA predicate
	SlsaVersion string `json:"slsa_version,omitempty"`
	// Timestamp of build start time
	StartedOn *time.Time `json:"started_on,omitempty"`
	// Timestamp of build end time
	FinishedOn *time.Time `json:"finished_on,omitempty"`
	// Document from which this attestation is generated from
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
	// GUAC collector for the document
	Collector string `json:"collector,omitempty"`
	// Hash of the artifacts that was built
	BuiltFromHash string `json:"built_from_hash,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the SLSAAttestationQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges SLSAAttestationEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SLSAAttestation is the model entity for the SLSAAttestation schema.

func (*SLSAAttestation) BuiltBy 

func (sa *SLSAAttestation) BuiltBy(ctx context.Context) (*Builder, error)

func (*SLSAAttestation) BuiltFrom 

func (sa *SLSAAttestation) BuiltFrom(ctx context.Context) (result []*Artifact, err error)

func (*SLSAAttestation) IsNode 

func (n *SLSAAttestation) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*SLSAAttestation) NamedBuiltFrom 

func (sa *SLSAAttestation) NamedBuiltFrom(name string) ([]*Artifact, error)

NamedBuiltFrom returns the BuiltFrom named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*SLSAAttestation) QueryBuiltBy 

func (sa *SLSAAttestation) QueryBuiltBy() *BuilderQuery

QueryBuiltBy queries the "built_by" edge of the SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*SLSAAttestation) QueryBuiltFrom 

func (sa *SLSAAttestation) QueryBuiltFrom() *ArtifactQuery

QueryBuiltFrom queries the "built_from" edge of the SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*SLSAAttestation) QuerySubject 

func (sa *SLSAAttestation) QuerySubject() *ArtifactQuery

QuerySubject queries the "subject" edge of the SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*SLSAAttestation) String 

func (sa *SLSAAttestation) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*SLSAAttestation) Subject 

func (sa *SLSAAttestation) Subject(ctx context.Context) (*Artifact, error)

func (*SLSAAttestation) ToEdge 

func (sa *SLSAAttestation) ToEdge(order *SLSAAttestationOrder) *SLSAAttestationEdge

ToEdge converts SLSAAttestation into SLSAAttestationEdge.

func (*SLSAAttestation) Unwrap 

func (sa *SLSAAttestation) Unwrap() *SLSAAttestation

Unwrap unwraps the SLSAAttestation entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*SLSAAttestation) Update 

func (sa *SLSAAttestation) Update() *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this SLSAAttestation. Note that you need to call SLSAAttestation.Unwrap() before calling this method if this SLSAAttestation was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*SLSAAttestation) Value 

func (sa *SLSAAttestation) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the SLSAAttestation. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type SLSAAttestationClient 

type SLSAAttestationClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SLSAAttestationClient is a client for the SLSAAttestation schema.

func NewSLSAAttestationClient 

func NewSLSAAttestationClient(c config) *SLSAAttestationClient

NewSLSAAttestationClient returns a client for the SLSAAttestation from the given config.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) Create 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) Create() *SLSAAttestationCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*SLSAAttestationCreate) *SLSAAttestationCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of SLSAAttestation entities.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) Delete 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) Delete() *SLSAAttestationDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for SLSAAttestation.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) DeleteOne(sa *SLSAAttestation) *SLSAAttestationDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *SLSAAttestationDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) Get 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*SLSAAttestation, error)

Get returns a SLSAAttestation entity by its id.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) GetX 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *SLSAAttestation

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) Hooks 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) Intercept 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `slsaattestation.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) Interceptors 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*SLSAAttestationCreate, int)) *SLSAAttestationCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) Query 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) Query() *SLSAAttestationQuery

Query returns a query builder for SLSAAttestation.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) QueryBuiltBy 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) QueryBuiltBy(sa *SLSAAttestation) *BuilderQuery

QueryBuiltBy queries the built_by edge of a SLSAAttestation.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) QueryBuiltFrom 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) QueryBuiltFrom(sa *SLSAAttestation) *ArtifactQuery

QueryBuiltFrom queries the built_from edge of a SLSAAttestation.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) QuerySubject 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) QuerySubject(sa *SLSAAttestation) *ArtifactQuery

QuerySubject queries the subject edge of a SLSAAttestation.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) Update 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) Update() *SLSAAttestationUpdate

Update returns an update builder for SLSAAttestation.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) UpdateOne(sa *SLSAAttestation) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*SLSAAttestationClient) Use 

func (c *SLSAAttestationClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `slsaattestation.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type SLSAAttestationConnection 

type SLSAAttestationConnection struct {
	Edges      []*SLSAAttestationEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo               `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int                    `json:"totalCount"`
}

SLSAAttestationConnection is the connection containing edges to SLSAAttestation.

type SLSAAttestationCreate 

type SLSAAttestationCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SLSAAttestationCreate is the builder for creating a SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) AddBuiltFrom 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) AddBuiltFrom(a ...*Artifact) *SLSAAttestationCreate

AddBuiltFrom adds the "built_from" edges to the Artifact entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) AddBuiltFromIDs 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) AddBuiltFromIDs(ids ...int) *SLSAAttestationCreate

AddBuiltFromIDs adds the "built_from" edge to the Artifact entity by IDs.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) Exec 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) ExecX 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) Mutation 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) Mutation() *SLSAAttestationMutation

Mutation returns the SLSAAttestationMutation object of the builder.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) OnConflict 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.SLSAAttestation.Create().
	SetBuildType(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.SLSAAttestationUpsert) {
		SetBuildType(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SLSAAttestation.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) Save 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*SLSAAttestation, error)

Save creates the SLSAAttestation in the database.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) SaveX 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *SLSAAttestation

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) SetBuildType 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) SetBuildType(s string) *SLSAAttestationCreate

SetBuildType sets the "build_type" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) SetBuiltBy 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) SetBuiltBy(b *Builder) *SLSAAttestationCreate

SetBuiltBy sets the "built_by" edge to the Builder entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) SetBuiltByID 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) SetBuiltByID(i int) *SLSAAttestationCreate

SetBuiltByID sets the "built_by_id" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) SetBuiltFromHash 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) SetBuiltFromHash(s string) *SLSAAttestationCreate

SetBuiltFromHash sets the "built_from_hash" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) SetCollector 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) SetCollector(s string) *SLSAAttestationCreate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) SetFinishedOn 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) SetFinishedOn(t time.Time) *SLSAAttestationCreate

SetFinishedOn sets the "finished_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) SetNillableFinishedOn 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) SetNillableFinishedOn(t *time.Time) *SLSAAttestationCreate

SetNillableFinishedOn sets the "finished_on" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) SetNillableStartedOn 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) SetNillableStartedOn(t *time.Time) *SLSAAttestationCreate

SetNillableStartedOn sets the "started_on" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) SetOrigin 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) SetOrigin(s string) *SLSAAttestationCreate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) SetSlsaPredicate 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) SetSlsaPredicate(mp []*model.SLSAPredicate) *SLSAAttestationCreate

SetSlsaPredicate sets the "slsa_predicate" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) SetSlsaVersion 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) SetSlsaVersion(s string) *SLSAAttestationCreate

SetSlsaVersion sets the "slsa_version" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) SetStartedOn 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) SetStartedOn(t time.Time) *SLSAAttestationCreate

SetStartedOn sets the "started_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) SetSubject 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) SetSubject(a *Artifact) *SLSAAttestationCreate

SetSubject sets the "subject" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreate) SetSubjectID 

func (sac *SLSAAttestationCreate) SetSubjectID(i int) *SLSAAttestationCreate

SetSubjectID sets the "subject_id" field.

type SLSAAttestationCreateBulk 

type SLSAAttestationCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SLSAAttestationCreateBulk is the builder for creating many SLSAAttestation entities in bulk.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreateBulk) Exec 

func (sacb *SLSAAttestationCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (sacb *SLSAAttestationCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (sacb *SLSAAttestationCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.SLSAAttestation.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.SLSAAttestationUpsert) {
		SetBuildType(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SLSAAttestationCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (sacb *SLSAAttestationCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SLSAAttestation.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SLSAAttestationCreateBulk) Save 

func (sacb *SLSAAttestationCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*SLSAAttestation, error)

Save creates the SLSAAttestation entities in the database.

func (*SLSAAttestationCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (sacb *SLSAAttestationCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*SLSAAttestation

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type SLSAAttestationDelete 

type SLSAAttestationDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SLSAAttestationDelete is the builder for deleting a SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationDelete) Exec 

func (sad *SLSAAttestationDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*SLSAAttestationDelete) ExecX 

func (sad *SLSAAttestationDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationDelete) Where 

func (sad *SLSAAttestationDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.SLSAAttestation) *SLSAAttestationDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the SLSAAttestationDelete builder.

type SLSAAttestationDeleteOne 

type SLSAAttestationDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SLSAAttestationDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationDeleteOne) Exec 

func (sado *SLSAAttestationDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*SLSAAttestationDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (sado *SLSAAttestationDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationDeleteOne) Where 

func (sado *SLSAAttestationDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.SLSAAttestation) *SLSAAttestationDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the SLSAAttestationDelete builder.

type SLSAAttestationEdge 

type SLSAAttestationEdge struct {
	Node   *SLSAAttestation `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor           `json:"cursor"`
}

SLSAAttestationEdge is the edge representation of SLSAAttestation.

type SLSAAttestationEdges 

type SLSAAttestationEdges struct {
	// BuiltFrom holds the value of the built_from edge.
	BuiltFrom []*Artifact `json:"built_from,omitempty"`
	// BuiltBy holds the value of the built_by edge.
	BuiltBy *Builder `json:"built_by,omitempty"`
	// Subject holds the value of the subject edge.
	Subject *Artifact `json:"subject,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SLSAAttestationEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (SLSAAttestationEdges) BuiltByOrErr 

func (e SLSAAttestationEdges) BuiltByOrErr() (*Builder, error)

BuiltByOrErr returns the BuiltBy value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (SLSAAttestationEdges) BuiltFromOrErr 

func (e SLSAAttestationEdges) BuiltFromOrErr() ([]*Artifact, error)

BuiltFromOrErr returns the BuiltFrom value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (SLSAAttestationEdges) SubjectOrErr 

func (e SLSAAttestationEdges) SubjectOrErr() (*Artifact, error)

SubjectOrErr returns the Subject value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type SLSAAttestationGroupBy 

type SLSAAttestationGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SLSAAttestationGroupBy is the group-by builder for SLSAAttestation entities.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (sagb *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *SLSAAttestationGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Int 

func (s *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Scan 

func (sagb *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) String 

func (s *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SLSAAttestationGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *SLSAAttestationGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type SLSAAttestationMutation 

type SLSAAttestationMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SLSAAttestationMutation represents an operation that mutates the SLSAAttestation nodes in the graph.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) AddBuiltFromIDs 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) AddBuiltFromIDs(ids ...int)

AddBuiltFromIDs adds the "built_from" edge to the Artifact entity by ids.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) AddField 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) AddedField 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) AppendSlsaPredicate 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) AppendSlsaPredicate(mp []*model.SLSAPredicate)

AppendSlsaPredicate adds mp to the "slsa_predicate" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) AppendedSlsaPredicate 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) AppendedSlsaPredicate() ([]*model.SLSAPredicate, bool)

AppendedSlsaPredicate returns the list of values that were appended to the "slsa_predicate" field in this mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) BuildType 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) BuildType() (r string, exists bool)

BuildType returns the value of the "build_type" field in the mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) BuiltByCleared 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) BuiltByCleared() bool

BuiltByCleared reports if the "built_by" edge to the Builder entity was cleared.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) BuiltByID 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) BuiltByID() (r int, exists bool)

BuiltByID returns the value of the "built_by_id" field in the mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) BuiltByIDs 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) BuiltByIDs() (ids []int)

BuiltByIDs returns the "built_by" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use BuiltByID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) BuiltFromCleared 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) BuiltFromCleared() bool

BuiltFromCleared reports if the "built_from" edge to the Artifact entity was cleared.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) BuiltFromHash 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) BuiltFromHash() (r string, exists bool)

BuiltFromHash returns the value of the "built_from_hash" field in the mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) BuiltFromIDs 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) BuiltFromIDs() (ids []int)

BuiltFromIDs returns the "built_from" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearBuiltBy 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearBuiltBy()

ClearBuiltBy clears the "built_by" edge to the Builder entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearBuiltFrom 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearBuiltFrom()

ClearBuiltFrom clears the "built_from" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearField 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearFinishedOn 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearFinishedOn()

ClearFinishedOn clears the value of the "finished_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearSlsaPredicate 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearSlsaPredicate()

ClearSlsaPredicate clears the value of the "slsa_predicate" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearStartedOn 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearStartedOn()

ClearStartedOn clears the value of the "started_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearSubject 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearSubject()

ClearSubject clears the "subject" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (SLSAAttestationMutation) Client 

func (m SLSAAttestationMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) Collector 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) Collector() (r string, exists bool)

Collector returns the value of the "collector" field in the mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) Field 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) Fields 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) FinishedOn 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) FinishedOn() (r time.Time, exists bool)

FinishedOn returns the value of the "finished_on" field in the mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) FinishedOnCleared 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) FinishedOnCleared() bool

FinishedOnCleared returns if the "finished_on" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ID 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) IDs 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) OldBuildType 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) OldBuildType(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldBuildType returns the old "build_type" field's value of the SLSAAttestation entity. If the SLSAAttestation object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) OldBuiltByID 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) OldBuiltByID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldBuiltByID returns the old "built_by_id" field's value of the SLSAAttestation entity. If the SLSAAttestation object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) OldBuiltFromHash 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) OldBuiltFromHash(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldBuiltFromHash returns the old "built_from_hash" field's value of the SLSAAttestation entity. If the SLSAAttestation object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) OldCollector 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) OldCollector(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldCollector returns the old "collector" field's value of the SLSAAttestation entity. If the SLSAAttestation object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) OldField 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) OldFinishedOn 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) OldFinishedOn(ctx context.Context) (v *time.Time, err error)

OldFinishedOn returns the old "finished_on" field's value of the SLSAAttestation entity. If the SLSAAttestation object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) OldOrigin 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) OldOrigin(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldOrigin returns the old "origin" field's value of the SLSAAttestation entity. If the SLSAAttestation object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) OldSlsaPredicate 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) OldSlsaPredicate(ctx context.Context) (v []*model.SLSAPredicate, err error)

OldSlsaPredicate returns the old "slsa_predicate" field's value of the SLSAAttestation entity. If the SLSAAttestation object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) OldSlsaVersion 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) OldSlsaVersion(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldSlsaVersion returns the old "slsa_version" field's value of the SLSAAttestation entity. If the SLSAAttestation object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) OldStartedOn 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) OldStartedOn(ctx context.Context) (v *time.Time, err error)

OldStartedOn returns the old "started_on" field's value of the SLSAAttestation entity. If the SLSAAttestation object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) OldSubjectID 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) OldSubjectID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldSubjectID returns the old "subject_id" field's value of the SLSAAttestation entity. If the SLSAAttestation object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) Op 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) Origin 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) Origin() (r string, exists bool)

Origin returns the value of the "origin" field in the mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) RemoveBuiltFromIDs 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) RemoveBuiltFromIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveBuiltFromIDs removes the "built_from" edge to the Artifact entity by IDs.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) RemovedBuiltFromIDs 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) RemovedBuiltFromIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedBuiltFrom returns the removed IDs of the "built_from" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetBuildType 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetBuildType()

ResetBuildType resets all changes to the "build_type" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetBuiltBy 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetBuiltBy()

ResetBuiltBy resets all changes to the "built_by" edge.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetBuiltByID 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetBuiltByID()

ResetBuiltByID resets all changes to the "built_by_id" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetBuiltFrom 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetBuiltFrom()

ResetBuiltFrom resets all changes to the "built_from" edge.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetBuiltFromHash 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetBuiltFromHash()

ResetBuiltFromHash resets all changes to the "built_from_hash" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetCollector 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetCollector()

ResetCollector resets all changes to the "collector" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetField 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetFinishedOn 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetFinishedOn()

ResetFinishedOn resets all changes to the "finished_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetOrigin 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetOrigin()

ResetOrigin resets all changes to the "origin" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetSlsaPredicate 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetSlsaPredicate()

ResetSlsaPredicate resets all changes to the "slsa_predicate" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetSlsaVersion 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetSlsaVersion()

ResetSlsaVersion resets all changes to the "slsa_version" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetStartedOn 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetStartedOn()

ResetStartedOn resets all changes to the "started_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetSubject 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetSubject()

ResetSubject resets all changes to the "subject" edge.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetSubjectID 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) ResetSubjectID()

ResetSubjectID resets all changes to the "subject_id" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) SetBuildType 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) SetBuildType(s string)

SetBuildType sets the "build_type" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) SetBuiltByID 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) SetBuiltByID(i int)

SetBuiltByID sets the "built_by_id" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) SetBuiltFromHash 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) SetBuiltFromHash(s string)

SetBuiltFromHash sets the "built_from_hash" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) SetCollector 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) SetCollector(s string)

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) SetField 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) SetFinishedOn 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) SetFinishedOn(t time.Time)

SetFinishedOn sets the "finished_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) SetOp 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) SetOrigin 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) SetOrigin(s string)

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) SetSlsaPredicate 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) SetSlsaPredicate(mp []*model.SLSAPredicate)

SetSlsaPredicate sets the "slsa_predicate" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) SetSlsaVersion 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) SetSlsaVersion(s string)

SetSlsaVersion sets the "slsa_version" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) SetStartedOn 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) SetStartedOn(t time.Time)

SetStartedOn sets the "started_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) SetSubjectID 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) SetSubjectID(i int)

SetSubjectID sets the "subject_id" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) SlsaPredicate 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) SlsaPredicate() (r []*model.SLSAPredicate, exists bool)

SlsaPredicate returns the value of the "slsa_predicate" field in the mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) SlsaPredicateCleared 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) SlsaPredicateCleared() bool

SlsaPredicateCleared returns if the "slsa_predicate" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) SlsaVersion 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) SlsaVersion() (r string, exists bool)

SlsaVersion returns the value of the "slsa_version" field in the mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) StartedOn 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) StartedOn() (r time.Time, exists bool)

StartedOn returns the value of the "started_on" field in the mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) StartedOnCleared 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) StartedOnCleared() bool

StartedOnCleared returns if the "started_on" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) SubjectCleared 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) SubjectCleared() bool

SubjectCleared reports if the "subject" edge to the Artifact entity was cleared.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) SubjectID 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) SubjectID() (r int, exists bool)

SubjectID returns the value of the "subject_id" field in the mutation.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) SubjectIDs 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) SubjectIDs() (ids []int)

SubjectIDs returns the "subject" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use SubjectID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (SLSAAttestationMutation) Tx 

func (m SLSAAttestationMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) Type 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (SLSAAttestation).

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) Where 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.SLSAAttestation)

Where appends a list predicates to the SLSAAttestationMutation builder.

func (*SLSAAttestationMutation) WhereP 

func (m *SLSAAttestationMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the SLSAAttestationMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type SLSAAttestationOrder 

type SLSAAttestationOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection             `json:"direction"`
	Field     *SLSAAttestationOrderField `json:"field"`
}

SLSAAttestationOrder defines the ordering of SLSAAttestation.

type SLSAAttestationOrderField 

type SLSAAttestationOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given SLSAAttestation.
	Value func(*SLSAAttestation) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SLSAAttestationOrderField defines the ordering field of SLSAAttestation.

type SLSAAttestationPaginateOption 

type SLSAAttestationPaginateOption func(*slsaattestationPager) error

SLSAAttestationPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithSLSAAttestationFilter 

func WithSLSAAttestationFilter(filter func(*SLSAAttestationQuery) (*SLSAAttestationQuery, error)) SLSAAttestationPaginateOption

WithSLSAAttestationFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithSLSAAttestationOrder 

func WithSLSAAttestationOrder(order *SLSAAttestationOrder) SLSAAttestationPaginateOption

WithSLSAAttestationOrder configures pagination ordering.

type SLSAAttestationQuery 

type SLSAAttestationQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SLSAAttestationQuery is the builder for querying SLSAAttestation entities.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) Aggregate 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *SLSAAttestationSelect

Aggregate returns a SLSAAttestationSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) All 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*SLSAAttestation, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of SLSAAttestations.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) AllX 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*SLSAAttestation

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) Clone 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) Clone() *SLSAAttestationQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the SLSAAttestationQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) CollectFields 

func (sa *SLSAAttestationQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*SLSAAttestationQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) Count 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) CountX 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) Exist 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) ExistX 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) First 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*SLSAAttestation, error)

First returns the first SLSAAttestation entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no SLSAAttestation was found.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) FirstID 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first SLSAAttestation ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no SLSAAttestation ID was found.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) FirstIDX 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) FirstX 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *SLSAAttestation

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) GroupBy 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *SLSAAttestationGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	BuildType string `json:"build_type,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.SLSAAttestation.Query().
	GroupBy(slsaattestation.FieldBuildType).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) IDs 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of SLSAAttestation IDs.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) IDsX 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) Limit 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) Limit(limit int) *SLSAAttestationQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) Offset 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) Offset(offset int) *SLSAAttestationQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) Only 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*SLSAAttestation, error)

Only returns a single SLSAAttestation entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one SLSAAttestation entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no SLSAAttestation entities are found.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) OnlyID 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only SLSAAttestation ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one SLSAAttestation ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) OnlyX 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *SLSAAttestation

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) Order 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) Order(o ...slsaattestation.OrderOption) *SLSAAttestationQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) Paginate 

func (sa *SLSAAttestationQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...SLSAAttestationPaginateOption,
) (*SLSAAttestationConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to SLSAAttestation.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) QueryBuiltBy 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) QueryBuiltBy() *BuilderQuery

QueryBuiltBy chains the current query on the "built_by" edge.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) QueryBuiltFrom 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) QueryBuiltFrom() *ArtifactQuery

QueryBuiltFrom chains the current query on the "built_from" edge.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) QuerySubject 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) QuerySubject() *ArtifactQuery

QuerySubject chains the current query on the "subject" edge.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) Select 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) Select(fields ...string) *SLSAAttestationSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	BuildType string `json:"build_type,omitempty"`
}

client.SLSAAttestation.Query().
	Select(slsaattestation.FieldBuildType).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) Unique 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) Unique(unique bool) *SLSAAttestationQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) Where 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.SLSAAttestation) *SLSAAttestationQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the SLSAAttestationQuery builder.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) WithBuiltBy 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) WithBuiltBy(opts ...func(*BuilderQuery)) *SLSAAttestationQuery

WithBuiltBy tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "built_by" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) WithBuiltFrom 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) WithBuiltFrom(opts ...func(*ArtifactQuery)) *SLSAAttestationQuery

WithBuiltFrom tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "built_from" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) WithNamedBuiltFrom 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) WithNamedBuiltFrom(name string, opts ...func(*ArtifactQuery)) *SLSAAttestationQuery

WithNamedBuiltFrom tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "built_from" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*SLSAAttestationQuery) WithSubject 

func (saq *SLSAAttestationQuery) WithSubject(opts ...func(*ArtifactQuery)) *SLSAAttestationQuery

WithSubject tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "subject" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type SLSAAttestationSelect 

type SLSAAttestationSelect struct {
	*SLSAAttestationQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SLSAAttestationSelect is the builder for selecting fields of SLSAAttestation entities.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) Aggregate 

func (sas *SLSAAttestationSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *SLSAAttestationSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) Bool 

func (s *SLSAAttestationSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) BoolX 

func (s *SLSAAttestationSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) Bools 

func (s *SLSAAttestationSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *SLSAAttestationSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) Float64 

func (s *SLSAAttestationSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) Float64X 

func (s *SLSAAttestationSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) Float64s 

func (s *SLSAAttestationSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *SLSAAttestationSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) Int 

func (s *SLSAAttestationSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) IntX 

func (s *SLSAAttestationSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) Ints 

func (s *SLSAAttestationSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) IntsX 

func (s *SLSAAttestationSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) Scan 

func (sas *SLSAAttestationSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) ScanX 

func (s *SLSAAttestationSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) String 

func (s *SLSAAttestationSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) StringX 

func (s *SLSAAttestationSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) Strings 

func (s *SLSAAttestationSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SLSAAttestationSelect) StringsX 

func (s *SLSAAttestationSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type SLSAAttestationUpdate 

type SLSAAttestationUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SLSAAttestationUpdate is the builder for updating SLSAAttestation entities.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) AddBuiltFrom 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) AddBuiltFrom(a ...*Artifact) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

AddBuiltFrom adds the "built_from" edges to the Artifact entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) AddBuiltFromIDs 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) AddBuiltFromIDs(ids ...int) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

AddBuiltFromIDs adds the "built_from" edge to the Artifact entity by IDs.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) AppendSlsaPredicate 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) AppendSlsaPredicate(mp []*model.SLSAPredicate) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

AppendSlsaPredicate appends mp to the "slsa_predicate" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) ClearBuiltBy 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) ClearBuiltBy() *SLSAAttestationUpdate

ClearBuiltBy clears the "built_by" edge to the Builder entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) ClearBuiltFrom 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) ClearBuiltFrom() *SLSAAttestationUpdate

ClearBuiltFrom clears all "built_from" edges to the Artifact entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) ClearFinishedOn 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) ClearFinishedOn() *SLSAAttestationUpdate

ClearFinishedOn clears the value of the "finished_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) ClearSlsaPredicate 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) ClearSlsaPredicate() *SLSAAttestationUpdate

ClearSlsaPredicate clears the value of the "slsa_predicate" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) ClearStartedOn 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) ClearStartedOn() *SLSAAttestationUpdate

ClearStartedOn clears the value of the "started_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) ClearSubject 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) ClearSubject() *SLSAAttestationUpdate

ClearSubject clears the "subject" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) Exec 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) ExecX 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) Mutation 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) Mutation() *SLSAAttestationMutation

Mutation returns the SLSAAttestationMutation object of the builder.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) RemoveBuiltFrom 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) RemoveBuiltFrom(a ...*Artifact) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

RemoveBuiltFrom removes "built_from" edges to Artifact entities.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) RemoveBuiltFromIDs 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) RemoveBuiltFromIDs(ids ...int) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

RemoveBuiltFromIDs removes the "built_from" edge to Artifact entities by IDs.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) Save 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) SaveX 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetBuildType 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetBuildType(s string) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

SetBuildType sets the "build_type" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetBuiltBy 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetBuiltBy(b *Builder) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

SetBuiltBy sets the "built_by" edge to the Builder entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetBuiltByID 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetBuiltByID(i int) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

SetBuiltByID sets the "built_by_id" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetBuiltFromHash 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetBuiltFromHash(s string) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

SetBuiltFromHash sets the "built_from_hash" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetCollector 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetCollector(s string) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetFinishedOn 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetFinishedOn(t time.Time) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

SetFinishedOn sets the "finished_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetNillableFinishedOn 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetNillableFinishedOn(t *time.Time) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

SetNillableFinishedOn sets the "finished_on" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetNillableStartedOn 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetNillableStartedOn(t *time.Time) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

SetNillableStartedOn sets the "started_on" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetOrigin 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetOrigin(s string) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetSlsaPredicate 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetSlsaPredicate(mp []*model.SLSAPredicate) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

SetSlsaPredicate sets the "slsa_predicate" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetSlsaVersion 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetSlsaVersion(s string) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

SetSlsaVersion sets the "slsa_version" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetStartedOn 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetStartedOn(t time.Time) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

SetStartedOn sets the "started_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetSubject 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetSubject(a *Artifact) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

SetSubject sets the "subject" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetSubjectID 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) SetSubjectID(i int) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

SetSubjectID sets the "subject_id" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdate) Where 

func (sau *SLSAAttestationUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.SLSAAttestation) *SLSAAttestationUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the SLSAAttestationUpdate builder.

type SLSAAttestationUpdateOne 

type SLSAAttestationUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SLSAAttestationUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) AddBuiltFrom 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) AddBuiltFrom(a ...*Artifact) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

AddBuiltFrom adds the "built_from" edges to the Artifact entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) AddBuiltFromIDs 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) AddBuiltFromIDs(ids ...int) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

AddBuiltFromIDs adds the "built_from" edge to the Artifact entity by IDs.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) AppendSlsaPredicate 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) AppendSlsaPredicate(mp []*model.SLSAPredicate) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

AppendSlsaPredicate appends mp to the "slsa_predicate" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) ClearBuiltBy 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) ClearBuiltBy() *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

ClearBuiltBy clears the "built_by" edge to the Builder entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) ClearBuiltFrom 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) ClearBuiltFrom() *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

ClearBuiltFrom clears all "built_from" edges to the Artifact entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) ClearFinishedOn 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) ClearFinishedOn() *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

ClearFinishedOn clears the value of the "finished_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) ClearSlsaPredicate 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) ClearSlsaPredicate() *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

ClearSlsaPredicate clears the value of the "slsa_predicate" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) ClearStartedOn 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) ClearStartedOn() *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

ClearStartedOn clears the value of the "started_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) ClearSubject 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) ClearSubject() *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

ClearSubject clears the "subject" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) Exec 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) Mutation() *SLSAAttestationMutation

Mutation returns the SLSAAttestationMutation object of the builder.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) RemoveBuiltFrom 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) RemoveBuiltFrom(a ...*Artifact) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

RemoveBuiltFrom removes "built_from" edges to Artifact entities.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) RemoveBuiltFromIDs 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) RemoveBuiltFromIDs(ids ...int) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

RemoveBuiltFromIDs removes the "built_from" edge to Artifact entities by IDs.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) Save 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*SLSAAttestation, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated SLSAAttestation entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *SLSAAttestation

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) Select 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetBuildType 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetBuildType(s string) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

SetBuildType sets the "build_type" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetBuiltBy 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetBuiltBy(b *Builder) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

SetBuiltBy sets the "built_by" edge to the Builder entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetBuiltByID 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetBuiltByID(i int) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

SetBuiltByID sets the "built_by_id" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetBuiltFromHash 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetBuiltFromHash(s string) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

SetBuiltFromHash sets the "built_from_hash" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetCollector 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetCollector(s string) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetFinishedOn 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetFinishedOn(t time.Time) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

SetFinishedOn sets the "finished_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetNillableFinishedOn 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetNillableFinishedOn(t *time.Time) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

SetNillableFinishedOn sets the "finished_on" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetNillableStartedOn 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetNillableStartedOn(t *time.Time) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

SetNillableStartedOn sets the "started_on" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetOrigin 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetOrigin(s string) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetSlsaPredicate 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetSlsaPredicate(mp []*model.SLSAPredicate) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

SetSlsaPredicate sets the "slsa_predicate" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetSlsaVersion 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetSlsaVersion(s string) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

SetSlsaVersion sets the "slsa_version" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetStartedOn 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetStartedOn(t time.Time) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

SetStartedOn sets the "started_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetSubject 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetSubject(a *Artifact) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

SetSubject sets the "subject" edge to the Artifact entity.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetSubjectID 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) SetSubjectID(i int) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

SetSubjectID sets the "subject_id" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) Where 

func (sauo *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.SLSAAttestation) *SLSAAttestationUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the SLSAAttestationUpdate builder.

type SLSAAttestationUpsert 

type SLSAAttestationUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

SLSAAttestationUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) ClearFinishedOn 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) ClearFinishedOn() *SLSAAttestationUpsert

ClearFinishedOn clears the value of the "finished_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) ClearSlsaPredicate 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) ClearSlsaPredicate() *SLSAAttestationUpsert

ClearSlsaPredicate clears the value of the "slsa_predicate" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) ClearStartedOn 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) ClearStartedOn() *SLSAAttestationUpsert

ClearStartedOn clears the value of the "started_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetBuildType 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetBuildType(v string) *SLSAAttestationUpsert

SetBuildType sets the "build_type" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetBuiltByID 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetBuiltByID(v int) *SLSAAttestationUpsert

SetBuiltByID sets the "built_by_id" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetBuiltFromHash 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetBuiltFromHash(v string) *SLSAAttestationUpsert

SetBuiltFromHash sets the "built_from_hash" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetCollector 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetCollector(v string) *SLSAAttestationUpsert

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetFinishedOn 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetFinishedOn(v time.Time) *SLSAAttestationUpsert

SetFinishedOn sets the "finished_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetOrigin 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetOrigin(v string) *SLSAAttestationUpsert

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetSlsaPredicate 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetSlsaPredicate(v []*model.SLSAPredicate) *SLSAAttestationUpsert

SetSlsaPredicate sets the "slsa_predicate" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetSlsaVersion 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetSlsaVersion(v string) *SLSAAttestationUpsert

SetSlsaVersion sets the "slsa_version" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetStartedOn 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetStartedOn(v time.Time) *SLSAAttestationUpsert

SetStartedOn sets the "started_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetSubjectID 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) SetSubjectID(v int) *SLSAAttestationUpsert

SetSubjectID sets the "subject_id" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateBuildType 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateBuildType() *SLSAAttestationUpsert

UpdateBuildType sets the "build_type" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateBuiltByID 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateBuiltByID() *SLSAAttestationUpsert

UpdateBuiltByID sets the "built_by_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateBuiltFromHash 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateBuiltFromHash() *SLSAAttestationUpsert

UpdateBuiltFromHash sets the "built_from_hash" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateCollector 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateCollector() *SLSAAttestationUpsert

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateFinishedOn 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateFinishedOn() *SLSAAttestationUpsert

UpdateFinishedOn sets the "finished_on" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateOrigin() *SLSAAttestationUpsert

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateSlsaPredicate 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateSlsaPredicate() *SLSAAttestationUpsert

UpdateSlsaPredicate sets the "slsa_predicate" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateSlsaVersion 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateSlsaVersion() *SLSAAttestationUpsert

UpdateSlsaVersion sets the "slsa_version" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateStartedOn 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateStartedOn() *SLSAAttestationUpsert

UpdateStartedOn sets the "started_on" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateSubjectID 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsert) UpdateSubjectID() *SLSAAttestationUpsert

UpdateSubjectID sets the "subject_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk 

type SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of SLSAAttestation nodes.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) ClearFinishedOn 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) ClearFinishedOn() *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

ClearFinishedOn clears the value of the "finished_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) ClearSlsaPredicate 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) ClearSlsaPredicate() *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

ClearSlsaPredicate clears the value of the "slsa_predicate" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) ClearStartedOn 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) ClearStartedOn() *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

ClearStartedOn clears the value of the "started_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) Ignore() *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SLSAAttestation.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetBuildType 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetBuildType(v string) *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

SetBuildType sets the "build_type" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetBuiltByID 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetBuiltByID(v int) *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

SetBuiltByID sets the "built_by_id" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetBuiltFromHash 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetBuiltFromHash(v string) *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

SetBuiltFromHash sets the "built_from_hash" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetCollector 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetCollector(v string) *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetFinishedOn 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetFinishedOn(v time.Time) *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

SetFinishedOn sets the "finished_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetOrigin 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetOrigin(v string) *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetSlsaPredicate 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetSlsaPredicate(v []*model.SLSAPredicate) *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

SetSlsaPredicate sets the "slsa_predicate" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetSlsaVersion 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetSlsaVersion(v string) *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

SetSlsaVersion sets the "slsa_version" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetStartedOn 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetStartedOn(v time.Time) *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

SetStartedOn sets the "started_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetSubjectID 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) SetSubjectID(v int) *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

SetSubjectID sets the "subject_id" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*SLSAAttestationUpsert)) *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the SLSAAttestationCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateBuildType 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateBuildType() *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

UpdateBuildType sets the "build_type" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateBuiltByID 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateBuiltByID() *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

UpdateBuiltByID sets the "built_by_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateBuiltFromHash 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateBuiltFromHash() *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

UpdateBuiltFromHash sets the "built_from_hash" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector() *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateFinishedOn 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateFinishedOn() *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

UpdateFinishedOn sets the "finished_on" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SLSAAttestation.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin() *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateSlsaPredicate 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateSlsaPredicate() *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

UpdateSlsaPredicate sets the "slsa_predicate" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateSlsaVersion 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateSlsaVersion() *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

UpdateSlsaVersion sets the "slsa_version" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateStartedOn 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateStartedOn() *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

UpdateStartedOn sets the "started_on" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateSubjectID 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk) UpdateSubjectID() *SLSAAttestationUpsertBulk

UpdateSubjectID sets the "subject_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type SLSAAttestationUpsertOne 

type SLSAAttestationUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SLSAAttestationUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one SLSAAttestation node.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) ClearFinishedOn 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) ClearFinishedOn() *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

ClearFinishedOn clears the value of the "finished_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) ClearSlsaPredicate 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) ClearSlsaPredicate() *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

ClearSlsaPredicate clears the value of the "slsa_predicate" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) ClearStartedOn 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) ClearStartedOn() *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

ClearStartedOn clears the value of the "started_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) DoNothing() *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) Ignore() *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SLSAAttestation.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetBuildType 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetBuildType(v string) *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

SetBuildType sets the "build_type" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetBuiltByID 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetBuiltByID(v int) *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

SetBuiltByID sets the "built_by_id" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetBuiltFromHash 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetBuiltFromHash(v string) *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

SetBuiltFromHash sets the "built_from_hash" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetCollector 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetCollector(v string) *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetFinishedOn 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetFinishedOn(v time.Time) *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

SetFinishedOn sets the "finished_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetOrigin 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetOrigin(v string) *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetSlsaPredicate 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetSlsaPredicate(v []*model.SLSAPredicate) *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

SetSlsaPredicate sets the "slsa_predicate" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetSlsaVersion 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetSlsaVersion(v string) *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

SetSlsaVersion sets the "slsa_version" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetStartedOn 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetStartedOn(v time.Time) *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

SetStartedOn sets the "started_on" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetSubjectID 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) SetSubjectID(v int) *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

SetSubjectID sets the "subject_id" field.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) Update(set func(*SLSAAttestationUpsert)) *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the SLSAAttestationCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateBuildType 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateBuildType() *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

UpdateBuildType sets the "build_type" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateBuiltByID 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateBuiltByID() *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

UpdateBuiltByID sets the "built_by_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateBuiltFromHash 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateBuiltFromHash() *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

UpdateBuiltFromHash sets the "built_from_hash" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateCollector 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateCollector() *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateFinishedOn 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateFinishedOn() *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

UpdateFinishedOn sets the "finished_on" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SLSAAttestation.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin() *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateSlsaPredicate 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateSlsaPredicate() *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

UpdateSlsaPredicate sets the "slsa_predicate" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateSlsaVersion 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateSlsaVersion() *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

UpdateSlsaVersion sets the "slsa_version" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateStartedOn 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateStartedOn() *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

UpdateStartedOn sets the "started_on" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateSubjectID 

func (u *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne) UpdateSubjectID() *SLSAAttestationUpsertOne

UpdateSubjectID sets the "subject_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type SLSAAttestations 

type SLSAAttestations []*SLSAAttestation

SLSAAttestations is a parsable slice of SLSAAttestation.

type Scorecard 

type Scorecard struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Checks holds the value of the "checks" field.
	Checks []*model.ScorecardCheck `json:"checks,omitempty"`
	// Overall Scorecard score for the source
	AggregateScore float64 `json:"aggregate_score,omitempty"`
	// TimeScanned holds the value of the "time_scanned" field.
	TimeScanned time.Time `json:"time_scanned,omitempty"`
	// ScorecardVersion holds the value of the "scorecard_version" field.
	ScorecardVersion string `json:"scorecard_version,omitempty"`
	// ScorecardCommit holds the value of the "scorecard_commit" field.
	ScorecardCommit string `json:"scorecard_commit,omitempty"`
	// Origin holds the value of the "origin" field.
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
	// Collector holds the value of the "collector" field.
	Collector string `json:"collector,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the ScorecardQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges ScorecardEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Scorecard is the model entity for the Scorecard schema.

func (*Scorecard) Certifications 

func (s *Scorecard) Certifications(ctx context.Context) (result []*CertifyScorecard, err error)

func (*Scorecard) IsNode 

func (n *Scorecard) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*Scorecard) NamedCertifications 

func (s *Scorecard) NamedCertifications(name string) ([]*CertifyScorecard, error)

NamedCertifications returns the Certifications named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*Scorecard) QueryCertifications 

func (s *Scorecard) QueryCertifications() *CertifyScorecardQuery

QueryCertifications queries the "certifications" edge of the Scorecard entity.

func (*Scorecard) String 

func (s *Scorecard) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*Scorecard) ToEdge 

func (s *Scorecard) ToEdge(order *ScorecardOrder) *ScorecardEdge

ToEdge converts Scorecard into ScorecardEdge.

func (*Scorecard) Unwrap 

func (s *Scorecard) Unwrap() *Scorecard

Unwrap unwraps the Scorecard entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*Scorecard) Update 

func (s *Scorecard) Update() *ScorecardUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this Scorecard. Note that you need to call Scorecard.Unwrap() before calling this method if this Scorecard was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*Scorecard) Value 

func (s *Scorecard) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the Scorecard. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type ScorecardClient 

type ScorecardClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ScorecardClient is a client for the Scorecard schema.

func NewScorecardClient 

func NewScorecardClient(c config) *ScorecardClient

NewScorecardClient returns a client for the Scorecard from the given config.

func (*ScorecardClient) Create 

func (c *ScorecardClient) Create() *ScorecardCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a Scorecard entity.

func (*ScorecardClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *ScorecardClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*ScorecardCreate) *ScorecardCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of Scorecard entities.

func (*ScorecardClient) Delete 

func (c *ScorecardClient) Delete() *ScorecardDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for Scorecard.

func (*ScorecardClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *ScorecardClient) DeleteOne(s *Scorecard) *ScorecardDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*ScorecardClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *ScorecardClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *ScorecardDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*ScorecardClient) Get 

func (c *ScorecardClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*Scorecard, error)

Get returns a Scorecard entity by its id.

func (*ScorecardClient) GetX 

func (c *ScorecardClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *Scorecard

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardClient) Hooks 

func (c *ScorecardClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*ScorecardClient) Intercept 

func (c *ScorecardClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `scorecard.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*ScorecardClient) Interceptors 

func (c *ScorecardClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*ScorecardClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *ScorecardClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*ScorecardCreate, int)) *ScorecardCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*ScorecardClient) Query 

func (c *ScorecardClient) Query() *ScorecardQuery

Query returns a query builder for Scorecard.

func (*ScorecardClient) QueryCertifications 

func (c *ScorecardClient) QueryCertifications(s *Scorecard) *CertifyScorecardQuery

QueryCertifications queries the certifications edge of a Scorecard.

func (*ScorecardClient) Update 

func (c *ScorecardClient) Update() *ScorecardUpdate

Update returns an update builder for Scorecard.

func (*ScorecardClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *ScorecardClient) UpdateOne(s *Scorecard) *ScorecardUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*ScorecardClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *ScorecardClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *ScorecardUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*ScorecardClient) Use 

func (c *ScorecardClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `scorecard.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type ScorecardConnection 

type ScorecardConnection struct {
	Edges      []*ScorecardEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo         `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int              `json:"totalCount"`
}

ScorecardConnection is the connection containing edges to Scorecard.

type ScorecardCreate 

type ScorecardCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ScorecardCreate is the builder for creating a Scorecard entity.

func (*ScorecardCreate) AddCertificationIDs 

func (sc *ScorecardCreate) AddCertificationIDs(ids ...int) *ScorecardCreate

AddCertificationIDs adds the "certifications" edge to the CertifyScorecard entity by IDs.

func (*ScorecardCreate) AddCertifications 

func (sc *ScorecardCreate) AddCertifications(c ...*CertifyScorecard) *ScorecardCreate

AddCertifications adds the "certifications" edges to the CertifyScorecard entity.

func (*ScorecardCreate) Exec 

func (sc *ScorecardCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*ScorecardCreate) ExecX 

func (sc *ScorecardCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardCreate) Mutation 

func (sc *ScorecardCreate) Mutation() *ScorecardMutation

Mutation returns the ScorecardMutation object of the builder.

func (*ScorecardCreate) OnConflict 

func (sc *ScorecardCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *ScorecardUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Scorecard.Create().
	SetChecks(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.ScorecardUpsert) {
		SetChecks(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*ScorecardCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (sc *ScorecardCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *ScorecardUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Scorecard.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*ScorecardCreate) Save 

func (sc *ScorecardCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Scorecard, error)

Save creates the Scorecard in the database.

func (*ScorecardCreate) SaveX 

func (sc *ScorecardCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Scorecard

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*ScorecardCreate) SetAggregateScore 

func (sc *ScorecardCreate) SetAggregateScore(f float64) *ScorecardCreate

SetAggregateScore sets the "aggregate_score" field.

func (*ScorecardCreate) SetChecks 

func (sc *ScorecardCreate) SetChecks(mc []*model.ScorecardCheck) *ScorecardCreate

SetChecks sets the "checks" field.

func (*ScorecardCreate) SetCollector 

func (sc *ScorecardCreate) SetCollector(s string) *ScorecardCreate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*ScorecardCreate) SetNillableAggregateScore 

func (sc *ScorecardCreate) SetNillableAggregateScore(f *float64) *ScorecardCreate

SetNillableAggregateScore sets the "aggregate_score" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*ScorecardCreate) SetNillableTimeScanned 

func (sc *ScorecardCreate) SetNillableTimeScanned(t *time.Time) *ScorecardCreate

SetNillableTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*ScorecardCreate) SetOrigin 

func (sc *ScorecardCreate) SetOrigin(s string) *ScorecardCreate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*ScorecardCreate) SetScorecardCommit 

func (sc *ScorecardCreate) SetScorecardCommit(s string) *ScorecardCreate

SetScorecardCommit sets the "scorecard_commit" field.

func (*ScorecardCreate) SetScorecardVersion 

func (sc *ScorecardCreate) SetScorecardVersion(s string) *ScorecardCreate

SetScorecardVersion sets the "scorecard_version" field.

func (*ScorecardCreate) SetTimeScanned 

func (sc *ScorecardCreate) SetTimeScanned(t time.Time) *ScorecardCreate

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

type ScorecardCreateBulk 

type ScorecardCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ScorecardCreateBulk is the builder for creating many Scorecard entities in bulk.

func (*ScorecardCreateBulk) Exec 

func (scb *ScorecardCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*ScorecardCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (scb *ScorecardCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (scb *ScorecardCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *ScorecardUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.Scorecard.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.ScorecardUpsert) {
		SetChecks(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*ScorecardCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (scb *ScorecardCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *ScorecardUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Scorecard.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*ScorecardCreateBulk) Save 

func (scb *ScorecardCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*Scorecard, error)

Save creates the Scorecard entities in the database.

func (*ScorecardCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (scb *ScorecardCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*Scorecard

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type ScorecardDelete 

type ScorecardDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ScorecardDelete is the builder for deleting a Scorecard entity.

func (*ScorecardDelete) Exec 

func (sd *ScorecardDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*ScorecardDelete) ExecX 

func (sd *ScorecardDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardDelete) Where 

func (sd *ScorecardDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.Scorecard) *ScorecardDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the ScorecardDelete builder.

type ScorecardDeleteOne 

type ScorecardDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ScorecardDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single Scorecard entity.

func (*ScorecardDeleteOne) Exec 

func (sdo *ScorecardDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*ScorecardDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (sdo *ScorecardDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardDeleteOne) Where 

func (sdo *ScorecardDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.Scorecard) *ScorecardDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the ScorecardDelete builder.

type ScorecardEdge 

type ScorecardEdge struct {
	Node   *Scorecard `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor     `json:"cursor"`
}

ScorecardEdge is the edge representation of Scorecard.

type ScorecardEdges 

type ScorecardEdges struct {
	// Certifications holds the value of the certifications edge.
	Certifications []*CertifyScorecard `json:"certifications,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ScorecardEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (ScorecardEdges) CertificationsOrErr 

func (e ScorecardEdges) CertificationsOrErr() ([]*CertifyScorecard, error)

CertificationsOrErr returns the Certifications value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type ScorecardGroupBy 

type ScorecardGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ScorecardGroupBy is the group-by builder for Scorecard entities.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (sgb *ScorecardGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *ScorecardGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *ScorecardGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *ScorecardGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *ScorecardGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *ScorecardGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *ScorecardGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *ScorecardGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *ScorecardGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *ScorecardGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) Int 

func (s *ScorecardGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *ScorecardGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *ScorecardGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *ScorecardGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) Scan 

func (sgb *ScorecardGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *ScorecardGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) String 

func (s *ScorecardGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *ScorecardGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *ScorecardGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ScorecardGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *ScorecardGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type ScorecardMutation 

type ScorecardMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ScorecardMutation represents an operation that mutates the Scorecard nodes in the graph.

func (*ScorecardMutation) AddAggregateScore 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) AddAggregateScore(f float64)

AddAggregateScore adds f to the "aggregate_score" field.

func (*ScorecardMutation) AddCertificationIDs 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) AddCertificationIDs(ids ...int)

AddCertificationIDs adds the "certifications" edge to the CertifyScorecard entity by ids.

func (*ScorecardMutation) AddField 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*ScorecardMutation) AddedAggregateScore 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) AddedAggregateScore() (r float64, exists bool)

AddedAggregateScore returns the value that was added to the "aggregate_score" field in this mutation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) AddedField 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*ScorecardMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) AggregateScore 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) AggregateScore() (r float64, exists bool)

AggregateScore returns the value of the "aggregate_score" field in the mutation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) AppendChecks 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) AppendChecks(mc []*model.ScorecardCheck)

AppendChecks adds mc to the "checks" field.

func (*ScorecardMutation) AppendedChecks 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) AppendedChecks() ([]*model.ScorecardCheck, bool)

AppendedChecks returns the list of values that were appended to the "checks" field in this mutation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) CertificationsCleared 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) CertificationsCleared() bool

CertificationsCleared reports if the "certifications" edge to the CertifyScorecard entity was cleared.

func (*ScorecardMutation) CertificationsIDs 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) CertificationsIDs() (ids []int)

CertificationsIDs returns the "certifications" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) Checks 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) Checks() (r []*model.ScorecardCheck, exists bool)

Checks returns the value of the "checks" field in the mutation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) ClearCertifications 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) ClearCertifications()

ClearCertifications clears the "certifications" edge to the CertifyScorecard entity.

func (*ScorecardMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*ScorecardMutation) ClearField 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*ScorecardMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (ScorecardMutation) Client 

func (m ScorecardMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*ScorecardMutation) Collector 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) Collector() (r string, exists bool)

Collector returns the value of the "collector" field in the mutation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) Field 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*ScorecardMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) Fields 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*ScorecardMutation) ID 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*ScorecardMutation) IDs 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) OldAggregateScore 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) OldAggregateScore(ctx context.Context) (v float64, err error)

OldAggregateScore returns the old "aggregate_score" field's value of the Scorecard entity. If the Scorecard object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*ScorecardMutation) OldChecks 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) OldChecks(ctx context.Context) (v []*model.ScorecardCheck, err error)

OldChecks returns the old "checks" field's value of the Scorecard entity. If the Scorecard object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*ScorecardMutation) OldCollector 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) OldCollector(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldCollector returns the old "collector" field's value of the Scorecard entity. If the Scorecard object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*ScorecardMutation) OldField 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*ScorecardMutation) OldOrigin 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) OldOrigin(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldOrigin returns the old "origin" field's value of the Scorecard entity. If the Scorecard object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*ScorecardMutation) OldScorecardCommit 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) OldScorecardCommit(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldScorecardCommit returns the old "scorecard_commit" field's value of the Scorecard entity. If the Scorecard object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*ScorecardMutation) OldScorecardVersion 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) OldScorecardVersion(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldScorecardVersion returns the old "scorecard_version" field's value of the Scorecard entity. If the Scorecard object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*ScorecardMutation) OldTimeScanned 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) OldTimeScanned(ctx context.Context) (v time.Time, err error)

OldTimeScanned returns the old "time_scanned" field's value of the Scorecard entity. If the Scorecard object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*ScorecardMutation) Op 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*ScorecardMutation) Origin 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) Origin() (r string, exists bool)

Origin returns the value of the "origin" field in the mutation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) RemoveCertificationIDs 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) RemoveCertificationIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveCertificationIDs removes the "certifications" edge to the CertifyScorecard entity by IDs.

func (*ScorecardMutation) RemovedCertificationsIDs 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) RemovedCertificationsIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedCertifications returns the removed IDs of the "certifications" edge to the CertifyScorecard entity.

func (*ScorecardMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) ResetAggregateScore 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) ResetAggregateScore()

ResetAggregateScore resets all changes to the "aggregate_score" field.

func (*ScorecardMutation) ResetCertifications 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) ResetCertifications()

ResetCertifications resets all changes to the "certifications" edge.

func (*ScorecardMutation) ResetChecks 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) ResetChecks()

ResetChecks resets all changes to the "checks" field.

func (*ScorecardMutation) ResetCollector 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) ResetCollector()

ResetCollector resets all changes to the "collector" field.

func (*ScorecardMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*ScorecardMutation) ResetField 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*ScorecardMutation) ResetOrigin 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) ResetOrigin()

ResetOrigin resets all changes to the "origin" field.

func (*ScorecardMutation) ResetScorecardCommit 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) ResetScorecardCommit()

ResetScorecardCommit resets all changes to the "scorecard_commit" field.

func (*ScorecardMutation) ResetScorecardVersion 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) ResetScorecardVersion()

ResetScorecardVersion resets all changes to the "scorecard_version" field.

func (*ScorecardMutation) ResetTimeScanned 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) ResetTimeScanned()

ResetTimeScanned resets all changes to the "time_scanned" field.

func (*ScorecardMutation) ScorecardCommit 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) ScorecardCommit() (r string, exists bool)

ScorecardCommit returns the value of the "scorecard_commit" field in the mutation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) ScorecardVersion 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) ScorecardVersion() (r string, exists bool)

ScorecardVersion returns the value of the "scorecard_version" field in the mutation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) SetAggregateScore 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) SetAggregateScore(f float64)

SetAggregateScore sets the "aggregate_score" field.

func (*ScorecardMutation) SetChecks 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) SetChecks(mc []*model.ScorecardCheck)

SetChecks sets the "checks" field.

func (*ScorecardMutation) SetCollector 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) SetCollector(s string)

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*ScorecardMutation) SetField 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*ScorecardMutation) SetOp 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*ScorecardMutation) SetOrigin 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) SetOrigin(s string)

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*ScorecardMutation) SetScorecardCommit 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) SetScorecardCommit(s string)

SetScorecardCommit sets the "scorecard_commit" field.

func (*ScorecardMutation) SetScorecardVersion 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) SetScorecardVersion(s string)

SetScorecardVersion sets the "scorecard_version" field.

func (*ScorecardMutation) SetTimeScanned 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) SetTimeScanned(t time.Time)

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*ScorecardMutation) TimeScanned 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) TimeScanned() (r time.Time, exists bool)

TimeScanned returns the value of the "time_scanned" field in the mutation.

func (ScorecardMutation) Tx 

func (m ScorecardMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*ScorecardMutation) Type 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (Scorecard).

func (*ScorecardMutation) Where 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.Scorecard)

Where appends a list predicates to the ScorecardMutation builder.

func (*ScorecardMutation) WhereP 

func (m *ScorecardMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the ScorecardMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type ScorecardOrder 

type ScorecardOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection       `json:"direction"`
	Field     *ScorecardOrderField `json:"field"`
}

ScorecardOrder defines the ordering of Scorecard.

type ScorecardOrderField 

type ScorecardOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given Scorecard.
	Value func(*Scorecard) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ScorecardOrderField defines the ordering field of Scorecard.

type ScorecardPaginateOption 

type ScorecardPaginateOption func(*scorecardPager) error

ScorecardPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithScorecardFilter 

func WithScorecardFilter(filter func(*ScorecardQuery) (*ScorecardQuery, error)) ScorecardPaginateOption

WithScorecardFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithScorecardOrder 

func WithScorecardOrder(order *ScorecardOrder) ScorecardPaginateOption

WithScorecardOrder configures pagination ordering.

type ScorecardQuery 

type ScorecardQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ScorecardQuery is the builder for querying Scorecard entities.

func (*ScorecardQuery) Aggregate 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *ScorecardSelect

Aggregate returns a ScorecardSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*ScorecardQuery) All 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*Scorecard, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of Scorecards.

func (*ScorecardQuery) AllX 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*Scorecard

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardQuery) Clone 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) Clone() *ScorecardQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the ScorecardQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*ScorecardQuery) CollectFields 

func (s *ScorecardQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*ScorecardQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*ScorecardQuery) Count 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*ScorecardQuery) CountX 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardQuery) Exist 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*ScorecardQuery) ExistX 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardQuery) First 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*Scorecard, error)

First returns the first Scorecard entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Scorecard was found.

func (*ScorecardQuery) FirstID 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first Scorecard ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Scorecard ID was found.

func (*ScorecardQuery) FirstIDX 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardQuery) FirstX 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *Scorecard

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardQuery) GroupBy 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *ScorecardGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Checks []*model.ScorecardCheck `json:"checks,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.Scorecard.Query().
	GroupBy(scorecard.FieldChecks).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*ScorecardQuery) IDs 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of Scorecard IDs.

func (*ScorecardQuery) IDsX 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardQuery) Limit 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) Limit(limit int) *ScorecardQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*ScorecardQuery) Offset 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) Offset(offset int) *ScorecardQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*ScorecardQuery) Only 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*Scorecard, error)

Only returns a single Scorecard entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Scorecard entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no Scorecard entities are found.

func (*ScorecardQuery) OnlyID 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only Scorecard ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one Scorecard ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*ScorecardQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardQuery) OnlyX 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *Scorecard

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardQuery) Order 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) Order(o ...scorecard.OrderOption) *ScorecardQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*ScorecardQuery) Paginate 

func (s *ScorecardQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...ScorecardPaginateOption,
) (*ScorecardConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to Scorecard.

func (*ScorecardQuery) QueryCertifications 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) QueryCertifications() *CertifyScorecardQuery

QueryCertifications chains the current query on the "certifications" edge.

func (*ScorecardQuery) Select 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) Select(fields ...string) *ScorecardSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Checks []*model.ScorecardCheck `json:"checks,omitempty"`
}

client.Scorecard.Query().
	Select(scorecard.FieldChecks).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*ScorecardQuery) Unique 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) Unique(unique bool) *ScorecardQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*ScorecardQuery) Where 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.Scorecard) *ScorecardQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the ScorecardQuery builder.

func (*ScorecardQuery) WithCertifications 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) WithCertifications(opts ...func(*CertifyScorecardQuery)) *ScorecardQuery

WithCertifications tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "certifications" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*ScorecardQuery) WithNamedCertifications 

func (sq *ScorecardQuery) WithNamedCertifications(name string, opts ...func(*CertifyScorecardQuery)) *ScorecardQuery

WithNamedCertifications tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "certifications" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type ScorecardSelect 

type ScorecardSelect struct {
	*ScorecardQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ScorecardSelect is the builder for selecting fields of Scorecard entities.

func (*ScorecardSelect) Aggregate 

func (ss *ScorecardSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *ScorecardSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*ScorecardSelect) Bool 

func (s *ScorecardSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ScorecardSelect) BoolX 

func (s *ScorecardSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardSelect) Bools 

func (s *ScorecardSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ScorecardSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *ScorecardSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardSelect) Float64 

func (s *ScorecardSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ScorecardSelect) Float64X 

func (s *ScorecardSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardSelect) Float64s 

func (s *ScorecardSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ScorecardSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *ScorecardSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardSelect) Int 

func (s *ScorecardSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ScorecardSelect) IntX 

func (s *ScorecardSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardSelect) Ints 

func (s *ScorecardSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ScorecardSelect) IntsX 

func (s *ScorecardSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardSelect) Scan 

func (ss *ScorecardSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*ScorecardSelect) ScanX 

func (s *ScorecardSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardSelect) String 

func (s *ScorecardSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ScorecardSelect) StringX 

func (s *ScorecardSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardSelect) Strings 

func (s *ScorecardSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*ScorecardSelect) StringsX 

func (s *ScorecardSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type ScorecardUpdate 

type ScorecardUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ScorecardUpdate is the builder for updating Scorecard entities.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) AddAggregateScore 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) AddAggregateScore(f float64) *ScorecardUpdate

AddAggregateScore adds f to the "aggregate_score" field.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) AddCertificationIDs 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) AddCertificationIDs(ids ...int) *ScorecardUpdate

AddCertificationIDs adds the "certifications" edge to the CertifyScorecard entity by IDs.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) AddCertifications 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) AddCertifications(c ...*CertifyScorecard) *ScorecardUpdate

AddCertifications adds the "certifications" edges to the CertifyScorecard entity.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) AppendChecks 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) AppendChecks(mc []*model.ScorecardCheck) *ScorecardUpdate

AppendChecks appends mc to the "checks" field.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) ClearCertifications 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) ClearCertifications() *ScorecardUpdate

ClearCertifications clears all "certifications" edges to the CertifyScorecard entity.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) Exec 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) ExecX 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) Mutation 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) Mutation() *ScorecardMutation

Mutation returns the ScorecardMutation object of the builder.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) RemoveCertificationIDs 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) RemoveCertificationIDs(ids ...int) *ScorecardUpdate

RemoveCertificationIDs removes the "certifications" edge to CertifyScorecard entities by IDs.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) RemoveCertifications 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) RemoveCertifications(c ...*CertifyScorecard) *ScorecardUpdate

RemoveCertifications removes "certifications" edges to CertifyScorecard entities.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) Save 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) SaveX 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) SetAggregateScore 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) SetAggregateScore(f float64) *ScorecardUpdate

SetAggregateScore sets the "aggregate_score" field.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) SetChecks 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) SetChecks(mc []*model.ScorecardCheck) *ScorecardUpdate

SetChecks sets the "checks" field.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) SetCollector 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) SetCollector(s string) *ScorecardUpdate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) SetNillableAggregateScore 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) SetNillableAggregateScore(f *float64) *ScorecardUpdate

SetNillableAggregateScore sets the "aggregate_score" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) SetNillableTimeScanned 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) SetNillableTimeScanned(t *time.Time) *ScorecardUpdate

SetNillableTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) SetOrigin 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) SetOrigin(s string) *ScorecardUpdate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) SetScorecardCommit 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) SetScorecardCommit(s string) *ScorecardUpdate

SetScorecardCommit sets the "scorecard_commit" field.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) SetScorecardVersion 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) SetScorecardVersion(s string) *ScorecardUpdate

SetScorecardVersion sets the "scorecard_version" field.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) SetTimeScanned 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) SetTimeScanned(t time.Time) *ScorecardUpdate

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*ScorecardUpdate) Where 

func (su *ScorecardUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.Scorecard) *ScorecardUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the ScorecardUpdate builder.

type ScorecardUpdateOne 

type ScorecardUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ScorecardUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single Scorecard entity.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) AddAggregateScore 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) AddAggregateScore(f float64) *ScorecardUpdateOne

AddAggregateScore adds f to the "aggregate_score" field.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) AddCertificationIDs 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) AddCertificationIDs(ids ...int) *ScorecardUpdateOne

AddCertificationIDs adds the "certifications" edge to the CertifyScorecard entity by IDs.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) AddCertifications 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) AddCertifications(c ...*CertifyScorecard) *ScorecardUpdateOne

AddCertifications adds the "certifications" edges to the CertifyScorecard entity.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) AppendChecks 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) AppendChecks(mc []*model.ScorecardCheck) *ScorecardUpdateOne

AppendChecks appends mc to the "checks" field.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) ClearCertifications 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) ClearCertifications() *ScorecardUpdateOne

ClearCertifications clears all "certifications" edges to the CertifyScorecard entity.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) Exec 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) Mutation() *ScorecardMutation

Mutation returns the ScorecardMutation object of the builder.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) RemoveCertificationIDs 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) RemoveCertificationIDs(ids ...int) *ScorecardUpdateOne

RemoveCertificationIDs removes the "certifications" edge to CertifyScorecard entities by IDs.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) RemoveCertifications 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) RemoveCertifications(c ...*CertifyScorecard) *ScorecardUpdateOne

RemoveCertifications removes "certifications" edges to CertifyScorecard entities.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) Save 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*Scorecard, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated Scorecard entity.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *Scorecard

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) Select 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *ScorecardUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) SetAggregateScore 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) SetAggregateScore(f float64) *ScorecardUpdateOne

SetAggregateScore sets the "aggregate_score" field.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) SetChecks 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) SetChecks(mc []*model.ScorecardCheck) *ScorecardUpdateOne

SetChecks sets the "checks" field.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) SetCollector 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) SetCollector(s string) *ScorecardUpdateOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) SetNillableAggregateScore 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) SetNillableAggregateScore(f *float64) *ScorecardUpdateOne

SetNillableAggregateScore sets the "aggregate_score" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) SetNillableTimeScanned 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) SetNillableTimeScanned(t *time.Time) *ScorecardUpdateOne

SetNillableTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) SetOrigin 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) SetOrigin(s string) *ScorecardUpdateOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) SetScorecardCommit 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) SetScorecardCommit(s string) *ScorecardUpdateOne

SetScorecardCommit sets the "scorecard_commit" field.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) SetScorecardVersion 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) SetScorecardVersion(s string) *ScorecardUpdateOne

SetScorecardVersion sets the "scorecard_version" field.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) SetTimeScanned 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) SetTimeScanned(t time.Time) *ScorecardUpdateOne

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*ScorecardUpdateOne) Where 

func (suo *ScorecardUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.Scorecard) *ScorecardUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the ScorecardUpdate builder.

type ScorecardUpsert 

type ScorecardUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

ScorecardUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*ScorecardUpsert) AddAggregateScore 

func (u *ScorecardUpsert) AddAggregateScore(v float64) *ScorecardUpsert

AddAggregateScore adds v to the "aggregate_score" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsert) SetAggregateScore 

func (u *ScorecardUpsert) SetAggregateScore(v float64) *ScorecardUpsert

SetAggregateScore sets the "aggregate_score" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsert) SetChecks 

func (u *ScorecardUpsert) SetChecks(v []*model.ScorecardCheck) *ScorecardUpsert

SetChecks sets the "checks" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsert) SetCollector 

func (u *ScorecardUpsert) SetCollector(v string) *ScorecardUpsert

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsert) SetOrigin 

func (u *ScorecardUpsert) SetOrigin(v string) *ScorecardUpsert

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsert) SetScorecardCommit 

func (u *ScorecardUpsert) SetScorecardCommit(v string) *ScorecardUpsert

SetScorecardCommit sets the "scorecard_commit" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsert) SetScorecardVersion 

func (u *ScorecardUpsert) SetScorecardVersion(v string) *ScorecardUpsert

SetScorecardVersion sets the "scorecard_version" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsert) SetTimeScanned 

func (u *ScorecardUpsert) SetTimeScanned(v time.Time) *ScorecardUpsert

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsert) UpdateAggregateScore 

func (u *ScorecardUpsert) UpdateAggregateScore() *ScorecardUpsert

UpdateAggregateScore sets the "aggregate_score" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ScorecardUpsert) UpdateChecks 

func (u *ScorecardUpsert) UpdateChecks() *ScorecardUpsert

UpdateChecks sets the "checks" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ScorecardUpsert) UpdateCollector 

func (u *ScorecardUpsert) UpdateCollector() *ScorecardUpsert

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ScorecardUpsert) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *ScorecardUpsert) UpdateOrigin() *ScorecardUpsert

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ScorecardUpsert) UpdateScorecardCommit 

func (u *ScorecardUpsert) UpdateScorecardCommit() *ScorecardUpsert

UpdateScorecardCommit sets the "scorecard_commit" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ScorecardUpsert) UpdateScorecardVersion 

func (u *ScorecardUpsert) UpdateScorecardVersion() *ScorecardUpsert

UpdateScorecardVersion sets the "scorecard_version" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ScorecardUpsert) UpdateTimeScanned 

func (u *ScorecardUpsert) UpdateTimeScanned() *ScorecardUpsert

UpdateTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field to the value that was provided on create.

type ScorecardUpsertBulk 

type ScorecardUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ScorecardUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of Scorecard nodes.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) AddAggregateScore 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) AddAggregateScore(v float64) *ScorecardUpsertBulk

AddAggregateScore adds v to the "aggregate_score" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *ScorecardUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) Ignore() *ScorecardUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Scorecard.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) SetAggregateScore 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) SetAggregateScore(v float64) *ScorecardUpsertBulk

SetAggregateScore sets the "aggregate_score" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) SetChecks 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) SetChecks(v []*model.ScorecardCheck) *ScorecardUpsertBulk

SetChecks sets the "checks" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) SetCollector 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) SetCollector(v string) *ScorecardUpsertBulk

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) SetOrigin 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) SetOrigin(v string) *ScorecardUpsertBulk

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) SetScorecardCommit 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) SetScorecardCommit(v string) *ScorecardUpsertBulk

SetScorecardCommit sets the "scorecard_commit" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) SetScorecardVersion 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) SetScorecardVersion(v string) *ScorecardUpsertBulk

SetScorecardVersion sets the "scorecard_version" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) SetTimeScanned 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) SetTimeScanned(v time.Time) *ScorecardUpsertBulk

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*ScorecardUpsert)) *ScorecardUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the ScorecardCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateAggregateScore 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateAggregateScore() *ScorecardUpsertBulk

UpdateAggregateScore sets the "aggregate_score" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateChecks 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateChecks() *ScorecardUpsertBulk

UpdateChecks sets the "checks" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector() *ScorecardUpsertBulk

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *ScorecardUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Scorecard.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin() *ScorecardUpsertBulk

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateScorecardCommit 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateScorecardCommit() *ScorecardUpsertBulk

UpdateScorecardCommit sets the "scorecard_commit" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateScorecardVersion 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateScorecardVersion() *ScorecardUpsertBulk

UpdateScorecardVersion sets the "scorecard_version" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateTimeScanned 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertBulk) UpdateTimeScanned() *ScorecardUpsertBulk

UpdateTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field to the value that was provided on create.

type ScorecardUpsertOne 

type ScorecardUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ScorecardUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one Scorecard node.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) AddAggregateScore 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) AddAggregateScore(v float64) *ScorecardUpsertOne

AddAggregateScore adds v to the "aggregate_score" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) DoNothing() *ScorecardUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) Ignore() *ScorecardUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Scorecard.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) SetAggregateScore 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) SetAggregateScore(v float64) *ScorecardUpsertOne

SetAggregateScore sets the "aggregate_score" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) SetChecks 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) SetChecks(v []*model.ScorecardCheck) *ScorecardUpsertOne

SetChecks sets the "checks" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) SetCollector 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) SetCollector(v string) *ScorecardUpsertOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) SetOrigin 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) SetOrigin(v string) *ScorecardUpsertOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) SetScorecardCommit 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) SetScorecardCommit(v string) *ScorecardUpsertOne

SetScorecardCommit sets the "scorecard_commit" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) SetScorecardVersion 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) SetScorecardVersion(v string) *ScorecardUpsertOne

SetScorecardVersion sets the "scorecard_version" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) SetTimeScanned 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) SetTimeScanned(v time.Time) *ScorecardUpsertOne

SetTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) Update(set func(*ScorecardUpsert)) *ScorecardUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the ScorecardCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateAggregateScore 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateAggregateScore() *ScorecardUpsertOne

UpdateAggregateScore sets the "aggregate_score" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateChecks 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateChecks() *ScorecardUpsertOne

UpdateChecks sets the "checks" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateCollector 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateCollector() *ScorecardUpsertOne

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *ScorecardUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.Scorecard.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin() *ScorecardUpsertOne

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateScorecardCommit 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateScorecardCommit() *ScorecardUpsertOne

UpdateScorecardCommit sets the "scorecard_commit" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateScorecardVersion 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateScorecardVersion() *ScorecardUpsertOne

UpdateScorecardVersion sets the "scorecard_version" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*ScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateTimeScanned 

func (u *ScorecardUpsertOne) UpdateTimeScanned() *ScorecardUpsertOne

UpdateTimeScanned sets the "time_scanned" field to the value that was provided on create.

type Scorecards 

type Scorecards []*Scorecard

Scorecards is a parsable slice of Scorecard.

type SourceName 

type SourceName struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Name holds the value of the "name" field.
	Name string `json:"name,omitempty"`
	// Commit holds the value of the "commit" field.
	Commit string `json:"commit,omitempty"`
	// Tag holds the value of the "tag" field.
	Tag string `json:"tag,omitempty"`
	// NamespaceID holds the value of the "namespace_id" field.
	NamespaceID int `json:"namespace_id,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the SourceNameQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges SourceNameEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceName is the model entity for the SourceName schema.

func (*SourceName) IsNode 

func (n *SourceName) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*SourceName) NamedOccurrences 

func (sn *SourceName) NamedOccurrences(name string) ([]*Occurrence, error)

NamedOccurrences returns the Occurrences named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*SourceName) Namespace 

func (sn *SourceName) Namespace(ctx context.Context) (*SourceNamespace, error)

func (*SourceName) Occurrences 

func (sn *SourceName) Occurrences(ctx context.Context) (result []*Occurrence, err error)

func (*SourceName) QueryNamespace 

func (sn *SourceName) QueryNamespace() *SourceNamespaceQuery

QueryNamespace queries the "namespace" edge of the SourceName entity.

func (*SourceName) QueryOccurrences 

func (sn *SourceName) QueryOccurrences() *OccurrenceQuery

QueryOccurrences queries the "occurrences" edge of the SourceName entity.

func (*SourceName) String 

func (sn *SourceName) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*SourceName) ToEdge 

func (sn *SourceName) ToEdge(order *SourceNameOrder) *SourceNameEdge

ToEdge converts SourceName into SourceNameEdge.

func (*SourceName) Unwrap 

func (sn *SourceName) Unwrap() *SourceName

Unwrap unwraps the SourceName entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*SourceName) Update 

func (sn *SourceName) Update() *SourceNameUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this SourceName. Note that you need to call SourceName.Unwrap() before calling this method if this SourceName was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*SourceName) Value 

func (sn *SourceName) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the SourceName. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type SourceNameClient 

type SourceNameClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNameClient is a client for the SourceName schema.

func NewSourceNameClient 

func NewSourceNameClient(c config) *SourceNameClient

NewSourceNameClient returns a client for the SourceName from the given config.

func (*SourceNameClient) Create 

func (c *SourceNameClient) Create() *SourceNameCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a SourceName entity.

func (*SourceNameClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *SourceNameClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*SourceNameCreate) *SourceNameCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of SourceName entities.

func (*SourceNameClient) Delete 

func (c *SourceNameClient) Delete() *SourceNameDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for SourceName.

func (*SourceNameClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *SourceNameClient) DeleteOne(sn *SourceName) *SourceNameDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*SourceNameClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *SourceNameClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *SourceNameDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*SourceNameClient) Get 

func (c *SourceNameClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*SourceName, error)

Get returns a SourceName entity by its id.

func (*SourceNameClient) GetX 

func (c *SourceNameClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *SourceName

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameClient) Hooks 

func (c *SourceNameClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*SourceNameClient) Intercept 

func (c *SourceNameClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `sourcename.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*SourceNameClient) Interceptors 

func (c *SourceNameClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*SourceNameClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *SourceNameClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*SourceNameCreate, int)) *SourceNameCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*SourceNameClient) Query 

func (c *SourceNameClient) Query() *SourceNameQuery

Query returns a query builder for SourceName.

func (*SourceNameClient) QueryNamespace 

func (c *SourceNameClient) QueryNamespace(sn *SourceName) *SourceNamespaceQuery

QueryNamespace queries the namespace edge of a SourceName.

func (*SourceNameClient) QueryOccurrences 

func (c *SourceNameClient) QueryOccurrences(sn *SourceName) *OccurrenceQuery

QueryOccurrences queries the occurrences edge of a SourceName.

func (*SourceNameClient) Update 

func (c *SourceNameClient) Update() *SourceNameUpdate

Update returns an update builder for SourceName.

func (*SourceNameClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *SourceNameClient) UpdateOne(sn *SourceName) *SourceNameUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*SourceNameClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *SourceNameClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *SourceNameUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*SourceNameClient) Use 

func (c *SourceNameClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `sourcename.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type SourceNameConnection 

type SourceNameConnection struct {
	Edges      []*SourceNameEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo          `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int               `json:"totalCount"`
}

SourceNameConnection is the connection containing edges to SourceName.

type SourceNameCreate 

type SourceNameCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNameCreate is the builder for creating a SourceName entity.

func (*SourceNameCreate) AddOccurrenceIDs 

func (snc *SourceNameCreate) AddOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int) *SourceNameCreate

AddOccurrenceIDs adds the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity by IDs.

func (*SourceNameCreate) AddOccurrences 

func (snc *SourceNameCreate) AddOccurrences(o ...*Occurrence) *SourceNameCreate

AddOccurrences adds the "occurrences" edges to the Occurrence entity.

func (*SourceNameCreate) Exec 

func (snc *SourceNameCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SourceNameCreate) ExecX 

func (snc *SourceNameCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameCreate) Mutation 

func (snc *SourceNameCreate) Mutation() *SourceNameMutation

Mutation returns the SourceNameMutation object of the builder.

func (*SourceNameCreate) OnConflict 

func (snc *SourceNameCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *SourceNameUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.SourceName.Create().
	SetName(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.SourceNameUpsert) {
		SetName(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceNameCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (snc *SourceNameCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *SourceNameUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SourceName.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceNameCreate) Save 

func (snc *SourceNameCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*SourceName, error)

Save creates the SourceName in the database.

func (*SourceNameCreate) SaveX 

func (snc *SourceNameCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *SourceName

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*SourceNameCreate) SetCommit 

func (snc *SourceNameCreate) SetCommit(s string) *SourceNameCreate

SetCommit sets the "commit" field.

func (*SourceNameCreate) SetName 

func (snc *SourceNameCreate) SetName(s string) *SourceNameCreate

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*SourceNameCreate) SetNamespace 

func (snc *SourceNameCreate) SetNamespace(s *SourceNamespace) *SourceNameCreate

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" edge to the SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceNameCreate) SetNamespaceID 

func (snc *SourceNameCreate) SetNamespaceID(i int) *SourceNameCreate

SetNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field.

func (*SourceNameCreate) SetNillableCommit 

func (snc *SourceNameCreate) SetNillableCommit(s *string) *SourceNameCreate

SetNillableCommit sets the "commit" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*SourceNameCreate) SetNillableTag 

func (snc *SourceNameCreate) SetNillableTag(s *string) *SourceNameCreate

SetNillableTag sets the "tag" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*SourceNameCreate) SetTag 

func (snc *SourceNameCreate) SetTag(s string) *SourceNameCreate

SetTag sets the "tag" field.

type SourceNameCreateBulk 

type SourceNameCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNameCreateBulk is the builder for creating many SourceName entities in bulk.

func (*SourceNameCreateBulk) Exec 

func (sncb *SourceNameCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SourceNameCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (sncb *SourceNameCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (sncb *SourceNameCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *SourceNameUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.SourceName.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.SourceNameUpsert) {
		SetName(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceNameCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (sncb *SourceNameCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *SourceNameUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SourceName.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceNameCreateBulk) Save 

func (sncb *SourceNameCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*SourceName, error)

Save creates the SourceName entities in the database.

func (*SourceNameCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (sncb *SourceNameCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*SourceName

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type SourceNameDelete 

type SourceNameDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNameDelete is the builder for deleting a SourceName entity.

func (*SourceNameDelete) Exec 

func (snd *SourceNameDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*SourceNameDelete) ExecX 

func (snd *SourceNameDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameDelete) Where 

func (snd *SourceNameDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.SourceName) *SourceNameDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the SourceNameDelete builder.

type SourceNameDeleteOne 

type SourceNameDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNameDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single SourceName entity.

func (*SourceNameDeleteOne) Exec 

func (sndo *SourceNameDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*SourceNameDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (sndo *SourceNameDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameDeleteOne) Where 

func (sndo *SourceNameDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.SourceName) *SourceNameDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the SourceNameDelete builder.

type SourceNameEdge 

type SourceNameEdge struct {
	Node   *SourceName `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor      `json:"cursor"`
}

SourceNameEdge is the edge representation of SourceName.

type SourceNameEdges 

type SourceNameEdges struct {
	// Namespace holds the value of the namespace edge.
	Namespace *SourceNamespace `json:"namespace,omitempty"`
	// Occurrences holds the value of the occurrences edge.
	Occurrences []*Occurrence `json:"occurrences,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNameEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (SourceNameEdges) NamespaceOrErr 

func (e SourceNameEdges) NamespaceOrErr() (*SourceNamespace, error)

NamespaceOrErr returns the Namespace value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (SourceNameEdges) OccurrencesOrErr 

func (e SourceNameEdges) OccurrencesOrErr() ([]*Occurrence, error)

OccurrencesOrErr returns the Occurrences value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type SourceNameGroupBy 

type SourceNameGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNameGroupBy is the group-by builder for SourceName entities.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (sngb *SourceNameGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *SourceNameGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *SourceNameGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *SourceNameGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *SourceNameGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *SourceNameGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *SourceNameGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *SourceNameGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *SourceNameGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *SourceNameGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) Int 

func (s *SourceNameGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *SourceNameGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *SourceNameGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *SourceNameGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) Scan 

func (sngb *SourceNameGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *SourceNameGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) String 

func (s *SourceNameGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *SourceNameGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *SourceNameGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNameGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *SourceNameGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type SourceNameMutation 

type SourceNameMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNameMutation represents an operation that mutates the SourceName nodes in the graph.

func (*SourceNameMutation) AddField 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*SourceNameMutation) AddOccurrenceIDs 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) AddOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int)

AddOccurrenceIDs adds the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity by ids.

func (*SourceNameMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*SourceNameMutation) AddedField 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*SourceNameMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*SourceNameMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*SourceNameMutation) ClearCommit 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) ClearCommit()

ClearCommit clears the value of the "commit" field.

func (*SourceNameMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*SourceNameMutation) ClearField 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*SourceNameMutation) ClearNamespace 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) ClearNamespace()

ClearNamespace clears the "namespace" edge to the SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceNameMutation) ClearOccurrences 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) ClearOccurrences()

ClearOccurrences clears the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity.

func (*SourceNameMutation) ClearTag 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) ClearTag()

ClearTag clears the value of the "tag" field.

func (*SourceNameMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*SourceNameMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (SourceNameMutation) Client 

func (m SourceNameMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*SourceNameMutation) Commit 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) Commit() (r string, exists bool)

Commit returns the value of the "commit" field in the mutation.

func (*SourceNameMutation) CommitCleared 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) CommitCleared() bool

CommitCleared returns if the "commit" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (*SourceNameMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*SourceNameMutation) Field 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*SourceNameMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*SourceNameMutation) Fields 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*SourceNameMutation) ID 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*SourceNameMutation) IDs 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*SourceNameMutation) Name 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) Name() (r string, exists bool)

Name returns the value of the "name" field in the mutation.

func (*SourceNameMutation) NamespaceCleared 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) NamespaceCleared() bool

NamespaceCleared reports if the "namespace" edge to the SourceNamespace entity was cleared.

func (*SourceNameMutation) NamespaceID 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) NamespaceID() (r int, exists bool)

NamespaceID returns the value of the "namespace_id" field in the mutation.

func (*SourceNameMutation) NamespaceIDs 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) NamespaceIDs() (ids []int)

NamespaceIDs returns the "namespace" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use NamespaceID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*SourceNameMutation) OccurrencesCleared 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) OccurrencesCleared() bool

OccurrencesCleared reports if the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity was cleared.

func (*SourceNameMutation) OccurrencesIDs 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) OccurrencesIDs() (ids []int)

OccurrencesIDs returns the "occurrences" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*SourceNameMutation) OldCommit 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) OldCommit(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldCommit returns the old "commit" field's value of the SourceName entity. If the SourceName object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*SourceNameMutation) OldField 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*SourceNameMutation) OldName 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) OldName(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldName returns the old "name" field's value of the SourceName entity. If the SourceName object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*SourceNameMutation) OldNamespaceID 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) OldNamespaceID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldNamespaceID returns the old "namespace_id" field's value of the SourceName entity. If the SourceName object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*SourceNameMutation) OldTag 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) OldTag(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldTag returns the old "tag" field's value of the SourceName entity. If the SourceName object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*SourceNameMutation) Op 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*SourceNameMutation) RemoveOccurrenceIDs 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) RemoveOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveOccurrenceIDs removes the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity by IDs.

func (*SourceNameMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*SourceNameMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*SourceNameMutation) RemovedOccurrencesIDs 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) RemovedOccurrencesIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedOccurrences returns the removed IDs of the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity.

func (*SourceNameMutation) ResetCommit 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) ResetCommit()

ResetCommit resets all changes to the "commit" field.

func (*SourceNameMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*SourceNameMutation) ResetField 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*SourceNameMutation) ResetName 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) ResetName()

ResetName resets all changes to the "name" field.

func (*SourceNameMutation) ResetNamespace 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) ResetNamespace()

ResetNamespace resets all changes to the "namespace" edge.

func (*SourceNameMutation) ResetNamespaceID 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) ResetNamespaceID()

ResetNamespaceID resets all changes to the "namespace_id" field.

func (*SourceNameMutation) ResetOccurrences 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) ResetOccurrences()

ResetOccurrences resets all changes to the "occurrences" edge.

func (*SourceNameMutation) ResetTag 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) ResetTag()

ResetTag resets all changes to the "tag" field.

func (*SourceNameMutation) SetCommit 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) SetCommit(s string)

SetCommit sets the "commit" field.

func (*SourceNameMutation) SetField 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*SourceNameMutation) SetName 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) SetName(s string)

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*SourceNameMutation) SetNamespaceID 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) SetNamespaceID(i int)

SetNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field.

func (*SourceNameMutation) SetOp 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*SourceNameMutation) SetTag 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) SetTag(s string)

SetTag sets the "tag" field.

func (*SourceNameMutation) Tag 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) Tag() (r string, exists bool)

Tag returns the value of the "tag" field in the mutation.

func (*SourceNameMutation) TagCleared 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) TagCleared() bool

TagCleared returns if the "tag" field was cleared in this mutation.

func (SourceNameMutation) Tx 

func (m SourceNameMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*SourceNameMutation) Type 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (SourceName).

func (*SourceNameMutation) Where 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.SourceName)

Where appends a list predicates to the SourceNameMutation builder.

func (*SourceNameMutation) WhereP 

func (m *SourceNameMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the SourceNameMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type SourceNameOrder 

type SourceNameOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection        `json:"direction"`
	Field     *SourceNameOrderField `json:"field"`
}

SourceNameOrder defines the ordering of SourceName.

type SourceNameOrderField 

type SourceNameOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given SourceName.
	Value func(*SourceName) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNameOrderField defines the ordering field of SourceName.

type SourceNamePaginateOption 

type SourceNamePaginateOption func(*sourcenamePager) error

SourceNamePaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithSourceNameFilter 

func WithSourceNameFilter(filter func(*SourceNameQuery) (*SourceNameQuery, error)) SourceNamePaginateOption

WithSourceNameFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithSourceNameOrder 

func WithSourceNameOrder(order *SourceNameOrder) SourceNamePaginateOption

WithSourceNameOrder configures pagination ordering.

type SourceNameQuery 

type SourceNameQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNameQuery is the builder for querying SourceName entities.

func (*SourceNameQuery) Aggregate 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *SourceNameSelect

Aggregate returns a SourceNameSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*SourceNameQuery) All 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*SourceName, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of SourceNames.

func (*SourceNameQuery) AllX 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*SourceName

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameQuery) Clone 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) Clone() *SourceNameQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the SourceNameQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*SourceNameQuery) CollectFields 

func (sn *SourceNameQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*SourceNameQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*SourceNameQuery) Count 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*SourceNameQuery) CountX 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameQuery) Exist 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*SourceNameQuery) ExistX 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameQuery) First 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*SourceName, error)

First returns the first SourceName entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no SourceName was found.

func (*SourceNameQuery) FirstID 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first SourceName ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no SourceName ID was found.

func (*SourceNameQuery) FirstIDX 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameQuery) FirstX 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *SourceName

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameQuery) GroupBy 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *SourceNameGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Name string `json:"name,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.SourceName.Query().
	GroupBy(sourcename.FieldName).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*SourceNameQuery) IDs 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of SourceName IDs.

func (*SourceNameQuery) IDsX 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameQuery) Limit 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) Limit(limit int) *SourceNameQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*SourceNameQuery) Offset 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) Offset(offset int) *SourceNameQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*SourceNameQuery) Only 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*SourceName, error)

Only returns a single SourceName entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one SourceName entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no SourceName entities are found.

func (*SourceNameQuery) OnlyID 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only SourceName ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one SourceName ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*SourceNameQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameQuery) OnlyX 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *SourceName

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameQuery) Order 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) Order(o ...sourcename.OrderOption) *SourceNameQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*SourceNameQuery) Paginate 

func (sn *SourceNameQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...SourceNamePaginateOption,
) (*SourceNameConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to SourceName.

func (*SourceNameQuery) QueryNamespace 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) QueryNamespace() *SourceNamespaceQuery

QueryNamespace chains the current query on the "namespace" edge.

func (*SourceNameQuery) QueryOccurrences 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) QueryOccurrences() *OccurrenceQuery

QueryOccurrences chains the current query on the "occurrences" edge.

func (*SourceNameQuery) Select 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) Select(fields ...string) *SourceNameSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Name string `json:"name,omitempty"`
}

client.SourceName.Query().
	Select(sourcename.FieldName).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*SourceNameQuery) Unique 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) Unique(unique bool) *SourceNameQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*SourceNameQuery) Where 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.SourceName) *SourceNameQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the SourceNameQuery builder.

func (*SourceNameQuery) WithNamedOccurrences 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) WithNamedOccurrences(name string, opts ...func(*OccurrenceQuery)) *SourceNameQuery

WithNamedOccurrences tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "occurrences" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*SourceNameQuery) WithNamespace 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) WithNamespace(opts ...func(*SourceNamespaceQuery)) *SourceNameQuery

WithNamespace tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "namespace" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*SourceNameQuery) WithOccurrences 

func (snq *SourceNameQuery) WithOccurrences(opts ...func(*OccurrenceQuery)) *SourceNameQuery

WithOccurrences tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "occurrences" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type SourceNameSelect 

type SourceNameSelect struct {
	*SourceNameQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNameSelect is the builder for selecting fields of SourceName entities.

func (*SourceNameSelect) Aggregate 

func (sns *SourceNameSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *SourceNameSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*SourceNameSelect) Bool 

func (s *SourceNameSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNameSelect) BoolX 

func (s *SourceNameSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameSelect) Bools 

func (s *SourceNameSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNameSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *SourceNameSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameSelect) Float64 

func (s *SourceNameSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNameSelect) Float64X 

func (s *SourceNameSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameSelect) Float64s 

func (s *SourceNameSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNameSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *SourceNameSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameSelect) Int 

func (s *SourceNameSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNameSelect) IntX 

func (s *SourceNameSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameSelect) Ints 

func (s *SourceNameSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNameSelect) IntsX 

func (s *SourceNameSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameSelect) Scan 

func (sns *SourceNameSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*SourceNameSelect) ScanX 

func (s *SourceNameSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameSelect) String 

func (s *SourceNameSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNameSelect) StringX 

func (s *SourceNameSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameSelect) Strings 

func (s *SourceNameSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNameSelect) StringsX 

func (s *SourceNameSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type SourceNameUpdate 

type SourceNameUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNameUpdate is the builder for updating SourceName entities.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) AddOccurrenceIDs 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) AddOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int) *SourceNameUpdate

AddOccurrenceIDs adds the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity by IDs.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) AddOccurrences 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) AddOccurrences(o ...*Occurrence) *SourceNameUpdate

AddOccurrences adds the "occurrences" edges to the Occurrence entity.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) ClearCommit 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) ClearCommit() *SourceNameUpdate

ClearCommit clears the value of the "commit" field.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) ClearNamespace 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) ClearNamespace() *SourceNameUpdate

ClearNamespace clears the "namespace" edge to the SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) ClearOccurrences 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) ClearOccurrences() *SourceNameUpdate

ClearOccurrences clears all "occurrences" edges to the Occurrence entity.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) ClearTag 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) ClearTag() *SourceNameUpdate

ClearTag clears the value of the "tag" field.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) Exec 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) ExecX 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) Mutation 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) Mutation() *SourceNameMutation

Mutation returns the SourceNameMutation object of the builder.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) RemoveOccurrenceIDs 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) RemoveOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int) *SourceNameUpdate

RemoveOccurrenceIDs removes the "occurrences" edge to Occurrence entities by IDs.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) RemoveOccurrences 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) RemoveOccurrences(o ...*Occurrence) *SourceNameUpdate

RemoveOccurrences removes "occurrences" edges to Occurrence entities.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) Save 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) SaveX 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) SetCommit 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) SetCommit(s string) *SourceNameUpdate

SetCommit sets the "commit" field.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) SetName 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) SetName(s string) *SourceNameUpdate

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) SetNamespace 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) SetNamespace(s *SourceNamespace) *SourceNameUpdate

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" edge to the SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) SetNamespaceID 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) SetNamespaceID(i int) *SourceNameUpdate

SetNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) SetNillableCommit 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) SetNillableCommit(s *string) *SourceNameUpdate

SetNillableCommit sets the "commit" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) SetNillableTag 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) SetNillableTag(s *string) *SourceNameUpdate

SetNillableTag sets the "tag" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) SetTag 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) SetTag(s string) *SourceNameUpdate

SetTag sets the "tag" field.

func (*SourceNameUpdate) Where 

func (snu *SourceNameUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.SourceName) *SourceNameUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the SourceNameUpdate builder.

type SourceNameUpdateOne 

type SourceNameUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNameUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single SourceName entity.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) AddOccurrenceIDs 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) AddOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int) *SourceNameUpdateOne

AddOccurrenceIDs adds the "occurrences" edge to the Occurrence entity by IDs.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) AddOccurrences 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) AddOccurrences(o ...*Occurrence) *SourceNameUpdateOne

AddOccurrences adds the "occurrences" edges to the Occurrence entity.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) ClearCommit 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) ClearCommit() *SourceNameUpdateOne

ClearCommit clears the value of the "commit" field.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) ClearNamespace 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) ClearNamespace() *SourceNameUpdateOne

ClearNamespace clears the "namespace" edge to the SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) ClearOccurrences 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) ClearOccurrences() *SourceNameUpdateOne

ClearOccurrences clears all "occurrences" edges to the Occurrence entity.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) ClearTag 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) ClearTag() *SourceNameUpdateOne

ClearTag clears the value of the "tag" field.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) Exec 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) Mutation() *SourceNameMutation

Mutation returns the SourceNameMutation object of the builder.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) RemoveOccurrenceIDs 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) RemoveOccurrenceIDs(ids ...int) *SourceNameUpdateOne

RemoveOccurrenceIDs removes the "occurrences" edge to Occurrence entities by IDs.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) RemoveOccurrences 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) RemoveOccurrences(o ...*Occurrence) *SourceNameUpdateOne

RemoveOccurrences removes "occurrences" edges to Occurrence entities.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) Save 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*SourceName, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated SourceName entity.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *SourceName

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) Select 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *SourceNameUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) SetCommit 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) SetCommit(s string) *SourceNameUpdateOne

SetCommit sets the "commit" field.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) SetName 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) SetName(s string) *SourceNameUpdateOne

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) SetNamespace 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) SetNamespace(s *SourceNamespace) *SourceNameUpdateOne

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" edge to the SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) SetNamespaceID 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) SetNamespaceID(i int) *SourceNameUpdateOne

SetNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) SetNillableCommit 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) SetNillableCommit(s *string) *SourceNameUpdateOne

SetNillableCommit sets the "commit" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) SetNillableTag 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) SetNillableTag(s *string) *SourceNameUpdateOne

SetNillableTag sets the "tag" field if the given value is not nil.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) SetTag 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) SetTag(s string) *SourceNameUpdateOne

SetTag sets the "tag" field.

func (*SourceNameUpdateOne) Where 

func (snuo *SourceNameUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.SourceName) *SourceNameUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the SourceNameUpdate builder.

type SourceNameUpsert 

type SourceNameUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

SourceNameUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*SourceNameUpsert) ClearCommit 

func (u *SourceNameUpsert) ClearCommit() *SourceNameUpsert

ClearCommit clears the value of the "commit" field.

func (*SourceNameUpsert) ClearTag 

func (u *SourceNameUpsert) ClearTag() *SourceNameUpsert

ClearTag clears the value of the "tag" field.

func (*SourceNameUpsert) SetCommit 

func (u *SourceNameUpsert) SetCommit(v string) *SourceNameUpsert

SetCommit sets the "commit" field.

func (*SourceNameUpsert) SetName 

func (u *SourceNameUpsert) SetName(v string) *SourceNameUpsert

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*SourceNameUpsert) SetNamespaceID 

func (u *SourceNameUpsert) SetNamespaceID(v int) *SourceNameUpsert

SetNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field.

func (*SourceNameUpsert) SetTag 

func (u *SourceNameUpsert) SetTag(v string) *SourceNameUpsert

SetTag sets the "tag" field.

func (*SourceNameUpsert) UpdateCommit 

func (u *SourceNameUpsert) UpdateCommit() *SourceNameUpsert

UpdateCommit sets the "commit" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SourceNameUpsert) UpdateName 

func (u *SourceNameUpsert) UpdateName() *SourceNameUpsert

UpdateName sets the "name" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SourceNameUpsert) UpdateNamespaceID 

func (u *SourceNameUpsert) UpdateNamespaceID() *SourceNameUpsert

UpdateNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SourceNameUpsert) UpdateTag 

func (u *SourceNameUpsert) UpdateTag() *SourceNameUpsert

UpdateTag sets the "tag" field to the value that was provided on create.

type SourceNameUpsertBulk 

type SourceNameUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNameUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of SourceName nodes.

func (*SourceNameUpsertBulk) ClearCommit 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertBulk) ClearCommit() *SourceNameUpsertBulk

ClearCommit clears the value of the "commit" field.

func (*SourceNameUpsertBulk) ClearTag 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertBulk) ClearTag() *SourceNameUpsertBulk

ClearTag clears the value of the "tag" field.

func (*SourceNameUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *SourceNameUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*SourceNameUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SourceNameUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertBulk) Ignore() *SourceNameUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SourceName.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceNameUpsertBulk) SetCommit 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertBulk) SetCommit(v string) *SourceNameUpsertBulk

SetCommit sets the "commit" field.

func (*SourceNameUpsertBulk) SetName 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertBulk) SetName(v string) *SourceNameUpsertBulk

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*SourceNameUpsertBulk) SetNamespaceID 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertBulk) SetNamespaceID(v int) *SourceNameUpsertBulk

SetNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field.

func (*SourceNameUpsertBulk) SetTag 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertBulk) SetTag(v string) *SourceNameUpsertBulk

SetTag sets the "tag" field.

func (*SourceNameUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*SourceNameUpsert)) *SourceNameUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the SourceNameCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*SourceNameUpsertBulk) UpdateCommit 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertBulk) UpdateCommit() *SourceNameUpsertBulk

UpdateCommit sets the "commit" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SourceNameUpsertBulk) UpdateName 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertBulk) UpdateName() *SourceNameUpsertBulk

UpdateName sets the "name" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SourceNameUpsertBulk) UpdateNamespaceID 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertBulk) UpdateNamespaceID() *SourceNameUpsertBulk

UpdateNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SourceNameUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *SourceNameUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SourceName.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceNameUpsertBulk) UpdateTag 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertBulk) UpdateTag() *SourceNameUpsertBulk

UpdateTag sets the "tag" field to the value that was provided on create.

type SourceNameUpsertOne 

type SourceNameUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNameUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one SourceName node.

func (*SourceNameUpsertOne) ClearCommit 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertOne) ClearCommit() *SourceNameUpsertOne

ClearCommit clears the value of the "commit" field.

func (*SourceNameUpsertOne) ClearTag 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertOne) ClearTag() *SourceNameUpsertOne

ClearTag clears the value of the "tag" field.

func (*SourceNameUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertOne) DoNothing() *SourceNameUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*SourceNameUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SourceNameUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*SourceNameUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNameUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertOne) Ignore() *SourceNameUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SourceName.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceNameUpsertOne) SetCommit 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertOne) SetCommit(v string) *SourceNameUpsertOne

SetCommit sets the "commit" field.

func (*SourceNameUpsertOne) SetName 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertOne) SetName(v string) *SourceNameUpsertOne

SetName sets the "name" field.

func (*SourceNameUpsertOne) SetNamespaceID 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertOne) SetNamespaceID(v int) *SourceNameUpsertOne

SetNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field.

func (*SourceNameUpsertOne) SetTag 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertOne) SetTag(v string) *SourceNameUpsertOne

SetTag sets the "tag" field.

func (*SourceNameUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertOne) Update(set func(*SourceNameUpsert)) *SourceNameUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the SourceNameCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*SourceNameUpsertOne) UpdateCommit 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertOne) UpdateCommit() *SourceNameUpsertOne

UpdateCommit sets the "commit" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SourceNameUpsertOne) UpdateName 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertOne) UpdateName() *SourceNameUpsertOne

UpdateName sets the "name" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SourceNameUpsertOne) UpdateNamespaceID 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertOne) UpdateNamespaceID() *SourceNameUpsertOne

UpdateNamespaceID sets the "namespace_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SourceNameUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *SourceNameUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SourceName.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceNameUpsertOne) UpdateTag 

func (u *SourceNameUpsertOne) UpdateTag() *SourceNameUpsertOne

UpdateTag sets the "tag" field to the value that was provided on create.

type SourceNames 

type SourceNames []*SourceName

SourceNames is a parsable slice of SourceName.

type SourceNamespace 

type SourceNamespace struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Namespace holds the value of the "namespace" field.
	Namespace string `json:"namespace,omitempty"`
	// SourceID holds the value of the "source_id" field.
	SourceID int `json:"source_id,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the SourceNamespaceQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges SourceNamespaceEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNamespace is the model entity for the SourceNamespace schema.

func (*SourceNamespace) IsNode 

func (n *SourceNamespace) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*SourceNamespace) NamedNames 

func (sn *SourceNamespace) NamedNames(name string) ([]*SourceName, error)

NamedNames returns the Names named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*SourceNamespace) Names 

func (sn *SourceNamespace) Names(ctx context.Context) (result []*SourceName, err error)

func (*SourceNamespace) QueryNames 

func (sn *SourceNamespace) QueryNames() *SourceNameQuery

QueryNames queries the "names" edge of the SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceNamespace) QuerySourceType 

func (sn *SourceNamespace) QuerySourceType() *SourceTypeQuery

QuerySourceType queries the "source_type" edge of the SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceNamespace) SourceType 

func (sn *SourceNamespace) SourceType(ctx context.Context) (*SourceType, error)

func (*SourceNamespace) String 

func (sn *SourceNamespace) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*SourceNamespace) ToEdge 

func (sn *SourceNamespace) ToEdge(order *SourceNamespaceOrder) *SourceNamespaceEdge

ToEdge converts SourceNamespace into SourceNamespaceEdge.

func (*SourceNamespace) Unwrap 

func (sn *SourceNamespace) Unwrap() *SourceNamespace

Unwrap unwraps the SourceNamespace entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*SourceNamespace) Update 

func (sn *SourceNamespace) Update() *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this SourceNamespace. Note that you need to call SourceNamespace.Unwrap() before calling this method if this SourceNamespace was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*SourceNamespace) Value 

func (sn *SourceNamespace) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the SourceNamespace. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type SourceNamespaceClient 

type SourceNamespaceClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNamespaceClient is a client for the SourceNamespace schema.

func NewSourceNamespaceClient 

func NewSourceNamespaceClient(c config) *SourceNamespaceClient

NewSourceNamespaceClient returns a client for the SourceNamespace from the given config.

func (*SourceNamespaceClient) Create 

func (c *SourceNamespaceClient) Create() *SourceNamespaceCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *SourceNamespaceClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*SourceNamespaceCreate) *SourceNamespaceCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of SourceNamespace entities.

func (*SourceNamespaceClient) Delete 

func (c *SourceNamespaceClient) Delete() *SourceNamespaceDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for SourceNamespace.

func (*SourceNamespaceClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *SourceNamespaceClient) DeleteOne(sn *SourceNamespace) *SourceNamespaceDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *SourceNamespaceClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *SourceNamespaceDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*SourceNamespaceClient) Get 

func (c *SourceNamespaceClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*SourceNamespace, error)

Get returns a SourceNamespace entity by its id.

func (*SourceNamespaceClient) GetX 

func (c *SourceNamespaceClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *SourceNamespace

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceClient) Hooks 

func (c *SourceNamespaceClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*SourceNamespaceClient) Intercept 

func (c *SourceNamespaceClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `sourcenamespace.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*SourceNamespaceClient) Interceptors 

func (c *SourceNamespaceClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*SourceNamespaceClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *SourceNamespaceClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*SourceNamespaceCreate, int)) *SourceNamespaceCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*SourceNamespaceClient) Query 

func (c *SourceNamespaceClient) Query() *SourceNamespaceQuery

Query returns a query builder for SourceNamespace.

func (*SourceNamespaceClient) QueryNames 

func (c *SourceNamespaceClient) QueryNames(sn *SourceNamespace) *SourceNameQuery

QueryNames queries the names edge of a SourceNamespace.

func (*SourceNamespaceClient) QuerySourceType 

func (c *SourceNamespaceClient) QuerySourceType(sn *SourceNamespace) *SourceTypeQuery

QuerySourceType queries the source_type edge of a SourceNamespace.

func (*SourceNamespaceClient) Update 

func (c *SourceNamespaceClient) Update() *SourceNamespaceUpdate

Update returns an update builder for SourceNamespace.

func (*SourceNamespaceClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *SourceNamespaceClient) UpdateOne(sn *SourceNamespace) *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *SourceNamespaceClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*SourceNamespaceClient) Use 

func (c *SourceNamespaceClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `sourcenamespace.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type SourceNamespaceConnection 

type SourceNamespaceConnection struct {
	Edges      []*SourceNamespaceEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo               `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int                    `json:"totalCount"`
}

SourceNamespaceConnection is the connection containing edges to SourceNamespace.

type SourceNamespaceCreate 

type SourceNamespaceCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNamespaceCreate is the builder for creating a SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceCreate) AddNameIDs 

func (snc *SourceNamespaceCreate) AddNameIDs(ids ...int) *SourceNamespaceCreate

AddNameIDs adds the "names" edge to the SourceName entity by IDs.

func (*SourceNamespaceCreate) AddNames 

func (snc *SourceNamespaceCreate) AddNames(s ...*SourceName) *SourceNamespaceCreate

AddNames adds the "names" edges to the SourceName entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceCreate) Exec 

func (snc *SourceNamespaceCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SourceNamespaceCreate) ExecX 

func (snc *SourceNamespaceCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceCreate) Mutation 

func (snc *SourceNamespaceCreate) Mutation() *SourceNamespaceMutation

Mutation returns the SourceNamespaceMutation object of the builder.

func (*SourceNamespaceCreate) OnConflict 

func (snc *SourceNamespaceCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.SourceNamespace.Create().
	SetNamespace(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.SourceNamespaceUpsert) {
		SetNamespace(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceNamespaceCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (snc *SourceNamespaceCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SourceNamespace.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceNamespaceCreate) Save 

func (snc *SourceNamespaceCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*SourceNamespace, error)

Save creates the SourceNamespace in the database.

func (*SourceNamespaceCreate) SaveX 

func (snc *SourceNamespaceCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *SourceNamespace

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*SourceNamespaceCreate) SetNamespace 

func (snc *SourceNamespaceCreate) SetNamespace(s string) *SourceNamespaceCreate

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" field.

func (*SourceNamespaceCreate) SetSourceID 

func (snc *SourceNamespaceCreate) SetSourceID(i int) *SourceNamespaceCreate

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*SourceNamespaceCreate) SetSourceType 

func (snc *SourceNamespaceCreate) SetSourceType(s *SourceType) *SourceNamespaceCreate

SetSourceType sets the "source_type" edge to the SourceType entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceCreate) SetSourceTypeID 

func (snc *SourceNamespaceCreate) SetSourceTypeID(id int) *SourceNamespaceCreate

SetSourceTypeID sets the "source_type" edge to the SourceType entity by ID.

type SourceNamespaceCreateBulk 

type SourceNamespaceCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNamespaceCreateBulk is the builder for creating many SourceNamespace entities in bulk.

func (*SourceNamespaceCreateBulk) Exec 

func (sncb *SourceNamespaceCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SourceNamespaceCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (sncb *SourceNamespaceCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (sncb *SourceNamespaceCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.SourceNamespace.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.SourceNamespaceUpsert) {
		SetNamespace(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceNamespaceCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (sncb *SourceNamespaceCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SourceNamespace.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceNamespaceCreateBulk) Save 

func (sncb *SourceNamespaceCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*SourceNamespace, error)

Save creates the SourceNamespace entities in the database.

func (*SourceNamespaceCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (sncb *SourceNamespaceCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*SourceNamespace

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type SourceNamespaceDelete 

type SourceNamespaceDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNamespaceDelete is the builder for deleting a SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceDelete) Exec 

func (snd *SourceNamespaceDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*SourceNamespaceDelete) ExecX 

func (snd *SourceNamespaceDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceDelete) Where 

func (snd *SourceNamespaceDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.SourceNamespace) *SourceNamespaceDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the SourceNamespaceDelete builder.

type SourceNamespaceDeleteOne 

type SourceNamespaceDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNamespaceDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceDeleteOne) Exec 

func (sndo *SourceNamespaceDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*SourceNamespaceDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (sndo *SourceNamespaceDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceDeleteOne) Where 

func (sndo *SourceNamespaceDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.SourceNamespace) *SourceNamespaceDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the SourceNamespaceDelete builder.

type SourceNamespaceEdge 

type SourceNamespaceEdge struct {
	Node   *SourceNamespace `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor           `json:"cursor"`
}

SourceNamespaceEdge is the edge representation of SourceNamespace.

type SourceNamespaceEdges 

type SourceNamespaceEdges struct {
	// SourceType holds the value of the source_type edge.
	SourceType *SourceType `json:"source_type,omitempty"`
	// Names holds the value of the names edge.
	Names []*SourceName `json:"names,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNamespaceEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (SourceNamespaceEdges) NamesOrErr 

func (e SourceNamespaceEdges) NamesOrErr() ([]*SourceName, error)

NamesOrErr returns the Names value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

func (SourceNamespaceEdges) SourceTypeOrErr 

func (e SourceNamespaceEdges) SourceTypeOrErr() (*SourceType, error)

SourceTypeOrErr returns the SourceType value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

type SourceNamespaceGroupBy 

type SourceNamespaceGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNamespaceGroupBy is the group-by builder for SourceNamespace entities.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (sngb *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *SourceNamespaceGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Int 

func (s *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Scan 

func (sngb *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) String 

func (s *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNamespaceGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *SourceNamespaceGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type SourceNamespaceMutation 

type SourceNamespaceMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNamespaceMutation represents an operation that mutates the SourceNamespace nodes in the graph.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) AddField 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) AddNameIDs 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) AddNameIDs(ids ...int)

AddNameIDs adds the "names" edge to the SourceName entity by ids.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) AddedField 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) ClearField 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) ClearNames 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) ClearNames()

ClearNames clears the "names" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) ClearSourceType 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) ClearSourceType()

ClearSourceType clears the "source_type" edge to the SourceType entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (SourceNamespaceMutation) Client 

func (m SourceNamespaceMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) Field 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) Fields 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) ID 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) IDs 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) NamesCleared 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) NamesCleared() bool

NamesCleared reports if the "names" edge to the SourceName entity was cleared.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) NamesIDs 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) NamesIDs() (ids []int)

NamesIDs returns the "names" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) Namespace 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) Namespace() (r string, exists bool)

Namespace returns the value of the "namespace" field in the mutation.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) OldField 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) OldNamespace 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) OldNamespace(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldNamespace returns the old "namespace" field's value of the SourceNamespace entity. If the SourceNamespace object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) OldSourceID 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) OldSourceID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldSourceID returns the old "source_id" field's value of the SourceNamespace entity. If the SourceNamespace object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) Op 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) RemoveNameIDs 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) RemoveNameIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveNameIDs removes the "names" edge to the SourceName entity by IDs.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) RemovedNamesIDs 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) RemovedNamesIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedNames returns the removed IDs of the "names" edge to the SourceName entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) ResetField 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) ResetNames 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) ResetNames()

ResetNames resets all changes to the "names" edge.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) ResetNamespace 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) ResetNamespace()

ResetNamespace resets all changes to the "namespace" field.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) ResetSourceID 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) ResetSourceID()

ResetSourceID resets all changes to the "source_id" field.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) ResetSourceType 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) ResetSourceType()

ResetSourceType resets all changes to the "source_type" edge.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) SetField 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) SetNamespace 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) SetNamespace(s string)

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" field.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) SetOp 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) SetSourceID 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) SetSourceID(i int)

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) SetSourceTypeID 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) SetSourceTypeID(id int)

SetSourceTypeID sets the "source_type" edge to the SourceType entity by id.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) SourceID 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) SourceID() (r int, exists bool)

SourceID returns the value of the "source_id" field in the mutation.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) SourceTypeCleared 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) SourceTypeCleared() bool

SourceTypeCleared reports if the "source_type" edge to the SourceType entity was cleared.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) SourceTypeID 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) SourceTypeID() (id int, exists bool)

SourceTypeID returns the "source_type" edge ID in the mutation.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) SourceTypeIDs 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) SourceTypeIDs() (ids []int)

SourceTypeIDs returns the "source_type" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use SourceTypeID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (SourceNamespaceMutation) Tx 

func (m SourceNamespaceMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) Type 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (SourceNamespace).

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) Where 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.SourceNamespace)

Where appends a list predicates to the SourceNamespaceMutation builder.

func (*SourceNamespaceMutation) WhereP 

func (m *SourceNamespaceMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the SourceNamespaceMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type SourceNamespaceOrder 

type SourceNamespaceOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection             `json:"direction"`
	Field     *SourceNamespaceOrderField `json:"field"`
}

SourceNamespaceOrder defines the ordering of SourceNamespace.

type SourceNamespaceOrderField 

type SourceNamespaceOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given SourceNamespace.
	Value func(*SourceNamespace) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNamespaceOrderField defines the ordering field of SourceNamespace.

type SourceNamespacePaginateOption 

type SourceNamespacePaginateOption func(*sourcenamespacePager) error

SourceNamespacePaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithSourceNamespaceFilter 

func WithSourceNamespaceFilter(filter func(*SourceNamespaceQuery) (*SourceNamespaceQuery, error)) SourceNamespacePaginateOption

WithSourceNamespaceFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithSourceNamespaceOrder 

func WithSourceNamespaceOrder(order *SourceNamespaceOrder) SourceNamespacePaginateOption

WithSourceNamespaceOrder configures pagination ordering.

type SourceNamespaceQuery 

type SourceNamespaceQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNamespaceQuery is the builder for querying SourceNamespace entities.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) Aggregate 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *SourceNamespaceSelect

Aggregate returns a SourceNamespaceSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) All 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*SourceNamespace, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of SourceNamespaces.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) AllX 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*SourceNamespace

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) Clone 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) Clone() *SourceNamespaceQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the SourceNamespaceQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) CollectFields 

func (sn *SourceNamespaceQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*SourceNamespaceQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) Count 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) CountX 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) Exist 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) ExistX 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) First 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*SourceNamespace, error)

First returns the first SourceNamespace entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no SourceNamespace was found.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) FirstID 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first SourceNamespace ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no SourceNamespace ID was found.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) FirstIDX 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) FirstX 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *SourceNamespace

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) GroupBy 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *SourceNamespaceGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Namespace string `json:"namespace,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.SourceNamespace.Query().
	GroupBy(sourcenamespace.FieldNamespace).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) IDs 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of SourceNamespace IDs.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) IDsX 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) Limit 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) Limit(limit int) *SourceNamespaceQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) Offset 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) Offset(offset int) *SourceNamespaceQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) Only 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*SourceNamespace, error)

Only returns a single SourceNamespace entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one SourceNamespace entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no SourceNamespace entities are found.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) OnlyID 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only SourceNamespace ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one SourceNamespace ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) OnlyX 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *SourceNamespace

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) Order 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) Order(o ...sourcenamespace.OrderOption) *SourceNamespaceQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) Paginate 

func (sn *SourceNamespaceQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...SourceNamespacePaginateOption,
) (*SourceNamespaceConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to SourceNamespace.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) QueryNames 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) QueryNames() *SourceNameQuery

QueryNames chains the current query on the "names" edge.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) QuerySourceType 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) QuerySourceType() *SourceTypeQuery

QuerySourceType chains the current query on the "source_type" edge.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) Select 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) Select(fields ...string) *SourceNamespaceSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Namespace string `json:"namespace,omitempty"`
}

client.SourceNamespace.Query().
	Select(sourcenamespace.FieldNamespace).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) Unique 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) Unique(unique bool) *SourceNamespaceQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) Where 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.SourceNamespace) *SourceNamespaceQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the SourceNamespaceQuery builder.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) WithNamedNames 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) WithNamedNames(name string, opts ...func(*SourceNameQuery)) *SourceNamespaceQuery

WithNamedNames tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "names" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) WithNames 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) WithNames(opts ...func(*SourceNameQuery)) *SourceNamespaceQuery

WithNames tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "names" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*SourceNamespaceQuery) WithSourceType 

func (snq *SourceNamespaceQuery) WithSourceType(opts ...func(*SourceTypeQuery)) *SourceNamespaceQuery

WithSourceType tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "source_type" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type SourceNamespaceSelect 

type SourceNamespaceSelect struct {
	*SourceNamespaceQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNamespaceSelect is the builder for selecting fields of SourceNamespace entities.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) Aggregate 

func (sns *SourceNamespaceSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *SourceNamespaceSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) Bool 

func (s *SourceNamespaceSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) BoolX 

func (s *SourceNamespaceSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) Bools 

func (s *SourceNamespaceSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *SourceNamespaceSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) Float64 

func (s *SourceNamespaceSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) Float64X 

func (s *SourceNamespaceSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) Float64s 

func (s *SourceNamespaceSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *SourceNamespaceSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) Int 

func (s *SourceNamespaceSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) IntX 

func (s *SourceNamespaceSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) Ints 

func (s *SourceNamespaceSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) IntsX 

func (s *SourceNamespaceSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) Scan 

func (sns *SourceNamespaceSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) ScanX 

func (s *SourceNamespaceSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) String 

func (s *SourceNamespaceSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) StringX 

func (s *SourceNamespaceSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) Strings 

func (s *SourceNamespaceSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceNamespaceSelect) StringsX 

func (s *SourceNamespaceSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type SourceNamespaceUpdate 

type SourceNamespaceUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNamespaceUpdate is the builder for updating SourceNamespace entities.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdate) AddNameIDs 

func (snu *SourceNamespaceUpdate) AddNameIDs(ids ...int) *SourceNamespaceUpdate

AddNameIDs adds the "names" edge to the SourceName entity by IDs.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdate) AddNames 

func (snu *SourceNamespaceUpdate) AddNames(s ...*SourceName) *SourceNamespaceUpdate

AddNames adds the "names" edges to the SourceName entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdate) ClearNames 

func (snu *SourceNamespaceUpdate) ClearNames() *SourceNamespaceUpdate

ClearNames clears all "names" edges to the SourceName entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdate) ClearSourceType 

func (snu *SourceNamespaceUpdate) ClearSourceType() *SourceNamespaceUpdate

ClearSourceType clears the "source_type" edge to the SourceType entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdate) Exec 

func (snu *SourceNamespaceUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdate) ExecX 

func (snu *SourceNamespaceUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdate) Mutation 

func (snu *SourceNamespaceUpdate) Mutation() *SourceNamespaceMutation

Mutation returns the SourceNamespaceMutation object of the builder.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdate) RemoveNameIDs 

func (snu *SourceNamespaceUpdate) RemoveNameIDs(ids ...int) *SourceNamespaceUpdate

RemoveNameIDs removes the "names" edge to SourceName entities by IDs.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdate) RemoveNames 

func (snu *SourceNamespaceUpdate) RemoveNames(s ...*SourceName) *SourceNamespaceUpdate

RemoveNames removes "names" edges to SourceName entities.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdate) Save 

func (snu *SourceNamespaceUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdate) SaveX 

func (snu *SourceNamespaceUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdate) SetNamespace 

func (snu *SourceNamespaceUpdate) SetNamespace(s string) *SourceNamespaceUpdate

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" field.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdate) SetSourceID 

func (snu *SourceNamespaceUpdate) SetSourceID(i int) *SourceNamespaceUpdate

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdate) SetSourceType 

func (snu *SourceNamespaceUpdate) SetSourceType(s *SourceType) *SourceNamespaceUpdate

SetSourceType sets the "source_type" edge to the SourceType entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdate) SetSourceTypeID 

func (snu *SourceNamespaceUpdate) SetSourceTypeID(id int) *SourceNamespaceUpdate

SetSourceTypeID sets the "source_type" edge to the SourceType entity by ID.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdate) Where 

func (snu *SourceNamespaceUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.SourceNamespace) *SourceNamespaceUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the SourceNamespaceUpdate builder.

type SourceNamespaceUpdateOne 

type SourceNamespaceUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNamespaceUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) AddNameIDs 

func (snuo *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) AddNameIDs(ids ...int) *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne

AddNameIDs adds the "names" edge to the SourceName entity by IDs.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) AddNames 

func (snuo *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) AddNames(s ...*SourceName) *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne

AddNames adds the "names" edges to the SourceName entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) ClearNames 

func (snuo *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) ClearNames() *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne

ClearNames clears all "names" edges to the SourceName entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) ClearSourceType 

func (snuo *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) ClearSourceType() *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne

ClearSourceType clears the "source_type" edge to the SourceType entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) Exec 

func (snuo *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (snuo *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (snuo *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) Mutation() *SourceNamespaceMutation

Mutation returns the SourceNamespaceMutation object of the builder.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) RemoveNameIDs 

func (snuo *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) RemoveNameIDs(ids ...int) *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne

RemoveNameIDs removes the "names" edge to SourceName entities by IDs.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) RemoveNames 

func (snuo *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) RemoveNames(s ...*SourceName) *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne

RemoveNames removes "names" edges to SourceName entities.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) Save 

func (snuo *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*SourceNamespace, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (snuo *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *SourceNamespace

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) Select 

func (snuo *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) SetNamespace 

func (snuo *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) SetNamespace(s string) *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" field.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) SetSourceID 

func (snuo *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) SetSourceID(i int) *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) SetSourceType 

func (snuo *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) SetSourceType(s *SourceType) *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne

SetSourceType sets the "source_type" edge to the SourceType entity.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) SetSourceTypeID 

func (snuo *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) SetSourceTypeID(id int) *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne

SetSourceTypeID sets the "source_type" edge to the SourceType entity by ID.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) Where 

func (snuo *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.SourceNamespace) *SourceNamespaceUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the SourceNamespaceUpdate builder.

type SourceNamespaceUpsert 

type SourceNamespaceUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

SourceNamespaceUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsert) SetNamespace 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsert) SetNamespace(v string) *SourceNamespaceUpsert

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" field.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsert) SetSourceID 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsert) SetSourceID(v int) *SourceNamespaceUpsert

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsert) UpdateNamespace 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsert) UpdateNamespace() *SourceNamespaceUpsert

UpdateNamespace sets the "namespace" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsert) UpdateSourceID 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsert) UpdateSourceID() *SourceNamespaceUpsert

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk 

type SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of SourceNamespace nodes.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) Ignore() *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SourceNamespace.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) SetNamespace 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) SetNamespace(v string) *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" field.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) SetSourceID 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) SetSourceID(v int) *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*SourceNamespaceUpsert)) *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the SourceNamespaceCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) UpdateNamespace 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) UpdateNamespace() *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk

UpdateNamespace sets the "namespace" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SourceNamespace.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) UpdateSourceID 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk) UpdateSourceID() *SourceNamespaceUpsertBulk

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type SourceNamespaceUpsertOne 

type SourceNamespaceUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceNamespaceUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one SourceNamespace node.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) DoNothing() *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) Ignore() *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SourceNamespace.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) SetNamespace 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) SetNamespace(v string) *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne

SetNamespace sets the "namespace" field.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) SetSourceID 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) SetSourceID(v int) *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne

SetSourceID sets the "source_id" field.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) Update(set func(*SourceNamespaceUpsert)) *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the SourceNamespaceCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) UpdateNamespace 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) UpdateNamespace() *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne

UpdateNamespace sets the "namespace" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SourceNamespace.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) UpdateSourceID 

func (u *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne) UpdateSourceID() *SourceNamespaceUpsertOne

UpdateSourceID sets the "source_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type SourceNamespaces 

type SourceNamespaces []*SourceNamespace

SourceNamespaces is a parsable slice of SourceNamespace.

type SourceType 

type SourceType struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Type holds the value of the "type" field.
	Type string `json:"type,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the SourceTypeQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges SourceTypeEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceType is the model entity for the SourceType schema.

func (*SourceType) IsNode 

func (n *SourceType) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*SourceType) NamedNamespaces 

func (st *SourceType) NamedNamespaces(name string) ([]*SourceNamespace, error)

NamedNamespaces returns the Namespaces named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*SourceType) Namespaces 

func (st *SourceType) Namespaces(ctx context.Context) (result []*SourceNamespace, err error)

func (*SourceType) QueryNamespaces 

func (st *SourceType) QueryNamespaces() *SourceNamespaceQuery

QueryNamespaces queries the "namespaces" edge of the SourceType entity.

func (*SourceType) String 

func (st *SourceType) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*SourceType) ToEdge 

func (st *SourceType) ToEdge(order *SourceTypeOrder) *SourceTypeEdge

ToEdge converts SourceType into SourceTypeEdge.

func (*SourceType) Unwrap 

func (st *SourceType) Unwrap() *SourceType

Unwrap unwraps the SourceType entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*SourceType) Update 

func (st *SourceType) Update() *SourceTypeUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this SourceType. Note that you need to call SourceType.Unwrap() before calling this method if this SourceType was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*SourceType) Value 

func (st *SourceType) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the SourceType. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

type SourceTypeClient 

type SourceTypeClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceTypeClient is a client for the SourceType schema.

func NewSourceTypeClient 

func NewSourceTypeClient(c config) *SourceTypeClient

NewSourceTypeClient returns a client for the SourceType from the given config.

func (*SourceTypeClient) Create 

func (c *SourceTypeClient) Create() *SourceTypeCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a SourceType entity.

func (*SourceTypeClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *SourceTypeClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*SourceTypeCreate) *SourceTypeCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of SourceType entities.

func (*SourceTypeClient) Delete 

func (c *SourceTypeClient) Delete() *SourceTypeDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for SourceType.

func (*SourceTypeClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *SourceTypeClient) DeleteOne(st *SourceType) *SourceTypeDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*SourceTypeClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *SourceTypeClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *SourceTypeDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*SourceTypeClient) Get 

func (c *SourceTypeClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*SourceType, error)

Get returns a SourceType entity by its id.

func (*SourceTypeClient) GetX 

func (c *SourceTypeClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *SourceType

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeClient) Hooks 

func (c *SourceTypeClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*SourceTypeClient) Intercept 

func (c *SourceTypeClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `sourcetype.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*SourceTypeClient) Interceptors 

func (c *SourceTypeClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*SourceTypeClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *SourceTypeClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*SourceTypeCreate, int)) *SourceTypeCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*SourceTypeClient) Query 

func (c *SourceTypeClient) Query() *SourceTypeQuery

Query returns a query builder for SourceType.

func (*SourceTypeClient) QueryNamespaces 

func (c *SourceTypeClient) QueryNamespaces(st *SourceType) *SourceNamespaceQuery

QueryNamespaces queries the namespaces edge of a SourceType.

func (*SourceTypeClient) Update 

func (c *SourceTypeClient) Update() *SourceTypeUpdate

Update returns an update builder for SourceType.

func (*SourceTypeClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *SourceTypeClient) UpdateOne(st *SourceType) *SourceTypeUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*SourceTypeClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *SourceTypeClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *SourceTypeUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*SourceTypeClient) Use 

func (c *SourceTypeClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `sourcetype.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type SourceTypeConnection 

type SourceTypeConnection struct {
	Edges      []*SourceTypeEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo          `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int               `json:"totalCount"`
}

SourceTypeConnection is the connection containing edges to SourceType.

type SourceTypeCreate 

type SourceTypeCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceTypeCreate is the builder for creating a SourceType entity.

func (*SourceTypeCreate) AddNamespaceIDs 

func (stc *SourceTypeCreate) AddNamespaceIDs(ids ...int) *SourceTypeCreate

AddNamespaceIDs adds the "namespaces" edge to the SourceNamespace entity by IDs.

func (*SourceTypeCreate) AddNamespaces 

func (stc *SourceTypeCreate) AddNamespaces(s ...*SourceNamespace) *SourceTypeCreate

AddNamespaces adds the "namespaces" edges to the SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceTypeCreate) Exec 

func (stc *SourceTypeCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SourceTypeCreate) ExecX 

func (stc *SourceTypeCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeCreate) Mutation 

func (stc *SourceTypeCreate) Mutation() *SourceTypeMutation

Mutation returns the SourceTypeMutation object of the builder.

func (*SourceTypeCreate) OnConflict 

func (stc *SourceTypeCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *SourceTypeUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.SourceType.Create().
	SetType(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.SourceTypeUpsert) {
		SetType(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceTypeCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (stc *SourceTypeCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *SourceTypeUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SourceType.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceTypeCreate) Save 

func (stc *SourceTypeCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*SourceType, error)

Save creates the SourceType in the database.

func (*SourceTypeCreate) SaveX 

func (stc *SourceTypeCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *SourceType

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*SourceTypeCreate) SetType 

func (stc *SourceTypeCreate) SetType(s string) *SourceTypeCreate

SetType sets the "type" field.

type SourceTypeCreateBulk 

type SourceTypeCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceTypeCreateBulk is the builder for creating many SourceType entities in bulk.

func (*SourceTypeCreateBulk) Exec 

func (stcb *SourceTypeCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SourceTypeCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (stcb *SourceTypeCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (stcb *SourceTypeCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *SourceTypeUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.SourceType.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.SourceTypeUpsert) {
		SetType(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceTypeCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (stcb *SourceTypeCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *SourceTypeUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SourceType.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceTypeCreateBulk) Save 

func (stcb *SourceTypeCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*SourceType, error)

Save creates the SourceType entities in the database.

func (*SourceTypeCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (stcb *SourceTypeCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*SourceType

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type SourceTypeDelete 

type SourceTypeDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceTypeDelete is the builder for deleting a SourceType entity.

func (*SourceTypeDelete) Exec 

func (std *SourceTypeDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*SourceTypeDelete) ExecX 

func (std *SourceTypeDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeDelete) Where 

func (std *SourceTypeDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.SourceType) *SourceTypeDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the SourceTypeDelete builder.

type SourceTypeDeleteOne 

type SourceTypeDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceTypeDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single SourceType entity.

func (*SourceTypeDeleteOne) Exec 

func (stdo *SourceTypeDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*SourceTypeDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (stdo *SourceTypeDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeDeleteOne) Where 

func (stdo *SourceTypeDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.SourceType) *SourceTypeDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the SourceTypeDelete builder.

type SourceTypeEdge 

type SourceTypeEdge struct {
	Node   *SourceType `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor      `json:"cursor"`
}

SourceTypeEdge is the edge representation of SourceType.

type SourceTypeEdges 

type SourceTypeEdges struct {
	// Namespaces holds the value of the namespaces edge.
	Namespaces []*SourceNamespace `json:"namespaces,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceTypeEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (SourceTypeEdges) NamespacesOrErr 

func (e SourceTypeEdges) NamespacesOrErr() ([]*SourceNamespace, error)

NamespacesOrErr returns the Namespaces value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type SourceTypeGroupBy 

type SourceTypeGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceTypeGroupBy is the group-by builder for SourceType entities.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (stgb *SourceTypeGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *SourceTypeGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *SourceTypeGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *SourceTypeGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *SourceTypeGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *SourceTypeGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *SourceTypeGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *SourceTypeGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *SourceTypeGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *SourceTypeGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) Int 

func (s *SourceTypeGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *SourceTypeGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *SourceTypeGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *SourceTypeGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) Scan 

func (stgb *SourceTypeGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *SourceTypeGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) String 

func (s *SourceTypeGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *SourceTypeGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *SourceTypeGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceTypeGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *SourceTypeGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type SourceTypeMutation 

type SourceTypeMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceTypeMutation represents an operation that mutates the SourceType nodes in the graph.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) AddField 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) AddNamespaceIDs 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) AddNamespaceIDs(ids ...int)

AddNamespaceIDs adds the "namespaces" edge to the SourceNamespace entity by ids.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) AddedField 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) ClearField 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) ClearNamespaces 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) ClearNamespaces()

ClearNamespaces clears the "namespaces" edge to the SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (SourceTypeMutation) Client 

func (m SourceTypeMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) Field 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) Fields 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*SourceTypeMutation) GetType 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) GetType() (r string, exists bool)

GetType returns the value of the "type" field in the mutation.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) ID 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) IDs 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) NamespacesCleared 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) NamespacesCleared() bool

NamespacesCleared reports if the "namespaces" edge to the SourceNamespace entity was cleared.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) NamespacesIDs 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) NamespacesIDs() (ids []int)

NamespacesIDs returns the "namespaces" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) OldField 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) OldType 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) OldType(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldType returns the old "type" field's value of the SourceType entity. If the SourceType object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) Op 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) RemoveNamespaceIDs 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) RemoveNamespaceIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveNamespaceIDs removes the "namespaces" edge to the SourceNamespace entity by IDs.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) RemovedNamespacesIDs 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) RemovedNamespacesIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedNamespaces returns the removed IDs of the "namespaces" edge to the SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) ResetField 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) ResetNamespaces 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) ResetNamespaces()

ResetNamespaces resets all changes to the "namespaces" edge.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) ResetType 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) ResetType()

ResetType resets all changes to the "type" field.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) SetField 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) SetOp 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) SetType 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) SetType(s string)

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (SourceTypeMutation) Tx 

func (m SourceTypeMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) Type 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (SourceType).

func (*SourceTypeMutation) Where 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.SourceType)

Where appends a list predicates to the SourceTypeMutation builder.

func (*SourceTypeMutation) WhereP 

func (m *SourceTypeMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the SourceTypeMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type SourceTypeOrder 

type SourceTypeOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection        `json:"direction"`
	Field     *SourceTypeOrderField `json:"field"`
}

SourceTypeOrder defines the ordering of SourceType.

type SourceTypeOrderField 

type SourceTypeOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given SourceType.
	Value func(*SourceType) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceTypeOrderField defines the ordering field of SourceType.

type SourceTypePaginateOption 

type SourceTypePaginateOption func(*sourcetypePager) error

SourceTypePaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithSourceTypeFilter 

func WithSourceTypeFilter(filter func(*SourceTypeQuery) (*SourceTypeQuery, error)) SourceTypePaginateOption

WithSourceTypeFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithSourceTypeOrder 

func WithSourceTypeOrder(order *SourceTypeOrder) SourceTypePaginateOption

WithSourceTypeOrder configures pagination ordering.

type SourceTypeQuery 

type SourceTypeQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceTypeQuery is the builder for querying SourceType entities.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) Aggregate 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *SourceTypeSelect

Aggregate returns a SourceTypeSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) All 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*SourceType, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of SourceTypes.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) AllX 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*SourceType

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) Clone 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) Clone() *SourceTypeQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the SourceTypeQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) CollectFields 

func (st *SourceTypeQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*SourceTypeQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) Count 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) CountX 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) Exist 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) ExistX 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) First 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*SourceType, error)

First returns the first SourceType entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no SourceType was found.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) FirstID 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first SourceType ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no SourceType ID was found.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) FirstIDX 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) FirstX 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *SourceType

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) GroupBy 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *SourceTypeGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Type string `json:"type,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.SourceType.Query().
	GroupBy(sourcetype.FieldType).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*SourceTypeQuery) IDs 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of SourceType IDs.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) IDsX 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) Limit 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) Limit(limit int) *SourceTypeQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) Offset 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) Offset(offset int) *SourceTypeQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) Only 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*SourceType, error)

Only returns a single SourceType entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one SourceType entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no SourceType entities are found.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) OnlyID 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only SourceType ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one SourceType ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) OnlyX 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *SourceType

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) Order 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) Order(o ...sourcetype.OrderOption) *SourceTypeQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) Paginate 

func (st *SourceTypeQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...SourceTypePaginateOption,
) (*SourceTypeConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to SourceType.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) QueryNamespaces 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) QueryNamespaces() *SourceNamespaceQuery

QueryNamespaces chains the current query on the "namespaces" edge.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) Select 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) Select(fields ...string) *SourceTypeSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Type string `json:"type,omitempty"`
}

client.SourceType.Query().
	Select(sourcetype.FieldType).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*SourceTypeQuery) Unique 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) Unique(unique bool) *SourceTypeQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) Where 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.SourceType) *SourceTypeQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the SourceTypeQuery builder.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) WithNamedNamespaces 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) WithNamedNamespaces(name string, opts ...func(*SourceNamespaceQuery)) *SourceTypeQuery

WithNamedNamespaces tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "namespaces" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*SourceTypeQuery) WithNamespaces 

func (stq *SourceTypeQuery) WithNamespaces(opts ...func(*SourceNamespaceQuery)) *SourceTypeQuery

WithNamespaces tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "namespaces" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type SourceTypeSelect 

type SourceTypeSelect struct {
	*SourceTypeQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceTypeSelect is the builder for selecting fields of SourceType entities.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) Aggregate 

func (sts *SourceTypeSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *SourceTypeSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) Bool 

func (s *SourceTypeSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) BoolX 

func (s *SourceTypeSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) Bools 

func (s *SourceTypeSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *SourceTypeSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) Float64 

func (s *SourceTypeSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) Float64X 

func (s *SourceTypeSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) Float64s 

func (s *SourceTypeSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *SourceTypeSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) Int 

func (s *SourceTypeSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) IntX 

func (s *SourceTypeSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) Ints 

func (s *SourceTypeSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) IntsX 

func (s *SourceTypeSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) Scan 

func (sts *SourceTypeSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) ScanX 

func (s *SourceTypeSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) String 

func (s *SourceTypeSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) StringX 

func (s *SourceTypeSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) Strings 

func (s *SourceTypeSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*SourceTypeSelect) StringsX 

func (s *SourceTypeSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type SourceTypeUpdate 

type SourceTypeUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceTypeUpdate is the builder for updating SourceType entities.

func (*SourceTypeUpdate) AddNamespaceIDs 

func (stu *SourceTypeUpdate) AddNamespaceIDs(ids ...int) *SourceTypeUpdate

AddNamespaceIDs adds the "namespaces" edge to the SourceNamespace entity by IDs.

func (*SourceTypeUpdate) AddNamespaces 

func (stu *SourceTypeUpdate) AddNamespaces(s ...*SourceNamespace) *SourceTypeUpdate

AddNamespaces adds the "namespaces" edges to the SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceTypeUpdate) ClearNamespaces 

func (stu *SourceTypeUpdate) ClearNamespaces() *SourceTypeUpdate

ClearNamespaces clears all "namespaces" edges to the SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceTypeUpdate) Exec 

func (stu *SourceTypeUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SourceTypeUpdate) ExecX 

func (stu *SourceTypeUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeUpdate) Mutation 

func (stu *SourceTypeUpdate) Mutation() *SourceTypeMutation

Mutation returns the SourceTypeMutation object of the builder.

func (*SourceTypeUpdate) RemoveNamespaceIDs 

func (stu *SourceTypeUpdate) RemoveNamespaceIDs(ids ...int) *SourceTypeUpdate

RemoveNamespaceIDs removes the "namespaces" edge to SourceNamespace entities by IDs.

func (*SourceTypeUpdate) RemoveNamespaces 

func (stu *SourceTypeUpdate) RemoveNamespaces(s ...*SourceNamespace) *SourceTypeUpdate

RemoveNamespaces removes "namespaces" edges to SourceNamespace entities.

func (*SourceTypeUpdate) Save 

func (stu *SourceTypeUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*SourceTypeUpdate) SaveX 

func (stu *SourceTypeUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeUpdate) SetType 

func (stu *SourceTypeUpdate) SetType(s string) *SourceTypeUpdate

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*SourceTypeUpdate) Where 

func (stu *SourceTypeUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.SourceType) *SourceTypeUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the SourceTypeUpdate builder.

type SourceTypeUpdateOne 

type SourceTypeUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceTypeUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single SourceType entity.

func (*SourceTypeUpdateOne) AddNamespaceIDs 

func (stuo *SourceTypeUpdateOne) AddNamespaceIDs(ids ...int) *SourceTypeUpdateOne

AddNamespaceIDs adds the "namespaces" edge to the SourceNamespace entity by IDs.

func (*SourceTypeUpdateOne) AddNamespaces 

func (stuo *SourceTypeUpdateOne) AddNamespaces(s ...*SourceNamespace) *SourceTypeUpdateOne

AddNamespaces adds the "namespaces" edges to the SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceTypeUpdateOne) ClearNamespaces 

func (stuo *SourceTypeUpdateOne) ClearNamespaces() *SourceTypeUpdateOne

ClearNamespaces clears all "namespaces" edges to the SourceNamespace entity.

func (*SourceTypeUpdateOne) Exec 

func (stuo *SourceTypeUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*SourceTypeUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (stuo *SourceTypeUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (stuo *SourceTypeUpdateOne) Mutation() *SourceTypeMutation

Mutation returns the SourceTypeMutation object of the builder.

func (*SourceTypeUpdateOne) RemoveNamespaceIDs 

func (stuo *SourceTypeUpdateOne) RemoveNamespaceIDs(ids ...int) *SourceTypeUpdateOne

RemoveNamespaceIDs removes the "namespaces" edge to SourceNamespace entities by IDs.

func (*SourceTypeUpdateOne) RemoveNamespaces 

func (stuo *SourceTypeUpdateOne) RemoveNamespaces(s ...*SourceNamespace) *SourceTypeUpdateOne

RemoveNamespaces removes "namespaces" edges to SourceNamespace entities.

func (*SourceTypeUpdateOne) Save 

func (stuo *SourceTypeUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*SourceType, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated SourceType entity.

func (*SourceTypeUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (stuo *SourceTypeUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *SourceType

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeUpdateOne) Select 

func (stuo *SourceTypeUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *SourceTypeUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*SourceTypeUpdateOne) SetType 

func (stuo *SourceTypeUpdateOne) SetType(s string) *SourceTypeUpdateOne

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*SourceTypeUpdateOne) Where 

func (stuo *SourceTypeUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.SourceType) *SourceTypeUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the SourceTypeUpdate builder.

type SourceTypeUpsert 

type SourceTypeUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

SourceTypeUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*SourceTypeUpsert) SetType 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsert) SetType(v string) *SourceTypeUpsert

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*SourceTypeUpsert) UpdateType 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsert) UpdateType() *SourceTypeUpsert

UpdateType sets the "type" field to the value that was provided on create.

type SourceTypeUpsertBulk 

type SourceTypeUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceTypeUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of SourceType nodes.

func (*SourceTypeUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *SourceTypeUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*SourceTypeUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SourceTypeUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsertBulk) Ignore() *SourceTypeUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SourceType.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceTypeUpsertBulk) SetType 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsertBulk) SetType(v string) *SourceTypeUpsertBulk

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*SourceTypeUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*SourceTypeUpsert)) *SourceTypeUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the SourceTypeCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*SourceTypeUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *SourceTypeUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SourceType.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceTypeUpsertBulk) UpdateType 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsertBulk) UpdateType() *SourceTypeUpsertBulk

UpdateType sets the "type" field to the value that was provided on create.

type SourceTypeUpsertOne 

type SourceTypeUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SourceTypeUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one SourceType node.

func (*SourceTypeUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsertOne) DoNothing() *SourceTypeUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*SourceTypeUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*SourceTypeUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*SourceTypeUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*SourceTypeUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsertOne) Ignore() *SourceTypeUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SourceType.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceTypeUpsertOne) SetType 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsertOne) SetType(v string) *SourceTypeUpsertOne

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*SourceTypeUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsertOne) Update(set func(*SourceTypeUpsert)) *SourceTypeUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the SourceTypeCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*SourceTypeUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *SourceTypeUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.SourceType.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*SourceTypeUpsertOne) UpdateType 

func (u *SourceTypeUpsertOne) UpdateType() *SourceTypeUpsertOne

UpdateType sets the "type" field to the value that was provided on create.

type SourceTypes 

type SourceTypes []*SourceType

SourceTypes is a parsable slice of SourceType.

type TraverseFunc 

type TraverseFunc = ent.TraverseFunc

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type Traverser 

type Traverser = ent.Traverser

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type Tx 

type Tx struct {

	// Artifact is the client for interacting with the Artifact builders.
	Artifact *ArtifactClient
	// BillOfMaterials is the client for interacting with the BillOfMaterials builders.
	BillOfMaterials *BillOfMaterialsClient
	// Builder is the client for interacting with the Builder builders.
	Builder *BuilderClient
	// Certification is the client for interacting with the Certification builders.
	Certification *CertificationClient
	// CertifyLegal is the client for interacting with the CertifyLegal builders.
	CertifyLegal *CertifyLegalClient
	// CertifyScorecard is the client for interacting with the CertifyScorecard builders.
	CertifyScorecard *CertifyScorecardClient
	// CertifyVex is the client for interacting with the CertifyVex builders.
	CertifyVex *CertifyVexClient
	// CertifyVuln is the client for interacting with the CertifyVuln builders.
	CertifyVuln *CertifyVulnClient
	// Dependency is the client for interacting with the Dependency builders.
	Dependency *DependencyClient
	// HasMetadata is the client for interacting with the HasMetadata builders.
	HasMetadata *HasMetadataClient
	// HasSourceAt is the client for interacting with the HasSourceAt builders.
	HasSourceAt *HasSourceAtClient
	// HashEqual is the client for interacting with the HashEqual builders.
	HashEqual *HashEqualClient
	// IsVulnerability is the client for interacting with the IsVulnerability builders.
	IsVulnerability *IsVulnerabilityClient
	// License is the client for interacting with the License builders.
	License *LicenseClient
	// Occurrence is the client for interacting with the Occurrence builders.
	Occurrence *OccurrenceClient
	// PackageName is the client for interacting with the PackageName builders.
	PackageName *PackageNameClient
	// PackageNamespace is the client for interacting with the PackageNamespace builders.
	PackageNamespace *PackageNamespaceClient
	// PackageType is the client for interacting with the PackageType builders.
	PackageType *PackageTypeClient
	// PackageVersion is the client for interacting with the PackageVersion builders.
	PackageVersion *PackageVersionClient
	// PkgEqual is the client for interacting with the PkgEqual builders.
	PkgEqual *PkgEqualClient
	// PointOfContact is the client for interacting with the PointOfContact builders.
	PointOfContact *PointOfContactClient
	// SLSAAttestation is the client for interacting with the SLSAAttestation builders.
	SLSAAttestation *SLSAAttestationClient
	// Scorecard is the client for interacting with the Scorecard builders.
	Scorecard *ScorecardClient
	// SourceName is the client for interacting with the SourceName builders.
	SourceName *SourceNameClient
	// SourceNamespace is the client for interacting with the SourceNamespace builders.
	SourceNamespace *SourceNamespaceClient
	// SourceType is the client for interacting with the SourceType builders.
	SourceType *SourceTypeClient
	// VulnEqual is the client for interacting with the VulnEqual builders.
	VulnEqual *VulnEqualClient
	// VulnerabilityID is the client for interacting with the VulnerabilityID builders.
	VulnerabilityID *VulnerabilityIDClient
	// VulnerabilityType is the client for interacting with the VulnerabilityType builders.
	VulnerabilityType *VulnerabilityTypeClient
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Tx is a transactional client that is created by calling Client.Tx().

func TxFromContext 

func TxFromContext(ctx context.Context) *Tx

TxFromContext returns a Tx stored inside a context, or nil if there isn't one.

func (*Tx) Client 

func (tx *Tx) Client() *Client

Client returns a Client that binds to current transaction.

func (*Tx) Commit 

func (tx *Tx) Commit() error

Commit commits the transaction.

func (*Tx) OnCommit 

func (tx *Tx) OnCommit(f CommitHook)

OnCommit adds a hook to call on commit.

func (*Tx) OnRollback 

func (tx *Tx) OnRollback(f RollbackHook)

OnRollback adds a hook to call on rollback.

func (*Tx) Rollback 

func (tx *Tx) Rollback() error

Rollback rollbacks the transaction.

type ValidationError 

type ValidationError struct {
	Name string // Field or edge name.
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ValidationError returns when validating a field or edge fails.

func (*ValidationError) Error 

func (e *ValidationError) Error() string

Error implements the error interface.

func (*ValidationError) Unwrap 

func (e *ValidationError) Unwrap() error

Unwrap implements the errors.Wrapper interface.

type Value 

type Value = ent.Value

ent aliases to avoid import conflicts in user's code.

type VulnEqual 

type VulnEqual struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Justification holds the value of the "justification" field.
	Justification string `json:"justification,omitempty"`
	// Origin holds the value of the "origin" field.
	Origin string `json:"origin,omitempty"`
	// Collector holds the value of the "collector" field.
	Collector string `json:"collector,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the VulnEqualQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges VulnEqualEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnEqual is the model entity for the VulnEqual schema.

func (*VulnEqual) IsNode 

func (n *VulnEqual) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*VulnEqual) NamedVulnerabilityIds 

func (ve *VulnEqual) NamedVulnerabilityIds(name string) ([]*VulnerabilityID, error)

NamedVulnerabilityIds returns the VulnerabilityIds named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*VulnEqual) QueryVulnerabilityIds 

func (ve *VulnEqual) QueryVulnerabilityIds() *VulnerabilityIDQuery

QueryVulnerabilityIds queries the "vulnerability_ids" edge of the VulnEqual entity.

func (*VulnEqual) String 

func (ve *VulnEqual) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*VulnEqual) ToEdge 

func (ve *VulnEqual) ToEdge(order *VulnEqualOrder) *VulnEqualEdge

ToEdge converts VulnEqual into VulnEqualEdge.

func (*VulnEqual) Unwrap 

func (ve *VulnEqual) Unwrap() *VulnEqual

Unwrap unwraps the VulnEqual entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*VulnEqual) Update 

func (ve *VulnEqual) Update() *VulnEqualUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this VulnEqual. Note that you need to call VulnEqual.Unwrap() before calling this method if this VulnEqual was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*VulnEqual) Value 

func (ve *VulnEqual) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the VulnEqual. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

func (*VulnEqual) VulnerabilityIds 

func (ve *VulnEqual) VulnerabilityIds(ctx context.Context) (result []*VulnerabilityID, err error)

type VulnEqualClient 

type VulnEqualClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnEqualClient is a client for the VulnEqual schema.

func NewVulnEqualClient 

func NewVulnEqualClient(c config) *VulnEqualClient

NewVulnEqualClient returns a client for the VulnEqual from the given config.

func (*VulnEqualClient) Create 

func (c *VulnEqualClient) Create() *VulnEqualCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a VulnEqual entity.

func (*VulnEqualClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *VulnEqualClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*VulnEqualCreate) *VulnEqualCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of VulnEqual entities.

func (*VulnEqualClient) Delete 

func (c *VulnEqualClient) Delete() *VulnEqualDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for VulnEqual.

func (*VulnEqualClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *VulnEqualClient) DeleteOne(ve *VulnEqual) *VulnEqualDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*VulnEqualClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *VulnEqualClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *VulnEqualDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*VulnEqualClient) Get 

func (c *VulnEqualClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*VulnEqual, error)

Get returns a VulnEqual entity by its id.

func (*VulnEqualClient) GetX 

func (c *VulnEqualClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *VulnEqual

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualClient) Hooks 

func (c *VulnEqualClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*VulnEqualClient) Intercept 

func (c *VulnEqualClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `vulnequal.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*VulnEqualClient) Interceptors 

func (c *VulnEqualClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*VulnEqualClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *VulnEqualClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*VulnEqualCreate, int)) *VulnEqualCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*VulnEqualClient) Query 

func (c *VulnEqualClient) Query() *VulnEqualQuery

Query returns a query builder for VulnEqual.

func (*VulnEqualClient) QueryVulnerabilityIds 

func (c *VulnEqualClient) QueryVulnerabilityIds(ve *VulnEqual) *VulnerabilityIDQuery

QueryVulnerabilityIds queries the vulnerability_ids edge of a VulnEqual.

func (*VulnEqualClient) Update 

func (c *VulnEqualClient) Update() *VulnEqualUpdate

Update returns an update builder for VulnEqual.

func (*VulnEqualClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *VulnEqualClient) UpdateOne(ve *VulnEqual) *VulnEqualUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*VulnEqualClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *VulnEqualClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *VulnEqualUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*VulnEqualClient) Use 

func (c *VulnEqualClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `vulnequal.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type VulnEqualConnection 

type VulnEqualConnection struct {
	Edges      []*VulnEqualEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo         `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int              `json:"totalCount"`
}

VulnEqualConnection is the connection containing edges to VulnEqual.

type VulnEqualCreate 

type VulnEqualCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnEqualCreate is the builder for creating a VulnEqual entity.

func (*VulnEqualCreate) AddVulnerabilityIDIDs 

func (vec *VulnEqualCreate) AddVulnerabilityIDIDs(ids ...int) *VulnEqualCreate

AddVulnerabilityIDIDs adds the "vulnerability_ids" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity by IDs.

func (*VulnEqualCreate) AddVulnerabilityIds 

func (vec *VulnEqualCreate) AddVulnerabilityIds(v ...*VulnerabilityID) *VulnEqualCreate

AddVulnerabilityIds adds the "vulnerability_ids" edges to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnEqualCreate) Exec 

func (vec *VulnEqualCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*VulnEqualCreate) ExecX 

func (vec *VulnEqualCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualCreate) Mutation 

func (vec *VulnEqualCreate) Mutation() *VulnEqualMutation

Mutation returns the VulnEqualMutation object of the builder.

func (*VulnEqualCreate) OnConflict 

func (vec *VulnEqualCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *VulnEqualUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.VulnEqual.Create().
	SetJustification(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.VulnEqualUpsert) {
		SetJustification(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnEqualCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (vec *VulnEqualCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *VulnEqualUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.VulnEqual.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnEqualCreate) Save 

func (vec *VulnEqualCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*VulnEqual, error)

Save creates the VulnEqual in the database.

func (*VulnEqualCreate) SaveX 

func (vec *VulnEqualCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *VulnEqual

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*VulnEqualCreate) SetCollector 

func (vec *VulnEqualCreate) SetCollector(s string) *VulnEqualCreate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*VulnEqualCreate) SetJustification 

func (vec *VulnEqualCreate) SetJustification(s string) *VulnEqualCreate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*VulnEqualCreate) SetOrigin 

func (vec *VulnEqualCreate) SetOrigin(s string) *VulnEqualCreate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

type VulnEqualCreateBulk 

type VulnEqualCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnEqualCreateBulk is the builder for creating many VulnEqual entities in bulk.

func (*VulnEqualCreateBulk) Exec 

func (vecb *VulnEqualCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*VulnEqualCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (vecb *VulnEqualCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (vecb *VulnEqualCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *VulnEqualUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.VulnEqual.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.VulnEqualUpsert) {
		SetJustification(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnEqualCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (vecb *VulnEqualCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *VulnEqualUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.VulnEqual.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnEqualCreateBulk) Save 

func (vecb *VulnEqualCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*VulnEqual, error)

Save creates the VulnEqual entities in the database.

func (*VulnEqualCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (vecb *VulnEqualCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*VulnEqual

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type VulnEqualDelete 

type VulnEqualDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnEqualDelete is the builder for deleting a VulnEqual entity.

func (*VulnEqualDelete) Exec 

func (ved *VulnEqualDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*VulnEqualDelete) ExecX 

func (ved *VulnEqualDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualDelete) Where 

func (ved *VulnEqualDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.VulnEqual) *VulnEqualDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the VulnEqualDelete builder.

type VulnEqualDeleteOne 

type VulnEqualDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnEqualDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single VulnEqual entity.

func (*VulnEqualDeleteOne) Exec 

func (vedo *VulnEqualDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*VulnEqualDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (vedo *VulnEqualDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualDeleteOne) Where 

func (vedo *VulnEqualDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.VulnEqual) *VulnEqualDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the VulnEqualDelete builder.

type VulnEqualEdge 

type VulnEqualEdge struct {
	Node   *VulnEqual `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor     `json:"cursor"`
}

VulnEqualEdge is the edge representation of VulnEqual.

type VulnEqualEdges 

type VulnEqualEdges struct {
	// VulnerabilityIds holds the value of the vulnerability_ids edge.
	VulnerabilityIds []*VulnerabilityID `json:"vulnerability_ids,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnEqualEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (VulnEqualEdges) VulnerabilityIdsOrErr 

func (e VulnEqualEdges) VulnerabilityIdsOrErr() ([]*VulnerabilityID, error)

VulnerabilityIdsOrErr returns the VulnerabilityIds value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type VulnEqualGroupBy 

type VulnEqualGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnEqualGroupBy is the group-by builder for VulnEqual entities.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (vegb *VulnEqualGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *VulnEqualGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *VulnEqualGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *VulnEqualGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *VulnEqualGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *VulnEqualGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *VulnEqualGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *VulnEqualGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *VulnEqualGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *VulnEqualGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) Int 

func (s *VulnEqualGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *VulnEqualGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *VulnEqualGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *VulnEqualGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) Scan 

func (vegb *VulnEqualGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *VulnEqualGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) String 

func (s *VulnEqualGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *VulnEqualGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *VulnEqualGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnEqualGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *VulnEqualGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type VulnEqualMutation 

type VulnEqualMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnEqualMutation represents an operation that mutates the VulnEqual nodes in the graph.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) AddField 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) AddVulnerabilityIDIDs 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) AddVulnerabilityIDIDs(ids ...int)

AddVulnerabilityIDIDs adds the "vulnerability_ids" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity by ids.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) AddedField 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) ClearField 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) ClearVulnerabilityIds 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) ClearVulnerabilityIds()

ClearVulnerabilityIds clears the "vulnerability_ids" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (VulnEqualMutation) Client 

func (m VulnEqualMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) Collector 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) Collector() (r string, exists bool)

Collector returns the value of the "collector" field in the mutation.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) Field 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) Fields 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*VulnEqualMutation) ID 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) IDs 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) Justification 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) Justification() (r string, exists bool)

Justification returns the value of the "justification" field in the mutation.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) OldCollector 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) OldCollector(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldCollector returns the old "collector" field's value of the VulnEqual entity. If the VulnEqual object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) OldField 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) OldJustification 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) OldJustification(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldJustification returns the old "justification" field's value of the VulnEqual entity. If the VulnEqual object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) OldOrigin 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) OldOrigin(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldOrigin returns the old "origin" field's value of the VulnEqual entity. If the VulnEqual object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) Op 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) Origin 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) Origin() (r string, exists bool)

Origin returns the value of the "origin" field in the mutation.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) RemoveVulnerabilityIDIDs 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) RemoveVulnerabilityIDIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveVulnerabilityIDIDs removes the "vulnerability_ids" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity by IDs.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) RemovedVulnerabilityIdsIDs 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) RemovedVulnerabilityIdsIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedVulnerabilityIds returns the removed IDs of the "vulnerability_ids" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) ResetCollector 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) ResetCollector()

ResetCollector resets all changes to the "collector" field.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) ResetField 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) ResetJustification 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) ResetJustification()

ResetJustification resets all changes to the "justification" field.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) ResetOrigin 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) ResetOrigin()

ResetOrigin resets all changes to the "origin" field.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) ResetVulnerabilityIds 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) ResetVulnerabilityIds()

ResetVulnerabilityIds resets all changes to the "vulnerability_ids" edge.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) SetCollector 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) SetCollector(s string)

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) SetField 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) SetJustification 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) SetJustification(s string)

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) SetOp 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) SetOrigin 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) SetOrigin(s string)

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (VulnEqualMutation) Tx 

func (m VulnEqualMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) Type 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (VulnEqual).

func (*VulnEqualMutation) VulnerabilityIdsCleared 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) VulnerabilityIdsCleared() bool

VulnerabilityIdsCleared reports if the "vulnerability_ids" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity was cleared.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) VulnerabilityIdsIDs 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) VulnerabilityIdsIDs() (ids []int)

VulnerabilityIdsIDs returns the "vulnerability_ids" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) Where 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.VulnEqual)

Where appends a list predicates to the VulnEqualMutation builder.

func (*VulnEqualMutation) WhereP 

func (m *VulnEqualMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the VulnEqualMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type VulnEqualOrder 

type VulnEqualOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection       `json:"direction"`
	Field     *VulnEqualOrderField `json:"field"`
}

VulnEqualOrder defines the ordering of VulnEqual.

type VulnEqualOrderField 

type VulnEqualOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given VulnEqual.
	Value func(*VulnEqual) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnEqualOrderField defines the ordering field of VulnEqual.

type VulnEqualPaginateOption 

type VulnEqualPaginateOption func(*vulnequalPager) error

VulnEqualPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithVulnEqualFilter 

func WithVulnEqualFilter(filter func(*VulnEqualQuery) (*VulnEqualQuery, error)) VulnEqualPaginateOption

WithVulnEqualFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithVulnEqualOrder 

func WithVulnEqualOrder(order *VulnEqualOrder) VulnEqualPaginateOption

WithVulnEqualOrder configures pagination ordering.

type VulnEqualQuery 

type VulnEqualQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnEqualQuery is the builder for querying VulnEqual entities.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) Aggregate 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *VulnEqualSelect

Aggregate returns a VulnEqualSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) All 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*VulnEqual, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of VulnEquals.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) AllX 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*VulnEqual

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) Clone 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) Clone() *VulnEqualQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the VulnEqualQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) CollectFields 

func (ve *VulnEqualQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*VulnEqualQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) Count 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) CountX 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) Exist 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) ExistX 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) First 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*VulnEqual, error)

First returns the first VulnEqual entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no VulnEqual was found.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) FirstID 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first VulnEqual ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no VulnEqual ID was found.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) FirstIDX 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) FirstX 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *VulnEqual

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) GroupBy 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *VulnEqualGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Justification string `json:"justification,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.VulnEqual.Query().
	GroupBy(vulnequal.FieldJustification).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*VulnEqualQuery) IDs 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of VulnEqual IDs.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) IDsX 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) Limit 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) Limit(limit int) *VulnEqualQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) Offset 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) Offset(offset int) *VulnEqualQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) Only 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*VulnEqual, error)

Only returns a single VulnEqual entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one VulnEqual entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no VulnEqual entities are found.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) OnlyID 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only VulnEqual ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one VulnEqual ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) OnlyX 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *VulnEqual

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) Order 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) Order(o ...vulnequal.OrderOption) *VulnEqualQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) Paginate 

func (ve *VulnEqualQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...VulnEqualPaginateOption,
) (*VulnEqualConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to VulnEqual.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) QueryVulnerabilityIds 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) QueryVulnerabilityIds() *VulnerabilityIDQuery

QueryVulnerabilityIds chains the current query on the "vulnerability_ids" edge.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) Select 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) Select(fields ...string) *VulnEqualSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Justification string `json:"justification,omitempty"`
}

client.VulnEqual.Query().
	Select(vulnequal.FieldJustification).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*VulnEqualQuery) Unique 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) Unique(unique bool) *VulnEqualQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) Where 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.VulnEqual) *VulnEqualQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the VulnEqualQuery builder.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) WithNamedVulnerabilityIds 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) WithNamedVulnerabilityIds(name string, opts ...func(*VulnerabilityIDQuery)) *VulnEqualQuery

WithNamedVulnerabilityIds tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "vulnerability_ids" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*VulnEqualQuery) WithVulnerabilityIds 

func (veq *VulnEqualQuery) WithVulnerabilityIds(opts ...func(*VulnerabilityIDQuery)) *VulnEqualQuery

WithVulnerabilityIds tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "vulnerability_ids" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type VulnEqualSelect 

type VulnEqualSelect struct {
	*VulnEqualQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnEqualSelect is the builder for selecting fields of VulnEqual entities.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) Aggregate 

func (ves *VulnEqualSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *VulnEqualSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) Bool 

func (s *VulnEqualSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) BoolX 

func (s *VulnEqualSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) Bools 

func (s *VulnEqualSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *VulnEqualSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) Float64 

func (s *VulnEqualSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) Float64X 

func (s *VulnEqualSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) Float64s 

func (s *VulnEqualSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *VulnEqualSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) Int 

func (s *VulnEqualSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) IntX 

func (s *VulnEqualSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) Ints 

func (s *VulnEqualSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) IntsX 

func (s *VulnEqualSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) Scan 

func (ves *VulnEqualSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) ScanX 

func (s *VulnEqualSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) String 

func (s *VulnEqualSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) StringX 

func (s *VulnEqualSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) Strings 

func (s *VulnEqualSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnEqualSelect) StringsX 

func (s *VulnEqualSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type VulnEqualUpdate 

type VulnEqualUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnEqualUpdate is the builder for updating VulnEqual entities.

func (*VulnEqualUpdate) AddVulnerabilityIDIDs 

func (veu *VulnEqualUpdate) AddVulnerabilityIDIDs(ids ...int) *VulnEqualUpdate

AddVulnerabilityIDIDs adds the "vulnerability_ids" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity by IDs.

func (*VulnEqualUpdate) AddVulnerabilityIds 

func (veu *VulnEqualUpdate) AddVulnerabilityIds(v ...*VulnerabilityID) *VulnEqualUpdate

AddVulnerabilityIds adds the "vulnerability_ids" edges to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnEqualUpdate) ClearVulnerabilityIds 

func (veu *VulnEqualUpdate) ClearVulnerabilityIds() *VulnEqualUpdate

ClearVulnerabilityIds clears all "vulnerability_ids" edges to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnEqualUpdate) Exec 

func (veu *VulnEqualUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*VulnEqualUpdate) ExecX 

func (veu *VulnEqualUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualUpdate) Mutation 

func (veu *VulnEqualUpdate) Mutation() *VulnEqualMutation

Mutation returns the VulnEqualMutation object of the builder.

func (*VulnEqualUpdate) RemoveVulnerabilityIDIDs 

func (veu *VulnEqualUpdate) RemoveVulnerabilityIDIDs(ids ...int) *VulnEqualUpdate

RemoveVulnerabilityIDIDs removes the "vulnerability_ids" edge to VulnerabilityID entities by IDs.

func (*VulnEqualUpdate) RemoveVulnerabilityIds 

func (veu *VulnEqualUpdate) RemoveVulnerabilityIds(v ...*VulnerabilityID) *VulnEqualUpdate

RemoveVulnerabilityIds removes "vulnerability_ids" edges to VulnerabilityID entities.

func (*VulnEqualUpdate) Save 

func (veu *VulnEqualUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*VulnEqualUpdate) SaveX 

func (veu *VulnEqualUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualUpdate) SetCollector 

func (veu *VulnEqualUpdate) SetCollector(s string) *VulnEqualUpdate

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*VulnEqualUpdate) SetJustification 

func (veu *VulnEqualUpdate) SetJustification(s string) *VulnEqualUpdate

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*VulnEqualUpdate) SetOrigin 

func (veu *VulnEqualUpdate) SetOrigin(s string) *VulnEqualUpdate

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*VulnEqualUpdate) Where 

func (veu *VulnEqualUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.VulnEqual) *VulnEqualUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the VulnEqualUpdate builder.

type VulnEqualUpdateOne 

type VulnEqualUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnEqualUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single VulnEqual entity.

func (*VulnEqualUpdateOne) AddVulnerabilityIDIDs 

func (veuo *VulnEqualUpdateOne) AddVulnerabilityIDIDs(ids ...int) *VulnEqualUpdateOne

AddVulnerabilityIDIDs adds the "vulnerability_ids" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity by IDs.

func (*VulnEqualUpdateOne) AddVulnerabilityIds 

func (veuo *VulnEqualUpdateOne) AddVulnerabilityIds(v ...*VulnerabilityID) *VulnEqualUpdateOne

AddVulnerabilityIds adds the "vulnerability_ids" edges to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnEqualUpdateOne) ClearVulnerabilityIds 

func (veuo *VulnEqualUpdateOne) ClearVulnerabilityIds() *VulnEqualUpdateOne

ClearVulnerabilityIds clears all "vulnerability_ids" edges to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnEqualUpdateOne) Exec 

func (veuo *VulnEqualUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*VulnEqualUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (veuo *VulnEqualUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (veuo *VulnEqualUpdateOne) Mutation() *VulnEqualMutation

Mutation returns the VulnEqualMutation object of the builder.

func (*VulnEqualUpdateOne) RemoveVulnerabilityIDIDs 

func (veuo *VulnEqualUpdateOne) RemoveVulnerabilityIDIDs(ids ...int) *VulnEqualUpdateOne

RemoveVulnerabilityIDIDs removes the "vulnerability_ids" edge to VulnerabilityID entities by IDs.

func (*VulnEqualUpdateOne) RemoveVulnerabilityIds 

func (veuo *VulnEqualUpdateOne) RemoveVulnerabilityIds(v ...*VulnerabilityID) *VulnEqualUpdateOne

RemoveVulnerabilityIds removes "vulnerability_ids" edges to VulnerabilityID entities.

func (*VulnEqualUpdateOne) Save 

func (veuo *VulnEqualUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*VulnEqual, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated VulnEqual entity.

func (*VulnEqualUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (veuo *VulnEqualUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *VulnEqual

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualUpdateOne) Select 

func (veuo *VulnEqualUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *VulnEqualUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*VulnEqualUpdateOne) SetCollector 

func (veuo *VulnEqualUpdateOne) SetCollector(s string) *VulnEqualUpdateOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*VulnEqualUpdateOne) SetJustification 

func (veuo *VulnEqualUpdateOne) SetJustification(s string) *VulnEqualUpdateOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*VulnEqualUpdateOne) SetOrigin 

func (veuo *VulnEqualUpdateOne) SetOrigin(s string) *VulnEqualUpdateOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*VulnEqualUpdateOne) Where 

func (veuo *VulnEqualUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.VulnEqual) *VulnEqualUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the VulnEqualUpdate builder.

type VulnEqualUpsert 

type VulnEqualUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

VulnEqualUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*VulnEqualUpsert) SetCollector 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsert) SetCollector(v string) *VulnEqualUpsert

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*VulnEqualUpsert) SetJustification 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsert) SetJustification(v string) *VulnEqualUpsert

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*VulnEqualUpsert) SetOrigin 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsert) SetOrigin(v string) *VulnEqualUpsert

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*VulnEqualUpsert) UpdateCollector 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsert) UpdateCollector() *VulnEqualUpsert

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*VulnEqualUpsert) UpdateJustification 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsert) UpdateJustification() *VulnEqualUpsert

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*VulnEqualUpsert) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsert) UpdateOrigin() *VulnEqualUpsert

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

type VulnEqualUpsertBulk 

type VulnEqualUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnEqualUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of VulnEqual nodes.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *VulnEqualUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertBulk) Ignore() *VulnEqualUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.VulnEqual.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnEqualUpsertBulk) SetCollector 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertBulk) SetCollector(v string) *VulnEqualUpsertBulk

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertBulk) SetJustification 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertBulk) SetJustification(v string) *VulnEqualUpsertBulk

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertBulk) SetOrigin 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertBulk) SetOrigin(v string) *VulnEqualUpsertBulk

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*VulnEqualUpsert)) *VulnEqualUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the VulnEqualCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateCollector() *VulnEqualUpsertBulk

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateJustification() *VulnEqualUpsertBulk

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *VulnEqualUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.VulnEqual.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertBulk) UpdateOrigin() *VulnEqualUpsertBulk

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

type VulnEqualUpsertOne 

type VulnEqualUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnEqualUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one VulnEqual node.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertOne) DoNothing() *VulnEqualUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertOne) Ignore() *VulnEqualUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.VulnEqual.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnEqualUpsertOne) SetCollector 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertOne) SetCollector(v string) *VulnEqualUpsertOne

SetCollector sets the "collector" field.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertOne) SetJustification 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertOne) SetJustification(v string) *VulnEqualUpsertOne

SetJustification sets the "justification" field.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertOne) SetOrigin 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertOne) SetOrigin(v string) *VulnEqualUpsertOne

SetOrigin sets the "origin" field.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertOne) Update(set func(*VulnEqualUpsert)) *VulnEqualUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the VulnEqualCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertOne) UpdateCollector 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertOne) UpdateCollector() *VulnEqualUpsertOne

UpdateCollector sets the "collector" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertOne) UpdateJustification 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertOne) UpdateJustification() *VulnEqualUpsertOne

UpdateJustification sets the "justification" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*VulnEqualUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *VulnEqualUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.VulnEqual.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnEqualUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin 

func (u *VulnEqualUpsertOne) UpdateOrigin() *VulnEqualUpsertOne

UpdateOrigin sets the "origin" field to the value that was provided on create.

type VulnEquals 

type VulnEquals []*VulnEqual

VulnEquals is a parsable slice of VulnEqual.

type VulnerabilityID 

type VulnerabilityID struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// ID of the vulnerability, one of OSV, GHSA, CVE, or custom
	VulnerabilityID string `json:"vulnerability_id,omitempty"`
	// TypeID holds the value of the "type_id" field.
	TypeID int `json:"type_id,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the VulnerabilityIDQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges VulnerabilityIDEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityID is the model entity for the VulnerabilityID schema.

func (*VulnerabilityID) IsNode 

func (n *VulnerabilityID) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*VulnerabilityID) NamedVulnEquals 

func (vi *VulnerabilityID) NamedVulnEquals(name string) ([]*VulnEqual, error)

NamedVulnEquals returns the VulnEquals named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*VulnerabilityID) QueryType 

func (vi *VulnerabilityID) QueryType() *VulnerabilityTypeQuery

QueryType queries the "type" edge of the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnerabilityID) QueryVulnEquals 

func (vi *VulnerabilityID) QueryVulnEquals() *VulnEqualQuery

QueryVulnEquals queries the "vuln_equals" edge of the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnerabilityID) String 

func (vi *VulnerabilityID) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*VulnerabilityID) ToEdge 

func (vi *VulnerabilityID) ToEdge(order *VulnerabilityIDOrder) *VulnerabilityIDEdge

ToEdge converts VulnerabilityID into VulnerabilityIDEdge.

func (*VulnerabilityID) Type 

func (vi *VulnerabilityID) Type(ctx context.Context) (*VulnerabilityType, error)

func (*VulnerabilityID) Unwrap 

func (vi *VulnerabilityID) Unwrap() *VulnerabilityID

Unwrap unwraps the VulnerabilityID entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*VulnerabilityID) Update 

func (vi *VulnerabilityID) Update() *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this VulnerabilityID. Note that you need to call VulnerabilityID.Unwrap() before calling this method if this VulnerabilityID was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*VulnerabilityID) Value 

func (vi *VulnerabilityID) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the VulnerabilityID. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

func (*VulnerabilityID) VulnEquals 

func (vi *VulnerabilityID) VulnEquals(ctx context.Context) (result []*VulnEqual, err error)

type VulnerabilityIDClient 

type VulnerabilityIDClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityIDClient is a client for the VulnerabilityID schema.

func NewVulnerabilityIDClient 

func NewVulnerabilityIDClient(c config) *VulnerabilityIDClient

NewVulnerabilityIDClient returns a client for the VulnerabilityID from the given config.

func (*VulnerabilityIDClient) Create 

func (c *VulnerabilityIDClient) Create() *VulnerabilityIDCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *VulnerabilityIDClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*VulnerabilityIDCreate) *VulnerabilityIDCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of VulnerabilityID entities.

func (*VulnerabilityIDClient) Delete 

func (c *VulnerabilityIDClient) Delete() *VulnerabilityIDDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for VulnerabilityID.

func (*VulnerabilityIDClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *VulnerabilityIDClient) DeleteOne(vi *VulnerabilityID) *VulnerabilityIDDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *VulnerabilityIDClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *VulnerabilityIDDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*VulnerabilityIDClient) Get 

func (c *VulnerabilityIDClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*VulnerabilityID, error)

Get returns a VulnerabilityID entity by its id.

func (*VulnerabilityIDClient) GetX 

func (c *VulnerabilityIDClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *VulnerabilityID

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDClient) Hooks 

func (c *VulnerabilityIDClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*VulnerabilityIDClient) Intercept 

func (c *VulnerabilityIDClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `vulnerabilityid.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*VulnerabilityIDClient) Interceptors 

func (c *VulnerabilityIDClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*VulnerabilityIDClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *VulnerabilityIDClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*VulnerabilityIDCreate, int)) *VulnerabilityIDCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*VulnerabilityIDClient) Query 

func (c *VulnerabilityIDClient) Query() *VulnerabilityIDQuery

Query returns a query builder for VulnerabilityID.

func (*VulnerabilityIDClient) QueryType 

func (c *VulnerabilityIDClient) QueryType(vi *VulnerabilityID) *VulnerabilityTypeQuery

QueryType queries the type edge of a VulnerabilityID.

func (*VulnerabilityIDClient) QueryVulnEquals 

func (c *VulnerabilityIDClient) QueryVulnEquals(vi *VulnerabilityID) *VulnEqualQuery

QueryVulnEquals queries the vuln_equals edge of a VulnerabilityID.

func (*VulnerabilityIDClient) Update 

func (c *VulnerabilityIDClient) Update() *VulnerabilityIDUpdate

Update returns an update builder for VulnerabilityID.

func (*VulnerabilityIDClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *VulnerabilityIDClient) UpdateOne(vi *VulnerabilityID) *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *VulnerabilityIDClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*VulnerabilityIDClient) Use 

func (c *VulnerabilityIDClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `vulnerabilityid.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type VulnerabilityIDConnection 

type VulnerabilityIDConnection struct {
	Edges      []*VulnerabilityIDEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo               `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int                    `json:"totalCount"`
}

VulnerabilityIDConnection is the connection containing edges to VulnerabilityID.

type VulnerabilityIDCreate 

type VulnerabilityIDCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityIDCreate is the builder for creating a VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDCreate) AddVulnEqualIDs 

func (vic *VulnerabilityIDCreate) AddVulnEqualIDs(ids ...int) *VulnerabilityIDCreate

AddVulnEqualIDs adds the "vuln_equals" edge to the VulnEqual entity by IDs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDCreate) AddVulnEquals 

func (vic *VulnerabilityIDCreate) AddVulnEquals(v ...*VulnEqual) *VulnerabilityIDCreate

AddVulnEquals adds the "vuln_equals" edges to the VulnEqual entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDCreate) Exec 

func (vic *VulnerabilityIDCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*VulnerabilityIDCreate) ExecX 

func (vic *VulnerabilityIDCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDCreate) Mutation 

func (vic *VulnerabilityIDCreate) Mutation() *VulnerabilityIDMutation

Mutation returns the VulnerabilityIDMutation object of the builder.

func (*VulnerabilityIDCreate) OnConflict 

func (vic *VulnerabilityIDCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.VulnerabilityID.Create().
	SetVulnerabilityID(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.VulnerabilityIDUpsert) {
		SetVulnerabilityID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnerabilityIDCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (vic *VulnerabilityIDCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.VulnerabilityID.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnerabilityIDCreate) Save 

func (vic *VulnerabilityIDCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*VulnerabilityID, error)

Save creates the VulnerabilityID in the database.

func (*VulnerabilityIDCreate) SaveX 

func (vic *VulnerabilityIDCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *VulnerabilityID

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*VulnerabilityIDCreate) SetType 

func (vic *VulnerabilityIDCreate) SetType(v *VulnerabilityType) *VulnerabilityIDCreate

SetType sets the "type" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDCreate) SetTypeID 

func (vic *VulnerabilityIDCreate) SetTypeID(i int) *VulnerabilityIDCreate

SetTypeID sets the "type_id" field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDCreate) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (vic *VulnerabilityIDCreate) SetVulnerabilityID(s string) *VulnerabilityIDCreate

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

type VulnerabilityIDCreateBulk 

type VulnerabilityIDCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityIDCreateBulk is the builder for creating many VulnerabilityID entities in bulk.

func (*VulnerabilityIDCreateBulk) Exec 

func (vicb *VulnerabilityIDCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*VulnerabilityIDCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (vicb *VulnerabilityIDCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (vicb *VulnerabilityIDCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.VulnerabilityID.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.VulnerabilityIDUpsert) {
		SetVulnerabilityID(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnerabilityIDCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (vicb *VulnerabilityIDCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.VulnerabilityID.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnerabilityIDCreateBulk) Save 

func (vicb *VulnerabilityIDCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*VulnerabilityID, error)

Save creates the VulnerabilityID entities in the database.

func (*VulnerabilityIDCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (vicb *VulnerabilityIDCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*VulnerabilityID

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type VulnerabilityIDDelete 

type VulnerabilityIDDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityIDDelete is the builder for deleting a VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDDelete) Exec 

func (vid *VulnerabilityIDDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*VulnerabilityIDDelete) ExecX 

func (vid *VulnerabilityIDDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDDelete) Where 

func (vid *VulnerabilityIDDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.VulnerabilityID) *VulnerabilityIDDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the VulnerabilityIDDelete builder.

type VulnerabilityIDDeleteOne 

type VulnerabilityIDDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityIDDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDDeleteOne) Exec 

func (vido *VulnerabilityIDDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*VulnerabilityIDDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (vido *VulnerabilityIDDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDDeleteOne) Where 

func (vido *VulnerabilityIDDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.VulnerabilityID) *VulnerabilityIDDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the VulnerabilityIDDelete builder.

type VulnerabilityIDEdge 

type VulnerabilityIDEdge struct {
	Node   *VulnerabilityID `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor           `json:"cursor"`
}

VulnerabilityIDEdge is the edge representation of VulnerabilityID.

type VulnerabilityIDEdges 

type VulnerabilityIDEdges struct {
	// Type holds the value of the type edge.
	Type *VulnerabilityType `json:"type,omitempty"`
	// VulnEquals holds the value of the vuln_equals edge.
	VulnEquals []*VulnEqual `json:"vuln_equals,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityIDEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (VulnerabilityIDEdges) TypeOrErr 

func (e VulnerabilityIDEdges) TypeOrErr() (*VulnerabilityType, error)

TypeOrErr returns the Type value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading, or loaded but was not found.

func (VulnerabilityIDEdges) VulnEqualsOrErr 

func (e VulnerabilityIDEdges) VulnEqualsOrErr() ([]*VulnEqual, error)

VulnEqualsOrErr returns the VulnEquals value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type VulnerabilityIDGroupBy 

type VulnerabilityIDGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityIDGroupBy is the group-by builder for VulnerabilityID entities.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (vigb *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Int 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Scan 

func (vigb *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) String 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type VulnerabilityIDMutation 

type VulnerabilityIDMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityIDMutation represents an operation that mutates the VulnerabilityID nodes in the graph.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) AddField 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) AddVulnEqualIDs 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) AddVulnEqualIDs(ids ...int)

AddVulnEqualIDs adds the "vuln_equals" edge to the VulnEqual entity by ids.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) AddedField 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) ClearField 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) ClearType 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) ClearType()

ClearType clears the "type" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) ClearVulnEquals 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) ClearVulnEquals()

ClearVulnEquals clears the "vuln_equals" edge to the VulnEqual entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (VulnerabilityIDMutation) Client 

func (m VulnerabilityIDMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) Field 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) Fields 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) ID 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) IDs 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) OldField 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) OldTypeID 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) OldTypeID(ctx context.Context) (v int, err error)

OldTypeID returns the old "type_id" field's value of the VulnerabilityID entity. If the VulnerabilityID object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) OldVulnerabilityID 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) OldVulnerabilityID(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldVulnerabilityID returns the old "vulnerability_id" field's value of the VulnerabilityID entity. If the VulnerabilityID object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) Op 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) RemoveVulnEqualIDs 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) RemoveVulnEqualIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveVulnEqualIDs removes the "vuln_equals" edge to the VulnEqual entity by IDs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) RemovedVulnEqualsIDs 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) RemovedVulnEqualsIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedVulnEquals returns the removed IDs of the "vuln_equals" edge to the VulnEqual entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) ResetField 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) ResetType 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) ResetType()

ResetType resets all changes to the "type" edge.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) ResetTypeID 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) ResetTypeID()

ResetTypeID resets all changes to the "type_id" field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) ResetVulnEquals 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) ResetVulnEquals()

ResetVulnEquals resets all changes to the "vuln_equals" edge.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) ResetVulnerabilityID 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) ResetVulnerabilityID()

ResetVulnerabilityID resets all changes to the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) SetField 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) SetOp 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) SetTypeID 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) SetTypeID(i int)

SetTypeID sets the "type_id" field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) SetVulnerabilityID(s string)

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (VulnerabilityIDMutation) Tx 

func (m VulnerabilityIDMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) Type 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (VulnerabilityID).

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) TypeCleared 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) TypeCleared() bool

TypeCleared reports if the "type" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity was cleared.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) TypeID 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) TypeID() (r int, exists bool)

TypeID returns the value of the "type_id" field in the mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) TypeIDs 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) TypeIDs() (ids []int)

TypeIDs returns the "type" edge IDs in the mutation. Note that IDs always returns len(IDs) <= 1 for unique edges, and you should use TypeID instead. It exists only for internal usage by the builders.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) VulnEqualsCleared 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) VulnEqualsCleared() bool

VulnEqualsCleared reports if the "vuln_equals" edge to the VulnEqual entity was cleared.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) VulnEqualsIDs 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) VulnEqualsIDs() (ids []int)

VulnEqualsIDs returns the "vuln_equals" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) VulnerabilityID 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) VulnerabilityID() (r string, exists bool)

VulnerabilityID returns the value of the "vulnerability_id" field in the mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) Where 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.VulnerabilityID)

Where appends a list predicates to the VulnerabilityIDMutation builder.

func (*VulnerabilityIDMutation) WhereP 

func (m *VulnerabilityIDMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the VulnerabilityIDMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type VulnerabilityIDOrder 

type VulnerabilityIDOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection             `json:"direction"`
	Field     *VulnerabilityIDOrderField `json:"field"`
}

VulnerabilityIDOrder defines the ordering of VulnerabilityID.

type VulnerabilityIDOrderField 

type VulnerabilityIDOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given VulnerabilityID.
	Value func(*VulnerabilityID) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityIDOrderField defines the ordering field of VulnerabilityID.

type VulnerabilityIDPaginateOption 

type VulnerabilityIDPaginateOption func(*vulnerabilityidPager) error

VulnerabilityIDPaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithVulnerabilityIDFilter 

func WithVulnerabilityIDFilter(filter func(*VulnerabilityIDQuery) (*VulnerabilityIDQuery, error)) VulnerabilityIDPaginateOption

WithVulnerabilityIDFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithVulnerabilityIDOrder 

func WithVulnerabilityIDOrder(order *VulnerabilityIDOrder) VulnerabilityIDPaginateOption

WithVulnerabilityIDOrder configures pagination ordering.

type VulnerabilityIDQuery 

type VulnerabilityIDQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityIDQuery is the builder for querying VulnerabilityID entities.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) Aggregate 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *VulnerabilityIDSelect

Aggregate returns a VulnerabilityIDSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) All 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*VulnerabilityID, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of VulnerabilityIDs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) AllX 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*VulnerabilityID

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) Clone 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) Clone() *VulnerabilityIDQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the VulnerabilityIDQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) CollectFields 

func (vi *VulnerabilityIDQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*VulnerabilityIDQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) Count 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) CountX 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) Exist 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) ExistX 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) First 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*VulnerabilityID, error)

First returns the first VulnerabilityID entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no VulnerabilityID was found.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) FirstID 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first VulnerabilityID ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no VulnerabilityID ID was found.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) FirstIDX 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) FirstX 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *VulnerabilityID

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) GroupBy 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *VulnerabilityIDGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	VulnerabilityID string `json:"vulnerability_id,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.VulnerabilityID.Query().
	GroupBy(vulnerabilityid.FieldVulnerabilityID).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) IDs 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of VulnerabilityID IDs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) IDsX 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) Limit 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) Limit(limit int) *VulnerabilityIDQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) Offset 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) Offset(offset int) *VulnerabilityIDQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) Only 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*VulnerabilityID, error)

Only returns a single VulnerabilityID entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one VulnerabilityID entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no VulnerabilityID entities are found.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) OnlyID 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only VulnerabilityID ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one VulnerabilityID ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) OnlyX 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *VulnerabilityID

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) Order 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) Order(o ...vulnerabilityid.OrderOption) *VulnerabilityIDQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) Paginate 

func (vi *VulnerabilityIDQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...VulnerabilityIDPaginateOption,
) (*VulnerabilityIDConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to VulnerabilityID.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) QueryType 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) QueryType() *VulnerabilityTypeQuery

QueryType chains the current query on the "type" edge.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) QueryVulnEquals 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) QueryVulnEquals() *VulnEqualQuery

QueryVulnEquals chains the current query on the "vuln_equals" edge.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) Select 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) Select(fields ...string) *VulnerabilityIDSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	VulnerabilityID string `json:"vulnerability_id,omitempty"`
}

client.VulnerabilityID.Query().
	Select(vulnerabilityid.FieldVulnerabilityID).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) Unique 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) Unique(unique bool) *VulnerabilityIDQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) Where 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.VulnerabilityID) *VulnerabilityIDQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the VulnerabilityIDQuery builder.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) WithNamedVulnEquals 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) WithNamedVulnEquals(name string, opts ...func(*VulnEqualQuery)) *VulnerabilityIDQuery

WithNamedVulnEquals tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "vuln_equals" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) WithType 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) WithType(opts ...func(*VulnerabilityTypeQuery)) *VulnerabilityIDQuery

WithType tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "type" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*VulnerabilityIDQuery) WithVulnEquals 

func (viq *VulnerabilityIDQuery) WithVulnEquals(opts ...func(*VulnEqualQuery)) *VulnerabilityIDQuery

WithVulnEquals tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "vuln_equals" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type VulnerabilityIDSelect 

type VulnerabilityIDSelect struct {
	*VulnerabilityIDQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityIDSelect is the builder for selecting fields of VulnerabilityID entities.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) Aggregate 

func (vis *VulnerabilityIDSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *VulnerabilityIDSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) Bool 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) BoolX 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) Bools 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) Float64 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) Float64X 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) Float64s 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) Int 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) IntX 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) Ints 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) IntsX 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) Scan 

func (vis *VulnerabilityIDSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) ScanX 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) String 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) StringX 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) Strings 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDSelect) StringsX 

func (s *VulnerabilityIDSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type VulnerabilityIDUpdate 

type VulnerabilityIDUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityIDUpdate is the builder for updating VulnerabilityID entities.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdate) AddVulnEqualIDs 

func (viu *VulnerabilityIDUpdate) AddVulnEqualIDs(ids ...int) *VulnerabilityIDUpdate

AddVulnEqualIDs adds the "vuln_equals" edge to the VulnEqual entity by IDs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdate) AddVulnEquals 

func (viu *VulnerabilityIDUpdate) AddVulnEquals(v ...*VulnEqual) *VulnerabilityIDUpdate

AddVulnEquals adds the "vuln_equals" edges to the VulnEqual entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdate) ClearType 

func (viu *VulnerabilityIDUpdate) ClearType() *VulnerabilityIDUpdate

ClearType clears the "type" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdate) ClearVulnEquals 

func (viu *VulnerabilityIDUpdate) ClearVulnEquals() *VulnerabilityIDUpdate

ClearVulnEquals clears all "vuln_equals" edges to the VulnEqual entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdate) Exec 

func (viu *VulnerabilityIDUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdate) ExecX 

func (viu *VulnerabilityIDUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdate) Mutation 

func (viu *VulnerabilityIDUpdate) Mutation() *VulnerabilityIDMutation

Mutation returns the VulnerabilityIDMutation object of the builder.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdate) RemoveVulnEqualIDs 

func (viu *VulnerabilityIDUpdate) RemoveVulnEqualIDs(ids ...int) *VulnerabilityIDUpdate

RemoveVulnEqualIDs removes the "vuln_equals" edge to VulnEqual entities by IDs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdate) RemoveVulnEquals 

func (viu *VulnerabilityIDUpdate) RemoveVulnEquals(v ...*VulnEqual) *VulnerabilityIDUpdate

RemoveVulnEquals removes "vuln_equals" edges to VulnEqual entities.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdate) Save 

func (viu *VulnerabilityIDUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdate) SaveX 

func (viu *VulnerabilityIDUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdate) SetType 

func (viu *VulnerabilityIDUpdate) SetType(v *VulnerabilityType) *VulnerabilityIDUpdate

SetType sets the "type" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdate) SetTypeID 

func (viu *VulnerabilityIDUpdate) SetTypeID(i int) *VulnerabilityIDUpdate

SetTypeID sets the "type_id" field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdate) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (viu *VulnerabilityIDUpdate) SetVulnerabilityID(s string) *VulnerabilityIDUpdate

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdate) Where 

func (viu *VulnerabilityIDUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.VulnerabilityID) *VulnerabilityIDUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the VulnerabilityIDUpdate builder.

type VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne 

type VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) AddVulnEqualIDs 

func (viuo *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) AddVulnEqualIDs(ids ...int) *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne

AddVulnEqualIDs adds the "vuln_equals" edge to the VulnEqual entity by IDs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) AddVulnEquals 

func (viuo *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) AddVulnEquals(v ...*VulnEqual) *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne

AddVulnEquals adds the "vuln_equals" edges to the VulnEqual entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) ClearType 

func (viuo *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) ClearType() *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne

ClearType clears the "type" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) ClearVulnEquals 

func (viuo *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) ClearVulnEquals() *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne

ClearVulnEquals clears all "vuln_equals" edges to the VulnEqual entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) Exec 

func (viuo *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (viuo *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (viuo *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) Mutation() *VulnerabilityIDMutation

Mutation returns the VulnerabilityIDMutation object of the builder.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) RemoveVulnEqualIDs 

func (viuo *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) RemoveVulnEqualIDs(ids ...int) *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne

RemoveVulnEqualIDs removes the "vuln_equals" edge to VulnEqual entities by IDs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) RemoveVulnEquals 

func (viuo *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) RemoveVulnEquals(v ...*VulnEqual) *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne

RemoveVulnEquals removes "vuln_equals" edges to VulnEqual entities.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) Save 

func (viuo *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*VulnerabilityID, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (viuo *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *VulnerabilityID

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) Select 

func (viuo *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) SetType 

func (viuo *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) SetType(v *VulnerabilityType) *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne

SetType sets the "type" edge to the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) SetTypeID 

func (viuo *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) SetTypeID(i int) *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne

SetTypeID sets the "type_id" field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (viuo *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) SetVulnerabilityID(s string) *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) Where 

func (viuo *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.VulnerabilityID) *VulnerabilityIDUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the VulnerabilityIDUpdate builder.

type VulnerabilityIDUpsert 

type VulnerabilityIDUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

VulnerabilityIDUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsert) SetTypeID 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsert) SetTypeID(v int) *VulnerabilityIDUpsert

SetTypeID sets the "type_id" field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsert) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsert) SetVulnerabilityID(v string) *VulnerabilityIDUpsert

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsert) UpdateTypeID 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsert) UpdateTypeID() *VulnerabilityIDUpsert

UpdateTypeID sets the "type_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsert) UpdateVulnerabilityID 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsert) UpdateVulnerabilityID() *VulnerabilityIDUpsert

UpdateVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk 

type VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of VulnerabilityID nodes.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) Ignore() *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.VulnerabilityID.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) SetTypeID 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) SetTypeID(v int) *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk

SetTypeID sets the "type_id" field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) SetVulnerabilityID(v string) *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*VulnerabilityIDUpsert)) *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the VulnerabilityIDCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.VulnerabilityID.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) UpdateTypeID 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) UpdateTypeID() *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk

UpdateTypeID sets the "type_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) UpdateVulnerabilityID 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk) UpdateVulnerabilityID() *VulnerabilityIDUpsertBulk

UpdateVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne 

type VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one VulnerabilityID node.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) DoNothing() *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) Ignore() *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.VulnerabilityID.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) SetTypeID 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) SetTypeID(v int) *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne

SetTypeID sets the "type_id" field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) SetVulnerabilityID 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) SetVulnerabilityID(v string) *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne

SetVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) Update(set func(*VulnerabilityIDUpsert)) *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the VulnerabilityIDCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.VulnerabilityID.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) UpdateTypeID 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) UpdateTypeID() *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne

UpdateTypeID sets the "type_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

func (*VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) UpdateVulnerabilityID 

func (u *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne) UpdateVulnerabilityID() *VulnerabilityIDUpsertOne

UpdateVulnerabilityID sets the "vulnerability_id" field to the value that was provided on create.

type VulnerabilityIDs 

type VulnerabilityIDs []*VulnerabilityID

VulnerabilityIDs is a parsable slice of VulnerabilityID.

type VulnerabilityType 

type VulnerabilityType struct {

	// ID of the ent.
	ID int `json:"id,omitempty"`
	// Type of vulnerability, one of OSV, GHSA, CVE, or custom
	Type string `json:"type,omitempty"`
	// Edges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.
	// The values are being populated by the VulnerabilityTypeQuery when eager-loading is set.
	Edges VulnerabilityTypeEdges `json:"edges"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityType is the model entity for the VulnerabilityType schema.

func (*VulnerabilityType) IsNode 

func (n *VulnerabilityType) IsNode()

IsNode implements the Node interface check for GQLGen.

func (*VulnerabilityType) NamedVulnerabilityIds 

func (vt *VulnerabilityType) NamedVulnerabilityIds(name string) ([]*VulnerabilityID, error)

NamedVulnerabilityIds returns the VulnerabilityIds named value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading with this name.

func (*VulnerabilityType) QueryVulnerabilityIds 

func (vt *VulnerabilityType) QueryVulnerabilityIds() *VulnerabilityIDQuery

QueryVulnerabilityIds queries the "vulnerability_ids" edge of the VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*VulnerabilityType) String 

func (vt *VulnerabilityType) String() string

String implements the fmt.Stringer.

func (*VulnerabilityType) ToEdge 

func (vt *VulnerabilityType) ToEdge(order *VulnerabilityTypeOrder) *VulnerabilityTypeEdge

ToEdge converts VulnerabilityType into VulnerabilityTypeEdge.

func (*VulnerabilityType) Unwrap 

func (vt *VulnerabilityType) Unwrap() *VulnerabilityType

Unwrap unwraps the VulnerabilityType entity that was returned from a transaction after it was closed, so that all future queries will be executed through the driver which created the transaction.

func (*VulnerabilityType) Update 

func (vt *VulnerabilityType) Update() *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne

Update returns a builder for updating this VulnerabilityType. Note that you need to call VulnerabilityType.Unwrap() before calling this method if this VulnerabilityType was returned from a transaction, and the transaction was committed or rolled back.

func (*VulnerabilityType) Value 

func (vt *VulnerabilityType) Value(name string) (ent.Value, error)

Value returns the ent.Value that was dynamically selected and assigned to the VulnerabilityType. This includes values selected through modifiers, order, etc.

func (*VulnerabilityType) VulnerabilityIds 

func (vt *VulnerabilityType) VulnerabilityIds(ctx context.Context) (result []*VulnerabilityID, err error)

type VulnerabilityTypeClient 

type VulnerabilityTypeClient struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityTypeClient is a client for the VulnerabilityType schema.

func NewVulnerabilityTypeClient 

func NewVulnerabilityTypeClient(c config) *VulnerabilityTypeClient

NewVulnerabilityTypeClient returns a client for the VulnerabilityType from the given config.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeClient) Create 

func (c *VulnerabilityTypeClient) Create() *VulnerabilityTypeCreate

Create returns a builder for creating a VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeClient) CreateBulk 

func (c *VulnerabilityTypeClient) CreateBulk(builders ...*VulnerabilityTypeCreate) *VulnerabilityTypeCreateBulk

CreateBulk returns a builder for creating a bulk of VulnerabilityType entities.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeClient) Delete 

func (c *VulnerabilityTypeClient) Delete() *VulnerabilityTypeDelete

Delete returns a delete builder for VulnerabilityType.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeClient) DeleteOne 

func (c *VulnerabilityTypeClient) DeleteOne(vt *VulnerabilityType) *VulnerabilityTypeDeleteOne

DeleteOne returns a builder for deleting the given entity.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeClient) DeleteOneID 

func (c *VulnerabilityTypeClient) DeleteOneID(id int) *VulnerabilityTypeDeleteOne

DeleteOneID returns a builder for deleting the given entity by its id.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeClient) Get 

func (c *VulnerabilityTypeClient) Get(ctx context.Context, id int) (*VulnerabilityType, error)

Get returns a VulnerabilityType entity by its id.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeClient) GetX 

func (c *VulnerabilityTypeClient) GetX(ctx context.Context, id int) *VulnerabilityType

GetX is like Get, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeClient) Hooks 

func (c *VulnerabilityTypeClient) Hooks() []Hook

Hooks returns the client hooks.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeClient) Intercept 

func (c *VulnerabilityTypeClient) Intercept(interceptors ...Interceptor)

Intercept adds a list of query interceptors to the interceptors stack. A call to `Intercept(f, g, h)` equals to `vulnerabilitytype.Intercept(f(g(h())))`.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeClient) Interceptors 

func (c *VulnerabilityTypeClient) Interceptors() []Interceptor

Interceptors returns the client interceptors.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeClient) MapCreateBulk 

func (c *VulnerabilityTypeClient) MapCreateBulk(slice any, setFunc func(*VulnerabilityTypeCreate, int)) *VulnerabilityTypeCreateBulk

MapCreateBulk creates a bulk creation builder from the given slice. For each item in the slice, the function creates a builder and applies setFunc on it.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeClient) Query 

func (c *VulnerabilityTypeClient) Query() *VulnerabilityTypeQuery

Query returns a query builder for VulnerabilityType.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeClient) QueryVulnerabilityIds 

func (c *VulnerabilityTypeClient) QueryVulnerabilityIds(vt *VulnerabilityType) *VulnerabilityIDQuery

QueryVulnerabilityIds queries the vulnerability_ids edge of a VulnerabilityType.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeClient) Update 

func (c *VulnerabilityTypeClient) Update() *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate

Update returns an update builder for VulnerabilityType.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeClient) UpdateOne 

func (c *VulnerabilityTypeClient) UpdateOne(vt *VulnerabilityType) *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne

UpdateOne returns an update builder for the given entity.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeClient) UpdateOneID 

func (c *VulnerabilityTypeClient) UpdateOneID(id int) *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne

UpdateOneID returns an update builder for the given id.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeClient) Use 

func (c *VulnerabilityTypeClient) Use(hooks ...Hook)

Use adds a list of mutation hooks to the hooks stack. A call to `Use(f, g, h)` equals to `vulnerabilitytype.Hooks(f(g(h())))`.

type VulnerabilityTypeConnection 

type VulnerabilityTypeConnection struct {
	Edges      []*VulnerabilityTypeEdge `json:"edges"`
	PageInfo   PageInfo                 `json:"pageInfo"`
	TotalCount int                      `json:"totalCount"`
}

VulnerabilityTypeConnection is the connection containing edges to VulnerabilityType.

type VulnerabilityTypeCreate 

type VulnerabilityTypeCreate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityTypeCreate is the builder for creating a VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeCreate) AddVulnerabilityIDIDs 

func (vtc *VulnerabilityTypeCreate) AddVulnerabilityIDIDs(ids ...int) *VulnerabilityTypeCreate

AddVulnerabilityIDIDs adds the "vulnerability_ids" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity by IDs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeCreate) AddVulnerabilityIds 

func (vtc *VulnerabilityTypeCreate) AddVulnerabilityIds(v ...*VulnerabilityID) *VulnerabilityTypeCreate

AddVulnerabilityIds adds the "vulnerability_ids" edges to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeCreate) Exec 

func (vtc *VulnerabilityTypeCreate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeCreate) ExecX 

func (vtc *VulnerabilityTypeCreate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeCreate) Mutation 

func (vtc *VulnerabilityTypeCreate) Mutation() *VulnerabilityTypeMutation

Mutation returns the VulnerabilityTypeMutation object of the builder.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeCreate) OnConflict 

func (vtc *VulnerabilityTypeCreate) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.VulnerabilityType.Create().
	SetType(v).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.VulnerabilityTypeUpsert) {
		SetType(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnerabilityTypeCreate) OnConflictColumns 

func (vtc *VulnerabilityTypeCreate) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.VulnerabilityType.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnerabilityTypeCreate) Save 

func (vtc *VulnerabilityTypeCreate) Save(ctx context.Context) (*VulnerabilityType, error)

Save creates the VulnerabilityType in the database.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeCreate) SaveX 

func (vtc *VulnerabilityTypeCreate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *VulnerabilityType

SaveX calls Save and panics if Save returns an error.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeCreate) SetType 

func (vtc *VulnerabilityTypeCreate) SetType(s string) *VulnerabilityTypeCreate

SetType sets the "type" field.

type VulnerabilityTypeCreateBulk 

type VulnerabilityTypeCreateBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityTypeCreateBulk is the builder for creating many VulnerabilityType entities in bulk.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeCreateBulk) Exec 

func (vtcb *VulnerabilityTypeCreateBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeCreateBulk) ExecX 

func (vtcb *VulnerabilityTypeCreateBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeCreateBulk) OnConflict 

func (vtcb *VulnerabilityTypeCreateBulk) OnConflict(opts ...sql.ConflictOption) *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk

OnConflict allows configuring the `ON CONFLICT` / `ON DUPLICATE KEY` clause of the `INSERT` statement. For example: 

client.VulnerabilityType.CreateBulk(builders...).
	OnConflict(
		// Update the row with the new values
		// the was proposed for insertion.
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	// Override some of the fields with custom
	// update values.
	Update(func(u *ent.VulnerabilityTypeUpsert) {
		SetType(v+v).
	}).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnerabilityTypeCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns 

func (vtcb *VulnerabilityTypeCreateBulk) OnConflictColumns(columns ...string) *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk

OnConflictColumns calls `OnConflict` and configures the columns as conflict target. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.VulnerabilityType.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ConflictColumns(columns...)).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnerabilityTypeCreateBulk) Save 

func (vtcb *VulnerabilityTypeCreateBulk) Save(ctx context.Context) ([]*VulnerabilityType, error)

Save creates the VulnerabilityType entities in the database.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeCreateBulk) SaveX 

func (vtcb *VulnerabilityTypeCreateBulk) SaveX(ctx context.Context) []*VulnerabilityType

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

type VulnerabilityTypeDelete 

type VulnerabilityTypeDelete struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityTypeDelete is the builder for deleting a VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeDelete) Exec 

func (vtd *VulnerabilityTypeDelete) Exec(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Exec executes the deletion query and returns how many vertices were deleted.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeDelete) ExecX 

func (vtd *VulnerabilityTypeDelete) ExecX(ctx context.Context) int

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeDelete) Where 

func (vtd *VulnerabilityTypeDelete) Where(ps ...predicate.VulnerabilityType) *VulnerabilityTypeDelete

Where appends a list predicates to the VulnerabilityTypeDelete builder.

type VulnerabilityTypeDeleteOne 

type VulnerabilityTypeDeleteOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityTypeDeleteOne is the builder for deleting a single VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeDeleteOne) Exec 

func (vtdo *VulnerabilityTypeDeleteOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the deletion query.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeDeleteOne) ExecX 

func (vtdo *VulnerabilityTypeDeleteOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeDeleteOne) Where 

func (vtdo *VulnerabilityTypeDeleteOne) Where(ps ...predicate.VulnerabilityType) *VulnerabilityTypeDeleteOne

Where appends a list predicates to the VulnerabilityTypeDelete builder.

type VulnerabilityTypeEdge 

type VulnerabilityTypeEdge struct {
	Node   *VulnerabilityType `json:"node"`
	Cursor Cursor             `json:"cursor"`
}

VulnerabilityTypeEdge is the edge representation of VulnerabilityType.

type VulnerabilityTypeEdges 

type VulnerabilityTypeEdges struct {
	// VulnerabilityIds holds the value of the vulnerability_ids edge.
	VulnerabilityIds []*VulnerabilityID `json:"vulnerability_ids,omitempty"`
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityTypeEdges holds the relations/edges for other nodes in the graph.

func (VulnerabilityTypeEdges) VulnerabilityIdsOrErr 

func (e VulnerabilityTypeEdges) VulnerabilityIdsOrErr() ([]*VulnerabilityID, error)

VulnerabilityIdsOrErr returns the VulnerabilityIds value or an error if the edge was not loaded in eager-loading.

type VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy 

type VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy is the group-by builder for VulnerabilityType entities.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Aggregate 

func (vtgb *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the group-by query.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Bool 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) BoolX 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Bools 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) BoolsX 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Float64 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Float64X 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Float64s 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Float64sX 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Int 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) IntX 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Ints 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) IntsX 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Scan 

func (vtgb *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) ScanX 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) String 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) StringX 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Strings 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) StringsX 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type VulnerabilityTypeMutation 

type VulnerabilityTypeMutation struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityTypeMutation represents an operation that mutates the VulnerabilityType nodes in the graph.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) AddField 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) AddField(name string, value ent.Value) error

AddField adds the value to the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) AddVulnerabilityIDIDs 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) AddVulnerabilityIDIDs(ids ...int)

AddVulnerabilityIDIDs adds the "vulnerability_ids" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity by ids.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) AddedEdges 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) AddedEdges() []string

AddedEdges returns all edge names that were set/added in this mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) AddedField 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) AddedField(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

AddedField returns the numeric value that was incremented/decremented on a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) AddedFields 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) AddedFields() []string

AddedFields returns all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented during this mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) AddedIDs 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) AddedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

AddedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were added for the given edge name in this mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ClearEdge 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ClearEdge(name string) error

ClearEdge clears the value of the edge with the given name. It returns an error if that edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ClearField 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ClearField(name string) error

ClearField clears the value of the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ClearVulnerabilityIds 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ClearVulnerabilityIds()

ClearVulnerabilityIds clears the "vulnerability_ids" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ClearedEdges 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ClearedEdges() []string

ClearedEdges returns all edge names that were cleared in this mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ClearedFields 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ClearedFields() []string

ClearedFields returns all nullable fields that were cleared during this mutation.

func (VulnerabilityTypeMutation) Client 

func (m VulnerabilityTypeMutation) Client() *Client

Client returns a new `ent.Client` from the mutation. If the mutation was executed in a transaction (ent.Tx), a transactional client is returned.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) EdgeCleared 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) EdgeCleared(name string) bool

EdgeCleared returns a boolean which indicates if the edge with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) Field 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) Field(name string) (ent.Value, bool)

Field returns the value of a field with the given name. The second boolean return value indicates that this field was not set, or was not defined in the schema.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) FieldCleared 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) FieldCleared(name string) bool

FieldCleared returns a boolean indicating if a field with the given name was cleared in this mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) Fields 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) Fields() []string

Fields returns all fields that were changed during this mutation. Note that in order to get all numeric fields that were incremented/decremented, call AddedFields().

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) GetType 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) GetType() (r string, exists bool)

GetType returns the value of the "type" field in the mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ID 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ID() (id int, exists bool)

ID returns the ID value in the mutation. Note that the ID is only available if it was provided to the builder or after it was returned from the database.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) IDs 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) IDs(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

IDs queries the database and returns the entity ids that match the mutation's predicate. That means, if the mutation is applied within a transaction with an isolation level such as sql.LevelSerializable, the returned ids match the ids of the rows that will be updated or updated by the mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) OldField 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) OldField(ctx context.Context, name string) (ent.Value, error)

OldField returns the old value of the field from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the query to the database failed.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) OldType 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) OldType(ctx context.Context) (v string, err error)

OldType returns the old "type" field's value of the VulnerabilityType entity. If the VulnerabilityType object wasn't provided to the builder, the object is fetched from the database. An error is returned if the mutation operation is not UpdateOne, or the database query fails.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) Op 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) Op() Op

Op returns the operation name.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) RemoveVulnerabilityIDIDs 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) RemoveVulnerabilityIDIDs(ids ...int)

RemoveVulnerabilityIDIDs removes the "vulnerability_ids" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity by IDs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) RemovedEdges 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) RemovedEdges() []string

RemovedEdges returns all edge names that were removed in this mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) RemovedIDs 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) RemovedIDs(name string) []ent.Value

RemovedIDs returns all IDs (to other nodes) that were removed for the edge with the given name in this mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) RemovedVulnerabilityIdsIDs 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) RemovedVulnerabilityIdsIDs() (ids []int)

RemovedVulnerabilityIds returns the removed IDs of the "vulnerability_ids" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ResetEdge 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ResetEdge(name string) error

ResetEdge resets all changes to the edge with the given name in this mutation. It returns an error if the edge is not defined in the schema.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ResetField 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ResetField(name string) error

ResetField resets all changes in the mutation for the field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ResetType 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ResetType()

ResetType resets all changes to the "type" field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ResetVulnerabilityIds 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) ResetVulnerabilityIds()

ResetVulnerabilityIds resets all changes to the "vulnerability_ids" edge.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) SetField 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) SetField(name string, value ent.Value) error

SetField sets the value of a field with the given name. It returns an error if the field is not defined in the schema, or if the type mismatched the field type.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) SetOp 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) SetOp(op Op)

SetOp allows setting the mutation operation.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) SetType 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) SetType(s string)

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (VulnerabilityTypeMutation) Tx 

func (m VulnerabilityTypeMutation) Tx() (*Tx, error)

Tx returns an `ent.Tx` for mutations that were executed in transactions; it returns an error otherwise.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) Type 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) Type() string

Type returns the node type of this mutation (VulnerabilityType).

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) VulnerabilityIdsCleared 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) VulnerabilityIdsCleared() bool

VulnerabilityIdsCleared reports if the "vulnerability_ids" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity was cleared.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) VulnerabilityIdsIDs 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) VulnerabilityIdsIDs() (ids []int)

VulnerabilityIdsIDs returns the "vulnerability_ids" edge IDs in the mutation.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) Where 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) Where(ps ...predicate.VulnerabilityType)

Where appends a list predicates to the VulnerabilityTypeMutation builder.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeMutation) WhereP 

func (m *VulnerabilityTypeMutation) WhereP(ps ...func(*sql.Selector))

WhereP appends storage-level predicates to the VulnerabilityTypeMutation builder. Using this method, users can use type-assertion to append predicates that do not depend on any generated package.

type VulnerabilityTypeOrder 

type VulnerabilityTypeOrder struct {
	Direction OrderDirection               `json:"direction"`
	Field     *VulnerabilityTypeOrderField `json:"field"`
}

VulnerabilityTypeOrder defines the ordering of VulnerabilityType.

type VulnerabilityTypeOrderField 

type VulnerabilityTypeOrderField struct {
	// Value extracts the ordering value from the given VulnerabilityType.
	Value func(*VulnerabilityType) (ent.Value, error)
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityTypeOrderField defines the ordering field of VulnerabilityType.

type VulnerabilityTypePaginateOption 

type VulnerabilityTypePaginateOption func(*vulnerabilitytypePager) error

VulnerabilityTypePaginateOption enables pagination customization.

func WithVulnerabilityTypeFilter 

func WithVulnerabilityTypeFilter(filter func(*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery, error)) VulnerabilityTypePaginateOption

WithVulnerabilityTypeFilter configures pagination filter.

func WithVulnerabilityTypeOrder 

func WithVulnerabilityTypeOrder(order *VulnerabilityTypeOrder) VulnerabilityTypePaginateOption

WithVulnerabilityTypeOrder configures pagination ordering.

type VulnerabilityTypeQuery 

type VulnerabilityTypeQuery struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityTypeQuery is the builder for querying VulnerabilityType entities.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Aggregate 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *VulnerabilityTypeSelect

Aggregate returns a VulnerabilityTypeSelect configured with the given aggregations.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) All 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) All(ctx context.Context) ([]*VulnerabilityType, error)

All executes the query and returns a list of VulnerabilityTypes.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) AllX 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) AllX(ctx context.Context) []*VulnerabilityType

AllX is like All, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Clone 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Clone() *VulnerabilityTypeQuery

Clone returns a duplicate of the VulnerabilityTypeQuery builder, including all associated steps. It can be used to prepare common query builders and use them differently after the clone is made.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) CollectFields 

func (vt *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) CollectFields(ctx context.Context, satisfies ...string) (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery, error)

CollectFields tells the query-builder to eagerly load connected nodes by resolver context.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Count 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Count(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Count returns the count of the given query.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) CountX 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) CountX(ctx context.Context) int

CountX is like Count, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Exist 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Exist(ctx context.Context) (bool, error)

Exist returns true if the query has elements in the graph.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) ExistX 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) ExistX(ctx context.Context) bool

ExistX is like Exist, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) First 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) First(ctx context.Context) (*VulnerabilityType, error)

First returns the first VulnerabilityType entity from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no VulnerabilityType was found.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) FirstID 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) FirstID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

FirstID returns the first VulnerabilityType ID from the query. Returns a *NotFoundError when no VulnerabilityType ID was found.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) FirstIDX 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) FirstIDX(ctx context.Context) int

FirstIDX is like FirstID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) FirstX 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) FirstX(ctx context.Context) *VulnerabilityType

FirstX is like First, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) GroupBy 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) GroupBy(field string, fields ...string) *VulnerabilityTypeGroupBy

GroupBy is used to group vertices by one or more fields/columns. It is often used with aggregate functions, like: count, max, mean, min, sum.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Type string `json:"type,omitempty"`
	Count int `json:"count,omitempty"`
}

client.VulnerabilityType.Query().
	GroupBy(vulnerabilitytype.FieldType).
	Aggregate(ent.Count()).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) IDs 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) IDs(ctx context.Context) (ids []int, err error)

IDs executes the query and returns a list of VulnerabilityType IDs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) IDsX 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) IDsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IDsX is like IDs, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Limit 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Limit(limit int) *VulnerabilityTypeQuery

Limit the number of records to be returned by this query.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Offset 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Offset(offset int) *VulnerabilityTypeQuery

Offset to start from.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Only 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Only(ctx context.Context) (*VulnerabilityType, error)

Only returns a single VulnerabilityType entity found by the query, ensuring it only returns one. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one VulnerabilityType entity is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no VulnerabilityType entities are found.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) OnlyID 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) OnlyID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

OnlyID is like Only, but returns the only VulnerabilityType ID in the query. Returns a *NotSingularError when more than one VulnerabilityType ID is found. Returns a *NotFoundError when no entities are found.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) OnlyIDX 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) OnlyIDX(ctx context.Context) int

OnlyIDX is like OnlyID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) OnlyX 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) OnlyX(ctx context.Context) *VulnerabilityType

OnlyX is like Only, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Order 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Order(o ...vulnerabilitytype.OrderOption) *VulnerabilityTypeQuery

Order specifies how the records should be ordered.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Paginate 

func (vt *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Paginate(
	ctx context.Context, after *Cursor, first *int,
	before *Cursor, last *int, opts ...VulnerabilityTypePaginateOption,
) (*VulnerabilityTypeConnection, error)

Paginate executes the query and returns a relay based cursor connection to VulnerabilityType.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) QueryVulnerabilityIds 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) QueryVulnerabilityIds() *VulnerabilityIDQuery

QueryVulnerabilityIds chains the current query on the "vulnerability_ids" edge.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Select 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Select(fields ...string) *VulnerabilityTypeSelect

Select allows the selection one or more fields/columns for the given query, instead of selecting all fields in the entity.

Example: 

var v []struct {
	Type string `json:"type,omitempty"`
}

client.VulnerabilityType.Query().
	Select(vulnerabilitytype.FieldType).
	Scan(ctx, &v)

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Unique 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Unique(unique bool) *VulnerabilityTypeQuery

Unique configures the query builder to filter duplicate records on query. By default, unique is set to true, and can be disabled using this method.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Where 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) Where(ps ...predicate.VulnerabilityType) *VulnerabilityTypeQuery

Where adds a new predicate for the VulnerabilityTypeQuery builder.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) WithNamedVulnerabilityIds 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) WithNamedVulnerabilityIds(name string, opts ...func(*VulnerabilityIDQuery)) *VulnerabilityTypeQuery

WithNamedVulnerabilityIds tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "vulnerability_ids" edge with the given name. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeQuery) WithVulnerabilityIds 

func (vtq *VulnerabilityTypeQuery) WithVulnerabilityIds(opts ...func(*VulnerabilityIDQuery)) *VulnerabilityTypeQuery

WithVulnerabilityIds tells the query-builder to eager-load the nodes that are connected to the "vulnerability_ids" edge. The optional arguments are used to configure the query builder of the edge.

type VulnerabilityTypeSelect 

type VulnerabilityTypeSelect struct {
	*VulnerabilityTypeQuery
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityTypeSelect is the builder for selecting fields of VulnerabilityType entities.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Aggregate 

func (vts *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Aggregate(fns ...AggregateFunc) *VulnerabilityTypeSelect

Aggregate adds the given aggregation functions to the selector query.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Bool 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Bool(ctx context.Context) (_ bool, err error)

Bool returns a single bool from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) BoolX 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) BoolX(ctx context.Context) bool

BoolX is like Bool, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Bools 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Bools(ctx context.Context) ([]bool, error)

Bools returns list of bools from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) BoolsX 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) BoolsX(ctx context.Context) []bool

BoolsX is like Bools, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Float64 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Float64(ctx context.Context) (_ float64, err error)

Float64 returns a single float64 from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Float64X 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Float64X(ctx context.Context) float64

Float64X is like Float64, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Float64s 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Float64s(ctx context.Context) ([]float64, error)

Float64s returns list of float64s from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Float64sX 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Float64sX(ctx context.Context) []float64

Float64sX is like Float64s, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Int 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Int(ctx context.Context) (_ int, err error)

Int returns a single int from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) IntX 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) IntX(ctx context.Context) int

IntX is like Int, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Ints 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Ints(ctx context.Context) ([]int, error)

Ints returns list of ints from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) IntsX 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) IntsX(ctx context.Context) []int

IntsX is like Ints, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Scan 

func (vts *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Scan(ctx context.Context, v any) error

Scan applies the selector query and scans the result into the given value.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) ScanX 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) ScanX(ctx context.Context, v any)

ScanX is like Scan, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) String 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) String(ctx context.Context) (_ string, err error)

String returns a single string from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) StringX 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) StringX(ctx context.Context) string

StringX is like String, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Strings 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) Strings(ctx context.Context) ([]string, error)

Strings returns list of strings from a selector. It is only allowed when selecting one field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeSelect) StringsX 

func (s *VulnerabilityTypeSelect) StringsX(ctx context.Context) []string

StringsX is like Strings, but panics if an error occurs.

type VulnerabilityTypeUpdate 

type VulnerabilityTypeUpdate struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityTypeUpdate is the builder for updating VulnerabilityType entities.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) AddVulnerabilityIDIDs 

func (vtu *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) AddVulnerabilityIDIDs(ids ...int) *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate

AddVulnerabilityIDIDs adds the "vulnerability_ids" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity by IDs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) AddVulnerabilityIds 

func (vtu *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) AddVulnerabilityIds(v ...*VulnerabilityID) *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate

AddVulnerabilityIds adds the "vulnerability_ids" edges to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) ClearVulnerabilityIds 

func (vtu *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) ClearVulnerabilityIds() *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate

ClearVulnerabilityIds clears all "vulnerability_ids" edges to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) Exec 

func (vtu *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) ExecX 

func (vtu *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) Mutation 

func (vtu *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) Mutation() *VulnerabilityTypeMutation

Mutation returns the VulnerabilityTypeMutation object of the builder.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) RemoveVulnerabilityIDIDs 

func (vtu *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) RemoveVulnerabilityIDIDs(ids ...int) *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate

RemoveVulnerabilityIDIDs removes the "vulnerability_ids" edge to VulnerabilityID entities by IDs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) RemoveVulnerabilityIds 

func (vtu *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) RemoveVulnerabilityIds(v ...*VulnerabilityID) *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate

RemoveVulnerabilityIds removes "vulnerability_ids" edges to VulnerabilityID entities.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) Save 

func (vtu *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) Save(ctx context.Context) (int, error)

Save executes the query and returns the number of nodes affected by the update operation.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) SaveX 

func (vtu *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) SaveX(ctx context.Context) int

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) SetType 

func (vtu *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) SetType(s string) *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) Where 

func (vtu *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate) Where(ps ...predicate.VulnerabilityType) *VulnerabilityTypeUpdate

Where appends a list predicates to the VulnerabilityTypeUpdate builder.

type VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne 

type VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne is the builder for updating a single VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) AddVulnerabilityIDIDs 

func (vtuo *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) AddVulnerabilityIDIDs(ids ...int) *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne

AddVulnerabilityIDIDs adds the "vulnerability_ids" edge to the VulnerabilityID entity by IDs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) AddVulnerabilityIds 

func (vtuo *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) AddVulnerabilityIds(v ...*VulnerabilityID) *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne

AddVulnerabilityIds adds the "vulnerability_ids" edges to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) ClearVulnerabilityIds 

func (vtuo *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) ClearVulnerabilityIds() *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne

ClearVulnerabilityIds clears all "vulnerability_ids" edges to the VulnerabilityID entity.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) Exec 

func (vtuo *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query on the entity.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) ExecX 

func (vtuo *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) Mutation 

func (vtuo *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) Mutation() *VulnerabilityTypeMutation

Mutation returns the VulnerabilityTypeMutation object of the builder.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) RemoveVulnerabilityIDIDs 

func (vtuo *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) RemoveVulnerabilityIDIDs(ids ...int) *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne

RemoveVulnerabilityIDIDs removes the "vulnerability_ids" edge to VulnerabilityID entities by IDs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) RemoveVulnerabilityIds 

func (vtuo *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) RemoveVulnerabilityIds(v ...*VulnerabilityID) *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne

RemoveVulnerabilityIds removes "vulnerability_ids" edges to VulnerabilityID entities.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) Save 

func (vtuo *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) Save(ctx context.Context) (*VulnerabilityType, error)

Save executes the query and returns the updated VulnerabilityType entity.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) SaveX 

func (vtuo *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) SaveX(ctx context.Context) *VulnerabilityType

SaveX is like Save, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) Select 

func (vtuo *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) Select(field string, fields ...string) *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne

Select allows selecting one or more fields (columns) of the returned entity. The default is selecting all fields defined in the entity schema.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) SetType 

func (vtuo *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) SetType(s string) *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) Where 

func (vtuo *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne) Where(ps ...predicate.VulnerabilityType) *VulnerabilityTypeUpdateOne

Where appends a list predicates to the VulnerabilityTypeUpdate builder.

type VulnerabilityTypeUpsert 

type VulnerabilityTypeUpsert struct {
	*sql.UpdateSet
}

VulnerabilityTypeUpsert is the "OnConflict" setter.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsert) SetType 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsert) SetType(v string) *VulnerabilityTypeUpsert

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsert) UpdateType 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsert) UpdateType() *VulnerabilityTypeUpsert

UpdateType sets the "type" field to the value that was provided on create.

type VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk 

type VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk is the builder for "upsert"-ing a bulk of VulnerabilityType nodes.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk) DoNothing 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk) DoNothing() *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk) Exec 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk) ExecX 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk) Ignore 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk) Ignore() *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.VulnerabilityType.Create().
	OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk) SetType 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk) SetType(v string) *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk) Update 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk) Update(set func(*VulnerabilityTypeUpsert)) *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the VulnerabilityTypeCreateBulk.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk) UpdateNewValues() *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.VulnerabilityType.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk) UpdateType 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk) UpdateType() *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertBulk

UpdateType sets the "type" field to the value that was provided on create.

type VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne 

type VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne is the builder for "upsert"-ing 

one VulnerabilityType node.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) DoNothing 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) DoNothing() *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne

DoNothing configures the conflict_action to `DO NOTHING`. Supported only by SQLite and PostgreSQL.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) Exec 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) Exec(ctx context.Context) error

Exec executes the query.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) ExecX 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) ExecX(ctx context.Context)

ExecX is like Exec, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) ID 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) ID(ctx context.Context) (id int, err error)

Exec executes the UPSERT query and returns the inserted/updated ID.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) IDX 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) IDX(ctx context.Context) int

IDX is like ID, but panics if an error occurs.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) Ignore 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) Ignore() *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne

Ignore sets each column to itself in case of conflict. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.VulnerabilityType.Create().
    OnConflict(sql.ResolveWithIgnore()).
    Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) SetType 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) SetType(v string) *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne

SetType sets the "type" field.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) Update 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) Update(set func(*VulnerabilityTypeUpsert)) *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne

Update allows overriding fields `UPDATE` values. See the VulnerabilityTypeCreate.OnConflict documentation for more info.

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) UpdateNewValues() *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne

UpdateNewValues updates the mutable fields using the new values that were set on create. Using this option is equivalent to using: 

client.VulnerabilityType.Create().
	OnConflict(
		sql.ResolveWithNewValues(),
	).
	Exec(ctx)

func (*VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) UpdateType 

func (u *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne) UpdateType() *VulnerabilityTypeUpsertOne

UpdateType sets the "type" field to the value that was provided on create.

type VulnerabilityTypes 

type VulnerabilityTypes []*VulnerabilityType

VulnerabilityTypes is a parsable slice of VulnerabilityType.

Source Files

View all Source files

Directories

Path Synopsis
cmd command
cmd
cleanup command

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.